BSD 4.4 Lite Share Sources

123 files changed, 28690 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/share/man/Makefile b/share/man/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853377b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+
+SUBDIR=	man1 man3 man3f man4 man5 man7 man8
+SEDF= /usr/share/man/makewhatis.sed
+
+afterinstall:
+	install -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m 444 makewhatis.sed \
+	    ${DESTDIR}${SEDF}
+
+makedb:
+	find /usr/share/man -type f -name '*.0' -print | \
+	while read file; \
+	do \
+		sed -n -f ${SEDF} $$file; \
+	done | col -b | sort -u > /tmp/whatis.db
+	install -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m 444 /tmp/whatis.db \
+	    ${DESTDIR}/usr/share/man
+
+.include <bsd.subdir.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/makewhatis.sed b/share/man/makewhatis.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bc5c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/makewhatis.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#!/usr/bin/sed -nf
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)makewhatis.sed	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/3/94
+#
+
+/^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*(\([a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*\).*/ {
+	s;^[a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*(\([a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*\).*;\1;
+	h
+	d
+}
+
+/^NNAAMMEE/!d
+
+:name
+	s;.*;;
+	N
+	s;\n;;
+	# some twits underline the command name
+	s;_;;g
+	/^[^	 ]/b print
+	H
+	b name
+
+:print
+	x
+	s;\n;;g
+	/-/!d
+	s;.;;g
+	s;\([a-z][A-z]\)-[	 ][	 ]*;\1;
+	s;\([a-zA-Z0-9,\._+\-]\)[	 ][	 ]*;\1 ;g
+	s;[^a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*\([a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*\)[^a-zA-Z0-9\._+\-]*\(.*\) - \(.*\);\2 (\1) - \3;
+	p
+	q
diff --git a/share/man/man0/Makefile b/share/man/man0/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2a12b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1986, 1993 Regents of the University of California.
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/29/94
+#
+SRCS=	man1 man2 man3 man4 man5 man6 man7 man8
+
+MACROS=	-ms
+PRINTER=Pps
+TBL=	tbl
+TROFF=	groff
+
+all: title.urm.${PRINTER} title.prm.${PRINTER}
+
+print: title.urm.${PRINTER} title.prm.${PRINTER}
+	lpr -${PRINTER} title.urm.${PRINTER}
+	lpr -${PRINTER} title.prm.${PRINTER}
+
+title.urm.${PRINTER}: title.urm ptxx
+	${TBL} title.urm | ${TROFF} ${MACROS} >title.urm.${PRINTER}
+
+title.prm.${PRINTER}: ${SRCS} title.prm ptxx
+	${TROFF} title.prm >title.prm.${PRINTER}
+
+ptxx:
+	./tocrc
+
+man1pages: man1
+	rm -f man1.out
+	for i in `cat man1`; do \
+		sed -f groff.sed $$i | groff -man >>man1pages; \
+	done;
+
+man2pages: man2
+	rm -f man2.out
+	for i in `cat man2`; do groff -man $$i >>man2pages; done;
+
+man3pages: man3
+	rm -f man3.out
+	for i in `cat man3`; do groff -man $$i >>man3pages; done;
+
+man4pages: man4
+	rm -f man4.out
+	for i in `cat man4`; do groff -man $$i >>man4pages; done;
+
+man5pages: man5
+	rm -f man5.out
+	for i in `cat man5`; do \
+		sed -f groff.sed $$i | groff -man >>man5pages; \
+	done;
+
+man6pages: man6
+	rm -f man6.out
+	for i in `cat man6`; do groff -man $$i >>man6pages; done;
+
+man7pages: man7
+	rm -f man7.out
+	for i in `cat man7`; do \
+		sed -f groff.sed $$i | groff -man >>man7pages; \
+	done;
+
+man8pages: man8
+	rm -f man8.out
+	for i in `cat man8`; do groff -man $$i >>man8pages; done;
+
+clean:
+	rm -f title.urm.[PT]* title.prm.[PT]* toc? tocx? ptxx \
+		*.spell errs Errs make.out
diff --git a/share/man/man0/break b/share/man/man0/break
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6db0726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/break
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+
+;
+:
+.
+,
diff --git a/share/man/man0/cover b/share/man/man0/cover
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fad428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/cover
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)cover	8.1 (Berkeley) 7/20/93
+.\"
+.ps 36
+.vs 40p
+.de t
+\&
+.sp |3.5i
+.ce 10
+\fBSection  \\$1
+.sp 0.5
+\\$2
+\\$3
+\\$4
+\\$5\fP
+.ce 0
+.bp
+..
+.t 1 Commands and Application Programs
+.t 2 System Calls
+.t 3 C-Library Subroutines
+.t 4 Special Files
+.t 5 File Formats
+.t 6 Games
+.t 7 Miscellaneous
+.t 8 System Maintenance
+\&
+.sp |3.5i
+.ce 10
+\fBSystem
+Management
+Documents\fP
+.ce 1
diff --git a/share/man/man0/cshcmd b/share/man/man0/cshcmd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c9ba3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/cshcmd
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+csh(1) alias: shell macros.
+csh(1) bg: place job in background.
+csh(1) break: exit while/foreach loop.
+csh(1) breaksw: exit from switch.
+csh(1) case: selector in switch.
+csh(1) cd: change directory.
+csh(1) chdir: change directory.
+csh(1) continue: cycle in loop.
+csh(1) default: catchall clause in switch.
+csh(1) echo: echo arguments.
+csh(1) else: alternative commands.
+csh(1) end: terminate loop.
+csh(1) endif: terminate conditional.
+csh(1) endsw: terminate switch.
+csh(1) eval: re-evaluate shell data.
+csh(1) exec: overlay shell with specified command.
+csh(1) exit: leave shell.
+csh(1) fg: bring job into foreground.
+csh(1) foreach: loop over list of names.
+csh(1) glob: filename expand argument list.
+csh(1) goto: command transfer.
+csh(1) hashstat: print command hashing statistics.
+csh(1) history: print history event list.
+csh(1) if: conditional statement.
+csh(1) jobs: print current job list.
+csh(1) kill: kill jobs and processes.
+csh(1) limit: alter per-process resource limitations.
+csh(1) login: login new user.
+csh(1) logout: end session.
+csh(1) nice: run low priority process.
+csh(1) nohup: run command immune to hangups.
+csh(1) notify: request immediate notification.
+csh(1) onintr: process interrupts in command scripts.
+csh(1) popd: pop shell directory stack.
+csh(1) pushd: push shell directory stack.
+csh(1) rehash: recompute command hash table.
+csh(1) repeat: execute command repeatedly.
+csh(1) set: change value of shell variable.
+csh(1) setenv: set variable in environment.
+csh(1) shift: manipulate argument list.
+csh(1) source: read commands from file.
+csh(1) stop: halt a job or process.
+csh(1) suspend: suspend a shell, resuming its superior.
+csh(1) switch: multi-way command branch.
+csh(1) time: time command.
+csh(1) umask: change or display file creation mask.
+csh(1) unalias: remove aliases.
+csh(1) unhash: discard command hash table.
+csh(1) unlimit: remove resource limitiations.
+csh(1) unsetenv: remove environment variables.
+csh(1) unset: discard shell variables.
+csh(1) wait: wait for background processes to complete.
+csh(1) while: repeat commands conditionally.
+csh(1) @: arithmetic on shell variables.
diff --git a/share/man/man0/groff.sed b/share/man/man0/groff.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe8ea6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/groff.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+s/@MDATE@/June 30, 1993/
+s/@VERSION@/1.08/
+s,@DEFAULT_INDEX@,/usr/share/dict/papers/Ind,
+s,@DEFAULT_INDEX_NAME@,/usr/share/dict/papers/Ind,
+s,@COMMON_WORDS_FILE@,/usr/share/dict/papers/words,
+s,@INDEX_SUFFIX@,.i,
+s,@DEVICE@,/usr/share/groff_font,
+s,@FONTDIR@,/usr/share/groff_font,
+s,@FONTPATH@,/usr/share/groff_font,
+s,@MACRODIR@,/usr/share/tmac,
+s,@TMAC_M@,/usr/share/tmac/tmac.m,
+s,@TMAC_MDIR@,/usr/share/tmac,
+s/@g@//
+s/@G@//
+s/@MAN1EXT@/1/
+s/@MAN2EXT@/2/
+s/@MAN3EXT@/3/
+s/@MAN4EXT@/4/
+s/@MAN5EXT@/5/
+s/@MAN6EXT@/6/
+s/@MAN7EXT@/7/
+s/@MAN8EXT@/8/
diff --git a/share/man/man0/ignore b/share/man/man0/ignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1498edc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/ignore
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+-
+\-
+10
+11
+16
+144
+2
+201
+3
+4014
+6
+7
+77
+a
+about
+across
+after
+al
+al
+all
+allow
+am
+among
+an
+and
+and/or
+any
+another
+are
+B
+back
+be
+been
+between
+bits
+by
+dialect
+do
+et
+extreme
+facts
+feeds
+fitting
+for
+from
+general
+get
+has
+head
+in
+integer
+integers
+interval
+into
+intro
+is
+it
+its
+knowledge
+large
+last
+later
+local
+long
+low
+map
+o
+of
+off
+on
+or
+other
+out
+package
+part
+periodically
+pieces
+prejudice
+problem
+service
+simple
+special
+system
+tac
+that
+the
+them
+they
+this
+to
+toe
+turn
+two
+until
+way
+with
+yet
+you
+your
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man1 b/share/man/man0/man1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f826fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man1
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/usr/src/share/man/man1/intro.1
+/usr/src/old/adb/common_source/adb.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/addftinfo/addftinfo.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/afmtodit/afmtodit.1
+/usr/src/contrib/ansi/ansitape.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/apply/apply.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/apropos/apropos.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ar/ar.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/at/at/at.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/at/atq/atq.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/at/atrm/atrm.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gawk-2.15.2/awk.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/basename/basename.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/bc/bc.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/bdes/bdes.1
+/usr/src/contrib/bib/man/bib.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/biff/biff.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/cal/cal.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/calendar/calendar.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/cap_mkdb/cap_mkdb.1
+/usr/src/bin/cat/cat.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gcc-2.3.3/cc.1
+/usr/src/share/man/man1/cd.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/checknr/checknr.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/chflags/chflags.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/chown/chgrp.1
+/usr/src/lib/librpc/secure_rpc/man/chkey.1
+/usr/src/bin/chmod/chmod.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/chpass/chpass.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/ci.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/co.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/col/col.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/colcrt/colcrt.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/colrm/colrm.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/column/column.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/comm/comm.1
+/usr/src/old/compact/compact/compact.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/compress/compress.1
+/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gcc-2.3.3/cpp.1
+/usr/src/old/crypt/crypt.1
+/usr/src/bin/csh/csh.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/cut/cut.1
+/usr/src/bin/date/date.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/dc/dc.1
+/usr/src/bin/dd/dd.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/deroff/deroff.1
+/usr/src/bin/df/df.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/diction/diction/diction.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/diff/diff/diff.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/diff/diff3/diff3.1
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/dig.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/du/du.1
+/usr/src/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1
+/usr/src/contrib/ed/ed.1
+/usr/src/contrib/emacs-18.57/etc/emacs.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/eqn/eqn.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/error/error.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/expand/expand.1
+/usr/src/bin/expr/expr.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/false/false.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/file/file.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/find/find.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/finger/finger.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/fmt/fmt.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/fold/fold.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/fpr/fpr.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/from/from.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/fsplit/fsplit.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/fstat/fstat.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ftp/ftp.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gcc-2.3.3/g++.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/gcore/gcore.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gdb-4.7.LBL/gdb/gdb.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/gprof/gprof.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/graph/graph.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/grep/egrep/grep.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/grodvi/grodvi.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/groff/groff.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/grog/grog.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/grops/grops.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/grotty/grotty.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/id/groups.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/gzexe.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/gzip.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/head/head.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/hexdump/hexdump.1
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/host.1
+/usr/src/bin/hostname/hostname.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/id/id.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/ident.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/indent/indent.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/indxbib/indxbib.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/xinstall/install.1
+/usr/src/contrib/bib/man/invert.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/join/join.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/jot/jot.1
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kdestroy.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/kdump/kdump.1
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kerberos.1
+/usr/src/lib/librpc/secure_rpc/man/keylogin.1
+/usr/src/bin/kill/kill.1
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kinit.1
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/klist.1
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/ksrvtgt.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ktrace/ktrace.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/lam/lam.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/last/last.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/lastcomm/lastcomm.1
+/usr/src/old/ld/ld.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/learn/learn/learn.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/leave/leave.1
+/usr/src/contrib/flex-2.4.6/lex.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/lkbib/lkbib.1
+/usr/src/bin/ln/ln.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/locate/locate/locate.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/lock/lock.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/logger/logger.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/login/login.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/logname/logname.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/look/look.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/lookbib/lookbib.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/lorder/lorder.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/lpq/lpq.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/lpr/lpr.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/lprm/lprm.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/lptest/lptest.1
+/usr/src/bin/ls/ls.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/m4/m4.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mail/mail.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/src/mailq.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/make/make.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/man/man.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/merge.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1
+/usr/src/contrib/mh-6.8.3a/doc/mh.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mkdep/mkdep.1
+/usr/src/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mklocale/mklocale.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/more/more.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tn3270/mset/mset.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/msgs/msgs.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/mt/mt.1
+/usr/src/bin/mv/mv.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/netstat/netstat.1
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/src/newaliases.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/nfsstat/nfsstat.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/nice/nice.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/nm/nm.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/nroff/nroff.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/hexdump/od.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/pagesize/pagesize.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/passwd/passwd.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/paste/paste.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/patch/patch.1
+/usr/src/bin/pax/pax.1
+/usr/src/contrib/perl-4.036/perl.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/pfbtops/pfbtops.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/pic/pic.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/plot/plot.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/pr/pr.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/printenv/printenv.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/printf/printf.1
+/usr/src/bin/ps/ps.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/psbb/psbb.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ptx/ptx.1
+/usr/src/bin/pwd/pwd.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/quota/quota.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ranlib/ranlib.1
+/usr/src/bin/rcp/rcp.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcs.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcsclean.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcsdiff.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcsfreeze.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcsintro.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcsmerge.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/rdist/rdist.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/refer/refer.1
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/register/register.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/rev/rev.1
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rlog.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/rlogin/rlogin.1
+/usr/src/bin/rm/rm.1
+/usr/src/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1
+/usr/src/lib/librpc/man/man1/rpcgen.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/rs/rs.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/rsh/rsh.1
+/usr/src/lib/librpc/man/man1/rstat.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ruptime/ruptime.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/rwho/rwho.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/sccs/sccs.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/script/script.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/sed/sed.1
+/usr/src/libexec/bugfiler/sendbug.1
+/usr/src/bin/sh/sh.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/shar/shar.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/size/size.1
+/usr/src/bin/sleep/sleep.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/soelim/soelim.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/sort/sort.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/spell/spell.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/spline/spline.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/split/split.1
+/usr/src/sbin/startslip/startslip.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/strings/strings.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/strip/strip.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/struct/struct/struct.1
+/usr/src/bin/stty/stty.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/diction/style/style.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/su/su.1
+/usr/src/old/sum/sum.1
+/usr/src/old/symorder/symorder.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/systat/systat.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tail/tail.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/talk/talk.1
+/usr/src/old/tar/tar.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/tbl/tbl.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tcopy/tcopy.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tee/tee.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/telnet/telnet.1
+/usr/src/bin/test/test.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/tfmtodit/tfmtodit.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tftp/tftp.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/time/time.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tip/tip.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tn3270/tn3270/tn3270.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/touch/touch.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tput/tput.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tr/tr.1
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/troff/troff.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/true/true.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tset/tset.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tty/tty.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ul/ul.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uname/uname.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/units/units.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/unvis/unvis.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/w/uptime.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/users/users.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uucp/uucp.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uulog/uulog.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uuname/uuname.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uuq/uuq.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uusend/uusend.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uux/uux.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/vgrind/vgrind.1
+/usr/src/contrib/nvi.1.14/obj/vi.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/vis/vis.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/w/w.1
+/usr/src/share/man/man1/wait.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/wall/wall.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/wc/wc.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/what/what.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/whatis/whatis.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/whereis/whereis.1
+/usr/src/old/which/which.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/who/who.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/id/whoami.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/whois/whois.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/window/window.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/write/write.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.1
+/usr/src/games/chess/Xchess/xchess.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/xsend/xsend/xsend.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/xstr/xstr.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/yacc/yacc.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/yes/yes.1
+/usr/src/usr.bin/yacc/yyfix.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/zdiff.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/zforce.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/zgrep.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/zmore.1
+/usr/src/contrib/gzip-1.2.4/znew.1
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man2 b/share/man/man0/man2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e4d130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man2
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/intro.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/accept.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/access.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/acct.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/bind.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/brk.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/chflags.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/chown.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/close.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/connect.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/creat.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/dup.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/execve.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/flock.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/fork.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/fsync.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getdtablesize.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getfh.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getlogin.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/kill.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/killpg.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/link.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/listen.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mincore.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mknod.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mlock.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mount.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/msync.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/munmap.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/open.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/pathconf.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/profil.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/read.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/readlink.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/reboot.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/recv.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/rename.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/revoke.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/rmdir.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/select.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/send.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/setregid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/setreuid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/setsid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/shutdown.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/sigblock.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigprocmask.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/socket.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/socketpair.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/stat.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/statfs.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/symlink.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/sync.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/syscall.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/truncate.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/umask.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/unlink.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/wait.2
+/usr/src/lib/libc/sys/write.2
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man3 b/share/man/man0/man3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8175586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man3
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/usr/src/share/man/man3/intro.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/acl_check.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/asin.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3
+/usr/src/share/man/man3/assert.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/atan.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/atanh.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3
+/usr/src/share/man/man3/bitstring.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/bstring.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/db/man/btree.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/bzero.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/ceil.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/clock.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/crypt.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/ctime.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/ctype.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcurses/curses.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/db/man/dbopen.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/des_crypt.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/devname.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/directory.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.3/ecvt.3
+/usr/src/share/man/man3/end.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/err.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/exec.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/fabs.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fclose.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/ferror.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fflush.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/ffs.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fgetln.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/floor.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/fmod.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fopen.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fputs.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fread.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/free.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/fts.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3
+/usr/src/sbin/mount/getmntopts.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/getservent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/glob.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/db/man/hash.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/hypot.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/index.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/inet.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isblank.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/iscntrl.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isdigit.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isgraph.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/isinf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/islower.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isprint.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/ispunct.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isspace.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isupper.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/isxdigit.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/krb.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/krb_realmofhost.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/krb_sendauth.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/krb_set_tkt_string.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kuserok.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_getfiles.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_getloadavg.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_nlist.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3
+/usr/src/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/math.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/memccpy.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/memchr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/memcmp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/memcpy.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/memmove.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/memory.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/memset.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/modf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3
+/usr/src/lib/libmp/mp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/db/man/mpool.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/nice.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/ns.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/pause.3
+/usr/src/lib/libplot/plot/plot.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/popen.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/printf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/putc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
+/usr/src/share/man/man3/queue.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/raise.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realloc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/db/man/recno.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/regex/regex.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/regexp/regexp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/net/resolver.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/rindex.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/rint.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/rune.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/scanf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/signal.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/sin.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/sqrt.3
+/usr/src/share/man/man3/stdarg.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strcasecmp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strcat.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strchr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strcmp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strcoll.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strcpy.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strcspn.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strdup.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strerror.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strftime.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/string.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strlen.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strmode.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strpbrk.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strrchr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strsep.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strspn.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strstr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strtok.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/strxfrm.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/string/swab.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/tan.3
+/usr/src/lib/libm/common_source/tanh.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/tcgetpgrp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/tcsendbreak.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/tcsetattr.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/tcsetpgrp.3
+/usr/src/lib/libterm/termcap.3
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/tf_util.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/time.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/times.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/toascii.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/tolower.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/tzset.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/uname.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/stdio/ungetc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/utime.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3
+/usr/src/lib/libc/gen/vis.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.1/vlimit.3
+/usr/src/lib/libcompat/4.1/vtimes.3
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man4 b/share/man/man0/man4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4113309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man4
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/intro.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/netintro.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/autoconf.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/bwtwo.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/cgsix.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/cgthree.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/clnp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/cltp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/cons.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/ct.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dca.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dcl.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dcm.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/drum.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dv.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/esis.4
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/euc.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/fd.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/gb.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/grf.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/hil.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/icmp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/idp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/inet.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/ip.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/iso.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/ite.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/le.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/le.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/lo.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/mem.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/mem.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/ns.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/nsip.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/null.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/openprom.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/ppi.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/pty.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/rb.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/rd.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/route.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/spp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/st.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/tc.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/tcp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/termios.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/tp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/tty.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/udp.4
+/usr/src/share/man/man4/unix.4
+/usr/src/lib/libc/locale/utf2.4
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man5 b/share/man/man0/man5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..731023c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man5
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/a.out.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/acct.5
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/src/aliases.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ar/ar.5.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/core.5
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/dir.5
+/usr/src/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/disktab.5
+/usr/src/games/dm/dm.conf.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/dump.5
+/usr/src/sbin/mountd/exports.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/fs.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/fstab.5
+/usr/src/libexec/getty/gettytab.5
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/man/groff_font.5
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/man/groff_out.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/group.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/hosts.5
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/krb.conf.5
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/krb.realms.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/man5/L-devices.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/man5/L-dialcodes.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/man5/L.aliases.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/man5/L.cmds.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/man5/L.sys.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/man/man.conf.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/tn3270/mset/map3270.5
+/usr/src/sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/networks.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/passwd.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/phones.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/plot.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/printcap.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/protocols.5
+/usr/src/lib/librpc/secure_rpc/man/publickey.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/ranlib/ranlib.5.5
+/usr/src/contrib/rcs-V5.6/man/rcsfile.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/remote.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/resolver.5
+/usr/src/lib/librpc/man/man5/rpc.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/services.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/shells.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/stab.5
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslog.conf.5
+/usr/src/old/tar/tarformat.5
+/usr/src/share/termcap/termcap.5
+/usr/src/libexec/getty/ttys.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/types.5
+/usr/src/share/zoneinfo/tzfile.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/man5/USERFILE.5
+/usr/src/share/man/man5/utmp.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.format.5
+/usr/src/usr.bin/vgrind/vgrindefs.5
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man6 b/share/man/man0/man6
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef02cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man6
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/usr/src/games/adventure/adventure.6
+/usr/src/games/arithmetic/arithmetic.6
+/usr/src/games/atc/atc.6
+/usr/src/games/backgammon/backgammon/backgammon.6
+/usr/src/usr.bin/banner/banner.6
+/usr/src/games/battlestar/battlestar.6
+/usr/src/games/bcd/bcd.6
+/usr/src/games/boggle/boggle/boggle.6
+/usr/src/games/caesar/caesar.6
+/usr/src/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6
+/usr/src/games/chess/chess.6
+/usr/src/games/ching/ching.6
+/usr/src/games/cribbage/cribbage.6
+/usr/src/contrib/dungeon/dungeon.6
+/usr/src/games/factor/factor.6
+/usr/src/games/fish/fish.6
+/usr/src/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6
+/usr/src/games/hack/hack.6
+/usr/src/games/hangman/hangman.6
+/usr/src/contrib/hunt/hunt.6
+/usr/src/contrib/hunt/huntd.6
+/usr/src/games/larn/larn.6
+/usr/src/games/mille/mille.6
+/usr/src/games/monop/monop.6
+/usr/src/games/number/number.6
+/usr/src/games/phantasia/phantasia.6
+/usr/src/games/pig/pig.6
+/usr/src/games/pom/pom.6
+/usr/src/games/quiz/quiz.6
+/usr/src/games/rain/rain.6
+/usr/src/games/random/random.6
+/usr/src/games/robots/robots.6
+/usr/src/games/rogue/rogue.6
+/usr/src/games/sail/sail.6
+/usr/src/games/snake/snake/snake.6
+/usr/src/games/tetris/tetris.6
+/usr/src/games/trek/trek.6
+/usr/src/games/worm/worm.6
+/usr/src/games/worms/worms.6
+/usr/src/games/wump/wump.6
+/usr/src/games/xneko/xneko.6
+/usr/src/games/xroach/xroach.6
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man7 b/share/man/man0/man7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5683ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man7
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/intro.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/ascii.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/environ.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/eqnchar.7
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/man/groff_char.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/hier.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/hostname.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/mailaddr.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/man.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/mdoc.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/mdoc.samples.7
+/usr/src/share/me/me.7
+/usr/src/contrib/groff-1.08/mm/mm.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/ms.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/operator.7
+/usr/src/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7
+/usr/src/bin/ln/symlink.7
+/usr/src/share/man/man7/term.7
diff --git a/share/man/man0/man8 b/share/man/man0/man8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b92703
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/man8
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/intro.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/ac/ac.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/acucntrl/acucntrl.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/adduser.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/amd/amd/amd.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/amd/amq/amq.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/arp/arp.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/bad144/bad144.8
+/usr/src/sbin/badsect/badsect.8
+/usr/src/sbin/reboot/boot_hp300.8
+/usr/src/sbin/reboot/boot_sparc.8
+/usr/src/libexec/bugfiler/bugfiler.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/chown/chown.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/chroot/chroot.8
+/usr/src/sbin/clri/clri.8
+/usr/src/libexec/comsat/comsat.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/config/config.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/config.new/config.new.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/man8.hp300/crash.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/cron.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.8
+/usr/src/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/diskpart/diskpart.8
+/usr/src/games/dm/dm.8
+/usr/src/sbin/dmesg/dmesg.8
+/usr/src/sbin/dump/dump.8
+/usr/src/sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/dumplfs/dumplfs.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/edquota/edquota.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/eeprom/eeprom.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/ext_srvtab.8
+/usr/src/sbin/fastboot/fastboot.8
+/usr/src/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/man8.hp300/format.8
+/usr/src/sbin/fsck/fsck.8
+/usr/src/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/amd/fsinfo/fsinfo.8
+/usr/src/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8
+/usr/src/libexec/getty/getty.8
+/usr/src/sbin/icheck/icheck.8
+/usr/src/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/inetd/inetd.8
+/usr/src/sbin/init/init.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/iostat/iostat.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kdb_destroy.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kdb_edit.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kdb_init.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kdb_util.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/kgmon/kgmon.8
+/usr/src/libexec/kpasswdd/kpasswdd.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/man/kstash.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/kvm_mkdb/kvm_mkdb.8
+/usr/src/libexec/lfs_cleanerd/lfs_cleanerd.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/lpc/lpc.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/lpd/lpd.8
+/usr/src/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/make_keypair/make_keypair.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/makedev.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/man8.hp300/MAKEDEV.8
+/usr/src/libexec/makekey/makekey.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/makemap/makemap.8
+/usr/src/contrib/mh-6.8.3a/conf/mh-gen.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/amd/mk-amd-map/mk-amd-map.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mknod/mknod.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/mkproto/mkproto.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount/mount.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_cd9660/mount_cd9660.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_fdesc/mount_fdesc.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_kernfs/mount_kernfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_lfs/mount_lfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_null/mount_null.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_portal/mount_portal.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_umap/mount_umap.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mount_union/mount_union.8
+/usr/src/sbin/mountd/mountd.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/mtree/mtree.8
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/named.8
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/named-xfer.8
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/named.reload.8
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/named.restart.8
+/usr/src/sbin/ncheck/ncheck.8
+/usr/src/sbin/newfs/newfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/newlfs/newlfs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
+/usr/src/sbin/nfsiod/nfsiod.8
+/usr/src/sbin/nologin/nologin.8
+/usr/src/contrib/bind-4.9.2/man/nslookup.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/lpr/pac/pac.8
+/usr/src/sbin/ping/ping.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/portmap/portmap.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/pstat/pstat.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/pwd_mkdb/pwd_mkdb.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/quot/quot.8
+/usr/src/sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/quotaon/quotaon.8
+/usr/src/libexec/rbootd/rbootd.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/rc.8
+/usr/src/sbin/reboot/reboot.8
+/usr/src/kerberosIV/registerd/registerd.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/renice/renice.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/repquota/repquota.8
+/usr/src/sbin/restore/restore.8
+/usr/src/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8
+/usr/src/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8
+/usr/src/bin/rmail/rmail.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/rmt/rmt.8
+/usr/src/sbin/route/route.8
+/usr/src/sbin/routed/routed.8
+/usr/src/libexec/rshd/rshd.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/rwhod/rwhod.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sa/sa.8
+/usr/src/sbin/savecore/savecore.8
+/usr/src/sbin/scsiformat/scsiformat.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/src/sendmail.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/showmount/showmount.8
+/usr/src/sbin/shutdown/shutdown.8
+/usr/src/sbin/slattach/slattach.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sliplogin/sliplogin.8
+/usr/src/share/man/man8/sticky.8
+/usr/src/sbin/swapon/swapon.8
+/usr/src/bin/sync/sync.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslogd.8
+/usr/src/libexec/talkd/talkd.8
+/usr/src/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8
+/usr/src/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/timed/timed/timed.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/timed/timedc/timedc.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/trpt/trpt.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/trsp/trsp.8
+/usr/src/sbin/tunefs/tunefs.8
+/usr/src/sbin/umount/umount.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/update/update.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uucico/uucico.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uuclean/uuclean.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uupoll/uupoll.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uusnap/uusnap.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/uucp/uuxqt/uuxqt.8
+/usr/src/usr.sbin/vipw/vipw.8
+/usr/src/usr.bin/vmstat/vmstat.8
+/usr/src/sbin/XNSrouted/XNSrouted.8
+/usr/src/share/zoneinfo/zic.8
diff --git a/share/man/man0/title.prm b/share/man/man0/title.prm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20b1106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/title.prm
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)title.prm	8.1 (Berkeley) 7/19/93
+.\"
+.ps 18
+.vs 22
+.sp 2.75i
+.ft B
+.ce 2
+UNIX Programmer's Reference Manual
+(PRM)
+.ps 14
+.vs 16
+.sp |4i
+.ce 2
+4.4 Berkeley Software Distribution
+.sp |5.75i
+.ft R
+.pt 12
+.vs 16
+.ce
+June, 1993
+.sp |8.2i
+.ce 5
+Computer Systems Research Group
+Computer Science Division
+Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
+University of California
+Berkeley, California  94720
+.bp
+\&
+.sp |1i
+.hy 0
+.ps 10
+.vs 12p
+Copyright 1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1993
+The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.sp 2
+Other than the specific manual pages and documents listed below
+as copyrighted by AT&T,
+redistribution and use of this manual in source and binary forms,
+with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
+following conditions are met:
+.sp 0.5
+.in +0.2i
+.ta 0.2i
+.ti -0.2i
+1)	Redistributions of this manual must retain the copyright
+notices on this page, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.ti -0.2i
+2)	Software or documentation that incorporates part of this manual must
+reproduce the copyright notices on this page, this list of conditions and
+the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
+provided with the distribution.
+.ti -0.2i
+3)	All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+must display the following acknowledgement:
+``This product includes software developed by the University of
+California, Berkeley and its contributors.''
+.ti -0.2i
+4)	Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+without specific prior written permission.
+.in -0.2i
+.sp
+\fB\s-1THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGE.\s+1\fP
+.sp 2
+The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and the American
+National Standards Committee X3, on Information Processing Systems have
+given us permission to reprint portions of their documentation.
+.sp
+In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions
+of the system documentation.
+.sp 0.5
+``Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in
+electronic form in 4.4BSD from IEEE Std 1003.1-1988, IEEE
+Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments
+(POSIX), copyright 1988 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
+Engineers, Inc.  In the event of any discrepancy between these versions
+and the original IEEE Standard, the original IEEE Standard is the referee
+document.''
+.sp
+In the following statement, the phrase ``This material'' refers to portions
+of the system documentation.
+.sp 0.5
+``This material is reproduced with permission from American National
+Standards Committee X3, on Information Processing Systems.  Computer and
+Business Equipment Manufacturers Association (CBEMA), 311 First St., NW,
+Suite 500, Washington, DC 20001-2178.  The developmental work of
+Programming Language C was completed by the X3J11 Technical Committee.''
+.sp 2
+Manual pages ptrace.2, ecvt.3, mp.3, plot.3, L-devices.5, L-dialcodes.5,
+L.aliases.5, L.cmds.5, L.sys.5, USERFILE.5, dump.5, and plot.5
+are copyright 1979, AT&T Bell Laboratories, Incorporated.
+Holders of \x'-1p'UNIX\v'-4p'\s-3TM\s0\v'4p'/32V,
+System III, or System V software licenses are
+permitted to copy these documents, or any portion of them,
+as necessary for licensed use of the software,
+provided this copyright notice and statement of permission
+are included.
+.sp 2
+The views and conclusions contained in this manual are those of the
+authors and should not be interpreted as representing official policies,
+either expressed or implied, of the Regents of the University of California.
+.br
+.ll 6.5i
+.lt 6.5i
+.po .75i
+.in 0i
+.af % i
+.ds ET\"
+.de HD
+.po 0
+.lt 7.4i
+.tl ''''
+.lt
+.po
+'sp 18p
+.if o .tl '\\*(ET''\\*(OT'
+.if e .tl '\\*(OT''\\*(ET'
+'sp 18p
+.ns
+..
+.de FO
+'sp 18p
+.if e .tl '\s9\\*(Dt''\\*(Ed\s0'
+.if o .tl '\s9\\*(Ed''\\*(Dt\s0'
+'bp
+..
+.wh 0 HD
+.wh -60p FO
+.bp
+.ds ET \s9\f2Table \|of \|Contents\fP\s0
+.ds OT - % -
+.ce
+\f3TABLE \|OF \|CONTENTS\fP
+.nr x .5i
+.in +\nxu
+.nf
+.ta \n(.lu-\nxuR
+.de xx
+\\$1\f3 \a \fP\\$2
+..
+.de t
+.sp 1v
+.ne .5i
+.cs 3
+.ti -.5i
+.ss 18
+\f3\s9\\$2. \\$3\s0\fP
+.ss 12
+.if t .sp .5v
+.cs 3 36
+.ds Ed Section \\$2
+.ds Dt \\$3
+.so \\$1
+..
+.t /usr/src/share/man/man0/toc2 2 "System Calls"
+.t /usr/src/share/man/man0/toc3 3 "C Library Subroutines"
+.t /usr/src/share/man/man0/toc4 4 "Special Files"
+.t /usr/src/share/man/man0/toc5 5 "File Formats"
+.in -.5i
+.cs 3
+.if n .ta 8n 16n 24n 32n 40n 48n 56n 64n 72n 80n
+.if t .ta .5i 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i 3i 3.5i 4i 4.5i 5i 5.5i 6i 6.5i
diff --git a/share/man/man0/title.urm b/share/man/man0/title.urm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..237ab2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/title.urm
@@ -0,0 +1,1927 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)title.urm	8.7 (Berkeley) 4/20/94
+.\"
+.af % i
+.EH ''''
+.OH ''''
+.OF '''\s10- % -\s0'
+.EF '\s10- % -\s0'''
+\&
+.sp |2.75i
+.nr PS 24
+.nr VS 28
+.LP
+.ft B
+.ce 2
+UNIX User's Reference Manual
+(URM)
+.nr LL 5.5i
+.nr PO 1.5i
+.bp
+\&
+.sp |1.5i
+.nr PS 11
+.nr VS 13
+.LP
+The USENIX Association,
+the UNIX and Advanced Computing Systems professional and technical organization,
+is a not-for-profit membership association of individuals and
+institutions with an interest in UNIX and UNIX-like systems,
+and, by extension, C++, X windows, and other programming tools.
+It is dedicated to:
+.IP \(bu
+fostering innovation and communicating research and technological developments,
+.IP \(bu
+sharing ideas and experience relevant to UNIX,
+UNIX-related, and advanced computing systems, and
+.IP \(bu
+providing a neutral forum for the exercise of critical
+thought and airing of technical issues.
+.LP
+USENIX publishes a journal (\fBComputing Systems\fP),
+Conference and Workshop Proceedings, and a Book Series.
+.nr LL 6i
+.nr PO 1i
+.bp
+\&
+.sp |2.75i
+.nr PS 18
+.nr VS 22
+.LP
+.ft B
+.ce 2
+UNIX User's Reference Manual
+(URM)
+.sp |4i
+.ce 2
+4.4 Berkeley Software Distribution
+(June, 1993)
+.sp 3
+.nr PS 15
+.nr VS 18
+.LP
+.ce 2
+Computer Systems Research Group
+University of California, Berkeley
+.sp |8.2i
+.nr PS 12
+.nr VS 15
+.LP
+.ce 4
+A USENIX Association Book
+The MIT Press
+Cambridge, Massachusetts
+London, England
+.bp
+.hy 0
+.nr PS 9
+.nr VS 11
+.LP
+First Printing, 1993
+.sp 1
+.LP
+Copyright 1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1993
+The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.sp 1
+.LP
+Other than the specific manual pages and documents listed below
+as copyrighted by AT&T,
+redistribution and use of this manual in source and binary forms,
+with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
+following conditions are met:
+.IP 1)
+Redistributions of this manual must retain the copyright
+notices on this page, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.IP 2)
+Software or documentation that incorporates part of this manual must
+reproduce the copyright notices on this page, this list of conditions and
+the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
+provided with the distribution.
+.IP 3)
+All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+must display the following acknowledgement:
+``This product includes software developed by the University of
+California, Berkeley and its contributors.''
+.IP 4)
+Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+without specific prior written permission.
+.LP
+\fB\s-1THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGE.\s+1\fP
+.sp 1
+.LP
+The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and the American
+National Standards Committee X3, on Information Processing Systems have
+given us permission to reprint portions of their documentation.
+.sp 0.5
+.LP
+In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions
+of the system documentation.
+.LP
+``Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in
+electronic form in 4.4BSD from IEEE Std 1003.1-1988, IEEE
+Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments
+(POSIX), copyright 1988 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
+Engineers, Inc.  In the event of any discrepancy between these versions
+and the original IEEE Standard, the original IEEE Standard is the referee
+document.''
+.sp 0.5
+.LP
+In the following statement, the phrase ``This material'' refers to portions
+of the system documentation.
+.LP
+``This material is reproduced with permission from American National
+Standards Committee X3, on Information Processing Systems.  Computer and
+Business Equipment Manufacturers Association (CBEMA), 311 First St., NW,
+Suite 500, Washington, DC 20001-2178.  The developmental work of
+Programming Language C was completed by the X3J11 Technical Committee.''
+.sp 1
+.LP
+Manual pages adb.1, bc.1, compact.1, crypt.1, dc.1, deroff.1, ed.1,
+expr.1, graph.1, ld.1, learn.1, m4.1, plot.1, ptx.1, spell.1,
+spline.1, struct.1, tar.1, units.1, uucp.1, uux.1, ching.6, eqnchar.7,
+man.7, ms.7, and term.7
+are copyright 1979, AT&T Bell Laboratories, Incorporated.
+Holders of \x'-1p'UNIX\v'-4p'\s-3TM\s0\v'4p'/32V,
+System III, or System V software licenses are
+permitted to copy these documents, or any portion of them,
+as necessary for licensed use of the software,
+provided this copyright notice and statement of permission
+are included.
+.sp 1
+.LP
+The views and conclusions contained in this manual are those of the
+authors and should not be interpreted as representing official policies,
+either expressed or implied, of the Regents of the University of California.
+.sp 1
+.LP
+This book was printed and bound in the United States of America.
+.br
+Distributed by The MIT Press.
+.bp
+\&
+.sp |1.5i
+.nr PS 11
+.nr VS 13
+.LP
+.ce 1
+\s+4\fBContents\fP\s-4
+.sp 3
+.TS
+expand;
+l r.
+The Computer Systems Research Group, 1979\-1993	vii
+Prefaces	xi
+Introduction	xvii
+List of Manual Pages	xxiii
+Permuted Index	xli
+Reference Manual Sections 1, 6, 7	tabbed pages
+List of Documents	inside back cover
+.TE
+.if o .bp
+\&
+.bp
+.\"
+.\" The contributor list below is derived from the file that resides in
+.\" vangogh:~admin/contrib/contrib:
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)contrib	5.54 (Berkeley) 4/17/94
+.\"
+.\" This file should not be editted, rather the original contrib file
+.\" should be used to recrete this one following the directions at its top.
+.\" Contrib starts here and continues to the comment `END OF CONTRIB'.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp |1i
+.ps 16
+.ce
+\fBThe Computer Systems Research Group 1979 \- 1993\fP
+.sp 3
+.nr PS 11
+.nr VS 12
+.LP
+.nf
+.in +0.5i
+\fBCSRG Technical Staff\fP
+.sp 1
+.in +1i
+Jim Bloom
+Keith Bostic
+Ralph Campbell
+Kevin Dunlap
+William N. Joy
+Michael J. Karels
+Samuel J. Leffler
+Marshall Kirk McKusick
+Miriam Amos Nihart
+Keith Sklower
+Marc Teitelbaum
+Michael Toy
+.in -1i
+.sp 3
+\fBCSRG Administration and Support\fP
+.sp 1
+.in +1i
+Robert Fabry
+Domenico Ferrari
+Susan L. Graham
+Bob Henry
+Anne Hughes
+Bob Kridle
+David Mosher
+Pauline Schwartz
+Mark Seiden
+Jean Wood
+.in -1i
+.fi
+.sp 3
+\fBOrganizations that funded the CSRG with grants,
+gifts, personnel, and/or hardware.\fP
+.sp 1
+.nf
+.in +1i
+Center for Advanced Aviation System Development, The MITRE Corp.
+Compaq Computer Corporation
+Cray Research Inc.
+Department of Defense Advance Research Projects Agency (DARPA)
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+The Hewlett-Packard Company
+NASA Ames Research Center
+The National Science Foundation
+The Open Software Foundation
+UUNET Technologies Inc.
+.in -1.5i
+.fi
+.bp
+.nr PS 10
+.nr VS 11
+.LP
+\fBThe following are people and organizations that provided a
+large subsystem for the BSD releases.\fP
+.sp
+.TS
+l l.
+ANSI C library	Chris Torek
+ANSI C prototypes	Donn Seeley and John Kohl
+Autoconfiguration	Robert Elz
+C library documentation	American National Standards Committee X3
+CCI 6/32 support	Computer Consoles Inc.
+DEC 3000/5000 support	Ralph Campbell
+Disklabels	Symmetric Computer Systems
+Documentation	Cynthia Livingston and The USENIX Association
+Franz Lisp	Richard Fateman, John Foderaro, Keith Sklower, Kevin Layer
+GCC, GDB	The Free Software Foundation
+Groff	James Clark (The FSF)
+HP300 support	Jeff Forys, Mike Hibler, Jay Lepreau, Donn Seeley and the Systems
+	Programming Group; University of Utah Computer Science Department
+ISODE	Marshall Rose
+Ingres	Mike Stonebraker, Gene Wong, and the Berkeley Ingres Research Group
+Intel 386/486 support	Bill Jolitz and TeleMuse
+Job control	Jim Kulp
+Kerberos	Project Athena and MIT
+Kernel support	Bill Shannon and Sun Microsystems Inc.
+LFS	Margo Seltzer, Mendel Rosenblum, Carl Staelin
+MIPS support	Trent Hein
+Math library	K.C. Ng, Zhishun Alex Liu, S. McDonald, P. Tang and W. Kahan
+NFS	Rick Macklem
+NFS automounter	Jan-Simon Pendry
+Network device drivers	Micom-Interlan and Excelan
+Omron Luna support	Akito Fujita and Shigeto Mochida
+Quotas	Robert Elz
+RPC support	Sun Microsystems Inc.
+Shared library support	Rob Gingell and Sun Microsystems Inc.
+Sony News 3400 support	Kazumasa Utashiro
+Sparc I/II support	Computer Systems Engineering Group, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
+Stackable file systems	John Heidemann
+Stdio	Chris Torek
+System documentation	The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+TCP/IP	Rob Gurwitz and Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc.
+Timezone support	Arthur David Olson
+Transport/Network OSI layers	IBM Corporation and the University of Wisconsin
+Kernel XNS assistance	William Nesheim, J. Q. Johnson, Chris Torek, and James O'Toole
+User level XNS	Cornell University
+VAX 3000 support	Mt. Xinu and Tom Ferrin
+VAX BI support	Chris Torek
+VAX device support	Digital Equipment Corporation and Helge Skrivervik
+Versatec printer/plotter support	University of Toronto
+Virtual memory implementation	Avadis Tevanian, Jr., Michael Wayne Young,
+	and the Carnegie-Mellon University Mach project
+X25 	University of British Columbia
+.TE
+.bp
+.LP
+\fBThe following are people and organizations that provided a specific
+item, program, library routine or program maintenance for the BSD system.
+(Their contribution may not be part of the final 4.4BSD release.)\fP
+.sp 0.4
+.nr PS 9
+.nr VS 10
+.ps 9
+.vs 10
+.TS
+l l.
+386 device drivers	Carnegie-Mellon University Mach project
+386 device drivers	Don Ahn, Sean Fagan and Tim Tucker
+HCX device drivers	Harris Corporation
+Kernel enhancements	Robert Elz, Peter Ivanov, Ian Johnstone, Piers Lauder,
+	John Lions, Tim Long, Chris Maltby, Greg Rose and John Wainwright 
+ISO-9660 filesystem	Pace Willisson, Atsushi Murai
+.TE
+.TS
+l l l l.
+adventure(6)	Don Woods	log(3)	Peter McIlroy
+adventure(6)	Jim Gillogly	look(1)	David Hitz
+adventure(6)	Will Crowther	ls(1)	Elan Amir
+apply(1)	Rob Pike	ls(1)	Michael Fischbein
+ar(1)	Hugh A. Smith	lsearch(3)	Roger L. Snyder
+arithmetic(6)	Eamonn McManus	m4(1)	Ozan Yigit
+arp(8)	Sun Microsystems Inc.	mail(1)	Kurt Schoens
+at(1)	Steve Wall	make(1)	Adam de Boor
+atc(6)	Ed James	me(7)	Eric Allman
+awk(1)	Arnold Robbins	mergesort(3)	Peter McIlroy
+awk(1)	David Trueman	mh(1)	Marshall Rose
+backgammon(6)	Alan Char	mh(1)	The Rand Corporation
+banner(1)	Mark Horton	mille(6)	Ken Arnold
+battlestar(6)	David Riggle	mknod(8)	Kevin Fall
+bcd(6)	Steve Hayman	monop(6)	Ken Arnold
+bdes(1)	Matt Bishop	more(1)	Eric Shienbrood
+berknet(1)	Eric Schmidt	more(1)	Mark Nudleman
+bib(1)	Dain Samples	mountd(8)	Herb Hasler
+bib(1)	Gary M. Levin	mprof(1)	Ben Zorn
+bib(1)	Timothy A. Budd	msgs(1)	David Wasley
+bitstring(3)	Paul Vixie	multicast	Stephen Deering
+boggle(6)	Barry Brachman	mv(1)	Ken Smith
+bpf(4)	Steven McCanne	named/bind(8)	Douglas Terry
+btree(3)	Mike Olson	named/bind(8)	Kevin Dunlap
+byte-range locking	Scooter Morris	news(1)	Rick Adams (and a cast of thousands)
+caesar(6)	John Eldridge	nm(1)	Hans Huebner
+caesar(6)	Stan King	pascal(1)	Kirk McKusick
+cal(1)	Kim Letkeman	pascal(1)	Peter Kessler
+cat(1)	Kevin Fall	paste(1)	Adam S. Moskowitz
+chess(6)	Stuart Cracraft (The FSF)	patch(1)	Larry Wall
+ching(6)	Guy Harris	pax(1)	Keith Muller
+cksum(1)	James W. Williams	phantasia(6)	C. Robertson
+clri(8)	Rich $alz	phantasia(6)	Edward A. Estes
+col(1)	Michael Rendell	ping(8)	Mike Muuss
+comm(1)	Case Larsen	pom(6)	Keith E. Brandt
+compact(1)	Colin L. McMaster	pr(1)	Keith Muller
+compress(1)	James A. Woods	primes(6)	Landon Curt Noll
+compress(1)	Joseph Orost	qsort(3)	Doug McIlroy
+compress(1)	Spencer Thomas	qsort(3)	Earl Cohen
+courier(1)	Eric Cooper	qsort(3)	Jon Bentley
+cp(1)	David Hitz	quad(3)	Chris Torek
+cpio(1)	AT&T	quiz(6)	Jim R. Oldroyd
+crypt(3)	Tom Truscott	quiz(6)	Keith Gabryelski
+csh(1)	Christos Zoulas	radixsort(3)	Dan Bernstein
+csh(1)	Len Shar	radixsort(3)	Peter McIlroy
+curses(3)	Elan Amir	rain(6)	Eric P. Scott
+curses(3)	Ken Arnold	ranlib(1)	Hugh A. Smith
+cut(1)	Adam S. Moskowitz	rcs(1)	Walter F. Tichy
+cut(1)	Marciano Pitargue	rdist(1)	Michael Cooper
+dbx(1)	Mark Linton	regex(3)	Henry Spencer
+dd(1)	Keith Muller	robots(6)	Ken Arnold
+dd(1)	Lance Visser	rogue(6)	Timothy C. Stoehr
+des(1)	Jim Gillogly	rs(1)	John Kunze
+des(1)	Phil Karn	sail(6)	David Riggle
+des(1)	Richard Outerbridge	sail(6)	Edward Wang
+dipress(1)	Xerox Corporation	sccs(1)	Eric Allman
+disklabel(8)	Symmetric Computer Systems	scsiformat(1)	Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
+du(1)	Chris Newcomb	sdb(1)	Howard Katseff
+dungeon(6)	R.M. Supnik	sed(1)	Diomidis Spinellis
+ed(1)	Rodney Ruddock	sendmail(8)	Eric Allman
+emacs(1)	Richard Stallman	setmode(3)	Dave Borman
+erf(3)	Peter McIlroy, K.C. Ng	sh(1)	Kenneth Almquist
+error(1)	Robert R. Henry	slattach(8)	Rick Adams
+ex(1)	Mark Horton	slip(8)	Rick Adams
+factor(6)	Landon Curt Noll	spms(1)	Peter J. Nicklin
+file(1)	Ian Darwin	strtod(3)	David M. Gay
+find(1)	Cimarron Taylor	swab(3)	Jeffrey Mogul
+finger(1)	Tony Nardo	sysconf(3)	Sean Eric Fagan
+fish(6)	Muffy Barkocy	sysline(1)	J.K. Foderaro
+fmt(1)	Kurt Schoens	syslog(3)	Eric Allman
+fnmatch(3)	Guido van Rossum	systat(1)	Bill Reeves
+fold(1)	Kevin Ruddy	systat(1)	Robert Elz
+fortune(6)	Ken Arnold	tail(1)	Edward Sze-Tyan Wang
+fpr(1)	Robert Corbett	talk(1)	Clem Cole
+fsdb(8)	Computer Consoles Inc.	talk(1)	Kipp Hickman
+fsplit(1)	Asa Romberger	talk(1)	Peter Moore
+fsplit(1)	Jerry Berkman	telnet(1)	Dave Borman
+gcc/groff integration	UUNET Technologies, Inc.	telnet(1)	Paul Borman
+gcore(1)	Eric Cooper	termcap(5)	John A. Kunze
+getcap(3)	Casey Leedom	termcap(5)	Mark Horton
+glob(3)	Guido van Rossum	test(1)	Kenneth Almquist
+gprof(1)	Peter Kessler	tetris(6)	Chris Torek
+gprof(1)	Robert R. Henry	tetris(6)	Darren F. Provine
+hack(6)	Andries Brouwer (and a cast of thousands)	timed(8)	Riccardo Gusella
+hangman(6)	Ken Arnold	timed(8)	Stefano Zatti
+hash(3)	Margo Seltzer	tn3270(1)	Gregory Minshall
+heapsort(3)	Elmer Yglesias	tr(1)	Igor Belchinskiy
+heapsort(3)	Kevin Lew	traceroute(8)	Van Jacobson
+heapsort(3)	Ronnie Kon	trek(6)	Eric Allman
+hunt(6)	Conrad Huang	tset(1)	Eric Allman
+hunt(6)	Greg Couch	tsort(1)	Michael Rendell
+icon(1)	Bill Mitchell	unifdef(1)	Dave Yost
+icon(1)	Ralph Griswold	uniq(1)	Case Larsen
+indent(1)	David Willcox	uucpd(8)	Rick Adams
+indent(1)	Eric Schmidt	uudecode(1)	Mark Horton
+indent(1)	James Gosling	uuencode(1)	Mark Horton
+indent(1)	Sun Microsystems	uuq(1)	Lou Salkind
+init(1)	Donn Seeley	uuq(1)	Rick Adams
+j0(3)	Sun Microsystems, Inc.	uusnap(8)	Randy King
+j1(3)	Sun Microsystems, Inc.	uusnap(8)	Rick Adams
+jn(3)	Sun Microsystems, Inc.	vacation(1)	Eric Allman
+join(1)	David Goodenough	vi(1)	Steve Kirkendall
+join(1)	Michiro Hikida	which(1)	Peter Kessler
+join(1)	Steve Hayman	who(1)	Michael Fischbein
+jot(1)	John Kunze	window(1)	Edward Wang
+jove(1)	Jonathon Payne	worm(6)	Michael Toy
+kermit(1)	Columbia University	worms(6)	Eric P. Scott
+kvm(3)	Peter Shipley	write(1)	Craig Leres
+kvm(3)	Steven McCanne	write(1)	Jef Poskanzer
+lam(1)	John Kunze	wump(6)	Dave Taylor
+larn(6)	Noah Morgan	X25/Ethernet	Univ. of Erlangen-Nuremberg
+lastcomm(1)	Len Edmondson	X25/LLC2	Dirk Husemann
+lex(1)	Vern Paxson	xargs(1)	John B. Roll Jr.
+libm(3)	Peter McIlroy	xneko(6)	Masayuki Koba
+libm(3)	UUNET Technologies, Inc.	XNSrouted(1)	Bill Nesheim
+locate(1)	James A. Woods	xroach(6)	J.T. Anderson
+lock(1)	Bob Toxen	yacc(1)	Robert Paul Corbett
+.TE
+.\"
+.\" END OF CONTRIB: Contrib ends here.
+.\"
+.if o .bp
+\&
+.bp
+.nr PS 10
+.nr VS 12
+\&
+.sp |1.5i
+.LP
+.ce
+\fB\s+4PREFACE\s-4\fP
+.sp 3
+.NH 1
+Introduction
+.PP
+The major new facilities available in the 4.4BSD release are
+a new virtual memory system, 
+the addition of ISO/OSI networking support,
+a new virtual filesystem interface supporting filesystem stacking,
+a freely redistributable implementation of NFS,
+a log-structured filesystem,
+enhancement of the local filesystems to support
+files and filesystems that are up to 2^63 bytes in size,
+enhanced security and system management support,
+and the conversion to and addition of the IEEE Std1003.1 (``POSIX'')
+facilities and many of the IEEE Std1003.2 facilities.
+In addition, many new utilities and additions have been made to the C-library.
+The kernel sources have been reorganized to collect all machine-dependent
+files for each architecture under one directory,
+and most of the machine-independent code is now free of code
+conditional on specific machines.
+The user structure and process structure have been reorganized
+to eliminate the statically-mapped user structure and to make most
+of the process resources shareable by multiple processes.
+The system and include files have been converted to be compatible
+with ANSI C, including function prototypes for most of the exported
+functions.
+There are numerous other changes throughout the system.
+.NH 1
+Changes in the Kernel
+.PP
+This release includes several important structural kernel changes.
+The kernel uses a new internal system call convention;
+the use of global (``u-dot'') variables for parameters and error returns
+has been eliminated,
+and interrupted system calls no longer abort using non-local goto's (longjmp's).
+A new sleep interface separates signal handling from scheduling priority,
+returning characteristic errors to abort or restart the current system call.
+This sleep call also passes a string describing the process state,
+which is used by the ps(1) program.
+The old sleep interface can be used only for non-interruptible sleeps.
+.PP
+Many data structures that were previously statically allocated
+are now allocated dynamically.
+These structures include mount entries, file entries,
+user open file descriptors, the process entries, the vnode table,
+the name cache, and the quota structures.
+.PP
+The 4.4BSD distribution adds support for several new architectures including
+SPARC-based Sparcstations 1 and 2,
+MIPS-based Decstation 3100 and 5000 and Sony NEWS,
+68000-based Hewlett-Packard 9000/300 and Omron Luna, and
+386-based Personal Computers.
+Both the HP300 and SPARC ports feature the ability to run binaries
+built for the native operating system (HP-UX or SunOS) by emulating
+their system calls.
+Though this native operating system compatibility was provided by the
+developers as needed for their purposes and is by no means complete,
+it is complete enough to run several non-trivial applications including
+those that require HP-UX or SunOS shared libraries.
+For example, the vendor supplied X11 server and windowing environment
+can be used on both the HP300 and SPARC.
+.NH 2
+Virtual memory changes
+.PP
+The new virtual memory implementation is derived from the MACH
+operating system developed at Carnegie-Mellon,
+and was ported to the BSD kernel at the University of Utah.
+The MACH virtual memory system call interface has been replaced with the
+``mmap''-based interface described in the ``Berkeley Software
+Architecture Manual''.
+The interface is similar to the interfaces shipped
+by several commercial vendors such as Sun, USL, and Convex Computer Corp.
+The integration of the new virtual memory is functionally complete,
+but, like most MACH-based virtual memory systems,
+still has serious performance problems under heavy memory load.
+.NH 2
+Networking additions and changes
+.PP
+The ISO/OSI Networking consists of a kernel implementation of
+transport class 4 (TP-4),
+connectionless networking protocol (CLNP),
+and 802.3-based link-level support (hardware-compatible with Ethernet*).
+.FS
+*Ethernet is a trademark of the Xerox Corporation.
+.FE
+We also include support for ISO Connection-Oriented Network Service,
+X.25, TP-0.
+The session and presentation layers are provided outside
+the kernel by the ISO development environment (ISODE).
+Included in this development environment are file
+transfer and management (FTAM), virtual terminals (VT),
+a directory services implementation (X.500), and miscellaneous other utilities.
+.PP
+Several important enhancements have been added to the TCP/IP
+protocols including TCP header prediction and
+serial line IP (SLIP) with header compression.
+The routing implementation has been completely rewritten
+to use a hierarchical routing tree with a mask per route
+to support the arbitrary levels of routing found in the ISO protocols.
+The routing table also stores and caches route characteristics
+to speed the adaptation of the throughput and congestion avoidance
+algorithms.
+.NH 2
+Additions and changes to filesystems
+.PP
+The 4.4BSD distribution contains most of the interfaces
+specified in the IEEE Std1003.1 system interface standard.
+Filesystem additions include IEEE Std1003.1 FIFOs,
+byte-range file locking, and saved user and group identifiers.
+.PP
+A new virtual filesystem interface has been added to the
+kernel to support multiple filesystems.
+In comparison with other interfaces,
+the Berkeley interface has been structured for more efficient support
+of filesystems that maintain state (such as the local filesystem).
+The interface has been extended with support for stackable
+filesystems done at UCLA.
+These extensions allow for filesystems to be layered on top of each
+other and allow new vnode operations to be added without requiring
+changes to existing filesystem implementations.
+For example, the umap filesystem
+is used to mount a sub-tree of an existing filesystem
+that uses a different set of uids and gids than the local system.
+Such a filesystem could be mounted from a remote site via NFS or it
+could be a filesystem on removable media brought from some foreign
+location that uses a different password file.
+.PP
+In addition to the local ``fast filesystem'',
+we have added an implementation of the network filesystem (NFS)
+that fully interoperates with the NFS shipped by Sun and its licensees.
+Because our NFS implementation was implemented using only the
+publicly available NFS specification,
+it does not require a license from Sun to use in source or binary form.
+By default it runs over UDP to be compatible with Sun's implementation.
+However, it can be configured on a per-mount basis to run over TCP.
+Using TCP allows it to be used quickly and efficiently through
+gateways and over long-haul networks.
+Using an extended protocol, it supports Leases to allow a limited
+callback mechanism that greatly reduces the network traffic necessary
+to maintain cache consistency between the server and its clients.
+.PP
+A new log-structured filesystem has been added that provides
+near disk-speed output and fast crash recovery.
+It is still experimental in the 4.4BSD release,
+so we do not recommend it for production use.
+We have also added a memory-based filesystem that runs in
+pageable memory, allowing large temporary filesystems without
+requiring dedicated physical memory.
+.PP
+The local ``fast filesystem'' has been enhanced to do 
+clustering which allows large pieces of files to be
+allocated contiguously resulting in near doubling
+of filesystem throughput.
+The filesystem interface has been extended to allow
+files and filesystems to grow to 2^63 bytes in size.
+The quota system has been rewritten to support both
+user and group quotas (simultaneously if desired).
+Quota expiration is based on time rather than
+the previous metric of number of logins over quota.
+This change makes quotas more useful on fileservers
+onto which users seldom login.
+.PP
+The system security has been greatly enhanced by the
+addition of additional file flags that permit a file to be
+marked as immutable or append only.
+Once set, these flags can only be cleared by the super-user
+when the system is running single user.
+To protect against indiscriminate reading or writing of kernel
+memory, all writing and most reading of kernel data structures
+must be done using a new ``sysctl'' interface.
+The information to be access is described through an extensible
+``Management Information Base'' (MIB).
+.NH 2
+POSIX terminal driver changes
+.PP
+The biggest area of change is a new terminal driver.
+The terminal driver is similar to the System V terminal driver
+with the addition of the necessary extensions to get the
+functionality previously available in the 4.3BSD terminal driver.
+4.4BSD also adds the IEEE Std1003.1 job control interface,
+which is similar to the 4.3BSD job control interface,
+but adds a security model that was missing in the
+4.3BSD job control implementation.
+A new system call, \fIsetsid\fP,
+creates a job-control session consisting of a single process
+group with one member, the caller, that becomes a session leader.
+Only a session leader may acquire a controlling terminal.
+This is done explicitly via a \s-1TIOCSCTTY\s+1 \fIioctl\fP call,
+not implicitly by an \fIopen\fP call.
+The call fails if the terminal is in use.
+.PP
+For backward compatibility,
+both the old \fIioctl\fP
+calls and old options to \fIstty\fP
+are emulated.
+.NH 1
+Changes to the utilities
+.PP
+There are several new tools and utilities included in this release.
+A new version of ``make'' allows much-simplified makefiles for the
+system software and allows compilation for multiple architectures
+from the same source tree (which may be mounted read-only).
+Notable additions to the libraries include functions to traverse a
+filesystem hierarchy, database interfaces to btree and hashing functions,
+a new, fast implementation of stdio and a radix sort function.
+The additions to the utility suite include greatly enhanced versions of
+programs that display system status information, implementations of
+various traditional tools described in the IEEE Std1003.2 standard,
+and many others.
+.PP
+We have been tracking the IEEE Std1003.2 shell and utility work
+and have included prototypes of many of the proposed utilities.
+Most of the traditional utilities have been replaced
+with implementations conformant to the POSIX standards.
+Almost the entire manual suite has been rewritten to
+reflect the POSIX defined interfaces.
+In rewriting this software, we have generally
+been rewarded with significant performance improvements.
+Most of the libraries and header files have been converted
+to be compliant with ANSI C.
+The system libraries and utilities all compile
+with either ANSI or traditional C.
+.PP
+The Kerberos (version 4) authentication software has been
+integrated into much of the system (including NFS) to provide
+the first real network authentication on BSD.
+.PP
+A new implementation of the \fIex/vi\fP text editors is available
+in this release.
+It is intended as a bug-for-bug compatible version of the editors.
+It also has a few new features: 8-bit clean data, lines and files
+limited only by memory and disk space, split screens, tags stacks
+and left-right scrolling among them.
+\fINex/nvi\fP
+is not yet production quality; future versions of this software may
+be retrieved by anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu, in the
+directory ucb/4bsd.
+.PP
+The \fIfind\fP
+utility has two new options that are important to be aware of if you
+intend to use NFS.
+The ``fstype'' and ``prune'' options can be used together to prevent
+find from crossing NFS mount points.
+.NH 2
+Additions and changes to the libraries
+.PP
+The \fIcurses\fP
+library has been largely rewritten.
+Important additional features include support
+for scrolling and \fItermios\fP.
+.PP
+An application front-end editing library, named libedit, has been
+added to the system.
+.PP
+A superset implementation of the SunOS kernel memory interface library,
+\fIlibkvm\fP, has been integrated into the system.
+.PP
+Nearly the entire C-library has been rewritten.
+Some highlights of the changes to the 4.4BSD C-library:
+.IP \(bu
+The newly added \fIfts\fP
+functions will do either physical or logical traversal of
+a file hierarchy as well as handle essentially infinite depth
+filesystems and filesystems with cycles.
+All the utilities in 4.4BSD that traverse file hierarchies
+have been converted to use \fIfts\fP.
+The conversion has always resulted in a significant performance
+gain, often of four or five to one in system time.
+.IP \(bu
+The newly added \fIdbopen\fP
+functions are intended to be a family of database access methods.
+Currently, they consist of \fIhash\fP,
+an extensible, dynamic hashing scheme,
+\fIbtree\fP, a sorted, balanced tree structure (B+tree's), and
+\fIrecno\fP, a flat-file interface for fixed or variable length records
+referenced by logical record number.
+Each of the access methods stores associated key/data pairs and
+uses the same record oriented interface for access.
+Future versions of this software may be retrieved by anonymous ftp
+from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu, in the directory ucb/4bsd.
+.IP \(bu
+The \fIqsort\fP
+function has been rewritten for additional performance.
+In addition, three new types of sorting functions,
+\fIheapsort\fP, \fImergesort\fP, and \fIradixsort\fP
+have been added to the system.
+The \fImergesort\fP
+function is optimized for data with pre-existing order,
+in which case it usually significantly outperforms \fIqsort\fP.
+The \fIradixsort\fP
+functions are variants of most-significant-byte radix sorting.
+They take time linear to the number of bytes to be
+sorted, usually significantly outperforming \fIqsort\fP
+on data that can be sorted in this fashion.
+An implementation of the POSIX 1003.2 standard \fIsort\fP
+based on \fIradixsort\fP is included in 4.4BSD.
+.IP \(bu
+The floating point support in the C-library has been replaced
+and is now accurate.
+.IP \(bu
+The C functions specified by both ANSI C, POSIX 1003.1 and
+1003.2 are now part of the C-library.
+This includes support for file name matching, shell globbing
+and both basic and extended regular expressions.
+.IP \(bu
+ANSI C multibyte and wide character support has been integrated.
+The rune functionality from the Bell Labs' Plan 9 system is provided
+as well.
+.IP \(bu
+The \fItermcap\fP
+functions have been generalized and replaced with a general
+purpose interface named \fIgetcap\fP.
+.IP \(bu
+The \fIstdio\fP
+routines have been replaced, and are usually much faster.
+In addition, the \fIfunopen\fP
+interface permits applications to provide their own I/O stream
+function support.
+.NH 1
+Acknowledgements
+.PP
+We were greatly assisted by the past employees of the Computer Systems
+Research Group: Mike Karels, Keith Sklower, and Marc Tietelbaum.
+Our distribution coordinator, Pauline Schwartz, has reliably managed
+the finances and the mechanics of shipping distributions for
+nearly the entire fourteen years of the group's existence.
+Without the help of lawyers Mary MacDonald, Joel Linzner,
+and Carla Shapiro, the 4.4BSD-Lite distribution would never
+have seen the light of day.
+Much help was provided by Chris Demetriou in getting bug fixes
+from NetBSD integrated back into the 4.4BSD-Lite distribution.
+.PP
+The vast majority of the 4.4BSD distribution comes from the numerous
+people in the UNIX community that provided their time and energy in
+creating the software contained in this release.
+We dedicate this distribution to them.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+.nf
+M. K. McKusick
+K. Bostic
+.fi
+.in 0
+.sp 3
+.nr PS 9
+.nr VS 10
+.LP
+.ne 1i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the 4.3 Berkeley distribution\fP
+.sp 1
+.LP
+This update to the 4.2 distribution of August 1983 provides
+substantially improved performance, reliability, and security,
+the addition of Xerox Network System (NS) to the set of networking domains,
+and partial support for the VAX 8600 and MICROVAXII.
+.LP
+We were greatly assisted by the DEC UNIX Engineering group who
+provided two full time employees, Miriam Amos and Kevin Dunlap,
+to work at Berkeley. They were responsible for developing and
+debugging the distributed domain based name server
+and integrating it into the mail system.
+Mt Xinu provided the bug list distribution service as well as
+donating their MICROVAXII port to 4.3BSD.
+Drivers for the MICROVAXII were done by Rick Macklem
+at the University of Guelph.
+Sam Leffler provided valuable assistance and advice with many projects.
+Keith Sklower coordinated with William Nesheim and J. Q. Johnson at Cornell, 
+and Chris Torek and James O'Toole at the University of Maryland
+to do the Xerox Network Systems implementation.
+Robert Elz at the University of Melbourne contributed greatly
+to the performance work in the kernel.
+Donn Seeley and Jay Lepreau at the University of Utah
+relentlessly dealt with a myriad of details;
+Donn completed the unfinished performance work on Fortran 77
+and fixed numerous C compiler bugs.
+Ralph Campbell handled innumerable questions and problem reports
+and had time left to write rdist.
+George Goble was invaluable in shaking out the bugs on his
+production systems long before we were confident enough to
+inflict it on our users.
+Bill Shannon at Sun Microsystems has been helpful in 
+providing us with bug fixes and improvements.
+Tom Ferrin, in his capacity as Board Member of Usenix Association,
+handled the logistics of large-scale reproduction
+of the 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD manuals.
+Mark Seiden helped with the typesetting and indexing of the 4.3BSD manuals.
+Special mention goes to Bob Henry for keeping ucbvax running
+in spite of new and improved software and
+an ever increasing mail, news, and uucp load.
+.LP
+Numerous others contributed their time and energy in creating
+the user contributed software for the release.
+As always, we are grateful to the UNIX user community for 
+encouragement and support. 
+.LP
+Once again, the financial support of the Defense Advanced Research
+Projects Agency is gratefully acknowledged.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+.nf
+M. K. McKusick
+M. J. Karels
+J. M. Bloom
+.fi
+.in 0
+.sp 2
+.ne 2i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the 4.2 Berkeley distribution\fP
+.sp 1
+This update to the 4.1 distribution of June 1981 provides support
+for the VAX 11/730, full networking and interprocess communication
+support, an entirely new file system, and many other new features.
+It is certainly the most ambitious release of software ever prepared
+here and represents many man-years of work.
+Bill Shannon (both at DEC and at Sun Microsystems)
+and Robert Elz of the University
+of Melbourne contributed greatly to this distribution
+through new device drivers and painful debugging episodes.
+Rob Gurwitz of BBN wrote the initial version of the code upon
+which the current networking support is based.
+Eric Allman of Britton-Lee donated countless hours to the mail system.
+Bill Croft (both at SRI and Sun Microsystems) aided in the
+debugging and development of the networking facilities.
+Dennis Ritchie of Bell Laboratories also
+contributed greatly to this distribution, providing
+valuable advise and guidance.  Helge Skrivervik
+worked on the device drivers which enabled
+the distribution to be delivered with a TU58
+console cassette and RX01 console flopppy disk, and
+rewrote major portions of the standalone i/o system
+to support formatting of non-DEC peripherals.
+.LP
+Numerous others contributed their time and energy in organizing
+the user software for release, while many groups of people on
+campus suffered patiently through the low spots of development.
+As always, we are grateful to the UNIX user community for 
+encouragement and support. 
+.LP
+Once again, the financial support of the Defense Advanced Research
+Projects Agency is gratefully acknowledged.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+.nf
+S. J. Leffler
+W. N. Joy
+M. K. McKusick
+.fi
+.in 0
+.sp 2
+.ne 1i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the 4.1 Berkeley distribution\fP
+.sp 1
+This update to the fourth distribution of November 1980 provides
+support for the VAX 11/750 and for the full interconnect architecture
+of the VAX 11/780.  Robert Elz of the University of Melbourne contributed
+greatly to this distribution especially in the boot-time system
+configuration code;  Bill Shannon of DEC supplied us with the
+implementation of DEC standard bad block handling.  The research
+group at Bell Laboratories and DEC Merrimack provided us with access
+to 11/750's in order to debug its support.
+.LP
+Other individuals too numerous to mention provided us with bug reports,
+fixes and other enhancements which are reflected in the system.  We
+are grateful to the UNIX user community for encouragement and
+support.
+.LP
+The financial support of the Defence Advanced Research Projects Agency
+in support of this work is gratefully acknowledged.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+.nf
+W. N. Joy
+R. S. Fabry
+K. Sklower
+.fi
+.in 0
+.sp 2
+.ne 1i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the Fourth Berkeley distribution\fP
+.sp 1
+This manual reflects the Berkeley system mid-October, 1980.
+A large amount of tuning has been done in the system since the last release;
+we hope this provides as noticeable an improvement for you as it did for us.
+This release finds the system in transition; a number of facilities
+have been added in experimental versions (job control, resource limits)
+and the implementation of others is imminent (shared-segments, higher
+performance from the file system, etc.).
+Applications which use facilities that are in transition should be aware
+that some of the system calls and library routines will change
+in the near future.  We have tried to be conscientious and make it
+very clear where this is likely.
+.LP
+A new group has been formed
+at Berkeley, to assume responsibility for the future
+development and support of a version of UNIX on the VAX.
+The group has received funding from the
+Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA)
+to supply a standard version of the system to DARPA contractors.
+The same version of the system will be made available to other licensees
+of UNIX on the VAX for a duplication charge.
+We gratefully acknowledge
+the support of this contract.
+.LP
+We wish to acknowledge the contribution of a number of individuals to
+the the system.
+.LP
+We would especially like to thank
+Jim Kulp of IIASA,
+Laxenburg Austria and his colleagues,
+who first put job control facilities into UNIX;
+Eric Allman, Robert Henry, Peter Kessler and Kirk McKusick, who
+contributed major new pieces of software;
+Mark Horton, who contributed to the improvement of facilities and
+substantially improved the quality of our bit-mapped fonts,
+our hardware support staff:
+Bob Kridle,
+Anita Hirsch,
+Len Edmondson
+and
+Fred Archibald,
+who helped us to debug a number of new peripherals;
+Ken Arnold who did much of the leg-work in getting this version of the
+manual prepared, and did the final editing of sections 2-6,
+some special individuals within Bell Laboratories:
+Greg Chesson,
+Stuart Feldman,
+Dick Haight,
+Howard Katseff,
+Brian Kernighan,
+Tom London,
+John Reiser,
+Dennis Ritchie,
+Ken Thompson,
+and
+Peter Weinberger
+who helped out by answering questions;
+our excellent local DEC field service people,
+Kevin Althaus and Frank Chargois
+who kept our machine running virtually all the time, and fixed it quickly
+when things broke;
+and,
+Mike Accetta of Carnegie-Mellon University,
+Robert Elz of the University of Melbourne,
+George Goble of Purdue University,
+and
+David Kashtan of the Stanford Research Institute
+for their technical advice and support.
+.LP
+Special thanks to Bill Munson of DEC who helped by augmenting
+our computing facility
+and to Eric Allman for carefully proofreading the
+``last'' draft of the manual and finding the bugs which we knew were
+there but couldn't see. 
+.LP
+We dedicate this to the memory of David Sakrison, late chairman of our
+department, who gave his support to the establishment of our VAX
+computing facility, and to our department as a whole.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+.nf
+W. N. Joy
+\v'-3p'\h'2p'\*:\v'3p'\h'-2p'O. Babao\*~glu
+R. S. Fabry
+K. Sklower
+.fi
+.in 0
+.sp 2
+.ne 1i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the Third Berkeley distribution\fP
+.sp 1
+This manual reflects the state of the Berkeley system, December 1979.
+We would like to thank all the people at Berkeley who have contributed to
+the system, and particularly thank
+Prof. Richard Fateman for creating and administrating a hospitable environment,
+Mark Horton who helped prepare this manual, and
+Eric Allman, Bob Kridle, Juan Porcar
+and Richard Tuck for their contributions to the kernel.
+.LP
+The cooperation of Bell Laboratories in providing us with an early version of
+\s-2UNIX\s0/32V is greatly appreciated.  We would especially like to thank
+Dr. Charles Roberts of Bell Laboratories for helping us obtain this release,
+and acknowledge
+T. B. London,
+J. F. Reiser,
+K. Thompson,
+D. M. Ritchie,
+G. Chesson and
+H. P. Katseff
+for their advice and support.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+W. N. Joy
+.br
+\v'-3p'\h'2p'\*:\v'3p'\h'-2p'O. Babao\*~glu
+.in 0
+.sp 2
+.ne 1i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the UNIX/32V distribution\fP
+.sp 1
+The
+.UX
+operating system for the VAX*-11
+.FS
+*VAX and PDP are Trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation.
+.FE
+provides substantially the same facilities as the
+\s-2UNIX\s0
+system for the PDP*-11.
+.LP
+We acknowledge the work of many who came before us, and particularly thank
+G. K. Swanson, W. M. Cardoza, D. K. Sharma, and J. F. Jarvis for assistance
+with the implementation for the VAX-11/780.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+T. B. London
+.br
+J. F. Reiser
+.in 0
+.sp 2
+.ne 1i
+.ce
+\fIPreface to the Seventh Edition\fP
+.sp 1
+.LP
+Although this Seventh Edition no longer bears their byline,
+Ken Thompson and Dennis Ritchie remain the fathers
+and preceptors of the
+\s-2UNIX\s0
+time-sharing system.
+Many of the improvements here described bear their mark.
+Among many, many other people who have contributed to
+the further flowering of
+\s-2UNIX\s0,
+we wish especially to
+acknowledge the contributions of
+A. V. Aho,
+S. R. Bourne,
+L. L. Cherry,
+G. L. Chesson,
+S. I. Feldman,
+C. B. Haley,
+R. C. Haight,
+S. C. Johnson,
+M. E. Lesk,
+T. L. Lyon,
+L. E. McMahon,
+R. Morris,
+R. Muha,
+D. A. Nowitz,
+L. Wehr,
+and
+P. J. Weinberger.
+We appreciate also 
+the effective advice and criticism of
+T. A. Dolotta,
+A. G. Fraser,
+J. F. Maranzano,
+and
+J. R. Mashey;
+and we remember the important work of
+the late Joseph F. Ossanna.
+.sp 1
+.in 4i
+B. W. Kernighan
+.br
+M. D. McIlroy
+.in 0
+.if o .bp
+\&
+.bp
+.de IR
+\fI\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+..
+.de RI
+\fR\\$1\fI\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+..
+.ce
+\fB\s+4INTRODUCTION\s-4\fP
+.sp 1
+.nr PS 10
+.nr VS 12
+.LP
+The documentation for 4.4BSD is in a format similar
+to the one used for the 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD manuals.
+It is divided into three sets; each set consists of one or more volumes.
+The abbreviations for the volume names are listed in square brackets;
+the abbreviations for the manual sections are listed in parenthesis.
+.DS
+I. User's Documents
+	User's Reference Manual [URM]
+		Commands (1)
+		Games (6)
+		Macro packages and language conventions (7)
+	User's Supplementary Documents [USD]
+		Getting Started
+		Basic Utilities
+		Communicating with the World
+		Text Editing
+		Document Preparation
+		Amusements
+
+II. Programmer's Documents
+	Programmer's Reference Manual [PRM]
+		System calls (2)
+		Subroutines (3)
+		Special files (4)
+		File formats and conventions (5)
+	Programmer's Supplementary Documents [PSD]
+		Documents of Historic Interest
+		Languages in common use
+		Programming Tools
+		Programming Libraries
+		General Reference
+
+III. System Manager's Manual [SMM]
+	Maintenance commands (8)
+	System Installation and Administration
+.DE
+.LP
+References to individual documents are given as ``volume:document'',
+thus USD:1 refers to the first document in the ``User's Supplementary
+Documents''.
+References to manual pages are given as ``\fIname\fP(section)'' thus
+.IR sh (1)
+refers to the shell manual entry in section 1.
+.LP
+The manual pages give descriptions of the features of the
+4.4BSD system, as developed at the University of California at Berkeley.
+They do not attempt to provide perspective or tutorial information about the
+4.4BSD operating system, its facilities, or its implementation.
+Various documents on those topics are contained in the
+``\s-1UNIX\s+1 User's Supplementary Documents'' (USD), the
+``\s-1UNIX\s+1 Programmer's Supplementary Documents'' (PSD),
+and ``\s-1UNIX\s+1 System Manager's Manual'' (SMM).
+In particular, for an overview see ``The \s-1UNIX\s+1 Time-Sharing System'' (PSD:1)
+by Ritchie and Thompson; for a tutorial see
+``\s8\s-1UNIX\s+1\s10 for Beginners'' (USD:1) by Kernighan,
+and for an guide to the new features of this latest version, see
+``Berkeley Software Architecture Manual (4.4 Edition)'' (PSD:5).
+.LP
+Within the area it surveys, this volume attempts to be timely, complete
+and concise.  Where the latter two objectives conflict,
+the obvious is often left unsaid in favor of brevity.
+It is intended that each program be described as it is, not as it should be.
+Inevitably, this means that various sections will soon be out of date.
+.LP
+Commands are programs intended to be invoked directly by
+the user, in contrast to subroutines, that are
+intended to be called by the user's programs.
+User commands are described in URM section 1.
+Commands generally reside in directory
+.I /bin
+(for
+.IR bin \|ary
+programs).
+Some programs also reside in
+.I
+/\|usr/\|bin,
+.R
+to save space in
+.I  /\|bin.
+.R
+These directories are searched automatically by the command interpreters.
+Additional directories that may be of interest include
+.I
+/\|usr/\|contrib/\|bin,
+.R
+which has contributed software
+.I
+/\|usr/\|old/\|bin,
+.R
+which has old but sometimes still useful software and
+.I
+/\|usr/\|local/\|bin,
+.R
+which contains software local to your site.
+.LP
+Games have been relegated to URM section 6 and
+.I
+/\|usr/\|games,
+.R
+to keep them from contaminating
+the more staid information of URM section 1.
+.LP
+Miscellaneous collection of information necessary for
+writing in various specialized languages such as character codes, 
+macro packages for typesetting, etc is contained in URM section 7.
+.LP
+System calls are entries into the BSD kernel.
+The system call interface is identical to a C language
+procedure call; the equivalent C procedures are described in PRM section 2.
+.LP
+An assortment of subroutines is available;
+they are described in PRM section 3.
+The primary libraries in which they are kept are described in
+.IR intro (3).
+The functions are described in terms of C.
+.LP
+PRM section 4 discusses the characteristics of
+each system ``file'' that refers to an I/O device.
+The names in this section refer to the HP300 device names for the hardware,
+instead of the names of the special files themselves.
+.LP
+The file formats and conventions (PRM section 5)
+documents the structure of particular kinds of files;
+for example, the form of the output of the loader and
+assembler is given.  Excluded are files used by only one command,
+for example the assembler's intermediate files.
+.LP
+Commands and procedures intended for use primarily by the
+system administrator are described in SMM section 8.
+The files described here are almost all kept in the directory
+.I /\|etc.
+The system administration binaries reside in
+.I
+/\|sbin,
+.R
+and
+.I
+/\|usr/\|sbin.
+.LP
+Each section consists of independent entries of a page or so each.
+The name of the entry is in the upper corners of its pages,
+together with the section number.
+Entries within each section are alphabetized.
+The page numbers of each entry start at 1;
+it is infeasible to number consecutively the pages of 
+a document like this that is republished in many variant forms.
+.LP
+All entries are based on a common format;
+not all subsections always appear.
+.RS
+.LP
+The
+.I name
+subsection lists the exact names of the commands and subroutines
+covered under the entry and gives a short description of their purpose.
+.LP
+The
+.IR synopsis ""
+summarizes the use of the program being described.
+A few conventions are used, particularly in the Commands subsection:
+.LP
+.RS
+.B Boldface
+words are considered literals, and are typed just as they appear.
+.LP
+Square brackets [ ] around an argument show that the argument is optional.
+When an argument is given as ``name'', it always refers to a file name.
+.LP
+Ellipses ``.\|.\|.'' are used to show that the previous argument-prototype
+may be repeated.
+.LP
+A final convention is used by the commands themselves.
+An argument beginning with a minus sign ``\-'' usually means that it is an
+option-specifying argument, even if it appears in a position where
+a file name could appear.  Therefore, it is unwise to have files whose
+names begin with ``\-''.
+.LP
+.RE
+The
+.IR description ""
+subsection discusses in detail the subject at hand.
+.LP
+The
+.IR files ""
+subsection gives the names of files that are built into the program.
+.LP
+A
+.I
+see also
+.R
+subsection gives pointers to related information.
+.LP
+A
+.I  diagnostics
+subsection discusses the diagnostic indications that may be produced.
+Messages that are intended to be self-explanatory are not listed.
+.LP
+The
+.IR bugs ""
+subsection gives known bugs and sometimes deficiencies.
+Occasionally the suggested fix is also described.
+.LP
+.RE
+At the beginning of URM is a table of contents,
+organized by section and alphabetically within each section.
+There is also a permuted index derived from the table of contents.
+Within each index entry, the title of the writeup to which
+it refers is followed by the appropriate section number in parentheses.
+This fact is important because there is considerable
+name duplication among the sections, arising principally from commands that
+exist only to exercise a particular system call.
+Finally, there is a list of documents on the inside back cover of each volume.
+.SH
+HOW TO GET STARTED
+.LP
+This section sketches the basic information you need to get started on \s-1UNIX\s+1;
+how to log in and log out, how to communicate through your terminal,
+and how to run a program.
+See ``\s-1UNIX\s+1 for Beginners'' in (USD:1) for a
+more complete introduction to the system.
+.LP
+.I
+Logging in.\ \ 
+.R
+Almost any ASCII terminal capable of
+full duplex operation and generating
+the entire character set can be used.
+You must have a valid user name,
+which may be obtained from the system administration.
+If you will be accessing \s-1UNIX\s+1 remotely, you will also
+need to obtain the telephone number for the system that you will be using.
+.LP
+After a data connection is established,
+the login procedure depends on what type of terminal you are using
+and local system conventions.
+If your terminal is directly connected to the computer,
+it generally runs at 9600 or 19200 baud.
+If you are using a modem running over a phone line,
+the terminal must be set at the speed appropriate for the modem you are using,
+typically 1200, 2400, or 9600 baud.
+The half/full duplex switch should always be set at full-duplex.
+(This switch will often have to be changed
+since many other systems require half-duplex).
+.LP
+When a connection is established, the system types ``login:'';
+you type your user name, followed by the ``return'' key.
+If you have a password, the system asks for it
+and suppresses echo to the terminal so the password will not appear.
+After you have logged in, the ``return'', ``new line'', or ``linefeed'' keys
+will give exactly the same results.
+A message-of-the-day usually greets you before your first prompt.
+.LP
+If the system types out a few garbage characters
+after you have established a data connection
+(the ``login:'' message at the wrong speed),
+depress the ``break'' (or ``interrupt'') key.
+This is a speed-independent signal to \s-1UNIX\s+1
+that a different speed terminal is in use.
+The system then will type ``login:,'' this time at another speed.
+Continue depressing the break key until ``login:'' appears clearly,
+then respond with your user name.
+.LP
+For all these terminals, it is important
+that you type your name in lower-case if possible; if you type
+upper-case letters,
+\s-1UNIX\s+1 will assume that your terminal cannot generate lower-case
+letters and will translate all subsequent lower-case letters to upper case.
+.LP
+The evidence that you have successfully logged in is that a shell program
+will type a prompt (``$'' or ``%'') to you.
+(The shells are described below under ``How to run a program.'')
+.LP
+For more information, consult
+.IR tset (1),
+and
+.IR stty (1),
+which tell how to adjust terminal behavior;
+.IR getty (8)
+discusses the login sequence in more detail, and
+.IR tty (4)
+discusses terminal I/O.
+.LP
+.I
+Logging out.\ \ 
+.R
+There are three ways to log out:
+.IP
+By typing ``logout'' or an end-of-file
+indication (EOT character, control-D) to the shell.
+The shell will terminate and the ``login:'' message will appear again.
+.IP
+You can log in directly as another user by giving a
+.IR login (1)
+command.
+.IP
+If worse comes to worse,
+you can simply hang up the phone; but beware \- some machines may
+lack the necessary hardware to detect that the phone has been hung up.
+Ask your system administrator if this is a problem on your machine.
+.LP
+.I
+How to communicate through your terminal.\ \ 
+.R
+When you type characters, a gnome deep in the system
+gathers your characters and saves them in a secret place.
+The characters will not be given to a program
+until you type a return (or newline), as described above in
+.I
+Logging in.
+.R
+.LP
+\s-1UNIX\s+1 terminal I/O is full-duplex.
+It has full read-ahead, which means that you can type at any time,
+even while a program is typing at you.
+Of course, if you type during output, the printed output will
+have the input characters interspersed.
+However, whatever you type will be saved up and interpreted in correct sequence.
+There is a limit to the amount of read-ahead,
+but it is generous and not likely to be exceeded unless
+the system is in trouble.
+When the read-ahead limit is exceeded, the system
+throws away all the saved characters (or beeps, if your prompt was a ``%'').
+.LP
+The ^U (control-U) character in typed input kills all the
+preceding characters in the line,
+so typing mistakes can be repaired on a single line.
+Also, the delete character (DEL) or sometimes the
+backspace character (control-H) erases the last character typed.
+.IR Tset (1)
+or
+.IR stty (1)
+can be used to change these defaults.
+Successive uses of delete (or backspace) erases characters back to, but
+not beyond, the beginning of the line.
+DEL and ^U (control-U) can be transmitted to a program by preceding them with
+^V (control-V).
+(So, to erase ^V (control-V), you need two deletes or backspaces).
+.LP
+An
+.I
+interrupt signal
+.R
+is sent to a program by typing ^C (control-C) or the ``break'' key
+which is not passed to programs.
+This signal generally causes whatever program you are running to terminate.
+It is typically used to stop a long printout that you do not want.
+However, programs can arrange either to ignore this signal altogether,
+or to be notified when it happens (instead of being terminated).
+The editor, for example, catches interrupts and stops what it is doing,
+instead of terminating, so that an interrupt can
+be used to halt an editor printout without losing the file being edited.
+The interrupt character can also be changed with
+.IR tset (1)
+or
+.IR stty (1).
+.LP
+It is also possible to suspend output temporarily using ^S (control-S)
+and later resume output with ^Q (control-Q).
+Output can be thrown away without interrupting
+the program by typing ^O (control-O); see
+.IR tty (4).
+.LP
+The
+.IR quit ""
+signal is generated by typing the \s8ASCII\s10 FS character.
+(FS appears many places on different terminals, most commonly
+as control-\e or control-\^|\^.)
+It not only causes a running program to terminate
+but also generates a file with the core image of the terminated process.
+Quit is useful for debugging.
+.LP
+Besides adapting to the speed of the terminal,
+\s-1UNIX\s+1 tries to be intelligent about whether
+you have a terminal with the newline function
+or whether it must be simulated with carriage-return and line-feed.
+In the latter case, all input carriage returns
+are turned to newline characters (the standard line delimiter)
+and both a carriage return and a line feed are echoed to the terminal.
+If you get into the wrong mode, the
+.IR reset (1)
+command will rescue you.
+If the terminal does not appear to be echoing anything that you type,
+it may be stuck in ``no-echo'' or ``raw'' mode.
+Try typing ``(control-J)reset(control-J)'' to recover.
+.LP
+Tab characters are used freely in \s-1UNIX\s+1 source programs.
+If your terminal does not have the tab function,
+you can arrange to have them turned into spaces
+during output, and echoed as spaces during input.
+The system assumes that tabs are set every eight columns.
+Again, the
+.IR tset (1)
+or
+.IR stty (1)
+command can be used to change these defaults.
+.IR Tset (1)
+can be used to set the tab stops automatically when necessary.
+.LP
+.I
+How to run a program; the shells.\ \ 
+.R
+When you have successfully logged in, a program
+called a shell is listening to your terminal.
+The shell reads typed-in lines, splits them up
+into a command name and arguments, and executes the command.
+A command is simply an executable program.
+The shell looks in several system directories to find the command.
+You can also place commands in your own directory and
+have the shell find them there.
+There is nothing special about system-provided
+commands except that they are kept in a directory where the shell can find them.
+.LP
+The command name is always the first word on an input line;
+it and its arguments are separated from one another by spaces.
+.LP
+When a program terminates, the shell will ordinarily regain control and type 
+a prompt at you to show that it is ready for another command.
+.LP
+The shells have many other capabilities, that are described in detail in
+sections
+.IR sh (1)
+and
+.IR csh (1).
+If the shell prompts you with ``$'', then it is an instance of
+.IR sh (1),
+the original \s-1UNIX\s+1 shell.
+If it prompts with ``%'' then it is an instance of
+.IR csh (1),
+a shell written at Berkeley.
+The shells are different for all but the most simple terminal usage.
+Most users at Berkeley choose
+.IR csh (1)
+because of the
+.I history
+mechanism and the
+.I alias
+feature, that greatly enhance its power when used interactively.
+.I Csh
+also supports the job-control facilities;
+see
+.IR csh (1)
+or the Csh introduction in USD:4 for details.
+.LP
+You can change from one shell to the other by using the
+.I chpass (1)
+command, which takes effect at your next login.
+.LP
+.I
+The current directory.\ \ 
+.R
+\s-1UNIX\s+1 has a file system arranged as a hierarchy of directories.
+When the system administrator gave you a user name,
+they also created a directory for you (ordinarily
+with the same name as your user name).
+When you log in, any file name you type is by default in this directory.
+Since you are the owner of this directory, you have
+full permission to read, write, alter, or destroy its contents.
+Permissions to have your will with other directories
+and files will have been granted or denied to you by their owners.
+As a matter of observed fact, few \s-1UNIX\s+1
+users protect their files from perusal by other users.
+.LP
+To change the current directory (but not the set of permissions you
+were endowed with at login) use
+.IR cd (1).
+.LP
+.I
+Path names.\ \ 
+.R
+To refer to files not in the current directory, you must use a path name.
+Full path names begin with ``/\|'', the name of the root directory of the
+whole file system.
+After the slash comes the name of each directory containing the next
+sub-directory (followed by a ``/\|'') until finally the file name is reached.
+For example,
+.I
+/\^var/\^tmp/\^filex
+.R
+refers to the file
+.I
+filex
+.R
+in the directory
+.I
+tmp; tmp
+.R
+is itself a subdirectory of
+.I
+var; var
+.R
+springs directly from the root directory.
+.LP
+If your current directory has subdirectories,
+the path names of files therein begin with
+the name of the subdirectory with no prefixed ``/\|''.
+.LP
+A path name may be used anywhere a file name is required.
+.LP
+Important commands that modify the contents of files are
+.IR cp (1),
+.IR mv (1),
+and
+.IR rm (1),
+which respectively copy, move (i.e. rename) and remove files.
+To find out the status of files or directories, use 
+.IR ls (1).
+See
+.IR mkdir (1)
+for making directories and
+.IR rmdir (1)
+for destroying them.
+.LP
+For a fuller discussion of the file system, see
+``A Fast File System for \s-1UNIX\s+1'' (SMM:5)
+by McKusick, Joy, Leffler, and Fabry.
+It may also be useful to glance through PRM section 2,
+that discusses system calls, even if you do not intend
+to deal with the system at that level.
+.LP
+.I
+Writing a program.\ \ 
+.R
+To enter the text of a source program into a \s-1UNIX\s+1 file,
+use the standard display editor
+.IR vi (1)
+or its \s-1WYSIWYG\s+1 counterparts
+.IR jove (1)
+and
+.IR emacs (1).
+(The old standard editor
+.IR ed (1)
+is also available.)
+The principle language in \s-1UNIX\s+1 is provided by the C compiler
+.IR cc (1).
+User contributed software in the latest
+release of the system supports the programming languages perl and C++.
+After the program text has been entered through the editor
+and written to a file, you can give the file
+to the appropriate language processor as an argument.
+The output of the language processor
+will be left on a file in the current directory named ``a.out''.
+If the output is precious, use
+.IR mv (1)
+to move it to a less exposed name after successful compilation.
+.LP
+When you have finally gone through this entire process
+without provoking any diagnostics, the resulting program
+can be run by giving its name to the shell
+in response to the shell (``$'' or ``%'') prompt.
+.LP
+Your programs can receive arguments from the command line
+just as system programs do,
+see ``\s-1UNIX\s+1 Programming - Second Edition'' (PSD:4),
+or for a more terse description
+.IR execve (2).
+.LP
+.I
+Text processing.\ \ 
+.R
+Almost all text is entered through an editor such as
+.IR vi (1),
+.IR jove (1),
+or
+.IR emacs (1).
+The commands most often used to write text on a terminal are:
+.IR cat (1),
+.IR more (1),
+and
+.IR nroff (1).
+.LP
+The
+.IR cat (1)
+command simply dumps \s8ASCII\s10 text
+on the terminal, with no processing at all.
+.IR More (1)
+is useful for preventing the output of a command from
+scrolling off the top of your screen.
+It is also well suited to perusing files.
+.IR Nroff (1)
+is an elaborate text formatting program.
+Used naked, it requires careful forethought, but for
+ordinary documents it has been tamed; see
+.IR me (7)
+and
+.IR ms (7).
+.LP
+.IR Groff (1)
+converts documents to postscript for output to a
+Laserwriter or Phototypesetter.
+It is similar to 
+.IR nroff (1),
+and often works from exactly the same source text.
+It was used to produce this manual.
+.LP
+.IR Script (1)
+lets you keep a record of your session in a file,
+which can then be printed, mailed, etc.
+It provides the advantages of a hard-copy terminal
+even when using a display terminal.
+.LP
+.I
+Status inquiries.\ \ 
+.R
+Various commands exist to provide you with useful information.
+.IR w (1)
+prints a list of users currently logged in, and what they are doing.
+.IR date (1)
+prints the current time and date.
+.IR ls (1)
+will list the files in your directory or give
+summary information about particular files.
+.LP
+.I
+Surprises.\ \ 
+.R
+Certain commands provide inter-user communication.
+Even if you do not plan to use them, it would be
+well to learn something about them, because someone else may aim them at you.
+.LP
+To communicate with another user currently logged in,
+.IR write (1)
+or
+.IR talk (1)
+is used;
+.IR mail (1)
+will leave a message whose presence will be announced
+to another user when they next log in.
+The write-ups in the manual also suggest how to respond to
+the these commands if you are a target.
+.LP
+If you use
+.IR csh (1)
+the key ^Z (control-Z) will cause jobs to ``stop''.
+If this happens before you learn about it,
+you can simply continue by saying ``fg'' (for foreground) to bring
+the job back.
+.LP
+We hope that you will come to enjoy using the BSD system.
+Although it is very large and contains many commands,
+you can become very productive using only a small subset of them.
+As your needs expand to doing new tasks,
+you will almost always find that the system has the facilities
+that you need to accomplish them easily and quickly.
+.LP
+Most importantly, the source code to the BSD system
+is cheaply available to anyone that wants it.
+On many BSD systems, it can be found in the directory
+.IR /\|usr/\|src .
+You may simply want to find out how something works
+or fix some important bug without waiting months for
+your vendor to respond.
+It is also particularly useful if you
+want to grab another piece of code to bootstrap a new project.
+Provided that you retain the copyrights and acknowledgements
+at the top of each file, you are free to redistribute your
+work for fun or profit.
+Naturally, we hope that you will allow others to also redistribute
+your code, though you are not required to do so unless you
+use copyleft code (which is primarily found in the software
+contributed from the Free Software Foundation and is
+clearly identified).
+.LP
+Good luck and enjoy BSD.
+.OH '''\s10- % -\s0'
+.EH '\s10- % -\s0'''
+.if o .bp
+\&
+.bp
+.EF '\s9\\\\*(Dt''\\\\*(Ed\s0'
+.OF '\s9\\\\*(Ed''\\\\*(Dt\s0'
+.ce
+\s+4\fBLIST \|OF \|MANUAL \|PAGES\fP\s-4
+.nr x 0.5
+.in +\nxi
+.nf
+.ta \n(.lu-\nxuR
+.de xx
+\\$1\f3 \a \fP\\$2
+..
+.de t
+.sp 1v
+.ne .5i
+.cs 3
+.ti -\\nxi
+.ss 18
+\f3\s9\\$2. \\$3\s0\fP
+.ss 12
+.if t .sp .5v
+.cs 3 36
+.ds Ed Section \\$2
+.ds Dt \\$3
+.so \\$1
+..
+.t toc1 1 "Commands and Application Programs"
+.t toc2 2 "System Calls"
+.t toc3 3 "C Library Subroutines"
+.t toc4 4 "Special Files"
+.t toc5 5 "File Formats"
+.t toc6 6 "Games"
+.t toc7 7 "Miscellaneous"
+.t toc8 8 "System Maintenance"
+.in -\nxi
+.cs 3
+.ta .5i 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i 3i 3.5i 4i 4.5i 5i 5.5i 6i 6.5i
+.if o .bp
+\&
+.bp
+\&
+.OH '\s9\fIPermuted Index\fP''- % -\s0'
+.EH '\s9- % -''\fIPermuted Index\fP\s0'
+.ds Ed 4.4BSD
+.ds Dt June \|1993
+.ce
+\s+4\fBPERMUTED \|INDEX\fP\s-4
+.sp 1
+.nr PS 8
+.nr VS 9
+.LP
+.\"	backup from slotput 1, slot, 2
+.tr ~
+.nf
+.cs 3 36
+.de xx
+.ds s1\"
+.if \w\\$2 .ds s1 ~~\"
+.ds s2 ~~~\"
+.ds s3\"
+.if \w\\$4 .ds s3 ~~\"
+.ds s4 ~~\"
+.ds s5 ~~\"
+.ds y \\*(s4\f3
\fP\\*(s5
+.ta 6i-\w\\*(s5u
+\h"3i-\w\\$1\\*(s1\\$2\\*(s2u"\\$1\\*(s1\\$2\\*(s2\\$3\\*(s3\\$4\\*y\\$5
+..
+.so ptxx
+.cs 3
+.ta .5i 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i 3i 3.5i 4i 4.5i 5i 5.5i 6i 6.5i
diff --git a/share/man/man0/tocrc b/share/man/man0/tocrc
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..182e004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man0/tocrc
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#       @(#)tocrc	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/29/93
+#
+tmp=/tmp/toc$$
+trap "rm $tmp ; exit" 2 3 15
+:   tocx files for all sections and everything else
+
+if [ ! -f tocx8 ]; then
+	for x in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8; do
+		/usr/libexec/getNAME -t `cat man$x` |
+			sed \
+				-e 's/.s-2//g' \
+				-e 's/.s-1//g' \
+				-e 's/.s0//g' \
+				-e 's/.s+1//g' \
+				-e 's/  *.-  */: /' \
+				-e 's/ *$/./' \
+				-e 's/.TH.*	//' \
+			> tocx$x
+	done
+fi
+:   permuted index and toc files
+
+cat tocx* cshcmd > /tmp/cattoc
+
+ptx -r -t -b break -f -w 108 -i ignore /tmp/cattoc ptxx
+
+for x in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8; do
+	grep '^intro' <tocx$x >$tmp
+	sed \
+		-e '2,${' \
+		-e '/^intro/d' \
+		-e '}' \
+		-e 's/ .*://' \
+		-e 's/.$//' \
+		-e 's/([^)]*) /" "/' \
+		-e 's/.*/.xx "&"/' \
+		-e '/""/d' \
+		$tmp tocx$x \
+	>toc$x
+done
+exit
diff --git a/share/man/man1/Makefile b/share/man/man1/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e3d8d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+
+MAN1=	cd.0 intro.0 wait.0
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+
diff --git a/share/man/man1/cd.1 b/share/man/man1/cd.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f5f5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/cd.1
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)cd.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt CD 1
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cd
+.Nd change working directory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm cd
+.Ar directory
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Ar Directory
+is an absolute or relative pathname which becomes the new working
+directory.
+The interpretation of a relative pathname by cd depends on the CDPATH
+environment variable (see below).
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The following environment variables affect the execution of cd:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ev CDPATH
+If the
+.Ar directory
+operand does not begin with a slash (/) character, and the first
+component is not dot (.) or dot-dot (..),
+.Nm cd
+searches for the directory relative to each directory named in the
+.Ev CDPATH
+variable, in the order listed.
+The new working directory is set to the first matching directory found.
+An empty string in place of a directory pathname represents the current
+directory.
+If the new working directory was derived from
+.Ev CDPATH ,
+it will be printed to the standard output.
+.It Ev HOME
+If
+.Nm cd
+is invoked without arguments and the
+.Ev HOME
+environment variable exists and contains a directory name, that directory
+becomes the new working directory.
+.El
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr csh 1
+for more information on environment variables.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm cd
+utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr pwd 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr chdir 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm cd
+command is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/share/man/man1/intro.1 b/share/man/man1/intro.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa88991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/intro.1
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)intro.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 30, 1993
+.Dt INTRO 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro
+.Nd introduction to general commands (tools and utilities)
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Section one of the manual contains most of the commands
+which comprise the
+.Bx
+user environment.
+Some of the commands included in section one are
+text editors, command shell interpreters,
+searching and sorting tools,
+file manipulation commands
+system status commands,
+remote file copy commands, mail commands,
+compilers and compiler tools,
+formatted output tools,
+and line printer commands.
+.Pp
+All commands set a status value upon exit which may be tested
+to see if the command completed normally.
+The exit values and their meanings are explained in the individual
+manuals.  Traditionally, the value 0 signifies successful
+completion of the command.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1
+.Xr intro 2
+.Xr intro 3
+.Xr intro 3
+.Xr intro 4
+.Xr intro 8
+.Pp
+Tutorials in the
+.%T "UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents" .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm intro
+manual appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/share/man/man1/wait.1 b/share/man/man1/wait.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09e12a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/wait.1
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)wait.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt WAIT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm wait
+.Nd await process completion
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm wait
+.Op Ar pid
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+If invoked with no arguments, the
+.Nm wait
+utility waits until
+all existing child processes in the background
+have terminated.
+.Pp
+Available operands:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar pid
+If a
+.Ar pid
+operand is specified, and it is the process ID of a
+background child process that still exists, the
+.Nm wait
+utility
+waits until that process has completed and consumes its
+status information, without consuming the status information
+of any other process.
+.Pp
+If a pid operand is specified that is not the process ID of
+a child background process that still exists,
+.Nm wait
+exits
+without waiting for any processes to complete.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm wait
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It \&0
+The
+.Nm wait
+utility was invoked with no operands and
+all of the existing background child processes have
+terminated, or the process specified by the pid
+operand exited normally with 0 as its exit status.
+.It \&>\&0
+The specified process did not exist and its exit
+status information was not available, or the specified
+process existed or its exit status information
+was available, and it terminated with a non-zero
+exit status.
+.El
+.Pp
+If the specified process terminated abnormally due
+to the receipt of a signal, the exit status
+information of
+.Nm wait
+contains that termination status as
+well.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm wait
+command is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/share/man/man3/Makefile b/share/man/man3/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..673ff36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/13/93
+
+MAN3=	assert.0 bitstring.0 end.0 intro.0 queue.0 stdarg.0
+MLINKS+=end.3 edata.3 end.3 etext.3 moncontrol.3 monstartup.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 list_entry.3 queue.3 list_head.3 queue.3 list_init.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 list_insert_after.3 queue.3 list_insert_head.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 list_remove.3 queue.3 tailq_entry.3 queue.3 tailq_head.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 tailq_init.3 queue.3 tailq_insert_after.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 tailq_insert_head.3 queue.3 tailq_insert_tail.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 tailq_remove.3 queue.3 circleq_entry.3 queue.3 circleq_head.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 circleq_init.3 queue.3 circleq_insert_after.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 circleq_insert_before.3 queue.3 circleq_insert_head.3
+MLINKS+=queue.3 circleq_insert_tail.3 queue.3 circleq_remove.3
+MLINKS+=stdarg.3 varargs.3 stdarg.3 va_arg.3 stdarg.3 va_end.3
+MLINKS+=stdarg.3 va_start.3
+
+all: ${MAN3}
+
+clean depend lint tags:
+
+cleandir:
+	rm -f ${MAN3}
+
+install: maninstall
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/man3/assert.3 b/share/man/man3/assert.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a9c8f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/assert.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)assert.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt ASSERT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm assert
+.Nd expression verification macro
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <assert.h>
+.Fn assert expression
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn assert
+macro tests the given
+.Ar expression
+and if it is false,
+the calling process is terminated.
+A
+diagnostic message is written to the
+.Em stderr
+and the function
+.Xr _exit 2
+is called effectively terminating the program.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar expression
+is true,
+the
+.Fn assert
+macro does nothing.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn assert
+macro
+may be removed at compile time with
+the
+.Fl NDEBUG
+option, see
+.Xr cc 1 .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+The following diagnostic message is written to
+.Em stderr
+if
+.Ar expression
+is false:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+"assertion \e"%s\e" failed: file \e"%s\e", line %d\n", \e
+		    "expression", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+.Ed
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm assert
+macro appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/share/man/man3/bitstring.3 b/share/man/man3/bitstring.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11497d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/bitstring.3
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Paul Vixie.
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)bitstring.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 7/19/93
+.\"
+.Dd July 19, 1993
+.Dt BITSTRING 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm bit_alloc ,
+.Nm bit_clear ,
+.Nm bit_decl ,
+.Nm bit_ffs ,
+.Nm bit_nclear ,
+.Nm bit_nset,
+.Nm bit_set ,
+.Nm bitstr_size ,
+.Nm bit_test
+.Nd bit-string manipulation macros
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <bitstring.h>
+.Ft bitstr_t *
+.Fn bit_alloc "int nbits"
+.Fn bit_decl "bit_str name" "int nbits"
+.Fn bit_clear "bit_str name" "int bit"
+.Fn bit_ffc "bit_str name" "int nbits" "int *value"
+.Fn bit_ffs "bit_str name" "int nbits" "int *value"
+.Fn bit_nclear "bit_str name" "int start" "int stop"
+.Fn bit_nset "bit_str name" "int start" "int stop"
+.Fn bit_set "bit_str name" "int bit"
+.Fn bitstr_size "int nbits"
+.Fn bit_test "bit_str name" "int bit"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These macros operate on strings of bits.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Fn bit_alloc
+returns a pointer of type
+.Dq Fa "bitstr_t *"
+to sufficient space to store
+.Fa nbits
+bits, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no space is available.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Fn bit_decl
+allocates sufficient space to store
+.Fa nbits
+bits on the stack.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Fn bitstr_size
+returns the number of elements of type
+.Fa bitstr_t
+necessary to store
+.Fa nbits
+bits.
+This is useful for copying bit strings.
+.Pp
+The macros
+.Fn bit_clear
+and
+.Fn bit_set
+clear or set the zero-based numbered bit
+.Fa bit ,
+in the bit string
+.Ar name .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn bit_nset
+and
+.Fn bit_nclear
+macros
+set or clear the zero-based numbered bits from
+.Fa start
+to
+.Fa stop
+in the bit string
+.Ar name .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn bit_test
+macro
+evaluates to non-zero if the zero-based numbered bit
+.Fa bit
+of bit string
+.Fa name
+is set, and zero otherwise.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn bit_ffs
+macro
+stores in the location referenced by
+.Fa value
+the zero-based number of the first bit set in the array of
+.Fa nbits
+bits referenced by
+.Fa name .
+If no bits are set, the location referenced by
+.Fa value
+is set to \-1.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Fn bit_ffc
+stores in the location referenced by
+.Fa value
+the zero-based number of the first bit not set in the array of
+.Fa nbits
+bits referenced by
+.Fa name .
+If all bits are set, the location referenced by
+.Fa value
+is set to \-1.
+.Pp
+The arguments to these macros are evaluated only once and may safely
+have side effects.
+.Sh EXAMPLE
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <bitstring.h>
+
+...
+#define	LPR_BUSY_BIT		0
+#define	LPR_FORMAT_BIT		1
+#define	LPR_DOWNLOAD_BIT	2
+...
+#define	LPR_AVAILABLE_BIT	9
+#define	LPR_MAX_BITS		10
+
+make_lpr_available()
+{
+	bitstr_t bit_decl(bitlist, LPR_MAX_BITS);
+	...
+	bit_nclear(bitlist, 0, LPR_MAX_BITS - 1);
+	...
+	if (!bit_test(bitlist, LPR_BUSY_BIT)) {
+		bit_clear(bitlist, LPR_FORMAT_BIT);
+		bit_clear(bitlist, LPR_DOWNLOAD_BIT);
+		bit_set(bitlist, LPR_AVAILABLE_BIT);
+	}
+}
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm bitstring
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/share/man/man3/end.3 b/share/man/man3/end.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f1afa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/end.3
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)end.3	6.4 (Berkeley) 1/24/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 24, 1994
+.Dt END 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm end ,
+.Nm etext ,
+.Nm edata
+.Nd end boundaries of image segments
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Vt extern end;
+.Vt extern etext;
+.Vt extern edata;
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The global variables
+.Va end , extext
+and
+.Va edata
+correspond to the
+the next address following the end
+of the text segment,
+the initialized data segment and the
+end of the data segment
+.Pq Tn BSS .
+These values are initially set at execution time
+by
+.Xr brk 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr brk 2 ,
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm end
+manual appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/share/man/man3/intro.3 b/share/man/man3/intro.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea77402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/intro.3
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)intro.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt INTRO 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro
+.Nd introduction to the C libraries
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This section provides an overview of the C
+library functions, their error returns and other
+common definitions and concepts.
+Most of these functions are available from the C library,
+.Em libc
+(see
+.Xr libc 3 ) .
+Other libraries, such as the math library,
+.Em libm ,
+must be indicated at compile time with the
+.Fl l
+option of the compiler.
+.Pp
+A subset of the
+.Xr libc functions
+are available from Fortran;
+they are described separately in
+.Xr intro 3f .
+.Pp
+The various libraries (followed by the loader flag):
+.Bl -tag -width "libc (-lc)"
+.It Xr libc Pq Fl l Ns Ar c
+Standard C library functions. (See
+.Xr libc 3 . ) When using the C compiler
+.Xr cc 1 ,
+it is not necessary
+to supply the loader flag
+.Fl l Ns Ar c
+for these functions.
+There are several `libraries' or groups of functions included inside of
+.Xr libc : the standard
+.Tn I/O
+routines,
+database routines,
+bit operators,
+string operators,
+character tests and character operators,
+des encryption routines,
+storage allocation, time functions, signal handling and more.
+.It Xo
+.Xr libcurses
+.Pf ( Fl l Ns Ar curses
+.Fl l Ns Ar termcap )
+.Xc
+Terminal independent screen management routines
+for two dimensional non-bitmap display terminals.
+(See
+.Xr curses 3 . )
+.It Xr libcompat Pq Fl l Ns Ar compat
+Functions which are obsolete but are available for compatibility with
+.Bx 4.3 .
+In particular,
+a number of system call interfaces provided in previous releases of
+.Bx
+have been included for source code compatibility.
+Use of these routines should, for the most part, be avoided.
+The manual page entry for each compatibility routine
+indicates the proper interface to use. 
+.\" .It Xr libkvm
+.It Xr libl Pq Fl l Ns Ar l
+The library for
+.Xr lex 1 .
+.\" .It Xr libln
+.It Xr libm Pq Fl l Ns Ar m
+The math library,
+.Em libm .
+The math library is loaded as needed by the Pascal compiler
+.Xr pc 1 ,
+but not by the C compiler which requires the
+.Fl l Ns Ar m
+flag.
+(See
+.Xr math 3 . )
+.It Xr libmp Pq Fl l Ns Ar mp
+.\" .It Xr libom
+.\" Old math library.
+.It Xr libplot Pq Fl l Ns Ar plot
+Device independent plotting functions. 
+(See
+.Xr plot 3 . )
+.It Xr libplotf77 Pq Fl l Ns Ar plotf77
+The device independent plotting functions for fortran. 
+(See
+.Xr plot 3 . )
+.\" .It Xr libresolv Pq Fl l Ns Ar resolv
+.\" Routines for network address resolution.
+.It Xr libtermcap Fl l Ns Ar termcap
+The terminal independent operation library package. (See
+.Xr termcap 3 . )
+.\" .It libvt0.a
+.It Xr liby Pq Fl l Ns Ar y
+The library for
+.Xr yacc 1 .
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/lib/libm_p.a -compact
+.It Pa /usr/lib/libc.a
+the C library
+.It Pa /usr/lib/libm.a
+the math library
+.It Pa /usr/lib/libc_p.a
+the C library compiled for profiling
+.It Pa /usr/lib/libm_p.a
+the math library compiled for profiling
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.\" .Xr libc 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr math 3 ,
+.Xr intro 2 ,
+.Xr cc 1 ,
+.Xr ld 1 ,
+.Xr nm 1
+.\" .Sh LIST OF FUNCTIONS
+.\" .Bl -column "strncasecmpxxx" "system"
+.\" .Sy Name	Description
+.\" .El
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm intro
+manual appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man3/queue.3 b/share/man/man3/queue.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d31a58f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/queue.3
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)queue.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/24/94
+.\"
+.Dd "January 24, 1994"
+.Dt QUEUE 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm LIST_ENTRY ,
+.Nm LIST_HEAD ,
+.Nm LIST_INIT ,
+.Nm LIST_INSERT_AFTER ,
+.Nm LIST_INSERT_HEAD ,
+.Nm LIST_REMOVE ,
+.Nm TAILQ_ENTRY ,
+.Nm TAILQ_HEAD ,
+.Nm TAILQ_INIT ,
+.Nm TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ,
+.Nm TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD ,
+.Nm TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ,
+.Nm TAILQ_REMOVE ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_HEAD ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INIT ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL ,
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_REMOVE
+.Nd implementations of lists, tail queues, and circular queues
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/queue.h>
+.sp
+.Fn LIST_ENTRY "TYPE"
+.Fn LIST_HEAD "HEADNAME" "TYPE"
+.Fn LIST_INIT "LIST_HEAD *head"
+.Fn LIST_INSERT_AFTER "LIST_ENTRY *listelm" "TYPE *elm" "LIST_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn LIST_INSERT_HEAD "LIST_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "LIST_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn LIST_REMOVE "TYPE *elm" "LIST_ENTRY NAME"
+.sp
+.Fn TAILQ_ENTRY "TYPE"
+.Fn TAILQ_HEAD "HEADNAME" "TYPE"
+.Fn TAILQ_INIT "TAILQ_HEAD *head"
+.Fn TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER "TAILQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *listelm" "TYPE *elm" "TAILQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD "TAILQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "TAILQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL "TAILQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "TAILQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn TAILQ_REMOVE "TAILQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "TAILQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.sp
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_ENTRY "TYPE"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_HEAD "HEADNAME" "TYPE"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_INIT "CIRCLEQ_HEAD *head"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER "CIRCLEQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *listelm" "TYPE *elm" "CIRCLEQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE "CIRCLEQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *listelm" "TYPE *elm" "CIRCLEQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD "CIRCLEQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "CIRCLEQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL "CIRCLEQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "CIRCLEQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Fn CIRCLEQ_REMOVE "CIRCLEQ_HEAD *head" "TYPE *elm" "CIRCLEQ_ENTRY NAME"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These macros define and operate on three types of data structures:
+lists, tail queues, and circular queues.
+All three structures support the following functionality:
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+Insertion of a new entry at the head of the list.
+.It
+Insertion of a new entry after any element in the list.
+.It
+Removal of any entry in the list.
+.It
+Forward traversal through the list.
+.El
+.Pp
+Lists are the simplest of the three data structures and support
+only the above functionality.
+.Pp
+Tail queues add the following functionality:
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+Entries can be added at the end of a list.
+.El
+However:
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+All list insertions and removals must specify the head of the list.
+.It
+Each head entry requires two pointers rather than one.
+.It
+Code size is about 15% greater and operations run about 20% slower
+than lists.
+.El
+.Pp
+Circular queues add the following functionality:
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+Entries can be added at the end of a list.
+.It
+Entries can be added before another entry.
+.It
+They may be traversed backwards, from tail to head.
+.El
+However:
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+All list insertions and removals must specify the head of the list.
+.It
+Each head entry requires two pointers rather than one.
+.It
+The termination condition for traversal is more complex.
+.It
+Code size is about 40% greater and operations run about 45% slower
+than lists.
+.El
+.Pp
+In the macro definitions,
+.Fa TYPE
+is the name of a user defined structure,
+that must contain a field of type
+.Li LIST_ENTRY ,
+.Li TAILQ_ENTRY ,
+or
+.Li CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ,
+named
+.Fa NAME .
+The argument
+.Fa HEADNAME
+is the name of a user defined structure that must be declared
+using the macros
+.Li LIST_HEAD ,
+.Li TAILQ_HEAD ,
+or
+.Li CIRCLEQ_HEAD .
+See the examples below for further explanation of how these
+macros are used.
+.Sh LISTS
+A list is headed by a structure defined by the
+.Nm LIST_HEAD
+macro.
+This structure contains a single pointer to the first element
+on the list.
+The elements are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be
+removed without traversing the list.
+New elements can be added to the list after an existing element or
+at the head of the list.
+A
+.Fa LIST_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.Ed
+.sp
+where
+.Fa HEADNAME
+is the name of the structure to be defined, and
+.Fa TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
+A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.Ed
+.sp
+(The names
+.Li head
+and
+.Li headp
+are user selectable.)
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm LIST_ENTRY
+declares a structure that connects the elements in
+the list.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm LIST_INIT
+initializes the list referenced by
+.Fa head .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm LIST_INSERT_HEAD
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+at the head of the list.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm LIST_INSERT_AFTER
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+after the element
+.Fa listelm .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm LIST_REMOVE
+removes the element
+.Fa elm
+from the list.
+.Sh LIST EXAMPLE
+.Bd -literal
+LIST_HEAD(listhead, entry) head;
+struct listhead *headp;		/* List head. */
+struct entry {
+	...
+	LIST_ENTRY(entry) entries;	/* List. */
+	...
+} *n1, *n2, *np;
+
+LIST_INIT(&head);			/* Initialize the list. */
+
+n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert at the head. */
+LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+
+n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert after. */
+LIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries);
+					/* Forward traversal. */
+for (np = head.lh_first; np != NULL; np = np->entries.le_next)
+	np-> ...
+
+while (head.lh_first != NULL)		/* Delete. */
+	LIST_REMOVE(head.lh_first, entries);
+.Ed
+.Sh TAIL QUEUES
+A tail queue is headed by a structure defined by the
+.Nm TAILQ_HEAD
+macro.
+This structure contains a pair of pointers,
+one to the first element in the tail queue and the other to
+the last element in the tail queue.
+The elements are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be
+removed without traversing the tail queue.
+New elements can be added to the tail queue after an existing element,
+at the head of the tail queue, or at the end of the tail queue.
+A
+.Fa TAILQ_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.Ed
+.sp
+where
+.Li HEADNAME
+is the name of the structure to be defined, and
+.Li TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the tail queue.
+A pointer to the head of the tail queue can later be declared as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.Ed
+.sp
+(The names
+.Li head
+and
+.Li headp
+are user selectable.)
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm TAILQ_ENTRY
+declares a structure that connects the elements in
+the tail queue.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm TAILQ_INIT
+initializes the tail queue referenced by
+.Fa head .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+at the head of the tail queue.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+at the end of the tail queue.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+after the element
+.Fa listelm .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm TAILQ_REMOVE
+removes the element
+.Fa elm
+from the tail queue.
+.Sh TAIL QUEUE EXAMPLE
+.Bd -literal
+TAILQ_HEAD(tailhead, entry) head;
+struct tailhead *headp;		/* Tail queue head. */
+struct entry {
+	...
+	TAILQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;	/* Tail queue. */
+	...
+} *n1, *n2, *np;
+
+TAILQ_INIT(&head);			/* Initialize the queue. */
+
+n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert at the head. */
+TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+
+n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert at the tail. */
+TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
+
+n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert after. */
+TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
+					/* Forward traversal. */
+for (np = head.tqh_first; np != NULL; np = np->entries.tqe_next)
+	np-> ...
+					/* Delete. */
+while (head.tqh_first != NULL)
+	TAILQ_REMOVE(&head, head.tqh_first, entries);
+.Ed
+.Sh CIRCULAR QUEUES
+A circular queue is headed by a structure defined by the
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_HEAD
+macro.
+This structure contains a pair of pointers,
+one to the first element in the circular queue and the other to the
+last element in the circular queue.
+The elements are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be
+removed without traversing the queue.
+New elements can be added to the queue after an existing element,
+before an existing element, at the head of the queue, or at the end
+of the queue.
+A
+.Fa CIRCLEQ_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.Ed
+.sp
+where
+.Li HEADNAME
+is the name of the structure to be defined, and
+.Li TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the circular queue.
+A pointer to the head of the circular queue can later be declared as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.Ed
+.sp
+(The names
+.Li head
+and
+.Li headp
+are user selectable.)
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_ENTRY
+declares a structure that connects the elements in
+the circular queue.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INIT
+initializes the circular queue referenced by
+.Fa head .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+at the head of the circular queue.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+at the end of the circular queue.
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+after the element
+.Fa listelm .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE
+inserts the new element
+.Fa elm
+before the element
+.Fa listelm .
+.Pp
+The macro
+.Nm CIRCLEQ_REMOVE
+removes the element
+.Fa elm
+from the circular queue.
+.Sh CIRCULAR QUEUE EXAMPLE
+.Bd -literal
+CIRCLEQ_HEAD(circleq, entry) head;
+struct circleq *headp;			/* Circular queue head. */
+struct entry {
+	...
+	CIRCLEQ_ENTRY entries;		/* Circular queue. */
+	...
+} *n1, *n2, *np;
+
+CIRCLEQ_INIT(&head);			/* Initialize the circular queue. */
+
+n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert at the head. */
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+
+n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert at the tail. */
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
+
+n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert after. */
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
+
+n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));	/* Insert before. */
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(&head, n1, n2, entries);
+					/* Forward traversal. */
+for (np = head.cqh_first; np != (void *)&head; np = np->entries.cqe_next)
+	np-> ...
+					/* Reverse traversal. */
+for (np = head.cqh_last; np != (void *)&head; np = np->entries.cqe_prev)
+	np-> ...
+					/* Delete. */
+while (head.cqh_first != (void *)&head)
+	CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(&head, head.cqh_first, entries);
+.Ed
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm queue
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/share/man/man3/stdarg.3 b/share/man/man3/stdarg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b9a820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man3/stdarg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)stdarg.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt STDARG 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm stdarg
+.Nd variable argument lists
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdarg.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn va_start "va_list ap" last
+.Ft type
+.Fn va_arg "va_list ap" type
+.Ft void
+.Fn va_end "va_list ap"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying
+types.
+The include file
+.Aq Pa stdarg.h
+declares a type
+.Pq Em va_list
+and defines three macros for stepping
+through a list of arguments whose number and types are not known to
+the called function.
+.Pp
+The called function must declare an object of type
+.Em va_list
+which is used by the macros
+.Fn va_start ,
+.Fn va_arg ,
+and
+.Fn va_end .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn va_start
+macro initializes
+.Fa ap
+for subsequent use by
+.Fn va_arg
+and
+.Fn va_end ,
+and must be called first.
+.Pp
+The parameter
+.Fa last
+is the name of the last parameter before the variable argument list,
+i.e. the last parameter of which the calling function knows the type.
+.Pp
+Because the address of this parameter is used in the
+.Fn va_start
+macro, it should not be declared as a register variable, or as a
+function or an array type.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn va_start
+macro returns no value.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn va_arg
+macro expands to an expression that has the type and value of the next
+argument in the call.
+The parameter
+.Fa ap
+is the 
+.Em va_list Fa ap
+initialized by
+.Fn va_start .
+Each call to 
+.Fn va_arg
+modifies
+.Fa ap
+so that the next call returns the next argument.
+The parameter
+.Fa type
+is a type name specified so that the type of a pointer to an
+object that has the specified type can be obtained simply by 
+adding a *
+to
+.Fa type .
+.Pp
+If there is no next argument, or if
+.Fa type
+is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument
+(as promoted according to the default argument promotions),
+random errors will occur.
+.Pp
+The first use of the
+.Fn va_arg
+macro after that of the 
+.Fn va_start
+macro returns the argument after 
+.Fa last .
+Successive invocations return the values of the remaining
+arguments.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn va_end
+macro handles a normal return from the function whose variable argument
+list was initialized by 
+.Fn va_start .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn va_end
+macro returns no value.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The function
+.Em foo
+takes a string of format characters and prints out the argument
+associated with each format character based on the type.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+void foo(char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int d;
+	char c, *p, *s;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	while (*fmt)
+		switch(*fmt++) {
+		case 's':			/* string */
+			s = va_arg(ap, char *);
+			printf("string %s\en", s);
+			break;
+		case 'd':			/* int */
+			d = va_arg(ap, int);
+			printf("int %d\en", d);
+			break;
+		case 'c':			/* char */
+			c = va_arg(ap, char);
+			printf("char %c\en", c);
+			break;
+		}
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+.Ed
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn va_start ,
+.Fn va_arg ,
+and
+.Fn va_end
+macros conform to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+These macros are
+.Em not
+compatible with the historic macros they replace.
+A backward compatible version can be found in the include
+file 
+.Aq Pa varargs.h .
+.Sh BUGS
+Unlike the
+.Em varargs
+macros, the
+.Nm stdarg
+macros do not permit programmers to
+code a function with no fixed arguments.
+This problem generates work mainly when converting
+.Em varargs
+code to
+.Nm stdarg
+code,
+but it also creates difficulties for variadic functions that
+wish to pass all of their arguments on to a function
+that takes a
+.Em va_list
+argument, such as
+.Xr vfprintf 3 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/Makefile b/share/man/man4/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5ad948
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/18/93
+
+MAN4=	clnp.0 cltp.0 drum.0 esis.0 fd.0 icmp.0 idp.0 inet.0 ip.0 \
+	iso.0 lo.0 netintro.0 ns.0 nsip.0 null.0 pty.0 route.0 \
+	spp.0 tcp.0 termios.0 tp.0 tty.0 udp.0 unix.0
+MLINKS+=fd.4 stderr.4 fd.4 stdin.4 fd.4 stdout.4
+MLINKS+=netintro.4 networking.4
+SUBDIR=	man4.hp300 man4.i386 man4.sparc man4.tahoe man4.vax
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/man4/clnp.4 b/share/man/man4/clnp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee42610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/clnp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)clnp.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 2, 1994
+.Dt CLNP 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm clnp
+.Nd Connectionless-Mode Network Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/iso.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/clnp.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_ISO SOCK_RAW 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn CLNP
+is the connectionless-mode network protocol used by the 
+connectionless-mode network service. This protocol is specified in
+.Tn ISO
+8473.
+It may be accessed
+through a
+.Dq raw socket
+for debugging purposes only.
+.Tn CLNP
+sockets are connectionless,
+and are normally used with the
+.Xr sendto
+and
+.Xr recvfrom
+calls, though the
+.Xr connect 2
+call may also be used to fix the destination for future
+packets (in which case the 
+.Xr read 2
+or
+.Xr recv 2
+and 
+.Xr write 2
+or
+.Xr send 2
+system calls may be used).
+.Pp
+Outgoing packets automatically have a
+.Tn CLNP
+header prepended to
+them. Incoming packets received by the user contain the full
+.Tn CLNP
+header.
+The following
+.Xr setsockopt
+options apply to
+.Tn CLNP :
+.Bl -tag -width CLNPOPT_FLAGS
+.It Dv CLNPOPT_FLAGS
+Sets the flags which are passed to clnp when sending a datagram.
+Valid flags are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "CLNP_NO_CKSUM" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv CLNP_NO_SEG
+Do not allow segmentation
+.It Dv CLNP_NO_ER
+Suppress ER pdus
+.It Dv CLNP_NO_CKSUM
+Do not generate the
+.Tn CLNP
+checksum
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Dv CLNPOPT_OPTS
+Sets
+.Tn CLNP
+options. The options must be formatted exactly as specified by
+.Tn ISO
+8473, section 7.5
+.Dq Options Part.
+Once an option has been set, it will
+be sent on all packets until a different option is set.
+.El
+.Sh CONGESTION EXPERIENCE BIT
+Whenever a packet is transmitted, the globally unique quality of
+service option is added to the packet. The sequencing preferred bit and
+the low transit delay bit are set in this option.
+.Pp
+If a packet is forwarded containing the globally unique quality of
+service option, and the interface through which the packet will be 
+transmitted has a queue length greater than
+.Em congest_threshold ,
+then the congestion experienced bit is set in the quality of service option.
+.Pp
+The threshold value stored in
+.Em congest_threshold
+may be tuned.
+.Pp
+When a packet is received with the 
+globally unique quality of service option present, and the
+congestion experienced bit is set, then the transport congestion
+control function is called.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+When trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one, or when trying to send a datagram with the destination
+address specified and the socket is already connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+When trying to send a datagram, but
+no destination address is specified, and the socket hasn't been
+connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+When the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+When an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists;
+.It Bq Er EHOSTUNREACH
+When trying to send a datagram, but no route to the destination
+address exists.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+When specifying unsupported options.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr iso 4
+.Sh BUGS
+Packets are sent with the type code of 0x1d (technically an invalid
+packet type) for lack of a better way to identify raw
+.Tn CLNP
+packets.
+.Pp
+No more than
+.Dv MLEN
+bytes of options can be specified.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/cltp.4 b/share/man/man4/cltp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13bbd1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/cltp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)cltp.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt CLTP 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cltp
+.Nd
+.Tn ISO
+Connectionless Transport Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/iso.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_ISO SOCK_DGRAM 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn CLTP
+is a simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is accessed
+via the
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstraction for the
+.Tn ISO
+protocol family.
+.Tn CLTP
+sockets are connectionless, and are
+normally used with the
+.Xr sendto
+and
+.Xr recvfrom
+calls, though the
+.Xr connect 2
+call may also be used to fix the destination for future
+packets (in which case the 
+.Xr recv 2
+or
+.Xr read 2
+and 
+.Xr send 2
+or
+.Xr write 2
+system calls may be used).
+.Pp
+.Tn CLTP
+address formats are identical to those used by TP.
+In particular
+.Tn CLTP
+provides a service selector in addition
+to the normal
+.Tn ISO NSAP .
+Note that the
+.Tn CLTP
+selector
+space is separate from the TP selector space (i.e. a
+.Tn CLTP
+selector
+may not be
+.Dq connected
+to a TP selector).
+.Pp
+Options at the
+.Tn CLNP
+network level may be used with
+.Tn CLTP ;
+see
+.Xr clnp 4 .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one, or when trying to send a datagram with the destination
+address specified and the socket is already connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+when trying to send a datagram, but
+no destination address is specified, and the socket hasn't been
+connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+when an attempt
+is made to create a socket with a selector which has already been
+allocated;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr iso 4 ,
+.Xr clnp 4
diff --git a/share/man/man4/drum.4 b/share/man/man4/drum.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..404d09d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/drum.4
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)drum.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt DRUM 4
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm drum
+.Nd paging device
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This file refers to the paging device in use by the system.
+This may actually be a subdevice of one of the disk drivers, but in
+a system with paging interleaved across multiple disk drives
+it provides an indirect driver for the multiple drives.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/drum
+.It Pa /dev/drum
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+special file appeared in
+.Bx 3.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Reads from the drum are not allowed across the interleaving boundaries.
+Since these only occur every .5Mbytes
+or so,
+and since the system never allocates blocks across the boundary,
+this is usually not a problem.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/esis.4 b/share/man/man4/esis.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fa57be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/esis.4
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)esis.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt ESIS 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm es-is
+.Nd End System to Intermediate System Routing Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Sy pseudo-device
+.Nm ether
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm ES-IS
+routing protocol is used to dynamically map between
+.Tn ISO NSAP
+addresses and
+.Tn ISO SNPA
+addresses; to permit End and Intermediate Systems
+to learn of each other's existence; and to allow Intermediate Systems
+to inform End Systems of (potentially) better routes to use when 
+forwarding
+.Tn NPDU Ns s
+to a particular destination.
+.Pp
+The mapping between
+.Tn NSAP
+addresses and
+.Tn SNPA
+addresses is accomplished by
+transmitting hello
+.Tn PDU Ns s
+between the cooperating Systems. These
+.Tn PDU Ns s
+are transmitted whenever the
+.Em configuration
+timer expires.
+When a hello
+.Tn PDU
+is received, the
+.Tn SNPA
+address that it conveys is stored in the routing table for as long as the
+.Em holding time
+in the
+.Tn PDU
+suggests. The default
+.Em holding time
+(120 seconds) placed in the hello
+.Tn PDU ,
+the configuration timer value,
+and the system type (End System or Intermediate System) may be changed by
+issuing an
+.Dv SIOCSSTYPE
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+which is defined in
+.Pa /sys/netiso/iso_snpac.h.
+.Pp
+The protocol behaves differently depending on whether the System is
+configured as an End System or an Intermediate System.
+.Sh END SYSTEM OPERATION
+When an interface requests a mapping for an address not in the cache,
+the
+.Tn SNPA
+of any known Intermediate System is returned. If an Intermediate
+System is not known, then the
+.Em all end systems
+multicast address
+is returned. It is assumed that the intended recipient of the NPDU will
+immediately transmit a hello
+.Tn PDU
+back to the originator of the
+.Tn NPDU .
+.Pp
+If an
+.Tn NPDU
+is forwarded by the End System, a redirect
+.Tn PDU
+will not be
+generated.
+However, redirect
+.Tn PDU Ns s
+received will be processed. This processing
+consists of adding an entry in the routing table. If the
+redirect is towards an Intermediate System, then an entry is made in the
+routing table as well.
+The entry in the routing table will mark the
+.Tn NSAP
+address contained in the redirect
+.Tn PDU
+as the gateway for the destination
+system (if an NET is supplied), or will create a route with
+the NSAP address as the
+destination and the
+.Tn SNPA
+address (embodied as a link-level sockaddr) as the
+gateway.
+.Pp
+If the System is configured as an End System, it will report all the
+.Tn NSAP Ns s
+that have been configured using the ifconfig command, and no others.
+It is possible to have more than one
+.Tn NSAP
+assigned to a given interface,
+and it is also possible to have the same
+.Tn NSAP
+assigned to multiple
+interfaces.
+However, any
+.Tn NSAP
+containing an NSEL that is consistent with the
+nsellength option (default one) of any interface will be accepted as
+an
+.Tn NSAP
+for this System.
+.Sh INTERMEDIATE SYSTEM OPERATION
+When an interface requests a mapping for an address not in the routing table,
+an error is returned.
+.Pp
+When an
+.Tn NPDU
+is forwarded out on the same interface that the
+.Tn NPDU
+arrived upon,
+a redirect
+.Tn PDU
+is generated.
+.Sh MANUAL ROUTING TABLE MODIFICATION
+.Pp
+To facilitate communications with systems which do not use
+.Nm ES-IS,
+one may add a route whose destination is a sockaddr_iso containing
+the
+.Tn NSAP
+in question, and the gateway being a link-level sockaddr,
+either by writing a special purpose program, or using the
+.Xr route 8
+command e.g.:
+.Bd -literal
+route add -iface -osi 49.0.4.8.0.2b.b.83.bf \
+	-link qe0:8.0.2b.b.83.bf
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If the
+System is configured as an End System and has a single network interface
+which does not support multicast reception,
+it is necessary to manually configure the location of an
+.Tn IS ,
+using the route command in a similar way.
+There, the destination address should be
+.Dq default
+(spelled 
+out literally as 7
+.Tn ASCII
+characters), and the gateway should be
+once again be a link-level sockaddr specifying the
+.Tn SNPA
+of the
+.Tn IS .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr un 4 ,
+.Xr iso 4 ,
+.Xr route 8 ,
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Rs
+.%T "End system to Intermediate system routing exchange protocol for use in conjunction with the Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode network service"
+.%R ISO
+.%N 9542
+.Re
+.Sh BUGS
+Redirect
+.Tn PDU Ns s
+do not contain options from the forwarded
+.Tn NPDU
+which generated
+the redirect. The multicast address used on the 802.3 network is taken from
+the
+.Tn NBS
+December 1987 agreements. This multicast address is not compatible
+with the 802.5 (Token Ring) multicast addresses format. Therefore, broadcast
+addresses are used on the 802.5 subnetwork.
+Researchers at the University of Wisconsin are constructing an implementation
+of the
+.Tn IS-IS
+routing protocol.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/fd.4 b/share/man/man4/fd.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96ddcb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/fd.4
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fd.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt FD 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fd ,
+.Nm stdin ,
+.Nm stdout ,
+.Nm stderr
+.Nd file descriptor files
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The files
+.Pa /dev/fd/0
+through
+.Pa /dev/fd/#
+refer to file descriptors which can be accessed through the file
+system.
+If the file descriptor is open and the mode the file is being opened
+with is a subset of the mode of the existing descriptor, the call:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+fd = open("/dev/fd/0", mode);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+and the call:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+fd = fcntl(0, F_DUPFD, 0);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+are equivalent.
+.Pp
+Opening the files
+.Pa /dev/stdin ,
+.Pa /dev/stdout
+and
+.Pa /dev/stderr
+is equivalent to the following calls:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+fd = fcntl(STDIN_FILENO,  F_DUPFD, 0);
+fd = fcntl(STDOUT_FILENO, F_DUPFD, 0);
+fd = fcntl(STDERR_FILENO, F_DUPFD, 0);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Flags to the
+.Xr open 2
+call other than
+.Dv O_RDONLY , 
+.Dv O_WRONLY
+and
+.Dv O_RDWR
+are ignored.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/stderr -compact
+.It Pa /dev/fd/#
+.It Pa /dev/stdin
+.It Pa /dev/stdout
+.It Pa /dev/stderr
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tty 4
diff --git a/share/man/man4/icmp.4 b/share/man/man4/icmp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d87772f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/icmp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)icmp.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt ICMP 4
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm icmp
+.Nd Internet Control Message Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netinet/in.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_INET SOCK_RAW proto
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn ICMP
+is the error and control message protocol used
+by
+.Tn IP
+and the Internet protocol family.  It may be accessed
+through a
+.Dq raw socket
+for network monitoring
+and diagnostic functions.
+The
+.Fa proto
+parameter to the socket call to create an
+.Tn ICMP
+socket
+is obtained from
+.Xr getprotobyname 3 .
+.Tn ICMP
+sockets are connectionless,
+and are normally used with the
+.Xr sendto
+and
+.Xr recvfrom
+calls, though the
+.Xr connect 2
+call may also be used to fix the destination for future
+packets (in which case the 
+.Xr read 2
+or
+.Xr recv 2
+and 
+.Xr write 2
+or
+.Xr send 2
+system calls may be used).
+.Pp
+Outgoing packets automatically have an
+.Tn IP
+header prepended to
+them (based on the destination address).
+Incoming packets are received with the
+.Tn IP
+header and options intact.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one, or when trying to send a datagram with the destination
+address specified and the socket is already connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+when trying to send a datagram, but
+no destination address is specified, and the socket hasn't been
+connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr inet 4 ,
+.Xr ip 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/idp.4 b/share/man/man4/idp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38a6f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/idp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)idp.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt IDP 4
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm idp
+.Nd Xerox Internet Datagram Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netns/ns.h>
+.Fd #include <netns/idp.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_NS SOCK_DGRAM 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn IDP
+is a simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used
+to support the
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstraction for the Internet
+protocol family.
+.Tn IDP
+sockets are connectionless, and are
+normally used with the
+.Xr sendto
+and
+.Xr recvfrom
+calls, though the
+.Xr connect 2
+call may also be used to fix the destination for future
+packets (in which case the 
+.Xr recv 2
+or
+.Xr read 2
+and 
+.Xr send 2
+or
+.Xr write 2
+system calls may be used).
+.Pp
+Xerox protocols are built vertically on top of
+.Tn IDP .
+Thus,
+.Tn IDP
+address formats are identical to those used by
+.Tn SPP .
+Note that the
+.Tn IDP
+port
+space is the same as the
+.Tn SPP
+port space (i.e. a
+.Tn IDP
+port
+may be
+.Dq connected
+to a
+.Tn SPP
+port, with certain
+options enabled below).
+In addition broadcast packets may be sent
+(assuming the underlying network supports
+this) by using a reserved
+.Dq broadcast address ;
+this address
+is network interface dependent.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one, or when trying to send a datagram with the destination
+address specified and the socket is already connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+when trying to send a datagram, but
+no destination address is specified, and the socket hasn't been
+connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+when an attempt
+is made to create a socket with a port which has already been
+allocated;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.El
+.Sh SOCKET OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -width [SO_HEADERS_ON_OUTPUT]
+.It Bq Dv SO_ALL_PACKETS
+When set, this option defeats automatic processing of Error packets,
+and Sequence Protocol packets.
+.It Bq Dv SO_DEFAULT_HEADERS
+The user provides the kernel an
+.Tn IDP
+header, from which
+it gleans the Packet Type.
+When requested, the kernel will provide an
+.Tn IDP
+header, showing
+the default packet type, and local and foreign addresses, if
+connected.
+.It Bq Dv SO_HEADERS_ON_INPUT
+When set, the first 30 bytes of any data returned from a read
+or recv from will be the initial 30 bytes of the
+.Tn IDP
+packet,
+as described by
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct idp {
+	u_short		idp_sum;
+	u_short		idp_len;
+	u_char		idp_tc;
+	u_char		idp_pt;
+	struct ns_addr	idp_dna;
+	struct ns_addr	idp_sna;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This allows the user to determine the packet type, and whether
+the packet was a multi-cast packet or directed specifically at
+the local host.
+When requested, gives the current state of the option,
+.Pf ( Dv NSP_RAWIN
+or 0).
+.It Bq Dv SO_HEADERS_ON_OUTPUT
+When set, the first 30 bytes of any data sent
+will be the initial 30 bytes of the
+.Tn IDP
+packet.
+This allows the user to determine the packet type, and whether
+the packet should be multi-cast packet or directed specifically at
+the local host.
+You can also misrepresent the sender of the packet.
+When requested, gives the current state of the option.
+.Pf ( Dv NSP_RAWOUT
+or 0).
+.It Bq Dv SO_SEQNO
+When requested, this returns a sequence number which is not likely
+to be repeated until the machine crashes or a very long time has passed.
+It is useful in constructing Packet Exchange Protocol packets.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr ns 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/inet.4 b/share/man/man4/inet.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..690bfca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/inet.4
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)inet.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt INET 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm inet
+.Nd Internet protocol family
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <netinet/in.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The Internet protocol family is a collection of protocols
+layered atop the
+.Em Internet  Protocol
+.Pq Tn IP
+transport layer, and utilizing the Internet address format.
+The Internet family provides protocol support for the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM , SOCK_DGRAM ,
+and
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+socket types; the
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+interface provides access to the
+.Tn IP
+protocol.
+.Sh ADDRESSING
+Internet addresses are four byte quantities, stored in
+network standard format (on the
+.Tn VAX
+these are word and byte
+reversed).  The include file
+.Aq Pa netinet/in.h
+defines this address
+as a discriminated union.
+.Pp
+Sockets bound to the Internet protocol family utilize
+the following addressing structure,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct sockaddr_in {
+	short	sin_family;
+	u_short	sin_port;
+	struct	in_addr sin_addr;
+	char	sin_zero[8];
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Sockets may be created with the local address
+.Dv INADDR_ANY
+to effect
+.Dq wildcard
+matching on incoming messages. 
+The address in a
+.Xr connect 2
+or
+.Xr sendto 2
+call may be given as
+.Dv INADDR_ANY
+to mean
+.Dq this host .
+The distinguished address
+.Dv INADDR_BROADCAST
+is allowed as a shorthand for the broadcast address on the primary
+network if the first network configured supports broadcast.
+.Sh PROTOCOLS
+The Internet protocol family is comprised of
+the
+.Tn IP
+transport protocol, Internet Control
+Message Protocol
+.Pq Tn ICMP ,
+Transmission Control
+Protocol
+.Pq Tn TCP ,
+and User Datagram Protocol
+.Pq Tn UDP .
+.Tn TCP
+is used to support the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+abstraction while
+.Tn UDP
+is used to support the
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstraction.  A raw interface to
+.Tn IP
+is available
+by creating an Internet socket of type
+.Dv SOCK_RAW .
+The
+.Tn ICMP
+message protocol is accessible from a raw socket.
+.Pp
+The 32-bit Internet address contains both network and host parts.
+It is frequency-encoded; the most-significant bit is clear
+in Class A addresses, in which the high-order 8 bits are the network
+number.
+Class B addresses use the high-order 16 bits as the network field,
+and Class C addresses have a 24-bit network part.
+Sites with a cluster of local networks and a connection to the
+Internet may chose to use a single network number for the cluster;
+this is done by using subnet addressing.
+The local (host) portion of the address is further subdivided
+into subnet and host parts.
+Within a subnet, each subnet appears to be an individual network;
+externally, the entire cluster appears to be a single, uniform
+network requiring only a single routing entry.
+Subnet addressing is enabled and examined by the following
+.Xr ioctl 2
+commands on a datagram socket in the Internet domain;
+they have the same form as the
+.Dv SIOCIFADDR
+command (see
+.Xr intro 4 ) .
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width SIOCSIFNETMASK
+.It Dv SIOCSIFNETMASK
+Set interface network mask.
+The network mask defines the network part of the address;
+if it contains more of the address than the address type would indicate,
+then subnets are in use.
+.It Dv SIOCGIFNETMASK
+Get interface network mask.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr tcp 4 ,
+.Xr udp 4 ,
+.Xr ip 4 ,
+.Xr icmp 4
+.Rs
+.%T "An Introductory 4.3 BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.%B PS1
+.%N 7
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%T "An Advanced 4.3 BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.%B PS1
+.%N 8
+.Re
+.Sh CAVEAT
+The Internet protocol support is subject to change as
+the Internet protocols develop.  Users should not depend
+on details of the current implementation, but rather
+the services exported.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol interface appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/ip.4 b/share/man/man4/ip.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f95c4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/ip.4
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ip.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt IP 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ip
+.Nd Internet Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netinet/in.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_INET SOCK_RAW proto
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn IP 
+is the transport layer protocol used
+by the Internet protocol family.
+Options may be set at the
+.Tn IP
+level
+when using higher-level protocols that are based on
+.Tn IP
+(such as
+.Tn TCP
+and
+.Tn UDP ) .
+It may also be accessed
+through a
+.Dq raw socket
+when developing new protocols, or
+special-purpose applications.
+.Pp
+There are several
+.Tn IP-level
+.Xr setsockopt 2 / Ns
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+options.
+.Dv IP_OPTIONS 
+may be used to provide
+.Tn IP
+options to be transmitted in the
+.Tn IP
+header of each outgoing packet
+or to examine the header options on incoming packets.
+.Tn IP
+options may be used with any socket type in the Internet family.
+The format of
+.Tn IP
+options to be sent is that specified by the
+.Tn IP 
+protocol specification (RFC-791), with one exception:
+the list of addresses for Source Route options must include the first-hop
+gateway at the beginning of the list of gateways.
+The first-hop gateway address will be extracted from the option list
+and the size adjusted accordingly before use.
+To disable previously specified options,
+use a zero-length buffer:
+.Bd -literal
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_OPTIONS, NULL, 0);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv IP_TOS 
+and 
+.Dv IP_TTL 
+may be used to set the type-of-service and time-to-live
+fields in the 
+.Tn IP 
+header for 
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM 
+and 
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM 
+sockets. For example,
+.Bd -literal
+int tos = IPTOS_LOWDELAY;       /* see <netinet/in.h> */
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TOS, &tos, sizeof(tos));
+
+int ttl = 60;                   /* max = 255 */
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TTL, &ttl, sizeof(ttl));
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If the 
+.Dv IP_RECVDSTADDR 
+option is enabled on a 
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM 
+socket,
+the
+.Xr recvmsg
+call will return the destination 
+.Tn IP 
+address for a 
+.Tn UDP 
+datagram. 
+The msg_control field in the msghdr structure points to a buffer 
+that contains a cmsghdr structure followed by the 
+.Tn IP 
+address. 
+The cmsghdr fields have the following values:
+.Bd -literal
+cmsg_len = sizeof(struct in_addr)
+cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IP
+cmsg_type = IP_RECVDSTADDR
+.Ed
+.Ss "Multicast Options"
+.Pp
+.Tn IP 
+multicasting is supported only on 
+.Dv AF_INET 
+sockets of type
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM 
+and 
+.Dv SOCK_RAW,
+and only on networks where the interface
+driver supports multicasting.
+.Pp
+The 
+.Dv IP_MULTICAST_TTL 
+option changes the time-to-live (TTL)
+for outgoing multicast datagrams
+in order to control the scope of the multicasts:
+.Bd -literal
+u_char ttl;	/* range: 0 to 255, default = 1 */
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_TTL, &ttl, sizeof(ttl));
+.Ed
+.sp
+Datagrams with a TTL of 1 are not forwarded beyond the local network.
+Multicast datagrams with a TTL of 0 will not be transmitted on any network,
+but may be delivered locally if the sending host belongs to the destination
+group and if multicast loopback has not been disabled on the sending socket
+(see below).  Multicast datagrams with TTL greater than 1 may be forwarded
+to other networks if a multicast router is attached to the local network.
+.Pp
+For hosts with multiple interfaces, each multicast transmission is 
+sent from the primary network interface.
+The 
+.Dv IP_MULTICAST_IF 
+option overrides the default for 
+subsequent transmissions from a given socket:
+.Bd -literal
+struct in_addr addr;
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, &addr, sizeof(addr));
+.Ed
+.sp
+where "addr" is the local 
+.Tn IP 
+address of the desired interface or
+.Dv INADDR_ANY 
+to specify the default interface.
+An interface's local IP address and multicast capability can 
+be obtained via the 
+.Dv SIOCGIFCONF 
+and 
+.Dv SIOCGIFFLAGS 
+ioctls. 
+Normal applications should not need to use this option.
+.Pp
+If a multicast datagram is sent to a group to which the sending host itself
+belongs (on the outgoing interface), a copy of the datagram is, by default,
+looped back by the IP layer for local delivery. 
+The 
+.Dv IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 
+option gives the sender explicit control 
+over whether or not subsequent datagrams are looped back:
+.Bd -literal
+u_char loop;	/* 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default) */
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_LOOP, &loop, sizeof(loop));
+.Ed
+.sp
+This option
+improves performance for applications that may have no more than one
+instance on a single host (such as a router demon), by eliminating
+the overhead of receiving their own transmissions.  It should generally not
+be used by applications for which there may be more than one instance on a
+single host (such as a conferencing program) or for which the sender does
+not belong to the destination group (such as a time querying program).
+.Pp
+A multicast datagram sent with an initial TTL greater than 1 may be delivered
+to the sending host on a different interface from that on which it was sent,
+if the host belongs to the destination group on that other interface.  The
+loopback control option has no effect on such delivery.
+.Pp
+A host must become a member of a multicast group before it can receive 
+datagrams sent to the group.  To join a multicast group, use the 
+.Dv IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP 
+option:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ip_mreq mreq;
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP, &mreq, sizeof(mreq));
+.Ed
+.sp
+where 
+.Fa mreq
+is the following structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ip_mreq {
+    struct in_addr imr_multiaddr; /* multicast group to join */
+    struct in_addr imr_interface; /* interface to join on */
+}
+.Ed
+.sp
+.Dv imr_interface 
+should
+be 
+.Dv INADDR_ANY 
+to choose the default multicast interface, 
+or the 
+.Tn IP 
+address of a particular multicast-capable interface if
+the host is multihomed.
+Membership is associated with a single interface; 
+programs running on multihomed hosts may need to 
+join the same group on more than one interface.  
+Up to 
+.Dv IP_MAX_MEMBERSHIPS 
+(currently 20) memberships may be added on a
+single socket.
+.Pp
+To drop a membership, use:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ip_mreq mreq;
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP, &mreq, sizeof(mreq));
+.Ed
+.sp
+where 
+.Fa mreq
+contains the same values as used to add the membership. 
+Memberships are dropped when the socket is closed or the process exits.  
+.\"-----------------------
+.Ss "Raw IP Sockets"
+.Pp
+Raw
+.Tn IP
+sockets are connectionless,
+and are normally used with the
+.Xr sendto
+and
+.Xr recvfrom
+calls, though the
+.Xr connect 2
+call may also be used to fix the destination for future
+packets (in which case the 
+.Xr read 2
+or
+.Xr recv 2
+and 
+.Xr write 2
+or
+.Xr send 2
+system calls may be used).
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa proto
+is 0, the default protocol
+.Dv IPPROTO_RAW
+is used for outgoing
+packets, and only incoming packets destined for that protocol
+are received.
+If
+.Fa proto
+is non-zero, that protocol number will be used on outgoing packets
+and to filter incoming packets.
+.Pp
+Outgoing packets automatically have an
+.Tn IP
+header prepended to
+them (based on the destination address and the protocol
+number the socket is created with),
+unless the 
+.Dv IP_HDRINCL 
+option has been set.
+Incoming packets are received with
+.Tn IP
+header and options intact.
+.Pp
+.Dv IP_HDRINCL 
+indicates the complete IP header is included with the data
+and may be used only with the 
+.Dv SOCK_RAW 
+type.
+.Bd -literal
+#include <netinet/ip.h>
+
+int hincl = 1;                  /* 1 = on, 0 = off */
+setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_HDRINCL, &hincl, sizeof(hincl));
+.Ed
+.sp
+Unlike previous 
+.Tn BSD 
+releases, the program must set all
+the fields of the IP header, including the following:
+.Bd -literal
+ip->ip_v = IPVERSION;
+ip->ip_hl = hlen >> 2;
+ip->ip_id = 0;  /* 0 means kernel set appropriate value */
+ip->ip_off = offset;
+.Ed
+.sp .5
+If the header source address is set to 
+.Dv INADDR_ANY,
+the kernel will choose an appropriate address.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one, or when trying to send a datagram with the destination
+address specified and the socket is already connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+when trying to send a datagram, but
+no destination address is specified, and the socket hasn't been
+connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.It Bq Er EACESS
+when an attempt is made to create
+a raw IP socket by a non-privileged process.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors specific to
+.Tn IP
+may occur when setting or getting
+.Tn IP
+options:
+.Bl -tag -width EADDRNOTAVAILxx
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An unknown socket option name was given.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The IP option field was improperly formed;
+an option field was shorter than the minimum value
+or longer than the option buffer provided.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr icmp 4 ,
+.Xr inet 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/iso.4 b/share/man/man4/iso.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c15e34c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/iso.4
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)iso.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt ISO 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm iso
+.Nd
+.Tn ISO
+protocol family
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/iso.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Tn ISO
+protocol family is a collection of protocols
+that uses the
+.Tn ISO
+address format.
+The
+.Tn ISO
+family provides protocol support for the
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+abstraction through the
+.Tn TP
+protocol
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8073), 
+for the
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstraction through the connectionless transport
+protocol
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8602),
+and for the
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+abstraction
+by providing direct access (for debugging) to the
+.Tn CLNP 
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8473) network layer protocol.
+.Sh ADDRESSING
+.Tn ISO
+addresses are based upon
+.Tn ISO
+8348/AD2, 
+.%T "Addendum to the Network Service Definition Covering Network Layer Addressing."
+.Pp
+Sockets bound to the OSI protocol family use
+the following address structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct iso_addr {
+     u_char    isoa_len;  /* length, not including this byte */
+     char      isoa_genaddr[20];  /* general opaque address */
+};
+
+struct sockaddr_iso {
+     u_char    siso_len;      /* size of this sockaddr */
+     u_char    siso_family;   /* addressing domain, AF_ISO */
+     u_char    siso_plen;     /* presentation selector length */
+     u_char    siso_slen;     /* session selector length */
+     u_char    siso_tlen;     /* transport selector length */
+     struct    iso_addr siso_addr; /* network address */
+     u_char    siso_pad[6];    /* space for gosip v2 SELs */
+};
+#define siso_nlen siso_addr.isoa_len
+#define siso_data siso_addr.isoa_genaddr
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields of this structure are:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar siso_len:
+Length of the entire address structure, in bytes, which may grow to
+be longer than the 32 bytes shown above.
+.It Ar siso_family:
+Identifies the domain:
+.Dv AF_ISO .
+.It Ar siso_tlen:
+Length of the transport selector.
+.It Ar siso_slen:
+Length of the session selector.
+This is not currently supported by the kernel and is provided as
+a convenience for user level programs.
+.It Ar siso_plen:
+Length of the presentation selector.
+This is not currently supported by the kernel and is provided as
+a convenience for user level programs.
+.It Ar siso_addr:
+The network part of the address, described below.
+.El
+.Sh TRANSPORT ADDRESSING
+.Pp
+An
+.Tn ISO
+transport address is similar to an Internet address in that
+it contains a network-address portion and a portion that the
+transport layer uses to multiplex its services among clients.
+In the Internet domain, this portion of the address is called a
+.Em port .
+In the
+.Tn ISO
+domain, this is called a
+.Em transport selector
+(also known at one time as a
+.Em transport suffix ) .
+While ports are always 16 bits, 
+transport selectors may be
+of (almost) arbitrary size.
+.Pp
+Since the C language does not provide convenient variable
+length structures, we have separated the selector lengths
+from the data themselves.
+The network address and various selectors are stored contiguously,
+with the network address first, then the transport selector, and so
+on.  Thus, if you had a nework address of less then 20 bytes,
+the transport selector would encroach on space normally reserved
+for the network address.
+.Pp
+.Sh NETWORK ADDRESSING.
+.Tn ISO
+network addresses are limited to 20 bytes in length.
+.Tn ISO
+network addresses can take any format.
+.Sh PROTOCOLS
+The
+.Tn ARGO
+1.0 implementation of the 
+.Tn ISO
+protocol family comprises
+the Connectionless-Mode Network Protocol
+.Pq Tn CLNP , 
+and the Transport Protocol
+.Pq Tn TP ,
+classes 4 and 0,
+and
+.Tn X.25 .
+.Tn TP
+is used to support the
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+abstraction.
+A raw interface to
+.Tn CLNP
+is available
+by creating an
+.Tn ISO
+socket of type
+.Dv SOCK_RAW .
+This is used for
+.Tn CLNP
+debugging only.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tp 4 ,
+.Xr clnp 4 ,
+.Xr cltp 4
diff --git a/share/man/man4/lo.4 b/share/man/man4/lo.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fe453b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/lo.4
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)lo.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt LO 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm lo
+.Nd software loopback network interface
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Sy pseudo-device
+.Nm loop
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm loop
+interface is a software loopback mechanism which may be
+used for performance analysis, software testing, and/or local
+communication.
+As with other network interfaces, the loopback interface must have
+network addresses assigned for each address family with which it is to be used.
+These addresses
+may be set or changed with the
+.Dv SIOCSIFADDR
+.Xr ioctl 2 .
+The loopback interface should be the last interface configured,
+as protocols may use the order of configuration as an indication of priority.
+The loopback should
+.Em never
+be configured first unless no hardware
+interfaces exist.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Bl -diag
+.It lo%d: can't handle af%d.
+The interface was handed
+a message with addresses formatted in an unsuitable address
+family; the packet was dropped.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr inet 4 ,
+.Xr ns 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Previous versions of the system enabled the loopback interface
+automatically, using a nonstandard Internet address (127.1).
+Use of that address is now discouraged; a reserved host address
+for the local network should be used instead.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/netintro.4 b/share/man/man4/netintro.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..897f189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/netintro.4
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)netintro.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt NETINTRO 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm networking
+.Nd introduction to networking facilities
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <net/route.h>
+.Fd #include <net/if.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This section is a general introduction to the networking facilities
+available in the system.
+Documentation in this part of section
+4 is broken up into three areas:
+.Em protocol families
+(domains),
+.Em protocols ,
+and
+.Em network interfaces .
+.Pp
+All network protocols are associated with a specific
+.Em protocol family .
+A protocol family provides basic services to the protocol
+implementation to allow it to function within a specific
+network environment.  These services may include 
+packet fragmentation and reassembly, routing, addressing, and 
+basic transport.  A protocol family may support multiple
+methods of addressing, though the current protocol implementations
+do not.  A protocol family is normally comprised of a number
+of protocols, one per
+.Xr socket 2
+type.  It is not required that a protocol family support
+all socket types.  A protocol family may contain multiple
+protocols supporting the same socket abstraction. 
+.Pp
+A protocol supports one of the socket abstractions detailed in
+.Xr socket 2 .
+A specific protocol may be accessed either by creating a
+socket of the appropriate type and protocol family, or
+by requesting the protocol explicitly when creating a socket.
+Protocols normally accept only one type of address format,
+usually determined by the addressing structure inherent in
+the design of the protocol family/network architecture.
+Certain semantics of the basic socket abstractions are
+protocol specific.  All protocols are expected to support
+the basic model for their particular socket type, but may,
+in addition, provide non-standard facilities or extensions
+to a mechanism.  For example, a protocol supporting the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+abstraction may allow more than one byte of out-of-band
+data to be transmitted per out-of-band message.
+.Pp
+A network interface is similar to a device interface.
+Network interfaces comprise the lowest layer of the
+networking subsystem, interacting with the actual transport
+hardware.  An interface may support one or more protocol
+families and/or address formats.
+The SYNOPSIS section of each network interface
+entry gives a sample specification
+of the related drivers for use in providing
+a system description to the
+.Xr config 8
+program.
+The DIAGNOSTICS section lists messages which may appear on the console
+and/or in the system error log,
+.Pa /var/log/messages
+(see
+.Xr syslogd 8 ) ,
+due to errors in device operation.
+.Sh PROTOCOLS
+The system currently supports the
+Internet
+protocols, the Xerox Network Systems(tm) protocols,
+and some of the
+.Tn ISO OSI
+protocols.
+Raw socket interfaces are provided to the
+.Tn IP
+protocol
+layer of the
+Internet, and to the
+.Tn IDP
+protocol of Xerox
+.Tn NS .
+Consult the appropriate manual pages in this section for more
+information regarding the support for each protocol family.
+.Sh ADDRESSING
+Associated with each protocol family is an address
+format.  All network address adhere to a general structure,
+called a sockaddr, described below. However, each protocol
+imposes finer and more specific structure, generally renaming
+the variant, which is discussed in the protocol family manual
+page alluded to above.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    struct sockaddr {
+	u_char	sa_len;
+    	u_char	sa_family;
+    	char	sa_data[14];
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The field
+.Ar sa_len
+contains the total length of the of the structure,
+which may exceed 16 bytes.
+The following address values for
+.Ar sa_family
+are known to the system
+(and additional formats are defined for possible future implementation):
+.Bd -literal
+#define    AF_UNIX      1    /* local to host (pipes, portals) */
+#define    AF_INET      2    /* internetwork: UDP, TCP, etc. */
+#define    AF_NS        6    /* Xerox NS protocols */
+#define    AF_CCITT     10   /* CCITT protocols, X.25 etc */
+#define    AF_HYLINK    15   /* NSC Hyperchannel */
+#define    AF_ISO       18   /* ISO protocols */
+.Ed
+.Sh ROUTING
+.Tn UNIX
+provides some packet routing facilities.
+The kernel maintains a routing information database, which
+is used in selecting the appropriate network interface when
+transmitting packets.
+.Pp
+A user process (or possibly multiple co-operating processes)
+maintains this database by sending messages over a special kind
+of socket.
+This supplants fixed size
+.Xr ioctl 2
+used in earlier releases.
+.Pp
+This facility is described in
+.Xr route 4 .
+.Sh INTERFACES
+Each network interface in a system corresponds to a
+path through which messages may be sent and received.  A network
+interface usually has a hardware device associated with it, though
+certain interfaces such as the loopback interface,
+.Xr lo 4 ,
+do not.
+.Pp
+The following 
+.Xr ioctl
+calls may be used to manipulate network interfaces.
+The
+.Xr ioctl
+is made on a socket (typically of type
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM )
+in the desired domain.
+Most of the requests supported in earlier releases 
+take an
+.Ar ifreq
+structure as its parameter.  This structure has the form
+.Bd -literal
+struct	ifreq {
+#define    IFNAMSIZ    16
+    char    ifr_name[IFNAMSIZE];        /* if name, e.g. "en0" */
+    union {
+        struct    sockaddr ifru_addr;
+        struct    sockaddr ifru_dstaddr;
+        struct    sockaddr ifru_broadaddr;
+        short     ifru_flags;
+        int       ifru_metric;
+        caddr_t   ifru_data;
+    } ifr_ifru;
+#define ifr_addr      ifr_ifru.ifru_addr    /* address */
+#define ifr_dstaddr   ifr_ifru.ifru_dstaddr /* other end of p-to-p link */
+#define ifr_broadaddr ifr_ifru.ifru_broadaddr /* broadcast address */
+#define ifr_flags     ifr_ifru.ifru_flags   /* flags */
+#define ifr_metric    ifr_ifru.ifru_metric  /* metric */
+#define ifr_data      ifr_ifru.ifru_data    /* for use by interface */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Calls which are now deprecated are:
+.Bl -tag -width SIOCGIFBRDADDR
+.It Dv SIOCSIFADDR
+Set interface address for protocol family.  Following the address
+assignment, the ``initialization'' routine for
+the interface is called.
+.It Dv SIOCSIFDSTADDR
+Set point to point address for protocol family and interface.
+.It Dv SIOCSIFBRDADDR
+Set broadcast address for protocol family and interface.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Xr Ioctl
+requests to obtain addresses and requests both to set and
+retrieve other data are still fully supported
+and use the
+.Ar ifreq
+structure:
+.Bl -tag -width SIOCGIFBRDADDR
+.It Dv SIOCGIFADDR
+Get interface address for protocol family.
+.It Dv SIOCGIFDSTADDR
+Get point to point address for protocol family and interface.
+.It Dv SIOCGIFBRDADDR
+Get broadcast address for protocol family and interface.
+.It Dv SIOCSIFFLAGS
+Set interface flags field.  If the interface is marked down,
+any processes currently routing packets through the interface
+are notified;
+some interfaces may be reset so that incoming packets are no longer received.
+When marked up again, the interface is reinitialized.
+.It Dv SIOCGIFFLAGS
+Get interface flags.
+.It Dv SIOCSIFMETRIC
+Set interface routing metric.
+The metric is used only by user-level routers.
+.It Dv SIOCGIFMETRIC
+Get interface metric.
+.El
+.Pp
+There are two requests that make use of a new structure:
+.Bl -tag -width SIOCGIFBRDADDR
+.It Dv SIOCAIFADDR
+An interface may have more than one address associated with it
+in some protocols.  This request provides a means to
+add additional addresses (or modify characteristics of the
+primary address if the default address for the address family
+is specified).  Rather than making separate calls to
+set destination or broadcast addresses, or network masks
+(now an integral feature of multiple protocols)
+a separate structure is used to specify all three facets simultaneously
+(see below).
+One would use a slightly tailored version of this struct specific
+to each family (replacing each sockaddr by one
+of the family-specific type).
+Where the sockaddr itself is larger than the
+default size, one needs to modify the
+.Xr ioctl
+identifier itself to include the total size, as described in
+.Xr ioctl .
+.It Dv SIOCDIFADDR
+This requests deletes the specified address from the list
+associated with an interface.  It also uses the
+.Ar if_aliasreq
+structure to allow for the possibility of protocols allowing
+multiple masks or destination addresses, and also adopts the
+convention that specification of the default address means
+to delete the first address for the interface belonging to
+the address family in which the original socket was opened.
+.It Dv SIOCGIFCONF
+Get interface configuration list.  This request takes an
+.Ar ifconf
+structure (see below) as a value-result parameter.  The 
+.Ar ifc_len
+field should be initially set to the size of the buffer
+pointed to by 
+.Ar ifc_buf .
+On return it will contain the length, in bytes, of the
+configuration list.
+.El
+.Bd -literal
+/*
+* Structure used in SIOCAIFCONF request.
+*/
+struct ifaliasreq {
+        char    ifra_name[IFNAMSIZ];   /* if name, e.g. "en0" */
+        struct  sockaddr        ifra_addr;
+        struct  sockaddr        ifra_broadaddr;
+        struct  sockaddr        ifra_mask;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal
+/*
+* Structure used in SIOCGIFCONF request.
+* Used to retrieve interface configuration
+* for machine (useful for programs which
+* must know all networks accessible).
+*/
+struct ifconf {
+    int   ifc_len;		/* size of associated buffer */
+    union {
+        caddr_t    ifcu_buf;
+        struct     ifreq *ifcu_req;
+    } ifc_ifcu;
+#define ifc_buf ifc_ifcu.ifcu_buf /* buffer address */
+#define ifc_req ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req /* array of structures returned */
+};
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr config 8 ,
+.Xr routed 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm netintro
+manual appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 tahoe .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/ns.4 b/share/man/man4/ns.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18efeac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/ns.4
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ns.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt NS 4
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ns
+.Nd Xerox Network Systems(tm) protocol family
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm options NS
+.Nm options NSIP
+.Nm pseudo-device ns
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Tn NS
+protocol family is a collection of protocols
+layered atop the
+.Em Internet  Datagram  Protocol
+.Pq Tn IDP
+transport layer, and using the Xerox 
+.Tn NS
+address formats.
+The
+.Tn NS
+family provides protocol support for the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM , SOCK_DGRAM , SOCK_SEQPACKET ,
+and
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+socket types; the
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+interface is a debugging tool, allowing you to trace all packets
+entering, (or with toggling kernel variable, additionally leaving) the local
+host.
+.Sh ADDRESSING
+.Tn NS
+addresses are 12 byte quantities, consisting of a 
+4 byte Network number, a 6 byte Host number and a 2 byte port number,
+all stored in network standard format.
+(on the
+.Tn VAX
+these are word and byte reversed; on the
+.Tn SUN 
+they are not
+reversed).  The include file
+.Aq Pa netns/ns.h
+defines the
+.Tn NS
+address as a structure containing unions (for quicker
+comparisons).
+.Pp
+Sockets in the Internet protocol family use the following
+addressing structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct sockaddr_ns {
+	short		sns_family;
+	struct ns_addr	sns_addr;
+	char		sns_zero[2];
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+where an
+.Ar ns_addr
+is composed as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+union ns_host {
+	u_char		c_host[6];
+	u_short		s_host[3];
+};
+
+union ns_net {
+	u_char		c_net[4];
+	u_short		s_net[2];
+};
+
+struct ns_addr {
+	union ns_net	x_net;
+	union ns_host	x_host;
+	u_short	x_port;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Sockets may be created with an address of all zeroes to effect
+.Dq wildcard
+matching on incoming messages.
+The local port address specified in a
+.Xr bind 2
+call is restricted to be greater than
+.Dv NSPORT_RESERVED
+(=3000, in
+.Aq Pa netns/ns.h )
+unless the creating process is running
+as the super-user, providing a space of protected port numbers.
+.Sh PROTOCOLS
+The
+.Tn NS
+protocol family supported by the operating system
+is comprised of
+the Internet Datagram Protocol
+.Pq Tn IDP
+.Xr idp 4 ,
+Error Protocol (available through
+.Tn IDP ) ,
+and
+Sequenced Packet Protocol
+.Pq Tn SPP
+.Xr spp 4 .
+.Pp
+.Tn SPP
+is used to support the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+and
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+abstraction,
+while
+.Tn IDP
+is used to support the
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstraction.
+The Error protocol is responded to by the kernel
+to handle and report errors in protocol processing;
+it is, however,
+only accessible to user programs through heroic actions.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr intro 3 ,
+.Xr byteorder 3 ,
+.Xr gethostbyname 3 ,
+.Xr getnetent 3 ,
+.Xr getprotoent 3 ,
+.Xr getservent 3 ,
+.Xr ns 3 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr spp 4 ,
+.Xr idp 4 ,
+.Xr nsip 4
+.Rs
+.%T "Internet Transport Protocols"
+.%R Xerox Corporation document XSIS
+.%N 028112
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%T "An Advanced 4.3 BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol family
+appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/nsip.4 b/share/man/man4/nsip.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d71782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/nsip.4
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)nsip.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt NSIP 4
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nsip
+.Nd software network interface encapsulating NS packets in IP packets
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd options NSIP
+.Fd #include <netns/ns_if.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm nsip
+interface is a software mechanism which may be
+used to transmit Xerox
+.Tn NS Ns (tm)
+packets through otherwise uncooperative
+networks.
+It functions by prepending an
+.Tn IP
+header, and resubmitting the packet
+through the
+.Tn UNIX
+.Tn IP
+machinery.
+.Pp
+The super-user can advise the operating system of a willing partner
+by naming an
+.Tn IP
+address to be associated with an
+.Tn NS
+address.
+Presently, only specific hosts pairs are allowed, and for each host
+pair, an artificial point-to-point interface is constructed.
+At some future date,
+.Tn IP
+broadcast addresses or hosts may be paired
+with
+.Tn NS
+networks or hosts.
+.Pp
+Specifically, a socket option of
+.Dv SO_NSIP_ROUTE
+is set on a socket
+of family
+.Dv AF_NS ,
+type
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM ,
+passing the following structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct nsip_req {
+	struct sockaddr rq_ns;	/* must be ns format destination */
+	struct sockaddr rq_ip;	/* must be ip format gateway */
+	short rq_flags;
+};
+.Ed
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Bl -diag
+.It nsip%d: can't handle af%d.
+The interface was handed
+a message with addresses formatted in an unsuitable address
+family; the packet was dropped.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr ns 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+interface appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+It is absurd to have a separate pseudo-device for each pt-to-pt
+link.
+There is no way to change the
+.Tn IP
+address for an
+.Tn NS
+host once the
+encapsulation interface is set up.
+The request should honor flags of
+.Dv RTF_GATEWAY
+to indicate
+remote networks, and the absence of
+.Dv RTF_UP
+should be a clue
+to remove that partner.
+This was intended to postpone the necessity of rewriting reverse
+.Tn ARP
+for the 
+.Xr en 4
+device, and to allow passing
+.Tn XNS
+packets through an
+Arpanet-Milnet gateway, to facilitate testing between some co-operating
+universities.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/null.4 b/share/man/man4/null.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..583e109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/null.4
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)null.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt NULL 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm null
+.Nd the null device
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+device accepts and reads data as any ordinary (and willing)
+file \-
+but throws it away. The length of the
+.Nm null
+device is always zero.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/null
+.It Pa /dev/null
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+device appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/pty.4 b/share/man/man4/pty.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd982c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/pty.4
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)pty.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd November 30, 1993
+.Dt PTY 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pty
+.Nd pseudo terminal driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm pseudo-device pty
+.Op Ar count
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Xr pty
+driver provides support for a device-pair termed a
+.Em pseudo terminal .
+A pseudo terminal is a pair of character devices, a
+.Em master
+device and a
+.Em slave
+device.  The slave device provides to a process
+an interface identical
+to that described in
+.Xr tty 4 .
+However, whereas all other devices which provide the 
+interface described in
+.Xr tty 4
+have a hardware device of some sort behind them, the slave
+device has, instead, another process manipulating
+it through the master half of the pseudo terminal.
+That is, anything written on the master device is
+given to the slave device as input and anything written
+on the slave device is presented as input on the master
+device.
+.Pp
+In configuring, if an optional
+.Ar count
+is given in
+the specification, that number of pseudo terminal pairs are configured;
+the default count is 32.
+.Pp
+The following 
+.Xr ioctl 2
+calls apply only to pseudo terminals:
+.Bl -tag -width TIOCREMOTE
+.It Dv TIOCSTOP
+Stops output to a terminal (e.g. like typing
+.Ql ^S ) .
+Takes
+no parameter.
+.It Dv TIOCSTART
+Restarts output (stopped by
+.Dv TIOCSTOP
+or by typing
+.Ql ^S ) .
+Takes no parameter.
+.It Dv TIOCPKT
+Enable/disable 
+.Em packet
+mode.  Packet mode is enabled by specifying (by reference)
+a nonzero parameter and disabled by specifying (by reference)
+a zero parameter.  When applied to the master side of a pseudo
+terminal, each subsequent 
+.Xr read
+from the terminal will return data written on the slave part of
+the pseudo terminal preceded by a zero byte (symbolically
+defined as
+.Dv TIOCPKT_DATA ) ,
+or a single byte reflecting control
+status information.  In the latter case, the byte is an inclusive-or
+of zero or more of the bits:
+.Bl -tag -width TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE
+.It Dv TIOCPKT_FLUSHREAD
+whenever the read queue for the terminal is flushed.
+.It Dv TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE
+whenever the write queue for the terminal is flushed.
+.It Dv TIOCPKT_STOP
+whenever output to the terminal is stopped a la
+.Ql ^S .
+.It Dv TIOCPKT_START
+whenever output to the terminal is restarted.
+.It Dv TIOCPKT_DOSTOP
+whenever 
+.Em t_stopc
+is
+.Ql ^S
+and 
+.Em t_startc
+is
+.Ql ^Q .
+.It Dv TIOCPKT_NOSTOP
+whenever the start and stop characters are not
+.Ql ^S/^Q .
+.Pp
+While this mode is in use, the presence of control status information
+to be read from the master side may be detected by a
+.Xr select 2
+for exceptional conditions.
+.Pp
+This mode is used by
+.Xr rlogin 1
+and
+.Xr rlogind 8
+to implement a remote-echoed, locally
+.Ql ^S/^Q
+flow-controlled
+remote login with proper back-flushing of output; it can be
+used by other similar programs.
+.El
+.It Dv TIOCUCNTL
+Enable/disable a mode that allows a small number of simple user
+.Xr ioctl
+commands to be passed through the pseudo-terminal,
+using a protocol similar to that of
+.Dv TIOCPKT .
+The
+.Dv TIOCUCNTL
+and
+.Dv TIOCPKT
+modes are mutually exclusive.
+This mode is enabled from the master side of a pseudo terminal
+by specifying (by reference)
+a nonzero parameter and disabled by specifying (by reference)
+a zero parameter.
+Each subsequent 
+.Xr read
+from the master side will return data written on the slave part of
+the pseudo terminal preceded by a zero byte,
+or a single byte reflecting a user control operation on the slave side.
+A user control command consists of a special
+.Xr ioctl
+operation with no data; the command is given as
+.Dv UIOCCMD Ns (n) ,
+where
+.Ar n
+is a number in the range 1-255.
+The operation value
+.Ar n
+will be received as a single byte on the next
+.Xr read
+from the master side.
+The
+.Xr ioctl
+.Dv UIOCCMD Ns (0)
+is a no-op that may be used to probe for
+the existence of this facility.
+As with
+.Dv TIOCPKT
+mode, command operations may be detected with a
+.Xr select
+for exceptional conditions.
+.It Dv TIOCREMOTE
+A mode for the master half of a pseudo terminal, independent
+of
+.Dv TIOCPKT .
+This mode causes input to the pseudo terminal
+to be flow controlled and not input edited (regardless of the
+terminal mode).  Each write to the control terminal produces
+a record boundary for the process reading the terminal.  In
+normal usage, a write of data is like the data typed as a line
+on the terminal; a write of 0 bytes is like typing an end-of-file
+character.
+.Dv TIOCREMOTE
+can be used when doing remote line
+editing in a window manager, or whenever flow controlled input
+is required.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/tty[p-r][0-9a-f]x -compact
+.It Pa /dev/pty[p-r][0-9a-f]
+master pseudo terminals
+.It Pa /dev/tty[p-r][0-9a-f]
+slave pseudo terminals
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+None.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+driver appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/route.4 b/share/man/man4/route.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5425ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/route.4
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)route.4	8.6 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt ROUTE 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm route 
+.Nd kernel packet forwarding database
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <net/if.h>
+.Fd #include <net/route.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket PF_ROUTE SOCK_RAW "int family"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn UNIX
+provides some packet routing facilities.
+The kernel maintains a routing information database, which
+is used in selecting the appropriate network interface when
+transmitting packets.
+.Pp
+A user process (or possibly multiple co-operating processes)
+maintains this database by sending messages over a special kind
+of socket.
+This supplants fixed size
+.Xr ioctl 2 Ns 's
+used in earlier releases.
+Routing table changes may only be carried out by the super user.
+.Pp
+The operating system may spontaneously emit routing messages in response
+to external events, such as receipt of a re-direct, or failure to
+locate a suitable route for a request.
+The message types are described in greater detail below.
+.Pp
+Routing database entries come in two flavors: for a specific
+host, or for all hosts on a generic subnetwork (as specified
+by a bit mask and value under the mask.
+The effect of wildcard or default route may be achieved by using
+a mask of all zeros, and there may be hierarchical routes.
+.Pp
+When the system is booted and addresses are assigned
+to the network interfaces, each protocol family
+installs a routing table entry for each interface when it is ready for traffic.
+Normally the protocol specifies the route
+through each interface as a
+.Dq direct
+connection to the destination host
+or network.  If the route is direct, the transport layer of
+a protocol family usually requests the packet be sent to the
+same host specified in the packet.  Otherwise, the interface
+is requested to address the packet to the gateway listed in the routing entry
+(i.e. the packet is forwarded).
+.Pp
+When routing a packet,
+the kernel will attempt to find 
+the most specific route matching the destination.
+(If there are two different mask and value-under-the-mask pairs
+that match, the more specific is the one with more bits in the mask.
+A route to a host is regarded as being supplied with a mask of
+as many ones as there are bits in the destination).
+If no entry is found, the destination is declared to be unreachable,
+and a routing\-miss message is generated if there are any
+listers on the routing control socket described below.
+.Pp
+A wildcard routing entry is specified with a zero
+destination address value, and a mask of all zeroes.
+Wildcard routes will be used
+when the system fails to find other routes matching the
+destination.  The combination of wildcard
+routes and routing redirects can provide an economical
+mechanism for routing traffic.
+.Pp
+One opens the channel for passing routing control messages
+by using the socket call shown in the synopsis above:
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa family
+parameter may be
+.Dv AF_UNSPEC
+which will provide
+routing information for all address families, or can be restricted
+to a specific address family by specifying which one is desired.
+There can be more than one routing socket open per system.
+.Pp
+Messages are formed by a header followed by a small
+number of sockadders (now variable length particularly
+in the
+.Tn ISO
+case), interpreted by position, and delimited
+by the new length entry in the sockaddr.
+An example of a message with four addresses might be an
+.Tn ISO
+redirect:
+Destination, Netmask, Gateway, and Author of the redirect.
+The interpretation of which address are present is given by a
+bit mask within the header, and the sequence is least significant
+to most significant bit within the vector.
+.Pp
+Any messages sent to the kernel are returned, and copies are sent
+to all interested listeners.  The kernel will provide the process
+id. for the sender, and the sender may use an additional sequence
+field to distinguish between outstanding messages.  However,
+message replies may be lost when kernel buffers are exhausted.
+.Pp
+The kernel may reject certain messages, and will indicate this
+by filling in the
+.Ar rtm_errno
+field.
+The routing code returns
+.Dv EEXIST
+if
+requested to duplicate an existing entry,
+.Dv ESRCH
+if
+requested to delete a non-existent entry,
+or
+.Dv ENOBUFS
+if insufficient resources were available
+to install a new route.
+In the current implementation, all routing process run locally,
+and the values for
+.Ar rtm_errno
+are available through the normal
+.Em errno
+mechanism, even if the routing reply message is lost.
+.Pp
+A process may avoid the expense of reading replies to
+its own messages by issuing a
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+call indicating that the
+.Dv SO_USELOOPBACK
+option
+at the
+.Dv SOL_SOCKET
+level is to be turned off.
+A process may ignore all messages from the routing socket
+by doing a 
+.Xr shutdown 2
+system call for further input.
+.Pp
+If a route is in use when it is deleted,
+the routing entry will be marked down and removed from the routing table,
+but the resources associated with it will not
+be reclaimed until all references to it are released. 
+User processes can obtain information about the routing
+entry to a specific destination by using a
+.Dv RTM_GET
+message,
+or by reading the
+.Pa /dev/kmem
+device, or by issuing a
+.Xr getkerninfo 2
+system call.
+.Pp
+Messages include:
+.Bd -literal
+#define	RTM_ADD		0x1    /* Add Route */
+#define	RTM_DELETE	0x2    /* Delete Route */
+#define	RTM_CHANGE	0x3    /* Change Metrics, Flags, or Gateway */
+#define	RTM_GET		0x4    /* Report Information */
+#define	RTM_LOOSING	0x5    /* Kernel Suspects Partitioning */
+#define	RTM_REDIRECT	0x6    /* Told to use different route */
+#define	RTM_MISS	0x7    /* Lookup failed on this address */
+#define	RTM_RESOLVE	0xb    /* request to resolve dst to LL addr */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+A message header consists of:
+.Bd -literal
+struct rt_msghdr {
+    u_short rmt_msglen;  /* to skip over non-understood messages */
+    u_char  rtm_version; /* future binary compatibility */
+    u_char  rtm_type;    /* message type */
+    u_short rmt_index;   /* index for associated ifp */
+    pid_t   rmt_pid;     /* identify sender */
+    int     rtm_addrs;   /* bitmask identifying sockaddrs in msg */
+    int     rtm_seq;     /* for sender to identify action */
+    int     rtm_errno;   /* why failed */
+    int     rtm_flags;   /* flags, incl kern & message, e.g. DONE */
+    int     rtm_use;     /* from rtentry */
+    u_long  rtm_inits;   /* which values we are initializing */
+    struct  rt_metrics rtm_rmx;	/* metrics themselves */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+where
+.Bd -literal
+struct rt_metrics {
+    u_long rmx_locks;     /* Kernel must leave these values alone */
+    u_long rmx_mtu;       /* MTU for this path */
+    u_long rmx_hopcount;  /* max hops expected */
+    u_long rmx_expire;    /* lifetime for route, e.g. redirect */
+    u_long rmx_recvpipe;  /* inbound delay-bandwith product */
+    u_long rmx_sendpipe;  /* outbound delay-bandwith product */
+    u_long rmx_ssthresh;  /* outbound gateway buffer limit */
+    u_long rmx_rtt;       /* estimated round trip time */
+    u_long rmx_rttvar;    /* estimated rtt variance */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Flags include the values:
+.Bd -literal
+#define	RTF_UP        0x1       /* route usable */
+#define	RTF_GATEWAY   0x2       /* destination is a gateway */
+#define	RTF_HOST      0x4       /* host entry (net otherwise) */
+#define	RTF_REJECT    0x8       /* host or net unreachable */
+#define	RTF_DYNAMIC   0x10      /* created dynamically (by redirect) */
+#define	RTF_MODIFIED  0x20      /* modified dynamically (by redirect) */
+#define	RTF_DONE      0x40      /* message confirmed */
+#define	RTF_MASK      0x80      /* subnet mask present */
+#define	RTF_CLONING   0x100     /* generate new routes on use */
+#define	RTF_XRESOLVE  0x200     /* external daemon resolves name */
+#define	RTF_LLINFO    0x400     /* generated by ARP or ESIS */
+#define	RTF_STATIC    0x800     /* manually added */
+#define	RTF_BLACKHOLE 0x1000    /* just discard pkts (during updates) */
+#define	RTF_PROTO2    0x4000    /* protocol specific routing flag #1 */
+#define	RTF_PROTO1    0x8000    /* protocol specific routing flag #2 */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Specifiers for metric values in rmx_locks and rtm_inits are:
+.Bd -literal
+#define	RTV_SSTHRESH  0x1    /* init or lock _ssthresh */
+#define	RTV_RPIPE     0x2    /* init or lock _recvpipe */
+#define	RTV_SPIPE     0x4    /* init or lock _sendpipe */
+#define	RTV_HOPCOUNT  0x8    /* init or lock _hopcount */
+#define	RTV_RTT       0x10   /* init or lock _rtt */
+#define	RTV_RTTVAR    0x20   /* init or lock _rttvar */
+#define	RTV_MTU       0x40   /* init or lock _mtu */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Specifiers for which addresses are present in the messages are:
+.Bd -literal
+#define RTA_DST       0x1    /* destination sockaddr present */
+#define RTA_GATEWAY   0x2    /* gateway sockaddr present */
+#define RTA_NETMASK   0x4    /* netmask sockaddr present */
+#define RTA_GENMASK   0x8    /* cloning mask sockaddr present */
+#define RTA_IFP       0x10   /* interface name sockaddr present */
+#define RTA_IFA       0x20   /* interface addr sockaddr present */
+#define RTA_AUTHOR    0x40   /* sockaddr for author of redirect */
+.Ed
diff --git a/share/man/man4/spp.4 b/share/man/man4/spp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d749e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/spp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)spp.4	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt SPP 4
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm spp
+.Nd Xerox Sequenced Packet Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netns/ns.h>
+.Fd #include <netns/sp.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_NS SOCK_STREAM 0
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_NS SOCK_SEQPACKET 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Tn SPP
+protocol provides reliable, flow-controlled, two-way
+transmission of data.  It is a byte-stream protocol used to
+support the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+abstraction.
+.Tn SPP
+uses the standard
+.Tn NS Ns (tm)
+address formats.
+.Pp
+Sockets utilizing the
+.Tn SPP
+protocol are either
+.Dq active
+or
+.Dq passive .
+Active sockets initiate connections to passive
+sockets.  By default
+.Tn SPP
+sockets are created active; to create a
+passive socket the
+.Xr listen 2
+system call must be used
+after binding the socket with the
+.Xr bind 2
+system call.  Only
+passive sockets may use the 
+.Xr accept 2
+call to accept incoming connections.  Only active sockets may
+use the
+.Xr connect 2
+call to initiate connections.
+.Pp
+Passive sockets may
+.Dq underspecify
+their location to match
+incoming connection requests from multiple networks.  This
+technique, termed
+.Dq wildcard addressing ,
+allows a single
+server to provide service to clients on multiple networks.
+To create a socket which listens on all networks, the
+.Tn NS
+address of all zeroes must be bound.
+The
+.Tn SPP
+port may still be specified
+at this time; if the port is not specified the system will assign one.
+Once a connection has been established the socket's address is
+fixed by the peer entity's location.   The address assigned the
+socket is the address associated with the network interface
+through which packets are being transmitted and received.  Normally
+this address corresponds to the peer entity's network.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+socket type is specified,
+each packet received has the actual 12 byte sequenced packet header
+left for the user to inspect:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct sphdr {
+	u_char		sp_cc;	/* connection control */
+#define	SP_EM	0x10		/* end of message */
+	u_char		sp_dt;	/* datastream type */
+	u_short		sp_sid;
+	u_short		sp_did;
+	u_short		sp_seq;
+	u_short		sp_ack;
+	u_short		sp_alo;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This facilitates the implementation of higher level Xerox protocols
+which make use of the data stream type field and the end of message bit.
+Conversely, the user is required to supply a 12 byte header,
+the only part of which inspected is the data stream type and end of message
+fields.
+.Pp
+For either socket type,
+packets received with the Attention bit sent are interpreted as
+out of band data.  Data sent with
+.Dq send(..., ..., ..., Dv MSG_OOB )
+cause the attention bit to be set.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT
+when a connection was dropped
+due to excessive retransmissions;
+.It Bq Er ECONNRESET
+when the remote peer
+forces the connection to be closed;
+.It Bq Er ECONNREFUSED
+when the remote
+peer actively refuses connection establishment (usually because
+no process is listening to the port);
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+when an attempt
+is made to create a socket with a port which has already been
+allocated;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.El
+.Sh SOCKET OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -width SO_DEFAULT_HEADERS
+.It Dv SO_DEFAULT_HEADERS
+when set, this determines the data stream type and whether
+the end of message bit is to be set on every ensuing packet.
+.It Dv SO_MTU
+This specifies the maximum amount of user data in a single packet.
+The default is 576 bytes - sizeof(struct spidp).  This quantity
+affects windowing \- increasing it without increasing the amount
+of buffering in the socket will lower the number of unread packets
+accepted.  Anything larger than the default will not be forwarded
+by a bona fide
+.Tn XEROX
+product internetwork router.
+The data argument for the setsockopt call must be
+an unsigned short.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr ns 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+There should be some way to reflect record boundaries in
+a stream.
+For stream mode, there should be an option to get the data stream type of
+the record the user process is about to receive.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/tcp.4 b/share/man/man4/tcp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21f49d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/tcp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tcp.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt TCP 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tcp
+.Nd Internet Transmission Control Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netinet/in.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_INET SOCK_STREAM 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Tn TCP
+protocol provides reliable, flow-controlled, two-way
+transmission of data.  It is a byte-stream protocol used to
+support the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+abstraction.  TCP uses the standard
+Internet address format and, in addition, provides a per-host
+collection of
+.Dq port addresses .
+Thus, each address is composed
+of an Internet address specifying the host and network, with
+a specific
+.Tn TCP
+port on the host identifying the peer entity.
+.Pp
+Sockets utilizing the tcp protocol are either
+.Dq active
+or
+.Dq passive .
+Active sockets initiate connections to passive
+sockets.  By default
+.Tn TCP
+sockets are created active; to create a
+passive socket the
+.Xr listen 2
+system call must be used
+after binding the socket with the
+.Xr bind 2
+system call.  Only
+passive sockets may use the 
+.Xr accept 2
+call to accept incoming connections.  Only active sockets may
+use the
+.Xr connect 2
+call to initiate connections.
+.Pp
+Passive sockets may
+.Dq underspecify
+their location to match
+incoming connection requests from multiple networks.  This
+technique, termed
+.Dq wildcard addressing ,
+allows a single
+server to provide service to clients on multiple networks.
+To create a socket which listens on all networks, the Internet
+address
+.Dv INADDR_ANY
+must be bound.  The
+.Tn TCP
+port may still be specified
+at this time; if the port is not specified the system will assign one.
+Once a connection has been established the socket's address is
+fixed by the peer entity's location.   The address assigned the
+socket is the address associated with the network interface
+through which packets are being transmitted and received.  Normally
+this address corresponds to the peer entity's network.
+.Pp
+.Tn TCP
+supports one socket option which is set with
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+and tested with
+.Xr getsockopt 2 .
+Under most circumstances,
+.Tn TCP
+sends data when it is presented;
+when outstanding data has not yet been acknowledged, it gathers
+small amounts of output to be sent in a single packet once
+an acknowledgement is received.
+For a small number of clients, such as window systems
+that send a stream of mouse events which receive no replies,
+this packetization may cause significant delays.
+Therefore,
+.Tn TCP
+provides a boolean option,
+.Dv TCP_NODELAY
+(from
+.Aq Pa netinet/tcp.h ,
+to defeat this algorithm.
+The option level for the
+.Xr setsockopt
+call is the protocol number for
+.Tn TCP ,
+available from
+.Xr getprotobyname 3 .
+.Pp
+Options at the
+.Tn IP
+transport level may be used with
+.Tn TCP ;
+see
+.Xr ip 4 .
+Incoming connection requests that are source-routed are noted,
+and the reverse source route is used in responding.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT
+when a connection was dropped
+due to excessive retransmissions;
+.It Bq Er ECONNRESET
+when the remote peer
+forces the connection to be closed;
+.It Bq Er ECONNREFUSED
+when the remote
+peer actively refuses connection establishment (usually because
+no process is listening to the port);
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+when an attempt
+is made to create a socket with a port which has already been
+allocated;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr inet 4 ,
+.Xr ip 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol stack appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/termios.4 b/share/man/man4/termios.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72e9710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/termios.4
@@ -0,0 +1,1411 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)termios.4	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt TERMIOS 4
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm termios
+.Nd general terminal line discipline
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <termios.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This describes a general terminal line discipline that is
+supported on tty asynchronous communication ports.
+.Ss Opening a Terminal Device File
+When a terminal file is opened, it normally causes the process to wait
+until a connection is established.  For most hardware, the presence
+of a connection is indicated by the assertion of the hardware
+.Dv CARRIER line.
+If the termios structure associated with the terminal file has the
+.Dv CLOCAL
+flag set in the cflag, or if the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag is set
+in the
+.Xr open 2
+call, then the open will succeed even without
+a connection being present.
+In practice, applications
+seldom open these files; they are opened by special programs, such
+as
+.Xr getty 2
+or
+.Xr rlogind 2 ,
+and become
+an application's standard input, output, and error files.
+.Ss Job Control in a Nutshell
+Every process is associated with a particular process group and session.
+The grouping is hierarchical: every member of a particular process group is a
+member of the same session.  This structuring is used in managing groups
+of related processes for purposes of
+.\" .Gw "job control" ;
+.Em "job control" ;
+that is, the
+ability from the keyboard (or from program control) to simultaneously
+stop or restart
+a complex command (a command composed of one or more related
+processes).  The grouping into process groups allows delivering
+of signals that stop or start the group as a whole, along with
+arbitrating which process group has access to the single controlling
+terminal.  The grouping at a higher layer into sessions is to restrict
+the job control related signals and system calls to within processes
+resulting from a particular instance of a "login".  Typically, a session
+is created when a user logs in, and the login terminal is setup
+to be the controlling terminal; all processes spawned from that
+login shell are in the same session, and inherit the controlling
+terminal.
+A job control shell
+operating interactively (that is, reading commands from a terminal)
+normally groups related processes together by placing them into the
+same process group.  A set of processes in the same process group
+is collectively referred to as a "job". When the foreground process
+group of the terminal is the same as the process group of a particular
+job, that job is said to be in the "foreground".  When the process
+group of the terminal is different than the process group of
+a job (but is still the controlling terminal), that job is said
+to be in the "background".  Normally the
+shell reads a command and starts the job that implements that
+command.  If the command is to be started in the foreground (typical), it
+sets the process group of the terminal to the process group
+of the started job, waits for the job to complete, and then
+sets the process group of the terminal back to its own process
+group (it puts itself into the foreground).  If the job is to
+be started in the background (as denoted by the shell operator "&"),
+it never changes the process group of the terminal and doesn't
+wait for the job to complete (that is, it immediately attempts to read the next
+command).  If the job is started in the foreground, the user may
+type a key (usually
+.Ql \&^Z )
+which generates the terminal stop signal
+.Pq Dv SIGTSTP
+and has the affect of stopping the entire job.
+The shell will notice that the job stopped, and will resume running after
+placing itself in the foreground.
+The shell also has commands for placing stopped jobs in the background,
+and for placing stopped or background jobs into the foreground.
+.Ss Orphaned Process Groups
+An orphaned process group is a process group that has no process
+whose parent is in a different process group, yet is in the same
+session.  Conceptually it means a process group that doesn't have
+a parent that could do anything if it were to be stopped.  For example,
+the initial login shell is typically in an orphaned process group.
+Orphaned process groups are immune to keyboard generated stop
+signals and job control signals resulting from reads or writes to the
+controlling terminal.
+.Ss The Controlling Terminal
+A terminal may belong to a process as its controlling terminal.  Each
+process of a session that has a controlling terminal has the same
+controlling terminal.  A terminal may be the controlling terminal for at
+most one session.  The controlling terminal for a session is allocated by
+the session leader by issuing the
+.Dv TIOCSCTTY
+ioctl.  A controlling terminal
+is never acquired by merely opening a terminal device file.
+When a controlling terminal becomes
+associated with a session, its foreground process group is set to
+the process group of the session leader.
+.Pp
+The controlling terminal is inherited by a child process during a
+.Xr fork 2
+function call.  A process relinquishes its controlling terminal when it
+creates a new session with the
+.Xd setsid 2
+function; other processes
+remaining in the old session that had this terminal as their controlling
+terminal continue to have it.
+A process does not relinquish its
+controlling terminal simply by closing all of its file descriptors
+associated with the controlling terminal if other processes continue to
+have it open.
+.Pp
+When a controlling process terminates, the controlling terminal is
+disassociated from the current session, allowing it to be acquired by a
+new session leader.  Subsequent access to the terminal by other processes
+in the earlier session will be denied, with attempts to access the
+terminal treated as if modem disconnect had been sensed.
+.Ss Terminal Access Control
+If a process is in the foreground process group of its controlling
+terminal, read operations are allowed.
+Any attempts by a process
+in a background process group to read from its controlling terminal
+causes a
+.Dv SIGTTIN
+signal to be sent to
+the process's group
+unless one of the
+following special cases apply:  If the reading process is ignoring or
+blocking the
+.Dv SIGTTIN signal, or if the process group of the reading
+process is orphaned, the
+.Xr read 2
+returns -1 with
+.Va errno set to
+.Er Dv EIO
+and no
+signal is sent.  The default action of the
+.Dv SIGTTIN
+signal is to stop the
+process to which it is sent.
+.Pp
+If a process is in the foreground process group of its controlling
+terminal, write operations are allowed.
+Attempts by a process in a background process group to write to its
+controlling terminal will cause the process group to be sent a
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+signal unless one of the following special cases apply:  If
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is not
+set, or if
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is set and the process is ignoring or blocking the
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+signal, the process is allowed to write to the terminal and the
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+signal is not sent.  If
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is set, and the process group of
+the writing process is orphaned, and the writing process is not ignoring
+or blocking
+.Dv SIGTTOU ,
+the
+.Xr write
+returns -1 with
+errno set to
+.Er Dv EIO
+and no signal is sent.
+.Pp
+Certain calls that set terminal parameters are treated in the same
+fashion as write, except that
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is ignored; that is, the effect is
+identical to that of terminal writes when
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is set.
+.Ss Input Processing and Reading Data
+A terminal device associated with a terminal device file may operate in
+full-duplex mode, so that data may arrive even while output is occurring.
+Each terminal device file has associated with it an input queue, into
+which incoming data is stored by the system before being read by a
+process.  The system imposes a limit,
+.Pf \&{ Dv MAX_INPUT Ns \&} ,
+on the number of
+bytes that may be stored in the input queue.  The behavior of the system
+when this limit is exceeded depends on the setting of the
+.Dv IMAXBEL
+flag in the termios
+.Fa c_iflag .
+If this flag is set, the terminal
+is sent an
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv BEL
+character each time a character is received
+while the input queue is full.  Otherwise, the input queue is flushed
+upon receiving the character.
+.Pp
+Two general kinds of input processing are available, determined by
+whether the terminal device file is in canonical mode or noncanonical
+mode. Additionally,
+input characters are processed according to the
+.Fa c_iflag
+and
+.Fa c_lflag
+fields.  Such processing can include echoing, which
+in general means transmitting input characters immediately back to the
+terminal when they are received from the terminal.  This is useful for
+terminals that can operate in full-duplex mode.
+.Pp
+The manner in which data is provided to a process reading from a terminal
+device file is dependent on whether the terminal device file is in
+canonical or noncanonical mode.
+.Pp
+Another dependency is whether the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag is set by
+.Xr open()
+or
+.Xr fcntl() .
+If the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag is clear, then the read request is
+blocked until data is available or a signal has been received.  If the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag is set, then the read request is completed, without
+blocking, in one of three ways:
+.Bl -enum -offset indent
+.It
+If there is enough data available to satisfy the entire request,
+and the read completes successfully the number of
+bytes read is returned.
+.It
+If there is not enough data available to satisfy the entire
+request, and the read completes successfully, having read as
+much data as possible, the number of bytes read is returned.
+.It
+If there is no data available, the read returns -1, with
+errno set to
+.Er EAGAIN .
+.El
+.Pp
+When data is available depends on whether the input processing mode is
+canonical or noncanonical.
+.Ss Canonical Mode Input Processing
+In canonical mode input processing, terminal input is processed in units
+of lines.  A line is delimited by a newline
+.Ql \&\en
+character, an end-of-file
+.Pq Dv EOF
+character, or an end-of-line
+.Pq Dv EOL
+character.  See the
+.Sx "Special Characters"
+section for
+more information on
+.Dv EOF
+and
+.Dv EOL .
+This means that a read request will
+not return until an entire line has been typed, or a signal has been
+received.  Also, no matter how many bytes are requested in the read call,
+at most one line is returned.  It is not, however, necessary to
+read a whole line at once; any number of bytes, even one, may be
+requested in a read without losing information.
+.Pp
+.Pf \&{ Dv MAX_CANON Ns \&}
+is a limit on the
+number of bytes in a line.
+The behavior of the system when this limit is
+exceeded is the same as when the input queue limit
+.Pf \&{ Dv MAX_INPUT Ns \&} ,
+is exceeded.
+.Pp
+Erase and kill processing occur when either of two special characters,
+the
+.Dv ERASE
+and
+.Dv KILL
+characters (see the
+.Sx "Special Characters section" ) ,
+is received.
+This processing affects data in the input queue that has not yet been
+delimited by a newline
+.Dv NL,
+.Dv EOF ,
+or
+.Dv EOL
+character.  This un-delimited
+data makes up the current line.  The
+.Dv ERASE
+character deletes the last
+character in the current line, if there is any.  The
+.Dv KILL
+character
+deletes all data in the current line, if there is any.  The
+.Dv ERASE
+and
+.Dv KILL
+characters have no effect if there is no data in the current line.
+The
+.Dv ERASE
+and
+.Dv KILL
+characters themselves are not placed in the input
+queue.
+.Ss Noncanonical Mode Input Processing
+In noncanonical mode input processing, input bytes are not assembled into
+lines, and erase and kill processing does not occur.  The values of the
+.Dv MIN
+and
+.Dv TIME
+members of the
+.Fa c_cc
+array are used to determine how to
+process the bytes received.
+.Pp
+.Dv MIN
+represents the minimum number of bytes that should be received when
+the
+.Xr read
+function successfully returns.
+.Dv TIME
+is a timer of 0.1 second
+granularity that is used to time out bursty and short term data
+transmissions.  If
+.Dv MIN
+is greater than
+.Dv \&{ Dv MAX_INPUT Ns \&} ,
+the response to the
+request is undefined.  The four possible values for
+.Dv MIN
+and
+.Dv TIME
+and
+their interactions are described below.
+.Ss "Case A: MIN > 0, TIME > 0"
+In this case
+.Dv TIME
+serves as an inter-byte timer and is activated after
+the first byte is received.  Since it is an inter-byte timer, it is reset
+after a byte is received.  The interaction between
+.Dv MIN
+and
+.Dv TIME
+is as
+follows:  as soon as one byte is received, the inter-byte timer is
+started.  If
+.Dv MIN
+bytes are received before the inter-byte timer expires
+(remember that the timer is reset upon receipt of each byte), the read is
+satisfied.  If the timer expires before
+.Dv MIN
+bytes are received, the
+characters received to that point are returned to the user.  Note that if
+.Dv TIME
+expires at least one byte is returned because the timer would
+not have been enabled unless a byte was received.  In this case
+.Pf \&( Dv MIN
+> 0,
+.Dv TIME
+> 0) the read blocks until the
+.Dv MIN
+and
+.Dv TIME
+mechanisms are
+activated by the receipt of the first byte, or a signal is received.  If
+data is in the buffer at the time of the read(), the result is as
+if data had been received immediately after the read().
+.Ss "Case B: MIN > 0, TIME = 0"
+In this case, since the value of
+.Dv TIME
+is zero, the timer plays no role
+and only
+.Dv MIN
+is significant.  A pending read is not satisfied until
+.Dv MIN
+bytes are received (i.e., the pending read blocks until
+.Dv MIN
+bytes
+are received), or a signal is received.  A program that uses this case to
+read record-based terminal
+.Dv I/O
+may block indefinitely in the read
+operation.
+.Ss "Case C: MIN = 0, TIME > 0"
+In this case, since
+.Dv MIN
+= 0,
+.Dv TIME
+no longer represents an inter-byte
+timer.  It now serves as a read timer that is activated as soon as the
+read function is processed.  A read is satisfied as soon as a single
+byte is received or the read timer expires.  Note that in this case if
+the timer expires, no bytes are returned.  If the timer does not
+expire, the only way the read can be satisfied is if a byte is received.
+In this case the read will not block indefinitely waiting for a byte; if
+no byte is received within
+.Dv TIME Ns *0.1
+seconds after the read is initiated,
+the read returns a value of zero, having read no data.  If data is
+in the buffer at the time of the read, the timer is started as if
+data had been received immediately after the read.
+.Ss Case D: MIN = 0, TIME = 0
+The minimum of either the number of bytes requested or the number of
+bytes currently available is returned without waiting for more
+bytes to be input.  If no characters are available, read returns a
+value of zero, having read no data.
+.Ss Writing Data and Output Processing
+When a process writes one or more bytes to a terminal device file, they
+are processed according to the
+.Fa c_oflag
+field (see the
+.Sx "Output Modes
+section).  The
+implementation may provide a buffering mechanism; as such, when a call to
+write() completes, all of the bytes written have been scheduled for
+transmission to the device, but the transmission will not necessarily
+have been completed.
+.\" See also .Sx "6.4.2" for the effects of
+.\" .Dv O_NONBLOCK
+.\" on write.
+.Ss Special Characters
+Certain characters have special functions on input or output or both.
+These functions are summarized as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Dv INTR
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ISIG
+flag (see the
+.Sx "Local Modes"
+section) is enabled.  Generates a
+.Dv SIGINT
+signal which is sent to all processes in the foreground
+process group for which the terminal is the controlling
+terminal.  If
+.Dv ISIG
+is set, the
+.Dv INTR
+character is
+discarded when processed.
+.It Dv QUIT
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ISIG
+flag is enabled.  Generates a
+.Dv SIGQUIT
+signal which is
+sent to all processes in the foreground process group
+for which the terminal is the controlling terminal.  If
+.Dv ISIG
+is set, the
+.Dv QUIT
+character is discarded when
+processed.
+.It Dv ERASE
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  Erases the last character in the
+current line; see
+.Sx "Canonical Mode Input Processing" .
+It does not erase beyond
+the start of a line, as delimited by an
+.Dv NL ,
+.Dv EOF ,
+or
+.Dv EOL
+character.  If
+.Dv ICANON
+is set, the
+.Dv ERASE
+character is
+discarded when processed.
+.It Dv KILL
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  Deletes the entire line, as
+delimited by a
+.Dv NL ,
+.Dv EOF ,
+or
+.Dv EOL
+character.  If
+.Dv ICANON
+is set, the
+.Dv KILL
+character is discarded when processed.
+.It Dv EOF
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  When received, all the bytes
+waiting to be read are immediately passed to the
+process, without waiting for a newline, and the
+.Dv EOF
+is discarded.  Thus, if there are no bytes waiting (that
+is, the
+.Dv EOF
+occurred at the beginning of a line), a byte
+count of zero is returned from the read(),
+representing an end-of-file indication.  If
+.Dv ICANON
+is
+set, the
+.Dv EOF
+character is discarded when processed.
+.Dv NL
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  It is the line delimiter
+.Ql \&\en .
+.It Dv EOL
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  Is an additional line delimiter,
+like
+.Dv NL .
+.It Dv SUSP
+If the
+.Dv ISIG
+flag is enabled, receipt of the
+.Dv SUSP
+character causes a
+.Dv SIGTSTP
+signal to be sent to all processes in the
+foreground process group for which the terminal is the
+controlling terminal, and the
+.Dv SUSP
+character is
+discarded when processed.
+.It Dv STOP
+Special character on both input and output and is
+recognized if the
+.Dv IXON
+(output control) or
+.Dv IXOFF
+(input
+control) flag is set.  Can be used to temporarily
+suspend output.  It is useful with fast terminals to
+prevent output from disappearing before it can be read.
+If
+.Dv IXON
+is set, the
+.Dv STOP
+character is discarded when
+processed.
+.It Dv START
+Special character on both input and output and is
+recognized if the
+.Dv IXON
+(output control) or
+.Dv IXOFF
+(input
+control) flag is set.  Can be used to resume output that
+has been suspended by a
+.Dv STOP
+character.  If
+.Dv IXON
+is set, the
+.Dv START
+character is discarded when processed.
+.Dv CR
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set; it is the
+.Ql \&\er ,
+as denoted in the
+.Tn \&C
+Standard {2}.  When
+.Dv ICANON
+and
+.Dv ICRNL
+are set and
+.Dv IGNCR
+is not set, this character is translated into a
+.Dv NL ,
+and
+has the same effect as a
+.Dv NL
+character.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following special characters are extensions defined by this
+system and are not a part of 1003.1 termios.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Dv EOL2
+Secondary
+.Dv EOL
+character.  Same function as
+.Dv EOL.
+.It Dv WERASE
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  Erases the last word in the current
+line according to one of two algorithms.  If the
+.Dv ALTWERASE
+flag is not set, first any preceding whitespace is
+erased, and then the maximal sequence of non-whitespace
+characters.  If
+.Dv ALTWERASE
+is set, first any preceding
+whitespace is erased, and then the maximal sequence
+of alphabetic/underscores or non alphabetic/underscores.
+As a special case in this second algorithm, the first previous
+non-whitespace character is skipped in determining
+whether the preceding word is a sequence of
+alphabetic/undercores.  This sounds confusing but turns
+out to be quite practical.
+.It Dv REPRINT
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  Causes the current input edit line
+to be retyped.
+.It Dv DSUSP
+Has similar actions to the
+.Dv SUSP
+character, except that
+the
+.Dv SIGTSTP
+signal is delivered when one of the processes
+in the foreground process group issues a read() to the
+controlling terminal.
+.It Dv LNEXT
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv IEXTEN
+flag is set.  Receipt of this character causes the next
+character to be taken literally.
+.It Dv DISCARD
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv IEXTEN
+flag is set.  Receipt of this character toggles the flushing
+of terminal output.
+.It Dv STATUS
+Special character on input and is recognized if the
+.Dv ICANON
+flag is set.  Receipt of this character causes a
+.Dv SIGINFO
+signal to be sent to the foreground process group of the
+terminal.  Also, if the
+.Dv NOKERNINFO
+flag is not set, it
+causes the kernel to write a status message to the terminal
+that displays the current load average, the name of the
+command in the foreground, its process ID, the symbolic
+wait channel, the number of user and system seconds used,
+the percentage of cpu the process is getting, and the resident
+set size of the process.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv NL
+and
+.Dv CR
+characters cannot be changed.
+The values for all the remaining characters can be set and are
+described later in the document under
+Special Control Characters.
+.Pp
+Special
+character functions associated with changeable special control characters
+can be disabled individually by setting their value to
+.Dv {_POSIX_VDISABLE};
+see
+.Sx "Special Control Characters" .
+.Pp
+If two or more special characters have the same value, the function
+performed when that character is received is undefined.
+.Ss Modem Disconnect
+If a modem disconnect is detected by the terminal interface for a
+controlling terminal, and if
+.Dv CLOCAL
+is not set in the
+.Fa c_cflag
+field for
+the terminal, the
+.Dv SIGHUP
+signal is sent to the controlling
+process associated with the terminal.  Unless other arrangements have
+been made, this causes the controlling process to terminate.
+Any subsequent call to the read() function returns the value zero,
+indicating end of file.  Thus, processes that read a terminal
+file and test for end-of-file can terminate appropriately after a
+disconnect.
+.\" If the
+.\" .Er EIO
+.\" condition specified in 6.1.1.4 that applies
+.\" when the implementation supports job control also exists, it is
+.\" unspecified whether the
+.\" .Dv EOF
+.\" condition or the
+.\" .Pf [ Dv EIO
+.\" ] is returned.
+Any
+subsequent write() to the terminal device returns -1, with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EIO ,
+until the device is closed.
+.Sh General Terminal Interface
+.Pp
+.Ss Closing a Terminal Device File
+The last process to close a terminal device file causes any output
+to be sent to the device and any input to be discarded.  Then, if
+.Dv HUPCL
+is set in the control modes, and the communications port supports a
+disconnect function, the terminal device performs a disconnect.
+.Ss Parameters That Can Be Set
+Routines that need to control certain terminal
+.Tn I/O
+characteristics
+do so by using the termios structure as defined in the header
+.Aq Pa termios.h .
+This structure contains minimally four scalar elements of bit flags
+and one array of special characters.  The scalar flag elements are
+named:
+.Fa c_iflag ,
+.Fa c_oflag ,
+.Fa c_cflag ,
+and
+.Fa c_lflag .
+The character array is named
+.Fa c_cc ,
+and its maximum index is
+.Dv NCCS .
+.Ss Input Modes
+Values of the
+.Fa c_iflag
+field describe the basic
+terminal input control, and are composed of
+following masks:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width IMAXBEL -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv IGNBRK
+/* ignore BREAK condition */
+.It Dv BRKINT
+/* map BREAK to SIGINTR */
+.It Dv IGNPAR
+/* ignore (discard) parity errors */
+.It Dv PARMRK
+/* mark parity and framing errors */
+.It Dv INPCK
+/* enable checking of parity errors */
+.It Dv ISTRIP
+/* strip 8th bit off chars */
+.It Dv INLCR
+/* map NL into CR */
+.It Dv IGNCR
+/* ignore CR */
+.It Dv ICRNL
+/* map CR to NL (ala CRMOD) */
+.It Dv IXON
+/* enable output flow control */
+.It Dv IXOFF
+/* enable input flow control */
+.It Dv IXANY
+/* any char will restart after stop */
+.It Dv IMAXBEL
+/* ring bell on input queue full */
+.El
+.Pp
+In the context of asynchronous serial data transmission, a break
+condition is defined as a sequence of zero-valued bits that continues for
+more than the time to send one byte.  The entire sequence of zero-valued
+bits is interpreted as a single break condition, even if it continues for
+a time equivalent to more than one byte.  In contexts other than
+asynchronous serial data transmission the definition of a break condition
+is implementation defined.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv IGNBRK
+is set, a break condition detected on input is ignored, that
+is, not put on the input queue and therefore not read by any process.  If
+.Dv IGNBRK
+is not set and
+.Dv BRKINT
+is set, the break condition flushes the
+input and output queues and if the terminal is the controlling terminal
+of a foreground process group, the break condition generates a
+single
+.Dv SIGINT
+signal to that foreground process group.  If neither
+.Dv IGNBRK
+nor
+.Dv BRKINT
+is set, a break condition is read as a single
+.Ql \&\e0 ,
+or if
+.Dv PARMRK
+is set, as
+.Ql \&\e377 ,
+.Ql \&\e0 ,
+.Ql \&\e0 .
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv IGNPAR
+is set, a byte with a framing or parity error (other than
+break) is ignored.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv PARMRK
+is set, and
+.Dv IGNPAR
+is not set, a byte with a framing or parity
+error (other than break) is given to the application as the
+three-character sequence
+.Ql \&\e377 ,
+.Ql \&\e0 ,
+X, where
+.Ql \&\e377 ,
+.Ql \&\e0
+is a two-character
+flag preceding each sequence and X is the data of the character received
+in error.  To avoid ambiguity in this case, if
+.Dv ISTRIP
+is not set, a valid
+character of
+.Ql \&\e377
+is given to the application as
+.Ql \&\e377 ,
+.Ql \&\e377 .
+If
+neither
+.Dv PARMRK
+nor
+.Dv IGNPAR
+is set, a framing or parity error (other than
+break) is given to the application as a single character
+.Ql \&\e0 .
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv INPCK
+is set, input parity checking is enabled.  If
+.Dv INPCK
+is not set,
+input parity checking is disabled, allowing output parity generation
+without input parity errors.  Note that whether input parity checking is
+enabled or disabled is independent of whether parity detection is enabled
+or disabled (see
+.Sx "Control Modes" ) .
+If parity detection is enabled but input
+parity checking is disabled, the hardware to which the terminal is
+connected recognizes the parity bit, but the terminal special file
+does not check whether this bit is set correctly or not.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ISTRIP
+is set, valid input bytes are first stripped to seven bits,
+otherwise all eight bits are processed.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv INLCR
+is set, a received
+.Dv NL
+character is translated into a
+.Dv CR
+character.  If
+.Dv IGNCR
+is set, a received
+.Dv CR
+character is ignored (not
+read).  If
+.Dv IGNCR
+is not set and
+.Dv ICRNL
+is set, a received
+.Dv CR
+character is
+translated into a
+.Dv NL
+character.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv IXON
+is set, start/stop output control is enabled.  A received
+.Dv STOP
+character suspends output and a received
+.Dv START
+character
+restarts output. If
+.Dv IXANY
+is also set, then any character may
+restart output. When
+.Dv IXON
+is set,
+.Dv START
+and
+.Dv STOP
+characters are not
+read, but merely perform flow control functions.  When
+.Dv IXON
+is not set,
+the
+.Dv START
+and
+.Dv STOP
+characters are read.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv IXOFF
+is set, start/stop input control is enabled.  The system shall
+transmit one or more
+.Dv STOP
+characters, which are intended to cause the
+terminal device to stop transmitting data, as needed to prevent the input
+queue from overflowing and causing the undefined behavior described in
+.Sx "Input Processing and Reading Data" ,
+and shall transmit one or more
+.Dv START
+characters, which are
+intended to cause the terminal device to resume transmitting data, as
+soon as the device can continue transmitting data without risk of
+overflowing the input queue.  The precise conditions under which
+.Dv STOP
+and
+START
+characters are transmitted are implementation defined.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv IMAXBEL
+is set and the input queue is full, subsequent input shall cause an
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv BEL
+character to be transmitted to the
+the output queue.
+.Pp
+The initial input control value after open() is implementation defined.
+.Ss Output Modes
+Values of the
+.Fa c_oflag
+field describe the basic terminal output control,
+and are composed of the following masks:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width OXTABS -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv OPOST
+/* enable following output processing */
+.It Dv ONLCR
+/* map NL to CR-NL (ala
+.Dv CRMOD)
+*/
+.It Dv OXTABS
+/* expand tabs to spaces */
+.It Dv ONOEOT
+/* discard
+.Dv EOT Ns 's
+.Ql \&^D
+on output) */
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv OPOST
+is set, the remaining flag masks are interpreted as follows;
+otherwise characters are transmitted without change.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ONLCR
+is set, newlines are translated to carriage return, linefeeds.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv OXTABS
+is set, tabs are expanded to the appropriate number of
+spaces (assuming 8 column tab stops).
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ONOEOT
+is set,
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv EOT NS 's
+are discarded on output.
+.Ss Control Modes
+Values of the
+.Fa c_cflag
+field describe the basic
+terminal hardware control, and are composed of the
+following masks.
+Not all values
+specified are supported by all hardware.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width CRTSXIFLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv CSIZE
+/* character size mask */
+.It Dv CS5
+/* 5 bits (pseudo) */
+.It Dv CS6
+/* 6 bits */
+.It Dv CS7
+/* 7 bits */
+.It Dv CS8
+/* 8 bits */
+.It Dv CSTOPB
+/* send 2 stop bits */
+.It Dv CREAD
+/* enable receiver */
+.It Dv PARENB
+/* parity enable */
+.It Dv PARODD
+/* odd parity, else even */
+.It Dv HUPCL
+/* hang up on last close */
+.It Dv CLOCAL
+/* ignore modem status lines */
+.It Dv CCTS_OFLOW
+/*
+.Dv CTS
+flow control of output */
+.It Dv CRTSCTS
+/* same as
+.Dv CCTS_OFLOW
+*/
+.It Dv CRTS_IFLOW
+/* RTS flow control of input */
+.It Dv MDMBUF
+/* flow control output via Carrier */
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CSIZE
+bits specify the byte size in bits for both transmission and
+reception.  The
+.Fa c_cflag
+is masked with
+.Dv CSIZE
+and compared with the
+values
+.Dv CS5 ,
+.Dv CS6 ,
+.Dv CS7 ,
+or
+.Dv CS8 .
+This size does not include the parity bit, if any.  If
+.Dv CSTOPB
+is set, two stop bits are used, otherwise one stop bit.  For example, at
+110 baud, two stop bits are normally used.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv CREAD
+is set, the receiver is enabled.  Otherwise, no character is
+received. 
+Not all hardware supports this bit.  In fact, this flag
+is pretty silly and if it were not part of the
+.Nm termios
+specification
+it would be omitted.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv PARENB
+is set, parity generation and detection are enabled and a parity
+bit is added to each character.  If parity is enabled,
+.Dv PARODD
+specifies
+odd parity if set, otherwise even parity is used.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv HUPCL
+is set, the modem control lines for the port are lowered
+when the last process with the port open closes the port or the process
+terminates.  The modem connection is broken.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv CLOCAL
+is set, a connection does not depend on the state of the modem
+status lines.  If
+.Dv CLOCAL
+is clear, the modem status lines are
+monitored.
+.Pp
+Under normal circumstances, a call to the open() function waits for
+the modem connection to complete.  However, if the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag is set
+or if
+.Dv CLOCAL
+has been set, the open() function returns
+immediately without waiting for the connection.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CCTS_OFLOW
+.Pf ( Dv CRTSCTS )
+flag is currently unused.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv MDMBUF
+is set then output flow control is controlled by the state
+of Carrier Detect.
+.Pp
+If the object for which the control modes are set is not an asynchronous
+serial connection, some of the modes may be ignored; for example, if an
+attempt is made to set the baud rate on a network connection to a
+terminal on another host, the baud rate may or may not be set on the
+connection between that terminal and the machine it is directly connected
+to.
+.Ss Local Modes
+Values of the
+.Fa c_lflag
+field describe the control of
+various functions, and are composed of the following
+masks.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width NOKERNINFO -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv ECHOKE
+/* visual erase for line kill */
+.It Dv ECHOE
+/* visually erase chars */
+.It Dv ECHO
+/* enable echoing */
+.It Dv ECHONL
+/* echo
+.Dv NL
+even if
+.Dv ECHO
+is off */
+.It Dv ECHOPRT
+/* visual erase mode for hardcopy */
+.It Dv ECHOCTL
+/* echo control chars as ^(Char) */
+.It Dv ISIG
+/* enable signals
+.Dv INTR ,
+.Dv QUIT ,
+.Dv [D]SUSP
+*/
+.It Dv ICANON
+/* canonicalize input lines */
+.It Dv ALTWERASE
+/* use alternate
+.Dv WERASE
+algorithm */
+.It Dv IEXTEN
+/* enable
+.Dv DISCARD
+and
+.Dv LNEXT
+*/
+.It Dv EXTPROC
+/* external processing */
+.It Dv TOSTOP
+/* stop background jobs from output */
+.It Dv FLUSHO
+/* output being flushed (state) */
+.It Dv NOKERNINFO
+/* no kernel output from
+.Dv VSTATUS
+*/
+.It Dv PENDIN
+/* XXX retype pending input (state) */
+.It Dv NOFLSH
+/* don't flush after interrupt */
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHO
+is set, input characters are echoed back to the terminal.  If
+.Dv ECHO
+is not set, input characters are not echoed.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHOE
+and
+.Dv ICANON
+are set, the
+.Dv ERASE
+character causes the terminal
+to erase the last character in the current line from the display, if
+possible.  If there is no character to erase, an implementation may echo
+an indication that this was the case or do nothing.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHOK
+and
+.Dv ICANON
+are set, the
+.Dv KILL
+character causes
+the current line to be discarded and the system echoes the
+.Ql \&\en
+character after the
+.Dv KILL
+character.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHOKE
+and
+.Dv ICANON
+are set, the
+.Dv KILL
+character causes
+the current line to be discarded and the system causes
+the terminal
+to erase the line from the display.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHOPRT
+and
+.Dv ICANON
+are set, the system assumes
+that the display is a printing device and prints a
+backslash and the erased characters when processing
+.Dv ERASE
+characters, followed by a forward slash.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHOCTL
+is set, the system echoes control characters
+in a visible fashion using a caret followed by the control character.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ALTWERASE
+is set, the system uses an alternative algorithm
+for determining what constitutes a word when processing
+.Dv WERASE
+characters (see
+.Dv WERASE ) .
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ECHONL
+and
+.Dv ICANON
+are set, the
+.Ql \&\en
+character echoes even if
+.Dv ECHO
+is not set.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ICANON
+is set, canonical processing is enabled.  This enables the
+erase and kill edit functions, and the assembly of input characters into
+lines delimited by
+.Dv NL,
+.Dv EOF ,
+and
+.Dv EOL,
+as described in
+.Sx "Canonical Mode Input Processing" .
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ICANON
+is not set, read requests are satisfied directly from the input
+queue.  A read is not satisfied until at least
+.Dv MIN
+bytes have been
+received or the timeout value
+.Dv TIME
+expired between bytes.  The time value
+represents tenths of seconds.  See
+.Sx "Noncanonical Mode Input Processing"
+for more details.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv ISIG
+is set, each input character is checked against the special
+control characters
+.Dv INTR ,
+.Dv QUIT ,
+and
+.Dv SUSP
+(job control only).  If an input
+character matches one of these control characters, the function
+associated with that character is performed.  If
+.Dv ISIG
+is not set, no
+checking is done.  Thus these special input functions are possible only
+if
+.Dv ISIG
+is set.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv IEXTEN
+is set, implementation-defined functions are recognized
+from the input data.  How
+.Dv IEXTEN
+being set
+interacts with
+.Dv ICANON ,
+.Dv ISIG ,
+.Dv IXON ,
+or
+.Dv IXOFF
+is implementation defined.
+If
+.Dv IEXTEN
+is not set, then
+implementation-defined functions are not recognized, and the
+corresponding input characters are not processed as described for
+.Dv ICANON ,
+.Dv ISIG ,
+.Dv IXON ,
+and
+.Dv IXOFF .
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv NOFLSH
+is set, the normal flush of the input and output queues
+associated with the
+.Dv INTR ,
+.Dv QUIT ,
+and
+.Dv SUSP
+characters
+are not be done.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is set, the signal
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+is sent to the process group of a process that tries to write to
+its controlling terminal if it is not in the foreground process group for
+that terminal.  This signal, by default, stops the members of the process
+group.  Otherwise, the output generated by that process is output to the
+current output stream.  Processes that are blocking or ignoring
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+signals are excepted and allowed to produce output and the
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+signal
+is not sent.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv NOKERNINFO
+is set, the kernel does not produce a status message
+when processing
+.Dv STATUS
+characters (see
+.Dv STATUS ) .
+.Ss Special Control Characters
+The special control characters values are defined by the array
+.Fa c_cc .
+This table lists the array index, the corresponding special character,
+and the system default value.  For an accurate list of
+the system defaults, consult the header file
+.Aq Pa ttydefaults.h .
+.Pp
+.Bl -column "Index Name" "Special Character" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em "Index Name	Special Character	Default Value"
+.It Dv VEOF Ta EOF Ta \&^D
+.It Dv VEOL Ta EOL Ta _POSIX_VDISABLE
+.It Dv VEOL2 Ta EOL2 Ta _POSIX_VDISABLE
+.It Dv VERASE Ta ERASE Ta \&^? Ql \&\e177
+.It Dv VWERASE  Ta WERASE Ta \&^W
+.It Dv VKILL Ta KILL Ta \&^U
+.It Dv VREPRINT Ta REPRINT Ta \&^R
+.It Dv VINTR Ta INTR Ta \&^C
+.It Dv VQUIT Ta QUIT Ta \&^\e\e Ql \&\e34
+.It Dv VSUSP Ta SUSP Ta \&^Z
+.It Dv VDSUSP Ta DSUSP Ta \&^Y
+.It Dv VSTART Ta START Ta \&^Q
+.It Dv VSTOP Ta STOP Ta \&^S
+.It Dv VLNEXT Ta LNEXT Ta \&^V
+.It Dv VDISCARD Ta DISCARD Ta \&^O
+.It Dv VMIN Ta --- Ta \&1
+.It Dv VTIME Ta --- Ta \&0
+.It Dv VSTATUS Ta STATUS Ta \&^T
+.El
+.Pp
+If the
+value of one of the changeable special control characters (see
+.Sx "Special Characters" )
+is
+.Dv {_POSIX_VDISABLE} ,
+that function is disabled; that is, no input
+data is recognized as the disabled special character.
+If
+.Dv ICANON
+is
+not set, the value of
+.Dv {_POSIX_VDISABLE}
+has no special meaning for the
+.Dv VMIN
+and
+.Dv VTIME
+entries of the
+.Fa c_cc
+array.
+.Pp
+The initial values of the flags and control characters
+after open() is set according to
+the values in the header
+.Aq Pa sys/ttydefaults.h .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/tp.4 b/share/man/man4/tp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdfd578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/tp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tp.4	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt TP 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm TP
+.Nd
+.Tn ISO
+Transport Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/iso_errno.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/tp_param.h>
+.Fd #include <netiso/tp_user.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket "[AF_INET, AF_ISO]" SOCK_SEQPACKET 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Pp
+The
+.Tn TP
+protocol provides reliable, flow-controlled, two-way
+transmission of data and record boundaries. 
+It is a byte-stream protocol and is accessed according to
+the
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+abstraction.
+The
+.Tn TP
+protocol makes use of a standard
+.Tn ISO
+address format,
+including a Network Service Access Point, and a Transport Service Entity
+Selector.
+Subclass 4 may make use of the internet
+Internet address format.
+.Pp
+Sockets utilizing the tp protocol are either
+.Dq active
+or
+.Dq passive .
+Active sockets initiate connections to passive
+sockets.  By default
+.Tn TCP
+sockets are created active; to create a
+passive socket the
+.Xr listen 2
+system call must be used
+after binding the socket with the
+.Xr bind 2
+system call.  Only
+passive sockets may use the 
+.Xr accept 2
+call to accept incoming connections.  Only active sockets may
+use the
+.Xr connect 2
+call to initiate connections.
+.Pp
+Passive sockets may
+.Dq underspecify
+their location to match
+incoming connection requests from multiple networks.  This
+technique, termed
+.Dq wildcard addressing ,
+allows a single
+server to provide service to clients on multiple networks.
+To create a socket which listens on all networks, the
+.Tn NSAP
+portion
+of the bound address must be void (of length zero).
+The Transport Selector may still be specified
+at this time; if the port is not specified the system will assign one.
+Once a connection has been established the socket's address is
+fixed by the peer entity's location.   The address assigned the
+socket is the address associated with the network interface
+through which packets are being transmitted and received.
+.Pp
+The
+.Tn ISO
+Transport Protocol implemented for
+.Tn AOS R2
+at the University of Wisconsin - Madison,
+and modified for inclusion in the Berkeley Software Distribution,
+includes classes 0 and 4 
+of the
+.Tn ISO
+transport protocols
+as specified in
+the June 1986 version of
+.Tn IS
+8073.
+Class 4 of the protocol provides reliable, sequenced,
+flow-controlled, two-way
+transmission of data packets with an alternate stop-and-wait data path called
+the "expedited data" service.
+Class 0 is essentially a null transport protocol, which is used
+when the underlying network service provides reliable, sequenced,
+flow-controlled, two-way data transmission.
+Class 0 does not provide the expedited data service.
+The protocols are implemented as a single transport layer entity 
+that coexists with the Internet protocol suite.
+Class 0 may be used only in the
+.Tn ISO
+domain.
+Class 4 may be used in the Internet domain as well as in the
+.Tn ISO
+domain.
+.Pp
+Two system calls were modified from the previous
+release of the Berkeley Software Distribution
+to permit the support of the end-of-transport-service-data-unit
+.Pq Dv EOTSDU
+indication, and for the receipt and transmission of user
+connect, confirm, and disconnect data.
+See
+.Xr sendmsg 2
+and
+.Xr recvmsg 2 ,
+and further discussion
+below for the formats of the data in the ancillary data buffer.
+If the
+.Dv EOTSDU
+is not needed, the normal
+.Xr read 2 ,
+and
+.Xr write 2
+system calls may be used.
+.Pp
+Through the 
+.Xr getsockopt
+and
+.Xr setsockopt
+system calls,
+.Tn TP
+supports several options 
+to control such things as negotiable options
+in the protocol and protocol strategies.
+The options are defined in
+.Aq Pa netiso/tp_user.h ,
+and are described below.
+.Pp
+In the tables below,
+the options marked with a pound sign
+.Ql \&#
+may be used 
+with
+.Xr setsockopt
+after a connection is established.
+Others must be used before the connection
+is established, in other words,
+before calling
+.Xr connect
+or 
+.Xr accept .
+All options may be used 
+with
+.Xr getsockopt
+before or
+after a connection is established.
+.Bl -tag -width TPOPT_PSTATISTICS
+.It Dv TPOPT_CONN_DATA
+(char *) [none]
+.br
+Data to send on
+.Xr connect .
+The passive user may issue a
+.Xr getsockopt
+call to retrieve a connection request's user data,
+after having done the
+.Xr accept
+system call without implying confirmation of the connection.
+.Pp
+The data may also be retrieved by issuing a
+.Xr recvmsg
+request for ancillary data only,
+without implying confirmation of the connection.
+The returned
+.Va cmsghdr
+will contain
+.Dv SOL_TRANSPORT
+for the
+.Va csmg_level
+and
+.Dv TPOPT_CONN_DATA
+for
+.Va cmsg_type.
+.It Dv TPOPT_DISC_DATA \&#
+(char *) [none]
+.br
+Data to send on
+.Xr close .
+Disconnect data may be sent by the side initiating the close
+but not by the passive side ("passive" with respect to the closing
+of the connection), so there is no need to read disconnect data
+after calling
+.Xr close .
+This may be sent by a
+.Xr setsockopt
+system call, or by issuing a
+.Xr sendmsg
+request specifying ancillary data only.
+The user-provided
+.Va cmsghdr
+must contain
+.Dv SOL_TRANSPORT
+for
+.Va csmg_level
+and
+.Dv TPOPT_DISC_DATA
+for
+.Va cmsg_type .
+Sending of disconnect data will in of itself tear down (or reject)
+the connection.
+.It Dv TPOPT_CFRM_DATA \&#
+(char *) [none]
+.br
+Data to send when confirming a connection.
+This may also be sent by a 
+.Xr setsockopt
+system call, or by issuing a
+.Xr sendmsg
+request, as above.
+Sending of connect confirm data will cause the connection
+to be confirmed rather than rejected.
+.It Dv TPOPT_PERF_MEAS \&#
+Boolean.
+.br
+When
+.Xr true ,
+performance measurements will be kept
+for this connection.  
+When set before a connection is established, the
+active side will use a locally defined parameter on the
+connect request packet; if the peer is another
+.Tn ARGO
+implementation, this will cause performance measurement to be
+turned on 
+on the passive side as well.
+See
+.Xr tpperf 8 .
+.It Dv TPOPT_PSTATISTICS
+No associated value on input.
+On output,
+.Ar struct tp_pmeas .
+.Pp
+This command is used to read the performance statistics accumulated
+during a connection's lifetime.
+It can only be used with
+.Xr getsockopt .
+The structure it returns is described in
+.Aq Pa netiso/tp_stat.h .
+See
+.Xr tpperf 8 .
+.It Dv TPOPT_FLAGS
+unsigned integer. [0x0]
+.br
+This command can only be used with
+.Xr getsockopt .
+See the description of the flags below.
+.It Dv TPOPT_PARAMS
+.Ar struct tp_conn_param
+.br
+Used to get or set a group parameters for a connection.
+The
+.Ar struct tp_conn_param
+is the argument used with the
+.Xr getsockopt
+or
+.Xr setsockopt
+system call. 
+It is described in 
+.Aq Pa netiso/tp_user.h .
+.Pp
+The fields of the
+.Ar tp_conn_param
+structure are
+described below.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Em Values for TPOPT_PARAMS:
+.Bl -tag -width p_sendack_ticks
+.It Ar p_Nretrans
+nonzero short integer [1]
+.br
+Number of times a TPDU
+will be retransmitted before the
+local TP entity closes a connection.
+.It Ar p_dr_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks between retransmissions of disconnect request
+TPDUs.
+.It Ar p_dt_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks between retransmissions of data
+TPDUs.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_cr_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks between retransmissions of connection request
+TPDUs.
+.It Ar p_cc_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks between retransmissions of connection confirm
+TPDUs.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_x_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks between retransmissions of expedited data
+TPDUs.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_sendack_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks that the local TP entity
+will wait before sending an acknowledgment for normal data
+(not applicable if the acknowledgement strategy is
+.Dv TPACK_EACH ) .
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_ref_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks for which a reference will
+be considered frozen after the connection to which
+it applied is closed.
+This parameter applies to classes 4 and 0 in the 
+.Tn ARGO
+implementation, despite the fact that
+the frozen reference function is required only for
+class 4.
+.It Ar p_inact_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks without an incoming packet from the peer after which 
+.Tn TP
+close the connection.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_keepalive_ticks
+nonzero short integer [various]
+.br
+Number of clock ticks between acknowledgments that are sent
+to keep an inactive connection open (to prevent the peer's
+inactivity control function from closing the connection).
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_winsize
+short integer between 128 and 16384. [4096 bytes]
+.br
+The buffer space limits in bytes for incoming and outgoing data.
+There is no way to specify different limits for incoming and outgoing
+paths.
+The actual window size at any time
+during the lifetime of a connection
+is a function of the buffer size limit, the negotiated
+maximum TPDU
+size, and the 
+rate at which the user program receives data.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_tpdusize
+unsigned char between 0x7 and 0xd. 
+[0xc for class 4] [0xb for class 0]
+.br
+Log 2 of the maximum TPDU size to be negotiated.
+The
+.Tn TP
+standard
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8473) gives an upper bound of 
+0xd for class 4 and 0xb for class 0.
+The
+.Tn ARGO
+implementation places upper bounds of
+0xc on class 4 and 0xb on class 0.
+.It Ar p_ack_strat
+.Dv TPACK_EACH
+or
+.Dv TPACK_WINDOW.
+.Bq Dv TPACK_WINDOW
+.br
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+Two acknowledgment strategies are supported:
+.Pp
+.Dv TPACK_EACH means that each data TPDU
+is acknowledged
+with an AK TPDU.
+.Pp
+.Dv TPACK_WINDOW
+means that upon receipt of the packet that represents
+the high edge of the last window advertised, an AK TPDU is generated.
+.It Ar p_rx_strat
+4 bit mask
+.Bq Dv TPRX_USE_CW No \&|\  Dv TPRX_FASTSTART
+over
+connectionless network protocols]
+.Pf [ Dv TPRX_USE_CW
+over
+connection-oriented network protocols]
+.br
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+The bit mask may include the following values:
+.Pp
+.Dv TPRX_EACH :
+When a retransmission timer expires, retransmit
+each packet in the send window rather than
+just the first unacknowledged packet.
+.Pp
+.Dv TPRX_USE_CW :
+Use a "congestion window" strategy borrowed
+from Van Jacobson's congestion window strategy for TCP.
+The congestion window size is set to one whenever
+a retransmission occurs.
+.Pp
+.Dv TPRX_FASTSTART :
+Begin sending the maximum amount of data permitted
+by the peer (subject to availability).
+The alternative is to start sending slowly by 
+pretending the peer's window is smaller than it is, and letting
+it slowly grow up to the peer window's real size.
+This is to smooth the effect of new connections on a congested network
+by preventing a transport connection from suddenly 
+overloading the network with a burst of packets.
+This strategy is also due to Van Jacobson.
+.It Ar p_class
+5 bit mask
+.Bq Dv TP_CLASS_4 No \&|\  Dv TP_CLASS_0
+.br
+Bit mask including one or both of the values
+.Dv TP_CLASS_4
+and
+.Dv TP_CLASS_0 .
+The higher class indicated is the preferred class.
+If only one class is indicated, negotiation will not occur
+during connection establishment.
+.It Ar p_xtd_format
+Boolean.
+[false]
+.br
+Boolean indicating that extended format is negotiated.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_xpd_service
+Boolean.
+[true]
+.br
+Boolean indicating that 
+the expedited data transport service will be negotiated.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_use_checksum
+Boolean.
+[true]
+.br
+Boolean indicating the the use of checksums will be negotiated.
+This parameter applies only to class 4.
+.It Ar p_use_nxpd
+Reserved for future use.
+.It Ar p_use_rcc
+Reserved for future use.
+.It Ar p_use_efc
+Reserved for future use.
+.It Ar p_no_disc_indications
+Boolean.
+[false]
+.Pp
+Boolean indicating that the local
+.Tn TP
+entity will not issue
+indications (signals) when a
+.Tn TP
+connection is disconnected.
+.It Ar p_dont_change_params
+Boolean.  [false]
+.br
+If
+.Em true
+the
+.Tn TP
+entity will not override
+any of the other values given in this structure.
+If the values cannot be used, the
+.Tn TP
+entity will drop, disconnect,
+or refuse to establish the connection to which this structure pertains.
+.It Ar p_netservice
+One of {
+.Dv ISO_CLNS ,
+.Dv ISO_CONS ,
+.Dv ISO_COSNS ,
+.Dv IN_CLNS } .
+.Pf [ Dv ISO_CLNS ]
+.br
+Indicates which network service is to be used.
+.Pp
+.Dv ISO_CLNS
+indicates the connectionless network service provided
+by CLNP 
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8473).
+.Pp
+.Dv ISO_CONS
+indicates the connection-oriented network service provided
+by X.25
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8208) and
+.Tn ISO
+8878.
+.Pp
+.Dv ISO_COSNS
+indicates the 
+connectionless network service running over a
+connection-oriented subnetwork service: CLNP 
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8473) over X.25
+.Pf ( Tn ISO
+8208).
+.Pp
+.Dv IN_CLNS
+indicates the 
+DARPA Internet connectionless network service provided by IP (RFC 791).
+.It Ar p_dummy
+Reserved for future use.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv TPOPT_FLAGS
+option is used for obtaining
+various boolean-valued options.
+Its meaning is as follows.
+The bit numbering used is that of the RT PC, which means that bit
+0 is the most significant bit, while bit 8 is the least significant bit.
+.sp 1
+.Em Values for TPOPT_FLAGS:
+.Bl -tag -width Bitsx
+.It Sy Bits
+.Sy Description [Default]
+.It \&0
+.Dv TPFLAG_NLQOS_PDN :
+set when the quality of the 
+network service is
+similar to that of a public data network.
+.It \&1
+.Dv TPFLAG_PEER_ON_SAMENET :
+set when the peer
+.Tn TP
+entity
+is considered to be on the same network as the local
+.Tn TP
+entity.
+.It \&2
+Not used.
+.It \&3
+.Dv TPFLAG_XPD_PRES :
+set when expedited data are present
+[0]
+.It 4\&..7
+Reserved.
+.El
+.Sh ERROR VALUES
+.Pp
+The
+.Tn TP
+entity returns
+.Va errno
+error values as defined in
+.Aq Pa sys/errno.h
+and
+.Aq Pa netiso/iso_errno.h .
+User programs may print messages associated with these value by
+using an expanded version of
+.Xr perror
+found in the
+.Tn ISO
+library,
+.Pa libisodir.a .
+.Pp
+If the
+.Tn TP
+entity encounters asynchronous events
+that will cause a transport connection to be closed,
+such as
+timing out while retransmitting a connect request TPDU,
+or receiving a DR TPDU,
+the
+.Tn TP
+entity issues a
+.Dv SIGURG
+signal, indicating that
+disconnection has occurred.
+If the signal is issued during a 
+a system call, the system call may be interrupted,
+in which case the
+.Va errno
+value upon return from the system call is
+.Er EINTR.
+If the signal
+.Dv SIGURG
+is being handled by reading
+from the socket, and it was an
+.Xr accept 2
+that
+timed out, the read may result in
+.Er ENOTSOCK ,
+because the
+.Xr accept
+call had not yet returned a
+legitimate socket descriptor when the signal was handled.
+.Dv ETIMEDOUT
+(or a some other errno value appropriate to the
+type of error) is returned if
+.Dv SIGURG
+is blocked
+for the duration of the system call.
+A user program should take one of the following approaches:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Block Dv SIGURG
+If the program is servicing
+only one connection, it can block or ignore
+.Dv SIGURG
+during connection 
+establishment.
+The advantage of this is that the
+.Va errno
+value
+returned is somewhat meaningful.
+The disadvantage of this is that
+if ignored, disconnection and expedited data indications could be
+missed.
+For some programs this is not a problem.
+.It Handle Dv SIGURG
+If the program is servicing more than one connection at a time
+or expedited data may arrive or both, the program may elect to
+service
+.Dv SIGURG .
+It can use the
+.Fn getsockopt ...TPOPT_FLAGS...
+system 
+call to see if the signal
+was due to the arrival of expedited data or due to a disconnection.
+In the latter case, 
+.Xr getsockopt
+will return
+.Er ENOTCONN .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tcp 4 ,
+.Xr netstat 1 ,
+.Xr iso 4 ,
+.Xr clnp 4 ,
+.Xr cltp 4 ,
+.Xr ifconfig 8 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The protocol definition of expedited data is slightly problematic,
+in a way that renders expedited data almost useless,
+if two or more packets of expedited data are send within
+time \(*e, where \(*e
+depends on the application.
+The problem is not of major significance since most applications
+do not use transport expedited data.
+The problem is this:
+the expedited data acknowledgment TPDU
+has no field for conveying
+credit, thus it is not possible for a
+.Tn TP
+entity to inform its peer
+that "I received your expedited data but have no room to receive more."
+The
+.Tn TP
+entity has the choice of acknowledging receipt of the
+XPD TPDU:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It "when the user receives the" XPD TSDU
+which may be a fairly long time,
+which may cause the sending
+.Tn TP
+entity to retransmit the packet,
+and possibly to close the connection after retransmission, or
+.It "when the" Tn TP No "entity receives it"
+so the sending entity does not retransmit or close the connection.
+If the sending user then tries to send more expedited data
+.Dq soon ,
+the expedited data will not be acknowledged (until the
+receiving user receives the first XPD TSDU).
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Tn ARGO
+implementation acknowledges XPD TPDUs
+immediately,
+in the hope that most users will not use expedited data frequently
+enough for this to be a problem.
diff --git a/share/man/man4/tty.4 b/share/man/man4/tty.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a39ef1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/tty.4
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tty.4	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 14, 1992
+.Dt TTY 4
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tty
+.Nd general terminal interface
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/ioctl.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This section describes the interface to the terminal drivers
+in the system.
+.Ss Terminal Special Files
+Each hardware terminal port on the system usually has a terminal special device
+file associated with it in the directory ``/dev/'' (for
+example, ``/dev/tty03'').
+When a user logs into
+the system on one of these hardware terminal ports, the system has already
+opened the associated device and prepared the line for normal interactive
+use (see
+.Xr getty 8 .)
+There is also a special case of a terminal file that connects not to
+a hardware terminal port, but to another program on the other side.
+These special terminal devices are called
+.Em ptys
+and provide the mechanism necessary to give users the same interface to the
+system when logging in over a network (using
+.Xr rlogin 1 ,
+or
+.Xr telnet 1
+for example.)  Even in these cases the details of how the terminal
+file was opened and set up is already handled by special software
+in the system.
+Thus, users do not normally need to worry about the details of
+how these lines are opened or used.  Also, these lines are often used
+for dialing out of a system (through an out-calling modem), but again
+the system provides programs that hide the details of accessing
+these terminal special files (see
+.Xr tip 2 .)
+.Pp
+When an interactive user logs in, the system prepares the line to
+behave in a certain way (called a
+.Em "line discipline" ) ,
+the particular details of which is described in
+.Xr stty 1
+at the command level, and in
+.Xr termios 4
+at the programming level.  A user may be concerned with changing
+settings associated with his particular login terminal and should refer
+to the preceding man pages for the common cases.  The remainder of
+this man page is concerned
+with describing details of using and controlling terminal devices
+at a low level, such as that possibly required by a program wishing
+to provide features similar to those provided by the system.
+.Ss Line disciplines
+A terminal file is used like any other file in the system in that
+it can be opened, read, and written to using standard system
+calls.  For each existing terminal file, there is a software processing module
+called a
+.Em "line discipline"
+is associated with it.  The
+.Em "line discipline"
+essentially glues the low level device driver code with the high
+level generic interface routines (such as
+.Xr read 2
+and
+.Xr write 2 ),
+and is responsible for implementing the semantics associated
+with the device.  When a terminal file is first opened by a program,
+the default
+.Em "line discipline"
+called the
+.Dv termios
+line discipline is associated with the file.  This is the primary
+line discipline that is used in most cases and provides the semantics
+that users normally associate with a terminal.  When the
+.Dv termios
+line discipline is in effect, the terminal file behaves and is
+operated according to the rules described in
+.Xr termios 4 .
+Please refer to that man page for a full description of the terminal
+semantics.
+The operations described here
+generally represent features common
+across all
+.Em "line disciplines" ,
+however some of these calls may not
+make sense in conjunction with a line discipline other than
+.Dv termios ,
+and some may not be supported by the underlying
+hardware (or lack thereof, as in the case of ptys).
+.Ss Terminal File Operations
+All of the following operations are invoked using the
+.Xr ioctl 2
+system call.  Refer to that man page for a description of
+the
+.Em request
+and
+.Em argp
+parameters.
+In addition to the ioctl
+.Em requests
+defined here, the specific line discipline
+in effect will define other
+.Em requests
+specific to it (actually
+.Xr termios 4
+defines them as function calls, not ioctl
+.Em requests . )
+The following section lists the available ioctl requests.  The
+name of the request, a description of its purpose, and the typed
+.Em argp
+parameter (if any)
+are listed.  For example, the first entry says
+.Pp
+.D1 Em "TIOCSETD int *ldisc"
+.Pp
+and would be called on the terminal associated with
+file descriptor zero by the following code fragment:
+.Bd -literal
+	int ldisc;
+
+	ldisc = TTYDISC;
+	ioctl(0, TIOCSETD, &ldisc);
+.Ed
+.Ss Terminal File Request Descriptions
+.Bl -tag -width TIOCGWINSZ
+.It Dv TIOCSETD Fa int *ldisc
+Change to the new line discipline pointed to by
+.Fa ldisc .
+The available line disciplines are listed in
+.Pa Aq sys/termios.h
+and currently are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width TIOCGWINSZ -compact
+.It TTYDISC
+Termios interactive line discipline.
+.It TABLDISC
+Tablet line discipline.
+.It SLIPDISC
+Serial IP line discipline.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Dv TIOCGETD Fa int *ldisc
+Return the current line discipline in the integer pointed to by
+.Fa ldisc .
+.It Dv TIOCSBRK Fa void
+Set the terminal hardware into BREAK condition.
+.It Dv TIOCCBRK Fa void
+Clear the terminal hardware BREAK condition.
+.It Dv TIOCSDTR Fa void
+Assert data terminal ready (DTR).
+.It Dv TIOCCDTR Fa void
+Clear data terminal ready (DTR).
+.It Dv TIOCGPGRP Fa int *tpgrp
+Return the current process group the terminal is associated
+with in the integer pointed to by
+.Fa tpgrp .
+This is the underlying call that implements the
+.Xr termios 4
+.Fn tcgetattr
+call.
+.It Dv TIOCSPGRP Fa int *tpgrp
+Associate the terminal with the process group (as an integer) pointed to by
+.Fa tpgrp .
+This is the underlying call that implements the
+.Xr termios 4
+.Fn tcsetattr
+call.
+.It Dv TIOCGETA Fa struct termios *term
+Place the current value of the termios state associated with the
+device in the termios structure pointed to by
+.Fa term .
+This is the underlying call that implements the
+.Xr termios 4
+.Fn tcgetattr
+call.
+.It Dv TIOCSETA Fa struct termios *term
+Set the termios state associated with the device immediately.
+This is the underlying call that implements the
+.Xr termios 4
+.Fn tcsetattr
+call with the
+.Dv TCSANOW
+option.
+.It Dv TIOCSETAW Fa struct termios *term
+First wait for any output to complete, then set the termios state
+associated with the device.
+This is the underlying call that implements the
+.Xr termios 4
+.Fn tcsetattr
+call with the
+.Dv TCSADRAIN
+option.
+.It Dv TIOCSETAF Fa struct termios *term
+First wait for any output to complete, clear any pending input,
+then set the termios state associated with the device.
+This is the underlying call that implements the
+.Xr termios 4
+.Fn tcsetattr
+call with the
+.Dv TCSAFLUSH
+option.
+.It Dv TIOCOUTQ Fa int *num
+Place the current number of characters in the output queue in the
+integer pointed to by
+.Fa num .
+.It Dv TIOCSTI Fa char *cp
+Simulate typed input.  Pretend as if the terminal received the
+character pointed to by
+.Fa cp .
+.It Dv TIOCNOTTY Fa void
+This call is obsolete but left for compatibility.  In the past, when
+a process that didn't have a controlling terminal (see
+.Em The Controlling Terminal
+in
+.Xr termios 4 )
+first opened a terminal device, it acquired that terminal as its
+controlling terminal.  For some programs this was a hazard as they
+didn't want a controlling terminal in the first place, and this
+provided a mechanism to disassociate the controlling terminal from
+the calling process.  It
+.Em must
+be called by opening the file
+.Pa /dev/tty
+and calling
+.Dv TIOCNOTTY
+on that file descriptor.
+.Pp
+The current system does not allocate a controlling terminal to
+a process on an
+.Fn open
+call: there is a specific ioctl called
+.Dv TIOSCTTY
+to make a terminal the controlling
+terminal.
+In addition, a program can
+.Fn fork
+and call the
+.Fn setsid
+system call which will place the process into its own session - which
+has the effect of disassociating it from the controlling terminal.  This
+is the new and preferred method for programs to lose their controlling
+terminal.
+.It Dv TIOCSTOP Fa void
+Stop output on the terminal (like typing ^S at the keyboard).
+.It Dv TIOCSTART Fa void
+Start output on the terminal (like typing ^Q at the keyboard).
+.It Dv TIOCSCTTY Fa void
+Make the terminal the controlling terminal for the process (the process
+must not currently have a controlling terminal).
+.It Dv TIOCDRAIN Fa void
+Wait until all output is drained.
+.It Dv TIOCEXCL Fa void
+Set exclusive use on the terminal.  No further opens are permitted
+except by root.  Of course, this means that programs that are run by
+root (or setuid) will not obey the exclusive setting - which limits
+the usefulness of this feature.
+.It Dv TIOCNXCL Fa void
+Clear exclusive use of the terminal.  Further opens are permitted.
+.It Dv TIOCFLUSH Fa int *what
+If the value of the int pointed to by
+.Fa what
+contains the
+.Dv FREAD
+bit as defined in
+.Pa Aq sys/file.h ,
+then all characters in the input queue are cleared.  If it contains
+the
+.Dv FWRITE
+bit, then all characters in the output queue are cleared.  If the
+value of the integer is zero, then it behaves as if both the
+.Dv FREAD
+and
+.Dv FWRITE
+bits were set (i.e. clears both queues).
+.It Dv TIOCGWINSZ Fa struct winsize *ws
+Put the window size information associated with the terminal in the
+.Va winsize
+structure pointed to by
+.Fa ws .
+The window size structure contains the number of rows and columns (and pixels
+if appropriate) of the devices attached to the terminal.  It is set by user software
+and is the means by which most full\&-screen oriented programs determine the
+screen size.  The
+.Va winsize
+structure is defined in
+.Pa Aq sys/ioctl.h .
+.It Dv TIOCSWINSZ Fa struct winsize *ws
+Set the window size associated with the terminal to be the value in
+the
+.Va winsize
+structure pointed to by
+.Fa ws
+(see above).
+.It Dv TIOCCONS Fa int *on
+If
+.Fa on
+points to a non-zero integer, redirect kernel console output (kernel printf's)
+to this terminal.
+If
+.Fa on
+points to a zero integer, redirect kernel console output back to the normal
+console.  This is usually used on workstations to redirect kernel messages
+to a particular window.
+.It Dv TIOCMSET Fa int *state
+The integer pointed to by
+.Fa state
+contains bits that correspond to modem state.  Following is a list
+of defined variables and the modem state they represent:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width TIOCMXCTS -compact
+.It TIOCM_LE
+Line Enable.
+.It TIOCM_DTR
+Data Terminal Ready.
+.It TIOCM_RTS
+Request To Send.
+.It TIOCM_ST
+Secondary Transmit.
+.It TIOCM_SR
+Secondary Receive.
+.It TIOCM_CTS
+Clear To Send.
+.It TIOCM_CAR
+Carrier Detect.
+.It TIOCM_CD
+Carier Detect (synonym).
+.It TIOCM_RNG
+Ring Indication.
+.It TIOCM_RI
+Ring Indication (synonym).
+.It TIOCM_DSR
+Data Set Ready.
+.El
+.Pp
+This call sets the terminal modem state to that represented by
+.Fa state .
+Not all terminals may support this.
+.It Dv TIOCMGET Fa int *state
+Return the current state of the terminal modem lines as represented
+above in the integer pointed to by
+.Fa state .
+.It Dv TIOCMBIS Fa int *state
+The bits in the integer pointed to by
+.Fa state
+represent modem state as described above, however the state is OR-ed
+in with the current state.
+.It Dv TIOCMBIC Fa int *state
+The bits in the integer pointed to by
+.Fa state
+represent modem state as described above, however each bit which is on
+in
+.Fa state
+is cleared in the terminal.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getty 8 ,
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr pty 4 ,
+.Xr stty 1 ,
+.Xr termios 4
diff --git a/share/man/man4/udp.4 b/share/man/man4/udp.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..939866b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/udp.4
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)udp.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt UDP 4
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm udp
+.Nd Internet User Datagram Protocol
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Fd #include <netinet/in.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket AF_INET SOCK_DGRAM 0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Tn UDP
+is a simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used
+to support the
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstraction for the Internet
+protocol family.
+.Tn UDP
+sockets are connectionless, and are
+normally used with the
+.Xr sendto
+and
+.Xr recvfrom
+calls, though the
+.Xr connect 2
+call may also be used to fix the destination for future
+packets (in which case the 
+.Xr recv 2
+or
+.Xr read 2
+and 
+.Xr send 2
+or
+.Xr write 2
+system calls may be used).
+.Pp
+.Tn UDP
+address formats are identical to those used by
+.Tn TCP .
+In particular
+.Tn UDP
+provides a port identifier in addition
+to the normal Internet address format.  Note that the
+.Tn UDP
+port
+space is separate from the
+.Tn TCP
+port space (i.e. a
+.Tn UDP
+port
+may not be
+.Dq connected
+to a
+.Tn TCP
+port).  In addition broadcast
+packets may be sent (assuming the underlying network supports
+this) by using a reserved
+.Dq broadcast address ;
+this address
+is network interface dependent.
+.Pp
+Options at the
+.Tn IP
+transport level may be used with
+.Tn UDP ;
+see
+.Xr ip 4 .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+A socket operation may fail with one of the following errors returned:
+.Bl -tag -width [EADDRNOTAVAIL]
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+when trying to establish a connection on a socket which
+already has one, or when trying to send a datagram with the destination
+address specified and the socket is already connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+when trying to send a datagram, but
+no destination address is specified, and the socket hasn't been
+connected;
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+when the system runs out of memory for
+an internal data structure;
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+when an attempt
+is made to create a socket with a port which has already been
+allocated;
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+when an attempt is made to create a 
+socket with a network address for which no network interface
+exists.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr inet 4 ,
+.Xr ip 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+protocol appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man4/unix.4 b/share/man/man4/unix.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d05dcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man4/unix.4
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)unix.4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt UNIX 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm unix
+.Nd UNIX-domain protocol family
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/un.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+protocol family is a collection of protocols
+that provides local (on-machine) interprocess
+communication through the normal
+.Xr socket 2
+mechanisms.
+The 
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+family supports the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+and
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+socket types and uses
+filesystem pathnames for addressing.
+.Sh ADDRESSING
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+addresses are variable-length filesystem pathnames of
+at most 104 characters.
+The include file
+.Aq Pa sys/un.h
+defines this address:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct sockaddr_un {
+u_char	sun_len;
+u_char	sun_family;
+char	sun_path[104];
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Binding a name to a
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+socket with
+.Xr bind 2
+causes a socket file to be created in the filesystem.
+This file is
+.Em not
+removed when the socket is closed\(em\c
+.Xr unlink 2
+must be used to remove the file.
+.Pp
+The
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+protocol family does not support broadcast addressing or any form
+of
+.Dq wildcard
+matching on incoming messages. 
+All addresses are absolute- or relative-pathnames
+of other
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+sockets.
+Normal filesystem access-control mechanisms are also
+applied when referencing pathnames; e.g., the destination
+of a
+.Xr connect 2
+or
+.Xr sendto 2
+must be writable.
+.Sh PROTOCOLS
+The 
+.Tn UNIX Ns -domain
+protocol family is comprised of simple
+transport protocols that support the
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+and
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+abstractions.
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+sockets also support the communication of 
+.Ux
+file descriptors through the use of the
+.Ar msg_control
+field in the
+.Ar msg
+argument to
+.Xr sendmsg 2
+and
+.Xr recvmsg 2 .
+.Pp
+Any valid descriptor may be sent in a message.
+The file descriptor(s) to be passed are described using a 
+.Ar struct cmsghdr
+that is defined in the include file
+.Aq Pa sys/socket.h .
+The type of the message is
+.Dv SCM_RIGHTS ,
+and the data portion of the messages is an array of integers
+representing the file descriptors to be passed.
+The number of descriptors being passed is defined
+by the length field of the message;
+the length field is the sum of the size of the header
+plus the size of the array of file descriptors.
+.Pp
+The received descriptor is a 
+.Em duplicate
+of the sender's descriptor, as if it were created with a call to
+.Xr dup 2 .
+Per-process descriptor flags, set with
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+are 
+.Em not
+passed to a receiver.
+Descriptors that are awaiting delivery, or that are
+purposely not received, are automatically closed by the system
+when the destination socket is closed.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4
+.Rs
+.%T "An Introductory 4.3 BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.%B PS1
+.%N 7
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%T "An Advanced 4.3 BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.%B PS1
+.%N 8
+.Re
diff --git a/share/man/man5/Makefile b/share/man/man5/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78bf304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+
+MAN5=	a.out.0 acct.0 core.0 dir.0 disktab.0 dump.0 fs.0 fstab.0 \
+	group.0 hosts.0 networks.0 passwd.0 phones.0 plot.0 printcap.0 \
+	protocols.0 remote.0 resolver.0 services.0 shells.0 stab.0 types.0 \
+	utmp.0
+MLINKS=	fs.5 inode.5 dump.5 dumpdates.5 utmp.5 wtmp.5
+
+all: ${MAN5}
+
+clean depend lint tags:
+
+cleandir:
+	rm -f ${MAN5}
+
+install: maninstall
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/man5/a.out.5 b/share/man/man5/a.out.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ad2876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/a.out.5
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This man page is derived from documentation contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Donn Seeley at UUNET Technologies, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)a.out.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt A.OUT 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm a.out
+.Nd format of executable binary files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <a.out.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The include file
+.Aq Pa a.out.h
+declares three structures and several macros.
+The structures describe the format of
+executable machine code files
+.Pq Sq binaries
+on the system.
+.Pp
+A binary file consists of up to 7 sections.
+In order, these sections are:
+.Bl -tag -width "text relocations"
+.It exec header
+Contains parameters used by the kernel
+to load a binary file into memory and execute it,
+and by the link editor
+.Xr ld 1
+to combine a binary file with other binary files.
+This section is the only mandatory one.
+.It text segment
+Contains machine code and related data
+that are loaded into memory when a program executes.
+May be loaded read-only.
+.It data segment
+Contains initialized data; always loaded into writable memory.
+.It text relocations
+Contains records used by the link editor
+to update pointers in the text segment when combining binary files.
+.It data relocations
+Like the text relocation section, but for data segment pointers.
+.It symbol table
+Contains records used by the link editor
+to cross reference the addresses of named variables and functions
+.Pq Sq symbols
+between binary files.
+.It string table
+Contains the character strings corresponding to the symbol names.
+.El
+.Pp
+Every binary file begins with an
+.Fa exec
+structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct exec {
+	unsigned short	a_mid;
+	unsigned short	a_magic;
+	unsigned long	a_text;
+	unsigned long	a_data;
+	unsigned long	a_bss;
+	unsigned long	a_syms;
+	unsigned long	a_entry;
+	unsigned long	a_trsize;
+	unsigned long	a_drsize;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields have the following functions:
+.Bl -tag -width a_trsize
+.It Fa a_mid
+Contains a bit pattern that
+identifies binaries that were built for
+certain sub-classes of an architecture
+.Pq Sq machine IDs
+or variants of the operating system on a given architecture.
+The kernel may not support all machine IDs
+on a given architecture.
+The
+.Fa a_mid
+field is not present on some architectures;
+in this case, the
+.Fa a_magic
+field has type
+.Em unsigned long .
+.It Fa a_magic
+Contains a bit pattern
+.Pq Sq magic number
+that uniquely identifies binary files
+and distinguishes different loading conventions.
+The field must contain one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width ZMAGIC
+.It Dv OMAGIC
+The text and data segments immediately follow the header
+and are contiguous.
+The kernel loads both text and data segments into writable memory.
+.It Dv NMAGIC
+As with
+.Dv OMAGIC ,
+text and data segments immediately follow the header and are contiguous.
+However, the kernel loads the text into read-only memory
+and loads the data into writable memory at the next
+page boundary after the text.
+.It Dv ZMAGIC
+The kernel loads individual pages on demand from the binary.
+The header, text segment and data segment are all
+padded by the link editor to a multiple of the page size.
+Pages that the kernel loads from the text segment are read-only,
+while pages from the data segment are writable.
+.El
+.It Fa a_text
+Contains the size of the text segment in bytes.
+.It Fa a_data
+Contains the size of the data segment in bytes.
+.It Fa a_bss
+Contains the number of bytes in the
+.Sq bss segment
+and is used by the kernel to set the initial break
+.Pq Xr brk 2
+after the data segment.
+The kernel loads the program so that this amount of writable memory
+appears to follow the data segment and initially reads as zeroes.
+.It Fa a_syms
+Contains the size in bytes of the symbol table section.
+.It Fa a_entry
+Contains the address in memory of the entry point
+of the program after the kernel has loaded it;
+the kernel starts the execution of the program
+from the machine instruction at this address.
+.It Fa a_trsize
+Contains the size in bytes of the text relocation table.
+.It Fa a_drsize
+Contains the size in bytes of the data relocation table.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Pa a.out.h
+include file defines several macros which use an
+.Fa exec
+structure to test consistency or to locate section offsets in the binary file.
+.Bl -tag -width N_BADMAG(exec)
+.It Fn N_BADMAG exec
+Nonzero if the
+.Fa a_magic
+field does not contain a recognized value.
+.It Fn N_TXTOFF exec
+The byte offset in the binary file of the beginning of the text segment.
+.It Fn N_SYMOFF exec
+The byte offset of the beginning of the symbol table.
+.It Fn N_STROFF exec
+The byte offset of the beginning of the string table.
+.El
+.Pp
+Relocation records have a standard format which
+is described by the
+.Fa relocation_info
+structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct relocation_info {
+	int		r_address;
+	unsigned int	r_symbolnum : 24,
+			r_pcrel : 1,
+			r_length : 2,
+			r_extern : 1,
+			: 4;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa relocation_info
+fields are used as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width r_symbolnum
+.It Fa r_address
+Contains the byte offset of a pointer that needs to be link-edited.
+Text relocation offsets are reckoned from the start of the text segment,
+and data relocation offsets from the start of the data segment.
+The link editor adds the value that is already stored at this offset
+into the new value that it computes using this relocation record.
+.It Fa r_symbolnum
+Contains the ordinal number of a symbol structure
+in the symbol table (it is
+.Em not
+a byte offset).
+After the link editor resolves the absolute address for this symbol,
+it adds that address to the pointer that is undergoing relocation.
+(If the
+.Fa r_extern
+bit is clear, the situation is different; see below.)
+.It Fa r_pcrel
+If this is set,
+the link editor assumes that it is updating a pointer
+that is part of a machine code instruction using pc-relative addressing.
+The address of the relocated pointer is implicitly added
+to its value when the running program uses it.
+.It Fa r_length
+Contains the log base 2 of the length of the pointer in bytes;
+0 for 1-byte displacements, 1 for 2-byte displacements,
+2 for 4-byte displacements.
+.It Fa r_extern
+Set if this relocation requires an external reference;
+the link editor must use a symbol address to update the pointer.
+When the
+.Fa r_extern
+bit is clear, the relocation is
+.Sq local ;
+the link editor updates the pointer to reflect
+changes in the load addresses of the various segments,
+rather than changes in the value of a symbol.
+In this case, the content of the
+.Fa r_symbolnum
+field is an
+.Fa n_type
+value (see below);
+this type field tells the link editor
+what segment the relocated pointer points into.
+.El
+.Pp
+Symbols map names to addresses (or more generally, strings to values).
+Since the link-editor adjusts addresses,
+a symbol's name must be used to stand for its address
+until an absolute value has been assigned.
+Symbols consist of a fixed-length record in the symbol table
+and a variable-length name in the string table.
+The symbol table is an array of
+.Fa nlist
+structures:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct nlist {
+	union {
+		char	*n_name;
+		long	n_strx;
+	} n_un;
+	unsigned char	n_type;
+	char		n_other;
+	short		n_desc;
+	unsigned long	n_value;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields are used as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width n_un.n_strx
+.It Fa n_un.n_strx
+Contains a byte offset into the string table
+for the name of this symbol.
+When a program accesses a symbol table with the
+.Xr nlist 3
+function,
+this field is replaced with the
+.Fa n_un.n_name
+field, which is a pointer to the string in memory.
+.It Fa n_type
+Used by the link editor to determine
+how to update the symbol's value.
+The
+.Fa n_type
+field is broken down into three sub-fields using bitmasks.
+The link editor treats symbols with the
+.Dv N_EXT
+type bit set as
+.Sq external
+symbols and permits references to them from other binary files.
+The
+.Dv N_TYPE
+mask selects bits of interest to the link editor:
+.Bl -tag -width N_TEXT
+.It Dv N_UNDF
+An undefined symbol.
+The link editor must locate an external symbol with the same name
+in another binary file to determine the absolute value of this symbol.
+As a special case, if the
+.Fa n_value
+field is nonzero and no binary file in the link-edit defines this symbol,
+the link-editor will resolve this symbol to an address
+in the bss segment,
+reserving an amount of bytes equal to
+.Fa n_value .
+If this symbol is undefined in more than one binary file
+and the binary files do not agree on the size,
+the link editor chooses the greatest size found across all binaries.
+.It Dv N_ABS
+An absolute symbol.
+The link editor does not update an absolute symbol.
+.It Dv N_TEXT
+A text symbol.
+This symbol's value is a text address and
+the link editor will update it when it merges binary files.
+.It Dv N_DATA
+A data symbol; similar to
+.Dv N_TEXT
+but for data addresses.
+The values for text and data symbols are not file offsets but
+addresses; to recover the file offsets, it is necessary
+to identify the loaded address of the beginning of the corresponding
+section and subtract it, then add the offset of the section.
+.It Dv N_BSS
+A bss symbol; like text or data symbols but
+has no corresponding offset in the binary file.
+.It Dv N_FN
+A filename symbol.
+The link editor inserts this symbol before
+the other symbols from a binary file when
+merging binary files.
+The name of the symbol is the filename given to the link editor,
+and its value is the first text address from that binary file.
+Filename symbols are not needed for link-editing or loading,
+but are useful for debuggers.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv N_STAB
+mask selects bits of interest to symbolic debuggers
+such as
+.Xr gdb 1 ;
+the values are described in
+.Xr stab 5 .
+.It Fa n_other
+This field is currently unused.
+.It Fa n_desc
+Reserved for use by debuggers; passed untouched by the link editor.
+Different debuggers use this field for different purposes.
+.It Fa n_value
+Contains the value of the symbol.
+For text, data and bss symbols, this is an address;
+for other symbols (such as debugger symbols),
+the value may be arbitrary.
+.El
+.Pp
+The string table consists of an
+.Em unsigned long
+length followed by null-terminated symbol strings.
+The length represents the size of the entire table in bytes,
+so its minimum value (or the offset of the first string)
+is always 4 on 32-bit machines.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ld 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr nlist 3 ,
+.Xr core 5 ,
+.Xr dbx 5 ,
+.Xr stab 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Pa a.out.h
+include file appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Since not all of the supported architectures use the
+.Fa a_mid
+field,
+it can be difficult to determine what
+architecture a binary will execute on
+without examining its actual machine code.
+Even with a machine identifier,
+the byte order of the
+.Fa exec
+header is machine-dependent.
+.Pp
+Nobody seems to agree on what
+.Em bss
+stands for.
+.Pp
+New binary file formats may be supported in the future,
+and they probably will not be compatible at any level
+with this ancient format.
diff --git a/share/man/man5/acct.5 b/share/man/man5/acct.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb4c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/acct.5
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)acct.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt ACCT 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm acct
+.Nd execution accounting file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/acct.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The kernel maintains the following
+.Fa acct
+information structure for all
+processes. If a process terminates, and accounting is enabled,
+the kernel calls the
+.Xr acct 2
+function call to prepare and append the record
+to the accounting file.
+.Bd -literal
+/*
+ * Accounting structures; these use a comp_t type which is a 3 bits base 8
+ * exponent, 13 bit fraction ``floating point'' number.  Units are 1/AHZ
+ * seconds.
+ */
+typedef u_short comp_t;
+
+struct acct {
+	char	ac_comm[10];	/* name of command */
+	comp_t	ac_utime;	/* user time */
+	comp_t	ac_stime;	/* system time */
+	comp_t	ac_etime;	/* elapsed time */
+	time_t	ac_btime;	/* starting time */
+	uid_t	ac_uid;		/* user id */
+	gid_t	ac_gid;		/* group id */
+	short	ac_mem;		/* memory usage average */
+	comp_t	ac_io;		/* count of IO blocks */
+	dev_t	ac_tty;		/* controlling tty */
+#define	AFORK	0x01		/* forked but not execed */
+#define	ASU	0x02		/* used super-user permissions */
+#define	ACOMPAT	0x04		/* used compatibility mode */
+#define	ACORE	0x08		/* dumped core */
+#define	AXSIG	0x10		/* killed by a signal */
+	char	ac_flag;	/* accounting flags */
+};
+
+/*
+ * 1/AHZ is the granularity of the data encoded in the comp_t fields.
+ * This is not necessarily equal to hz.
+ */
+#define	AHZ	64
+
+#ifdef KERNEL
+struct vnode	*acctp;
+#endif
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If a terminated process was created by an
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+the name of the executed file (at most ten characters of it)
+is saved in the field
+.Fa ac_comm
+and its status is saved by setting one of more of the following flags in
+.Fa ac_flag:
+.Dv AFORK ,
+.Dv ASU ,
+.Dv ACOMPAT ,
+.Dv ACORE
+and
+.Dv ASIG .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr acct 2 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr sa 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/core.5 b/share/man/man5/core.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4b5f47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/core.5
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)core.5	8.3 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt CORE 5
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm core
+.Nd memory image file format
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/param.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A small number of signals which cause abnormal termination of a process
+also cause a record of the process's in-core state to be written
+to disk for later examination by one of the available debuggers.
+(See
+.Xr sigaction 2 . )
+This memory image is written to a file named
+.Nm programname.core
+in the working directory;
+provided the terminated process had write permission in the directory,
+and provided the abnormality did not cause
+a system crash.
+(In this event, the decision to save the core file is arbitrary, see
+.Xr savecore 8 . )
+.Pp
+The maximum size of a
+.Nm programname.core
+file is limited by
+.Xr setrlimit 2 .
+Files which would be larger than the limit are not created.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm programname.core
+file consists of the
+.Fa u .
+area, whose size (in pages) is
+defined by the
+.Dv UPAGES
+manifest in the
+.Aq Pa sys/param.h
+file.  The 
+.Fa u .
+area starts with a 
+.Fa user
+structure as given in
+.Aq Pa sys/user.h .
+The remainder of the
+.Nm programname.core
+file consists of the data pages followed by
+the stack pages of the process image.
+The amount of data space image in the
+.Nm programname.core
+file is given (in pages) by the
+variable
+.Fa u_dsize
+in the
+.Fa u .
+area.
+The amount of stack image in the core file is given (in pages) by the
+variable 
+.Fa u_ssize
+in the 
+.Ar u .
+area.
+The size of a ``page'' is given by the constant
+.Dv NBPG
+(also from
+.Aq Pa sys/param.h ) .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr adb 1 ,
+.Xr dbx 1 ,
+.Xr gdb 1 ,
+.Xr kgdb 1 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr setrlimit 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm core
+file format appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/dir.5 b/share/man/man5/dir.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39d7b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/dir.5
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)dir.5	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt DIR 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm dir ,
+.Nm dirent
+.Nd directory file format
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/dir.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Directories provide a convenient hierarchical method of grouping
+files while obscuring the underlying details of the storage medium.
+A directory file is differentiated from a plain file
+by a flag in its
+.Xr inode 5
+entry.
+It consists of records (directory entries) each of which contains
+information about a file and a pointer to the file itself.
+Directory entries may contain other directories
+as well as plain files; such nested directories are refered to as
+subdirectories. 
+A hierarchy of directories and files is formed in this manner
+and is called a file system (or referred to as a file system tree).
+.\" An entry in this tree,
+.\" nested or not nested,
+.\" is a pathname.
+.Pp
+Each directory file contains two special directory entries; one is a pointer
+to the directory itself
+called dot
+.Ql \&.
+and the other a pointer to its parent directory called dot-dot
+.Ql \&.. .
+Dot and dot-dot
+are valid pathnames, however,
+the system root directory
+.Ql / ,
+has no parent and dot-dot points to itself like dot.
+.Pp
+File system nodes are ordinary directory files on which has
+been grafted a file system object, such as a physical disk or a
+partitioned area of such a disk.
+(See
+.Xr mount 1
+and
+.Xr mount 8 . )
+.Pp
+The directory entry format is defined in the file
+.Aq dirent.h :
+.Bd -literal
+#ifndef _DIRENT_H_
+#define _DIRENT_H_
+
+/*
+* A directory entry has a struct dirent at the front of it, containing its
+* inode number, the length of the entry, and the length of the name
+* contained in the entry.  These are followed by the name padded to a 4
+* byte boundary with null bytes.  All names are guaranteed null terminated.
+* The maximum length of a name in a directory is MAXNAMLEN.
+*/
+
+struct dirent {
+	u_long	d_fileno;	/* file number of entry */
+	u_short	d_reclen;	/* length of this record */
+	u_short	d_namlen;	/* length of string in d_name */
+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
+	char	d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1];	/* maximum name length */
+#else
+#define MAXNAMLEN       255
+	char    d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1];  /* maximum name length */
+#endif
+
+};
+
+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
+typedef void *	DIR;
+#else
+
+#define	d_ino		d_fileno	/* backward compatibility */
+
+/* definitions for library routines operating on directories. */
+#define	DIRBLKSIZ	1024
+
+/* structure describing an open directory. */
+typedef struct _dirdesc {
+	int	dd_fd;    /* file descriptor associated with directory */
+	long	dd_loc;	  /* offset in current buffer */
+	long	dd_size;  /* amount of data returned by getdirentries */
+	char	*dd_buf;  /* data buffer */
+	int	dd_len;   /* size of data buffer */
+	long	dd_seek;  /* magic cookie returned by getdirentries */
+} DIR;
+
+#define	dirfd(dirp)	((dirp)->dd_fd)
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define	NULL	0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#ifndef KERNEL
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#endif /* !KERNEL */
+
+#endif /* !_DIRENT_H_ */
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fs 5
+.Xr inode 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/disktab.5 b/share/man/man5/disktab.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fd204a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/disktab.5
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)disktab.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt DISKTAB 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm disktab
+.Nd disk description file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <disktab.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm Disktab
+is a simple database which describes disk geometries and
+disk partition characteristics.
+It is used
+.\"by the formatter(\c
+.\"IR.Xr format 8 )
+.\"to determine how to format the disk, and
+to initialize the disk label on the disk.
+The format is patterned
+after the
+.Xr termcap 5
+terminal data base.  Entries in 
+.Nm disktab
+consist of a number of `:' separated fields.  The
+first entry for each disk gives the names which are
+known for the disk, separated by `|' characters.  The
+last name given should be a long name fully identifying
+the disk. 
+.Pp
+The following list indicates the normal values
+stored for each disk entry.
+.Bl -column "indent" "boolx"
+.It Sy Name	Type	Description
+.It "\&ty	str	Type of disk (e.g. removable, winchester)"
+.It "\&dt	str	Type of controller (e.g."
+.Tn SMD , ESDI ,
+floppy)
+.It "\&ns	num	Number of sectors per track"
+.It "\&nt	num	Number of tracks per cylinder"
+.It "\&nc	num	Total number of cylinders on the disk"
+.It "\&sc	num	Number of sectors per cylinder, nc*nt default"
+.It "\&su	num	Number of sectors per unit, sc*nc default"
+.It "\&se	num	Sector size in bytes,"
+.Dv DEV_BSIZE
+default
+.It "\&sf	bool	Controller supports bad144-style bad sector forwarding"
+.It "\&rm	num	Rotation speed, rpm, 3600 default"
+.It "\&sk	num	Sector skew per track, default 0"
+.It "\&cs	num	Sector skew per cylinder, default 0"
+.It "\&hs	num	Headswitch time, usec, default 0"
+.It "\&ts	num	One-cylinder seek time, usec, default 0"
+.It "\&il	num	Sector interleave (n:1), 1 default"
+.It "\&d[0-4]	num	Drive-type-dependent parameters"
+.It "\&bs	num	Boot block size, default"
+.Dv BBSIZE
+.It "\&sb	num	Superblock size, default"
+.Dv SBSIZE
+.It "\&ba	num	Block size for partition `a' (bytes)"
+.It "\&bd	num	Block size for partition `d' (bytes)"
+.It "\&be	num	Block size for partition `e' (bytes)"
+.It "\&bf	num	Block size for partition `f' (bytes)"
+.It "\&bg	num	Block size for partition `g' (bytes)"
+.It "\&bh	num	Block size for partition `h' (bytes)"
+.It "\&fa	num	Fragment size for partition `a' (bytes)"
+.It "\&fd	num	Fragment size for partition `d' (bytes)"
+.It "\&fe	num	Fragment size or partition `e' (bytes)"
+.It "\&ff	num	Fragment size for partition `f' (bytes)"
+.It "\&fg	num	Fragment size for partition `g' (bytes)"
+.It "\&fh	num	Fragment size for partition `h' (bytes)"
+.It "\&oa	num	Offset of partition `a' in sectors"
+.It "\&ob	num	Offset of partition `b' in sectors"
+.It "\&oc	num	Offset of partition `c' in sectors"
+.It "\&od	num	Offset of partition `d' in sectors"
+.It "\&oe	num	Offset of partition `e' in sectors"
+.It "\&of	num	Offset of partition `f' in sectors"
+.It "\&og	num	Offset of partition `g' in sectors"
+.It "\&oh	num	Offset of partition `h' in sectors"
+.It "\&pa	num	Size of partition `a' in sectors"
+.It "\&pb	num	Size of partition `b' in sectors"
+.It "\&pc	num	Size of partition `c' in sectors"
+.It "\&pd	num	Size of partition `d' in sectors"
+.It "\&pe	num	Size of partition `e' in sectors"
+.It "\&pf	num	Size of partition `f' in sectors"
+.It "\&pg	num	Size of partition `g' in sectors"
+.It "\&ph	num	Size of partition `h' in sectors"
+.It "\&ta	str	Partition type of partition `a'"
+.Pf ( Bx 4.2
+filesystem, swap, etc)
+.It "\&tb	str	Partition type of partition `b'"
+.It "\&tc	str	Partition type of partition `c'"
+.It "\&td	str	Partition type of partition `d'"
+.It "\&te	str	Partition type of partition `e'"
+.It "\&tf	str	Partition type of partition `f'"
+.It "\&tg	str	Partition type of partition `g'"
+.It "\&th	str	Partition type of partition `h'"
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/disktab -compact
+.It Pa /etc/disktab
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getdiskbyname 3 ,
+.Xr disklabel 5 ,
+.Xr disklabel 8 ,
+.Xr newfs 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+description file appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/fs.5 b/share/man/man5/fs.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12bb912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/fs.5
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fs.5	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt FS 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fs ,
+.Nm inode
+.Nd format of file system volume
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <ufs/fs.h>
+.Fd #include <ufs/inode.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The files
+.Aq Pa fs.h
+and
+.Aq Pa inode.h
+declare several structures, defined variables and macros
+which are used to create and manage the underlying format of
+file system objects on random access devices (disks).
+.Pp
+The block size and number of blocks which
+comprise a file system are parameters of the file system.
+Sectors beginning at
+.Dv BBLOCK
+and continuing for
+.Dv BBSIZE
+are used
+for a disklabel and for some hardware primary
+and secondary bootstrapping programs.
+.Pp
+The actual file system begins at sector
+.Dv SBLOCK
+with the
+.Em super-block
+that is of size
+.Dv SBSIZE .
+The following structure described the super-block and is
+from the file
+.Aq Pa ufs/fs.h :
+.Bd -literal
+#define	FS_MAGIC 0x011954
+struct fs {
+	struct	fs *fs_link;	/* linked list of file systems */
+	struct	fs *fs_rlink;	/*     used for incore super blocks */
+	daddr_t	fs_sblkno;	/* addr of super-block in filesys */
+	daddr_t	fs_cblkno;	/* offset of cyl-block in filesys */
+	daddr_t	fs_iblkno;	/* offset of inode-blocks in filesys */
+	daddr_t	fs_dblkno;	/* offset of first data after cg */
+	long	fs_cgoffset;	/* cylinder group offset in cylinder */
+	long	fs_cgmask;	/* used to calc mod fs_ntrak */
+	time_t 	fs_time;    	/* last time written */
+	long	fs_size;	/* number of blocks in fs */
+	long	fs_dsize;	/* number of data blocks in fs */
+	long	fs_ncg;	/* number of cylinder groups */
+	long	fs_bsize;	/* size of basic blocks in fs */
+	long	fs_fsize;	/* size of frag blocks in fs */
+	long	fs_frag;	/* number of frags in a block in fs */
+/* these are configuration parameters */
+	long	fs_minfree;	/* minimum percentage of free blocks */
+	long	fs_rotdelay;	/* num of ms for optimal next block */
+	long	fs_rps;	/* disk revolutions per second */
+/* these fields can be computed from the others */
+	long	fs_bmask;	/* ``blkoff'' calc of blk offsets */
+	long	fs_fmask;	/* ``fragoff'' calc of frag offsets */
+	long	fs_bshift;	/* ``lblkno'' calc of logical blkno */
+	long	fs_fshift;	/* ``numfrags'' calc number of frags */
+/* these are configuration parameters */
+	long	fs_maxcontig;	/* max number of contiguous blks */
+	long	fs_maxbpg;	/* max number of blks per cyl group */
+/* these fields can be computed from the others */
+	long	fs_fragshift;	/* block to frag shift */
+	long	fs_fsbtodb;	/* fsbtodb and dbtofsb shift constant */
+	long	fs_sbsize;	/* actual size of super block */
+	long	fs_csmask;	/* csum block offset */
+	long	fs_csshift;	/* csum block number */
+	long	fs_nindir;	/* value of NINDIR */
+	long	fs_inopb;	/* value of INOPB */
+	long	fs_nspf;	/* value of NSPF */
+/* yet another configuration parameter */
+	long	fs_optim;	/* optimization preference, see below */
+/* these fields are derived from the hardware */
+	long	fs_npsect;	/* # sectors/track including spares */
+	long	fs_interleave;	/* hardware sector interleave */
+	long	fs_trackskew;	/* sector 0 skew, per track */
+	long	fs_headswitch;	/* head switch time, usec */
+	long	fs_trkseek;	/* track-to-track seek, usec */
+/* sizes determined by number of cylinder groups and their sizes */
+	daddr_t fs_csaddr;	/* blk addr of cyl grp summary area */
+	long	fs_cssize;	/* size of cyl grp summary area */
+	long	fs_cgsize;	/* cylinder group size */
+/* these fields are derived from the hardware */
+	long	fs_ntrak;	/* tracks per cylinder */
+	long	fs_nsect;	/* sectors per track */
+	long  	fs_spc;   	/* sectors per cylinder */
+/* this comes from the disk driver partitioning */
+	long	fs_ncyl;   	/* cylinders in file system */
+/* these fields can be computed from the others */
+	long	fs_cpg;	/* cylinders per group */
+	long	fs_ipg;	/* inodes per group */
+	long	fs_fpg;	/* blocks per group * fs_frag */
+/* this data must be re-computed after crashes */
+	struct	csum fs_cstotal;	/* cylinder summary information */
+/* these fields are cleared at mount time */
+	char   	fs_fmod;    	/* super block modified flag */
+	char   	fs_clean;    	/* file system is clean flag */
+	char   	fs_ronly;   	/* mounted read-only flag */
+	char   	fs_flags;   	/* currently unused flag */
+	char	fs_fsmnt[MAXMNTLEN];	/* name mounted on */
+/* these fields retain the current block allocation info */
+	long	fs_cgrotor;	/* last cg searched */
+	struct	csum *fs_csp[MAXCSBUFS]; /* list of fs_cs info buffers */
+	long	fs_cpc;	/* cyl per cycle in postbl */
+	short	fs_opostbl[16][8];	/* old rotation block list head */
+	long	fs_sparecon[56];	/* reserved for future constants */
+	quad	fs_qbmask;	/* ~fs_bmask - for use with quad size */
+	quad	fs_qfmask;	/* ~fs_fmask - for use with quad size */
+	long	fs_postblformat; /* format of positional layout tables */
+	long	fs_nrpos;	/* number of rotational positions */
+	long	fs_postbloff;	/* (short) rotation block list head */
+	long	fs_rotbloff;	/* (u_char) blocks for each rotation */
+	long	fs_magic;	/* magic number */
+	u_char	fs_space[1];	/* list of blocks for each rotation */
+/* actually longer */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Each disk drive contains some number of file systems.
+A file system consists of a number of cylinder groups.
+Each cylinder group has inodes and data.
+.Pp
+A file system is described by its super-block, which in turn
+describes the cylinder groups.  The super-block is critical
+data and is replicated in each cylinder group to protect against
+catastrophic loss.  This is done at file system creation
+time and the critical
+super-block data does not change, so the copies need not be
+referenced further unless disaster strikes.
+.Pp
+Addresses stored in inodes are capable of addressing fragments
+of `blocks'. File system blocks of at most size
+.Dv MAXBSIZE
+can 
+be optionally broken into 2, 4, or 8 pieces, each of which is
+addressable; these pieces may be
+.Dv DEV_BSIZE ,
+or some multiple of
+a
+.Dv DEV_BSIZE
+unit.
+.Pp
+Large files consist of exclusively large data blocks.  To avoid
+undue wasted disk space, the last data block of a small file is
+allocated as only as many fragments of a large block as are
+necessary.  The file system format retains only a single pointer
+to such a fragment, which is a piece of a single large block that
+has been divided.  The size of such a fragment is determinable from
+information in the inode, using the
+.Fn blksize fs ip lbn
+macro.
+.Pp
+The file system records space availability at the fragment level;
+to determine block availability, aligned fragments are examined.
+.Pp
+The root inode is the root of the file system.
+Inode 0 can't be used for normal purposes and
+historically bad blocks were linked to inode 1,
+thus the root inode is 2 (inode 1 is no longer used for
+this purpose, however numerous dump tapes make this
+assumption, so we are stuck with it).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa fs_minfree
+element gives the minimum acceptable percentage of file system
+blocks that may be free. If the freelist drops below this level
+only the super-user may continue to allocate blocks.
+The
+.Fa fs_minfree
+element
+may be set to 0 if no reserve of free blocks is deemed necessary,
+however severe performance degradations will be observed if the
+file system is run at greater than 90% full; thus the default
+value of
+.Fa fs_minfree
+is 10%.
+.Pp
+Empirically the best trade-off between block fragmentation and
+overall disk utilization at a loading of 90% comes with a
+fragmentation of 8, thus the default fragment size is an eighth
+of the block size.
+.Pp
+The element
+.Fa fs_optim
+specifies whether the file system should try to minimize the time spent
+allocating blocks, or if it should attempt to minimize the space
+fragmentation on the disk.
+If the value of fs_minfree (see above) is less than 10%,
+then the file system defaults to optimizing for space to avoid
+running out of full sized blocks.
+If the value of minfree is greater than or equal to 10%,
+fragmentation is unlikely to be problematical, and
+the file system defaults to optimizing for time.
+.Pp
+.Em Cylinder group related limits :
+Each cylinder keeps track of the availability of blocks at different
+rotational positions, so that sequential blocks can be laid out
+with minimum rotational latency. With the default of 8 distinguished
+rotational positions, the resolution of the
+summary information is 2ms for a typical 3600 rpm drive.
+.Pp
+The element
+.Fa fs_rotdelay
+gives the minimum number of milliseconds to initiate
+another disk transfer on the same cylinder.
+It is used in determining the rotationally optimal
+layout for disk blocks within a file;
+the default value for
+.Fa fs_rotdelay
+is 2ms.
+.Pp
+Each file system has a statically allocated number of inodes.
+An inode is allocated for each
+.Dv NBPI
+bytes of disk space.
+The inode allocation strategy is extremely conservative.
+.Pp
+.Dv MINBSIZE
+is the smallest allowable block size.
+With a
+.Dv MINBSIZE
+of 4096
+it is possible to create files of size
+2^32 with only two levels of indirection.
+.Dv MINBSIZE
+must be big enough to hold a cylinder group block,
+thus changes to
+.Pq Fa struct cg
+must keep its size within
+.Dv MINBSIZE .
+Note that super-blocks are never more than size
+.Dv SBSIZE .
+.Pp
+The path name on which the file system is mounted is maintained in
+.Fa fs_fsmnt .
+.Dv MAXMNTLEN
+defines the amount of space allocated in 
+the super-block for this name.
+The limit on the amount of summary information per file system
+is defined by
+.Dv MAXCSBUFS.
+For a 4096 byte block size, it is currently parameterized for a
+maximum of two million cylinders.
+.Pp
+Per cylinder group information is summarized in blocks allocated
+from the first cylinder group's data blocks. 
+These blocks are read in from
+.Fa fs_csaddr
+(size
+.Fa fs_cssize )
+in addition to the super-block.
+.Pp
+.Sy N.B.:
+.Xr sizeof Pq Fa struct csum
+must be a power of two in order for
+the
+.Fn fs_cs
+macro to work.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em "Super-block for a file system" :
+The size of the rotational layout tables
+is limited by the fact that the super-block is of size
+.Dv SBSIZE .
+The size of these tables is
+.Em inversely
+proportional to the block
+size of the file system. The size of the tables is
+increased when sector sizes are not powers of two,
+as this increases the number of cylinders
+included before the rotational pattern repeats
+.Pq Fa fs_cpc .
+The size of the rotational layout
+tables is derived from the number of bytes remaining in
+.Pq Fa struct fs .
+.Pp
+The number of blocks of data per cylinder group
+is limited because cylinder groups are at most one block.
+The inode and free block tables
+must fit into a single block after deducting space for
+the cylinder group structure
+.Pq Fa struct cg .
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Inode :
+The inode is the focus of all file activity in the
+.Tn UNIX
+file system.
+There is a unique inode allocated
+for each active file,
+each current directory, each mounted-on file,
+text file, and the root.
+An inode is `named' by its device/i-number pair.
+For further information, see the include file
+.Aq Pa sys/inode.h .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A super-block structure named filsys appeared in
+.At v6 .
+The file system described in this manual appeared
+in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/fstab.5 b/share/man/man5/fstab.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7949e56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/fstab.5
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fstab.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt FSTAB 5
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fstab
+.Nd static information about the filesystems
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <fstab.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file
+.Nm fstab
+contains descriptive information about the various file
+systems.
+.Nm fstab
+is only read by programs, and not written;
+it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create 
+and maintain this file.
+Each filesystem is described on a separate line;
+fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces.
+The order of records in
+.Nm fstab
+is important because
+.Xr fsck 8 ,
+.Xr mount 8 ,
+and
+.Xr umount 8
+sequentially iterate through
+.Nm fstab
+doing their thing.
+.Pp
+The first field,
+.Pq Fa fs_spec ,
+describes the block special device or
+remote filesystem to be mounted.
+For filesystems of type
+.Em ufs ,
+the special file name is the block special file name, 
+and not the character special file name.
+If a program needs the character special file name,
+the program must create it by appending a ``r'' after the
+last ``/'' in the special file name.
+.Pp
+The second field,
+.Pq Fa fs_file ,
+describes the mount point for the filesystem.
+For swap partitions, this field should be specified as ``none''.
+.Pp
+The third field,
+.Pq Fa fs_vfstype ,
+describes the type of the filesystem.
+The system currently supports four types of filesystems:
+.Bl -tag -width indent -offset indent
+.It Em ufs 
+a local
+.Tn UNIX
+filesystem
+.It Em mfs 
+a local memory-based
+.Tn UNIX
+filesystem
+.It Em nfs 
+a Sun Microsystems compatible ``Network File System''
+.It Em swap 
+a disk partition to be used for swapping
+.El
+.Pp
+The fourth field,
+.Pq Fa fs_mntops ,
+describes the mount options associated with the filesystem.
+It is formatted as a comma separated list of options.
+It contains at least the type of mount (see
+.Fa fs_type
+below) plus any additional options
+appropriate to the filesystem type.
+.Pp
+If the options ``userquota'' and/or ``groupquota'' are specified,
+the filesystem is automatically processed by the
+.Xr quotacheck 8
+command, and user and/or group disk quotas are enabled with
+.Xr quotaon 8 .
+By default,
+filesystem quotas are maintained in files named
+.Pa quota.user
+and
+.Pa quota.group
+which are located at the root of the associated filesystem.
+These defaults may be overridden by putting an equal sign
+and an alternative absolute pathname following the quota option.
+Thus, if the user quota file for
+.Pa /tmp
+is stored in
+.Pa /var/quotas/tmp.user ,
+this location can be specified as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+userquota=/var/quotas/tmp.user
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The type of the mount is extracted from the
+.Fa fs_mntops
+field and stored separately in the
+.Fa fs_type
+field (it is not deleted from the
+.Fa fs_mntops
+field).
+If
+.Fa fs_type
+is ``rw'' or ``ro'' then the filesystem whose name is given in the
+.Fa fs_file
+field is normally mounted read-write or read-only on the
+specified special file.
+If
+.Fa fs_type
+is ``sw'' then the special file is made available as a piece of swap
+space by the
+.Xr swapon 8
+command at the end of the system reboot procedure.
+The fields other than
+.Fa fs_spec
+and
+.Fa fs_type
+are unused.
+If
+.Fa fs_type
+is specified as ``xx'' the entry is ignored.
+This is useful to show disk partitions which are currently unused.
+.Pp
+The fifth field,
+.Pq Fa fs_freq ,
+is used for these filesystems by the
+.Xr dump 8
+command to determine which filesystems need to be dumped.
+If the fifth field is not present, a value of zero is returned and
+.Xr dump
+will assume that the filesystem does not need to be dumped.
+.Pp
+The sixth field,
+.Pq Fa fs_passno ,
+is used by the
+.Xr fsck 8
+program to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done
+at reboot time.
+The root filesystem should be specified with a
+.Fa fs_passno
+of 1, and other filesystems should have a 
+.Fa fs_passno
+of 2.
+Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially,
+but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the
+same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.
+If the sixth field is not present or zero,
+a value of zero is returned and
+.Xr fsck
+will assume that the filesystem does not need to be checked.
+.Bd -literal
+#define	FSTAB_RW	"rw"	/* read-write device */
+#define	FSTAB_RO	"ro"	/* read-only device */
+#define	FSTAB_SW	"sw"	/* swap device */
+#define	FSTAB_XX	"xx"	/* ignore totally */
+
+struct fstab {
+	char	*fs_spec;	/* block special device name */
+	char	*fs_file;	/* filesystem path prefix */
+	char	*fs_vfstype;	/* type of filesystem */
+	char	*fs_mntops;	/* comma separated mount options */
+	char	*fs_type;	/* rw, ro, sw, or xx */
+	int	fs_freq;	/* dump frequency, in days */
+	int	fs_passno;	/* pass number on parallel dump */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The proper way to read records from
+.Pa fstab
+is to use the routines
+.Xr getfsent 3 ,
+.Xr getfsspec 3 ,
+.Xr getfstype 3 ,
+and
+.Xr getfsfile 3 .
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/fstab -compact
+.It Pa /etc/fstab
+The file
+.Nm fstab
+resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getfsent 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/group.5 b/share/man/man5/group.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..958494b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/group.5
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)group.5	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt GROUP 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm group
+.Nd format of the group permissions file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file
+.Aq Pa /etc/group
+consists of newline separated
+.Tn ASCII
+records, one per group, containing four colon
+.Ql \&:
+separated fields. These fields are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width password -offset indent -compact
+.It group
+Name of the group.
+.It passwd
+Group's
+.Em encrypted
+password.
+.It gid
+The group's decimal ID.
+.It member
+Group members.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar group
+field is the group name used for granting file access to users
+who are members of the group.
+The
+.Ar gid
+field is the number associated with the group name.
+They should both be unique across the system (and often
+across a group of systems) since they control file access.
+The
+.Ar passwd
+field
+is an optional
+.Em encrypted
+password.
+This field is rarely used
+and an asterisk is normally placed in it rather than leaving it blank.
+The 
+.Ar member
+field contains the names of users granted the privileges of
+.Ar group .
+The member names are separated by commas without spaces or newlines.
+A user is automatically in a group if that group was specified
+in their
+.Pa /etc/passwd
+entry and does not need to be added to that group in the
+.Pa /etc/group file.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" When the system reads the file
+.\" .Pa /etc/group
+.\" the fields are read into the structure
+.\" .Fa group
+.\" declared in
+.\" .Aq Pa grp.h :
+.\" .Bd -literal -offset indent
+.\" struct group {
+.\"	char    *gr_name;        /* group name */
+.\"	char    *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
+.\"	int     gr_gid;          /* group id */
+.\"	char    **gr_mem;        /* group members */
+.\" };
+.\" .Ed
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact
+.It Pa /etc/group
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setgroups 2 ,
+.Xr initgroups 3 ,
+.Xr crypt 3 ,
+.Xr passwd 1 ,
+.Xr passwd 5
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Xr passwd 1
+command does not change the
+.Nm group
+passwords.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/hosts.5 b/share/man/man5/hosts.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81a9587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/hosts.5
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)hosts.5	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt HOSTS 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hosts
+.Nd host name data base
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm hosts
+file contains information regarding
+the known hosts on the network.
+For each host a single line should be present
+with the following information:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+official host name
+Internet address
+aliases
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Items are separated by any number of blanks and/or
+tab characters.  A ``#'' indicates the beginning of
+a comment; characters up to the end of the line are
+not interpreted by routines which search the file.
+.Pp
+When using the name server
+.Xr named 8 ,
+this file provides a backup when the name server
+is not running.
+For the name server, it is suggested that only a few addresses
+be included in this file.
+These include  address for the local interfaces that 
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+needs at boot time and a few machines on the local network.
+.Pp
+This file may be created from the official host
+data base maintained at the Network Information Control
+Center
+.Pq Tn NIC , 
+though local changes may be required
+to bring it up to date regarding unofficial aliases
+and/or unknown hosts.  As the data base maintained at
+.Tn NIC
+is incomplete, use of the name server is recommended for
+sites on the
+.Tn DARPA
+Internet.
+.Pp
+Network addresses are specified in the conventional
+``.'' (dot) notation using the
+.Xr inet_addr 3
+routine
+from the Internet address manipulation library,
+.Xr inet 3 .
+Host names may contain any printable
+character other than a field delimiter, newline,
+or comment character.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/hosts -compact
+.It Pa /etc/hosts
+The
+.Nm hosts
+file resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gethostbyname 3 ,
+.Xr ifconfig 8 ,
+.Xr named 8
+.Rs
+.%T "Name Server Operations Guide for BIND"
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/networks.5 b/share/man/man5/networks.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8f4c4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/networks.5
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)networks.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt NETWORKS 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm networks
+.Nd network name data base
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Xr networks
+file contains information regarding
+the known networks which comprise the
+.Tn DARPA
+Internet.
+For each network a single line should be present with the following information:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+official network name
+network number
+aliases
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Items are separated by any number of blanks and/or tab characters.
+A ``#'' indicates the beginning of a comment; characters up to the end of
+the line are not interpreted by routines which search the file.
+This file is normally created from the official network data base
+maintained at the Network Information Control Center
+.Pq Tn NIC , 
+though local
+changes may be required to bring it up to date regarding unofficial aliases
+and/or unknown networks.
+.Pp
+Network number may be specified in the conventional
+``.''  (dot) notation using the
+.Xr inet_network 3
+routine
+from the Internet address manipulation library,
+.Xr inet 3 .
+Network names may contain any printable character other than a field
+delimiter, newline, or comment character.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/networks -compact
+.It Pa /etc/networks
+The
+.Nm networks
+file resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getnetent 3
+.Sh BUGS
+A name server should be used instead of a static file.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/passwd.5 b/share/man/man5/passwd.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..584bc27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/passwd.5
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)passwd.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt PASSWD 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm passwd
+.Nd format of the password file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm passwd
+files are files consisting of newline separated records, one per user,
+containing ten colon (``:'') separated fields.  These fields are as
+follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width password -offset indent
+.It name
+User's login name.
+.It password
+User's
+.Em encrypted
+password.
+.It uid
+User's id.
+.It gid
+User's login group id.
+.It class
+User's general classification (unused).
+.It change
+Password change time.
+.It expire
+Account expiration time.
+.It gecos
+General information about the user.
+.It home_dir
+User's home directory.
+.It shell
+User's login shell.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar name
+field is the login used to access the computer account, and the
+.Ar uid
+field is the number associated with it.  They should both be unique
+across the system (and often across a group of systems) since they
+control file access.
+.Pp
+While it is possible to have multiple entries with identical login names
+and/or identical user id's, it is usually a mistake to do so.  Routines
+that manipulate these files will often return only one of the multiple
+entries, and that one by random selection.
+.Pp
+The login name must never begin with a hyphen (``-''); also, it is strongly
+suggested that neither upper-case characters or dots (``.'') be part
+of the name, as this tends to confuse mailers.  No field may contain a
+colon (``:'') as this has been used historically to separate the fields
+in the user database.
+.Pp
+The password field is the
+.Em encrypted
+form of the password.
+If the
+.Ar password
+field is empty, no password will be required to gain access to the
+machine.  This is almost invariably a mistake.
+Because these files contain the encrypted user passwords, they should
+not be readable by anyone without appropriate privileges.
+.Pp
+The group field is the group that the user will be placed in upon login.
+Since this system supports multiple groups (see
+.Xr groups 1 )
+this field currently has little special meaning.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar class
+field is currently unused.  In the near future it will be a key to
+a
+.Xr termcap 5
+style database of user attributes.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar change
+field is the number in seconds,
+.Dv GMT ,
+from the epoch, until the
+password for the account must be changed.
+This field may be left empty to turn off the password aging feature.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar expire
+field is the number in seconds,
+.Dv GMT ,
+from the epoch, until the
+account expires.
+This field may be left empty to turn off the account aging feature.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar gecos
+field normally contains comma (``,'') separated subfields as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+name		user's full name
+office		user's office number
+wphone		user's work phone number
+hphone		user's home phone number
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This information is used by the
+.Xr finger 1
+program.
+.Pp
+The user's home directory is the full
+.Tn UNIX
+path name where the user
+will be placed on login.
+.Pp
+The shell field is the command interpreter the user prefers.
+If there is nothing in the
+.Ar shell
+field, the Bourne shell
+.Pq Pa /bin/sh
+is assumed.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chpass 1 ,
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr passwd 1 ,
+.Xr getpwent 3 ,
+.Xr adduser 8 ,
+.Xr pwd_mkdb 8 ,
+.Xr vipw 8
+.Sh BUGS
+User information should (and eventually will) be stored elsewhere.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The password file format has changed since 4.3BSD.
+The following awk script can be used to convert your old-style password
+file into a new style password file.
+The additional fields
+.Dq class ,
+.Dq change
+and
+.Dq expire
+are added, but are turned off by default.
+Class is currently not implemented, but change and expire are; to set them,
+use the current day in seconds from the epoch + whatever number of seconds
+of offset you want.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+BEGIN { FS = ":"}
+{ print $1 ":" $2 ":" $3 ":" $4 "::0:0:" $5 ":" $6 ":" $7 }
+.Ed
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/phones.5 b/share/man/man5/phones.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53705df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/phones.5
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)phones.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt PHONES 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm phones
+.Nd remote host phone number data base
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file
+.Pa /etc/phones
+contains the system-wide
+private phone numbers for the
+.Xr tip 1
+program.  This file is normally unreadable, and so may contain
+privileged information.  The format of the file is a series of lines
+of the form: <system-name>[\ \et]*<phone-number>.  The system name is
+one of those defined in the
+.Xr remote 5
+file and the phone number is constructed from any sequence of
+characters terminated only by ``,'' or the end of the line.
+The ``='' and ``*'' characters are
+indicators to the auto call units to pause and wait for a second dial
+tone (when going through an exchange).  The ``='' is required by the
+.Tn DF02-AC
+and the ``*'' is required by the
+.Tn BIZCOMP
+1030.
+.Pp
+Only one phone number per line is permitted.  However, if more than
+one line in the file contains the same system name
+.Xr tip 1
+will attempt to dial each one in turn, until it establishes a connection.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/phones -compact
+.It Pa /etc/phones
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tip 1 ,
+.Xr remote 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/printcap.5 b/share/man/man5/printcap.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22d3100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/printcap.5
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)printcap.5	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt PRINTCAP 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm printcap
+.Nd printer capability data base
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm printcap
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm Printcap
+function
+is a simplified version of the
+.Xr termcap 5
+data base
+used to describe line printers.  The spooling system accesses the
+.Nm printcap
+file every time it is used, allowing dynamic
+addition and deletion of printers.  Each entry in the data base
+is used to describe one printer.  This data base may not be
+substituted for, as is possible for 
+.Xr termcap ,
+because it may allow accounting to be bypassed.
+.Pp
+The default printer is normally 
+.Em lp ,
+though the environment variable
+.Ev PRINTER
+may be used to override this.  Each spooling utility supports an option,
+.Fl P Ar printer ,
+to allow explicit naming of a destination printer.
+.Pp
+Refer to the
+.%T "4.3 BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual"
+for a complete discussion on how to setup the database for a given printer.
+.Sh CAPABILITIES
+Refer to
+.Xr termcap 5
+for a description of the file layout.
+.Bl -column Namexxx Typexx "/var/spool/lpdxxxxx"
+.Sy Name	Type	Description
+.It "af	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "name of accounting file"
+.It "br	num	none	if lp is a tty, set the baud rate"
+.Pf ( Xr ioctl 2
+call)
+.It "cf	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "cifplot data filter"
+.It "df	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "tex data filter"
+.Pf ( Tn DVI
+format)
+.It "fc	num	0	if lp is a tty, clear flag bits"
+.Pq Pa sgtty.h
+.It "ff	str" Ta So Li \ef Sc Ta No "string to send for a form feed"
+.It "fo	bool	false	print a form feed when device is opened"
+.It "fs	num	0	like `fc' but set bits"
+.It "gf	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "graph data filter"
+.Pf ( Xr plot 3
+format
+.It "hl	bool	false	print the burst header page last"
+.It "ic	bool	false	driver supports (non standard) ioctl to indent printout"
+.It "if	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "name of text filter which does accounting"
+.It "lf	str" Ta Pa /dev/console Ta No "error logging file name"
+.It "lo	str" Ta Pa lock Ta No "name of lock file"
+.It "lp	str" Ta Pa /dev/lp Ta No "device name to open for output"
+.It "mx	num	1000	maximum file size (in"
+.Dv BUFSIZ
+blocks), zero = unlimited
+.It "nd	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "next directory for list of queues (unimplemented)"
+.It "nf	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "ditroff data filter (device independent troff)"
+.It "of	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "name of output filtering program"
+.It "pc	num	200	price per foot or page in hundredths of cents"
+.It "pl	num	66	page length (in lines)"
+.It "pw	num	132	page width (in characters)"
+.It "px	num	0	page width in pixels (horizontal)"
+.It "py	num	0	page length in pixels (vertical)"
+.It "rf	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "filter for printing"
+.Tn FORTRAN
+style text files
+.It "rg	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "restricted group. Only members of group allowed access"
+.It "rm	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "machine name for remote printer"
+.It "rp	str	``lp''	remote printer name argument"
+.It "rs	bool	false	restrict remote users to those with local accounts"
+.It "rw	bool	false	open the printer device for reading and writing"
+.It "sb	bool	false	short banner (one line only)"
+.It "sc	bool	false	suppress multiple copies"
+.It "sd	str" Ta Pa /var/spool/lpd Ta No "spool directory"
+.It "sf	bool	false	suppress form feeds"
+.It "sh	bool	false	suppress printing of burst page header"
+.It "st	str" Ta Pa status Ta No "status file name"
+.It "tf	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "troff data filter (cat phototypesetter)"
+.It "tr	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "trailer string to print when queue empties"
+.It "vf	str" Ta Dv NULL Ta No "raster image filter"
+.It "xc	num	0	if lp is a tty, clear local mode bits"
+.Pq Xr tty 4
+.It "xs	num	0	like `xc' but set bits"
+.El
+.Pp
+If the local line printer driver supports indentation, the daemon
+must understand how to invoke it.
+.Sh FILTERS
+The
+.Xr lpd 8
+daemon creates a pipeline of
+.Em filters
+to process files for various printer types.
+The filters selected depend on the flags passed to
+.Xr lpr 1 .
+The pipeline set up is:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+p	pr | if	regular text + pr(1)
+none	if	regular text
+c	cf	cifplot
+d	df	DVI (tex)
+g	gf	plot(3)
+n	nf	ditroff
+f	rf	Fortran
+t	tf	troff
+v	vf	raster image
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Sy if
+filter is invoked with arguments:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Cm if
+.Op Fl c
+.Fl w Ns Ar width
+.Fl l Ns Ar length
+.Fl i Ns Ar indent
+.Fl n Ar login
+.Fl h Ar host acct-file
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl c
+flag is passed only if the
+.Fl l
+flag (pass control characters literally)
+is specified to
+.Xr lpr .
+The
+.Ar Width
+function
+and
+.Ar length
+specify the page width and length
+(from
+.Cm pw
+and
+.Cm pl
+respectively) in characters.
+The
+.Fl n
+and
+.Fl h
+parameters specify the login name and host name of the owner
+of the job respectively.
+The
+.Ar Acct-file
+function
+is passed from the
+.Cm af
+.Nm printcap
+entry.
+.Pp
+If no
+.Cm if
+is specified,
+.Cm of
+is used instead,
+with the distinction that
+.Cm of
+is opened only once,
+while
+.Cm if
+is opened for every individual job.
+Thus,
+.Cm if
+is better suited to performing accounting.
+The
+.Cm of
+is only given the
+.Ar width
+and
+.Ar length
+flags.
+.Pp
+All other filters are called as:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Nm filter
+.Fl x Ns Ar width
+.Fl y Ns Ar length
+.Fl n Ar login
+.Fl h Ar host acct-file
+.Ed
+.Pp
+where
+.Ar width
+and
+.Ar length
+are represented in pixels,
+specified by the
+.Cm px
+and
+.Cm py
+entries respectively.
+.Pp
+All filters take
+.Em stdin
+as the file,
+.Em stdout
+as the printer,
+may log either to
+.Em stderr
+or using
+.Xr syslog 3 ,
+and must not ignore
+.Dv SIGINT . 
+.Sh LOGGING
+Error messages generated by the line printer programs themselves
+(that is, the
+.Xr lp Ns *
+programs)
+are logged by
+.Xr syslog 3
+using the
+.Dv LPR
+facility.
+Messages printed on
+.Em stderr
+of one of the filters
+are sent to the corresponding
+.Cm lf
+file.
+The filters may, of course, use
+.Xr syslog
+themselves.
+.Pp
+Error messages sent to the console have a carriage return and a line
+feed appended to them, rather than just a line feed.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr termcap 5 ,
+.Xr lpc 8 ,
+.Xr lpd 8 ,
+.Xr pac 8 ,
+.Xr lpr 1 ,
+.Xr lpq 1 ,
+.Xr lprm 1
+.Rs
+.%T "4.3 BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual"
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 ..
diff --git a/share/man/man5/protocols.5 b/share/man/man5/protocols.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b31c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/protocols.5
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)protocols.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt PROTOCOLS 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm protocols
+.Nd protocol name data base
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm protocols
+file contains information regarding the known protocols used in the
+.Tn DARPA
+Internet.  For each protocol a single line should be present
+with the following information:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+official protocol name
+protocol number
+aliases
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Items are separated by any number of blanks and/or
+tab characters.  A ``#'' indicates the beginning of
+a comment; characters up to the end of the line are
+not interpreted by routines which search the file.
+.Pp
+Protocol names may contain any printable
+character other than a field delimiter, newline,
+or comment character.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/protocols -compact
+.It Pa /etc/protocols
+The
+.Nm protocols
+file resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getprotoent 3
+.Sh BUGS
+A name server should be used instead of a static file.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/remote.5 b/share/man/man5/remote.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27c83f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/remote.5
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)remote.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt REMOTE 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm remote
+.Nd remote host description file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The systems known by
+.Xr tip 1
+and their attributes are stored in an
+.Tn ASCII
+file which
+is structured somewhat like the
+.Xr termcap 5
+file.  Each line in the file provides a description for a single
+.Xr system .
+Fields are separated by a colon (``:'').
+Lines ending in a \e character with an immediately following newline are
+continued on the next line.
+.Pp
+The first entry is the name(s) of the host system.  If there is more
+than one name for a system, the names are separated by vertical bars.
+After the name of the system comes the fields of the description.  A
+field name followed by an `=' sign indicates a string value follows.  A field
+name followed by a `#' sign indicates a following numeric value.
+.Pp
+Entries named ``tip*'' and ``cu*''
+are used as default entries by 
+.Xr tip ,
+and the
+.Xr cu
+interface to 
+.Xr tip ,
+as follows.  When
+.Xr tip
+is invoked with only a phone number, it looks for an entry
+of the form ``tip300'', where 300 is the baud rate with
+which the connection is to be made.  When the
+.Xr cu
+interface is used, entries of the form ``cu300'' are used.
+.Sh CAPABILITIES
+Capabilities are either strings (str), numbers (num), or boolean
+flags (bool).  A string capability is specified by 
+.Em capability Ns Ar = Ns Em value ;
+for example, ``dv=/dev/harris''.  A numeric capability is specified by
+.Em capability Ns Ar # Ns Em value ;
+for example, ``xa#99''.  A boolean capability is specified by simply listing
+the capability.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Cm \&at
+(str)
+Auto call unit type.
+.It Cm \&br
+(num)
+The baud rate used in establishing
+a connection to the remote host.
+This is a decimal number. 
+The default baud rate is 300 baud.
+.It Cm \&cm
+(str)
+An initial connection message to be sent
+to the remote host.  For example, if a
+host is reached through port selector, this
+might be set to the appropriate sequence
+required to switch to the host.
+.It Cm \&cu
+(str)
+Call unit if making a phone call.
+Default is the same as the `dv' field.
+.It Cm \&di
+(str)
+Disconnect message sent to the host when a
+disconnect is requested by the user.
+.It Cm \&du
+(bool)
+This host is on a dial-up line. 
+.It Cm \&dv
+(str)
+.Tn UNIX
+device(s) to open to establish a connection. 
+If this file refers to a terminal line,
+.Xr tip 1
+attempts to perform an exclusive open on the device to insure only
+one user at a time has access to the port.
+.It Cm \&el
+(str)
+Characters marking an end-of-line. 
+The default is
+.Dv NULL . 
+`~' escapes are only
+recognized by
+.Xr tip
+after one of the characters in `el',
+or after a carriage-return.
+.It Cm \&fs
+(str)
+Frame size for transfers. 
+The default frame size is equal to
+.Dv BUFSIZ .
+.It Cm \&hd
+(bool)
+The host uses half-duplex communication, local
+echo should be performed.
+.It Cm \&ie
+(str)
+Input end-of-file marks.
+The default is
+.Dv NULL . 
+.It Cm \&oe
+(str)
+Output end-of-file string.
+The default is
+.Dv NULL . 
+When 
+.Xr tip
+is transferring a file, this
+string is sent at end-of-file.
+.It Cm \&pa
+(str)
+The type of parity to use when sending data
+to the host.  This may be one of ``even'',
+``odd'', ``none'', ``zero'' (always set bit 8 to zero),
+``one'' (always set bit 8 to 1).  The default
+is even parity.
+.It Cm \&pn
+(str)
+Telephone number(s) for this host.
+If the telephone number field contains
+an @ sign, 
+.Xr tip
+searches the file
+.Pa /etc/phones
+file for a list of telephone numbers;
+(See
+.Xr phones 5 . )
+.It Cm \&tc
+(str)
+Indicates that the list of capabilities is continued
+in the named description.  This is used
+primarily to share common capability information.
+.El
+.Pp
+Here is a short example showing the use of the capability continuation
+feature:
+.Bd -literal
+UNIX-1200:\e
+:dv=/dev/cau0:el=^D^U^C^S^Q^O@:du:at=ventel:ie=#$%:oe=^D:br#1200:
+arpavax|ax:\e
+:pn=7654321%:tc=UNIX-1200
+.Ed
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/remote -compact
+.It Pa /etc/remote
+The
+.Nm remote
+host description file
+resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tip 1 ,
+.Xr phones 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/resolver.5 b/share/man/man5/resolver.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0358be6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/resolver.5
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)resolver.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt RESOLVER 5
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm resolver
+.Nd resolver configuration file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm resolv.conf
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Xr resolver 3
+is a set of routines in the C library
+which provide access to the Internet Domain Name System.
+The resolver configuration file contains information that is read
+by the resolver routines the first time they are invoked by a process.
+The file is designed to be human readable and contains a list of
+keywords with values that provide various types of resolver information.
+.Pp
+On a normally configured system this file should not be necessary.
+The only name server to be queried will be on the local machine,
+the domain name is determined from the host name,
+and the domain search path is constructed from the domain name.
+.Pp
+The different configuration options are:
+.Bl -tag -width nameserver
+.It Sy nameserver
+Internet address (in dot notation) of a name server
+that the resolver should query.
+Up to
+.Dv MAXNS
+(currently 3) name servers may be listed,
+one per keyword.
+If there are multiple servers,
+the resolver library queries them in the order listed.
+If no
+.Sy nameserver
+entries are present,
+the default is to use the name server on the local machine.
+(The algorithm used is to try a name server, and if the query times out,
+try the next, until out of name servers,
+then repeat trying all the name servers
+until a maximum number of retries are made).
+.It Sy domain
+Local domain name.
+Most queries for names within this domain can use short names
+relative to the local domain.
+If no
+.Sy domain
+entry is present, the domain is determined
+from the local host name returned by
+.Xr gethostname 2 ;
+the domain part is taken to be everything after the first `.'.
+Finally, if the host name does not contain a domain part, the root
+domain is assumed.
+.It Sy search
+Search list for host-name lookup.
+The search list is normally determined from the local domain name;
+by default, it begins with the local domain name, then successive
+parent domains that have at least two components in their names.
+This may be changed by listing the desired domain search path
+following the
+.Sy search
+keyword with spaces or tabs separating
+the names.
+Most resolver queries will be attempted using each component
+of the search path in turn until a match is found.
+Note that this process may be slow and will generate a lot of network
+traffic if the servers for the listed domains are not local,
+and that queries will time out if no server is available
+for one of the domains.
+.Pp
+The search list is currently limited to six domains
+with a total of 256 characters.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Sy domain
+and
+.Sy search
+keywords are mutually exclusive.
+If more than one instance of these keywords is present,
+the last instance will override.
+.Pp
+The keyword and value must appear on a single line, and the keyword
+(e.g.
+.Sy nameserver )
+must start the line.  The value follows
+the keyword, separated by white space.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/resolv.conf -compact
+.It Pa /etc/resolv.conf
+The file
+.Nm resolv.conf
+resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gethostbyname 3 ,
+.Xr resolver 3 ,
+.Xr hostname 7 ,
+.Xr named 8
+.Rs
+.%T "Name Server Operations Guide for BIND"
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm resolv.conf
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/services.5 b/share/man/man5/services.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80e03a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/services.5
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)services.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt SERVICES 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm services
+.Nd service name data base
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm services
+file contains information regarding
+the known services available in the
+.Tn DARPA
+Internet.
+For each service a single line should be present
+with the following information:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+official service name
+port number
+protocol name
+aliases
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Items are separated by any number of blanks and/or
+tab characters.  The port number and protocol name
+are considered a single 
+.Em item ;
+a ``/'' is used to
+separate the port and protocol (e.g. ``512/tcp'').
+A ``#'' indicates the beginning of
+a comment; subsequent characters up to the end of the line are
+not interpreted by the routines which search the file.
+.Pp
+Service names may contain any printable
+character other than a field delimiter, newline,
+or comment character.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/services -compact
+.It Pa /etc/services
+The
+.Nm services
+file resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getservent 3
+.Sh BUGS
+A name server should be used instead of a static file.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/shells.5 b/share/man/man5/shells.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..649b8a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/shells.5
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)shells.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt SHELLS 5
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm shells
+.Nd shell database
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm shells
+file contains a list of the shells on the system.
+For each shell a single line should be present, consisting of the
+shell's path, relative to root.
+.Pp
+A hash mark (``#'') indicates the beginning of a comment; subsequent
+characters up to the end of the line are not interpreted by the
+routines which search the file.
+Blank lines are also ignored.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/shells -compact
+.It Pa /etc/shells
+The
+.Nm shells
+file resides in
+.Pa /etc .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getusershell 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 tahoe .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/stab.5 b/share/man/man5/stab.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f7cef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/stab.5
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)stab.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt STAB 5
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm stab
+.Nd symbol table types
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stab.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file
+.Aq Pa stab.h
+defines some of the symbol table
+.Fa n_type
+field values for a.out files.
+These are the types for permanent symbols (i.e. not local labels, etc.)
+used by the old debugger
+.Em sdb
+and the Berkeley Pascal compiler
+.Xr pc 1 .
+Symbol table entries can be produced by the
+.Pa .stabs
+assembler directive.
+This allows one to specify a double-quote delimited name, a symbol type,
+one char and one short of information about the symbol, and an unsigned
+long (usually an address).
+To avoid having to produce an explicit label for the address field,
+the
+.Pa .stabd
+directive can be used to implicitly address the current location.
+If no name is needed, symbol table entries can be generated using the
+.Pa .stabn
+directive.
+The loader promises to preserve the order of symbol table entries produced
+by
+.Pa .stab
+directives.
+As described in
+.Xr a.out 5 ,
+an element of the symbol table
+consists of the following structure:
+.Bd -literal
+/*
+* Format of a symbol table entry.
+*/
+
+struct nlist {
+	union {
+		char	*n_name;	/* for use when in-core */
+		long	n_strx;		/* index into file string table */
+	} n_un;
+	unsigned char	n_type;		/* type flag */
+	char		n_other;	/* unused */
+	short		n_desc;		/* see struct desc, below */
+	unsigned	n_value;	/* address or offset or line */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The low bits of the
+.Fa n_type
+field are used to place a symbol into
+at most one segment, according to 
+the following masks, defined in
+.Aq Pa a.out.h .
+A symbol can be in none of these segments by having none of these segment
+bits set.
+.Bd -literal
+/*
+* Simple values for n_type.
+*/
+
+#define	N_UNDF	0x0	/* undefined */
+#define	N_ABS	0x2	/* absolute */
+#define	N_TEXT	0x4	/* text */
+#define	N_DATA	0x6	/* data */
+#define	N_BSS	0x8	/* bss */
+
+#define	N_EXT	01	/* external bit, or'ed in */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa n_value
+field of a symbol is relocated by the linker,
+.Xr ld 1
+as an address within the appropriate segment.
+.Fa N_value
+fields of symbols not in any segment are unchanged by the linker.
+In addition, the linker will discard certain symbols, according to rules
+of its own, unless the
+.Fa n_type
+field has one of the following bits set:
+.Bd -literal
+/*
+* Other permanent symbol table entries have some of the N_STAB bits set.
+* These are given in <stab.h>
+*/
+
+#define	N_STAB	0xe0	/* if any of these bits set, don't discard */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This allows up to 112 (7 \(** 16) symbol types, split between the various
+segments.
+Some of these have already been claimed.
+The old symbolic debugger,
+.Em sdb ,
+uses the following n_type values:
+.Bd -literal
+#define	N_GSYM	0x20	/* global symbol: name,,0,type,0 */
+#define	N_FNAME	0x22	/* procedure name (f77 kludge): name,,0 */
+#define	N_FUN	0x24	/* procedure: name,,0,linenumber,address */
+#define	N_STSYM	0x26	/* static symbol: name,,0,type,address */
+#define	N_LCSYM	0x28	/* .lcomm symbol: name,,0,type,address */
+#define	N_RSYM	0x40	/* register sym: name,,0,type,register */
+#define	N_SLINE	0x44	/* src line: 0,,0,linenumber,address */
+#define	N_SSYM	0x60	/* structure elt: name,,0,type,struct_offset */
+#define	N_SO	0x64	/* source file name: name,,0,0,address */
+#define	N_LSYM	0x80	/* local sym: name,,0,type,offset */
+#define	N_SOL	0x84	/* #included file name: name,,0,0,address */
+#define	N_PSYM	0xa0	/* parameter: name,,0,type,offset */
+#define	N_ENTRY	0xa4	/* alternate entry: name,linenumber,address */
+#define	N_LBRAC	0xc0	/* left bracket: 0,,0,nesting level,address */
+#define	N_RBRAC	0xe0	/* right bracket: 0,,0,nesting level,address */
+#define	N_BCOMM	0xe2	/* begin common: name,, */
+#define	N_ECOMM	0xe4	/* end common: name,, */
+#define	N_ECOML	0xe8	/* end common (local name): ,,address */
+#define	N_LENG	0xfe	/* second stab entry with length information */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+where the comments give
+.Em sdb
+conventional use for
+.Pa .stab
+.Fa s
+and the
+.Fa n_name ,
+.Fa n_other ,
+.Fa n_desc ,
+and
+.Fa n_value
+fields
+of the given
+.Fa n_type . 
+.Em Sdb
+uses the
+.Fa n_desc
+field to hold a type specifier in the form used
+by the Portable C Compiler,
+.Xr cc 1 ;
+see the header file
+.Pa pcc.h
+for details on the format of these type values.
+.Pp
+The Berkeley Pascal compiler,
+.Xr pc 1 ,
+uses the following
+.Fa n_type
+value:
+.Bd -literal
+#define	N_PC	0x30	/* global pascal symbol: name,,0,subtype,line */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+and uses the following subtypes to do type checking across separately
+compiled files:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+1	source file name
+2	included file name
+3	global label
+4	global constant
+5	global type
+6	global variable
+7	global function
+8	global procedure
+9	external function
+10	external procedure
+11	library variable
+12	library routine
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr as 1 ,
+.Xr ld 1 ,
+.Xr dbx 1 ,
+.Xr a.out 5
+.Sh BUGS
+.Pp
+More basic types are needed.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm stab
+file appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/types.5 b/share/man/man5/types.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a6b3bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/types.5
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)types.5	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt TYPES 5
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm types
+.Nd system data types
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file
+.Pa sys/types.h
+contains the defined data types used in the kernel (most are
+used through out the system).
+.Bd -literal
+#ifndef _TYPES_H_
+#define	_TYPES_H_
+
+typedef	short	dev_t;
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+					/* major part of a device */
+#define	major(x)	((int)(((unsigned)(x)>>8)&0377))
+					/* minor part of a device */
+#define	minor(x)	((int)((x)&0377))
+					/* make a device number */
+#define	makedev(x,y)	((dev_t)(((x)<<8) | (y)))
+#endif
+
+typedef	unsigned char	u_char;
+typedef	unsigned short	u_short;
+typedef	unsigned int	u_int;
+typedef	unsigned long	u_long;
+typedef	unsigned short	ushort;		/* Sys V compatibility */
+
+#include <machine/ansi.h>
+#if !defined(_ANSI_SOURCE) && !defined(_POSIX_SOURCE)
+#include <machine/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	_CLOCK_T_
+typedef	_CLOCK_T_	clock_t;
+#undef	_CLOCK_T_
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	_SIZE_T_
+typedef	_SIZE_T_	size_t;
+#undef	_SIZE_T_
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	_TIME_T_
+typedef	_TIME_T_	time_t;
+#undef	_TIME_T_
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+typedef	struct	_uquad { unsigned long val[2]; } u_quad;
+typedef	struct	_quad { long val[2]; } quad;
+#endif
+typedef	long *	qaddr_t;	/* should be typedef quad * qaddr_t; */
+
+typedef	long	daddr_t;
+typedef	char *	caddr_t;
+typedef	u_long	ino_t;
+typedef	long	swblk_t;
+typedef	long	segsz_t;
+typedef	long	off_t;
+typedef	u_short	uid_t;
+typedef	u_short	gid_t;
+typedef	short	pid_t;
+typedef	u_short	nlink_t;
+typedef	u_short	mode_t;
+typedef u_long	fixpt_t;
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#define	NBBY	8		/* number of bits in a byte */
+
+/*
+ * Select uses bit masks of file descriptors in longs.  These macros
+ * manipulate such bit fields (the filesystem macros use chars).
+ * FD_SETSIZE may be defined by the user, but the default here should
+ * be >= NOFILE (param.h).
+ */
+#ifndef	FD_SETSIZE
+#define	FD_SETSIZE	256
+#endif
+
+typedef long	fd_mask;
+#define NFDBITS	(sizeof(fd_mask) * NBBY)	/* bits per mask */
+
+#ifndef howmany
+#define	howmany(x, y)	(((x)+((y)-1))/(y))
+#endif
+
+typedef	struct fd_set {
+	fd_mask	fds_bits[howmany(FD_SETSIZE, NFDBITS)];
+} fd_set;
+
+#define	FD_SET(n, p)	((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] |= (1 << ((n) % NFDBITS)))
+#define	FD_CLR(n, p)	((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] &= ~(1 << ((n) % NFDBITS)))
+#define	FD_ISSET(n, p)	((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] & (1 << ((n) % NFDBITS)))
+#define	FD_ZERO(p)	bzero((char *)(p), sizeof(*(p)))
+
+#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */
+#endif /* !_TYPES_H_ */
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fs 5 ,
+.Xr time 3 ,
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+.Xr adb 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+file appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man5/utmp.5 b/share/man/man5/utmp.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3ac4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man5/utmp.5
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)utmp.5	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/17/94
+.\"
+.Dd March 17, 1994
+.Dt UTMP 5
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm utmp ,
+.Nm wtmp ,
+.Nm lastlog
+.Nd login records
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <utmp.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file
+.Aq Pa utmp.h
+declares the structures used to record information about current
+users in the file
+.Nm utmp ,
+logins and logouts in the file
+.Nm wtmp ,
+and last logins in the file
+.Nm lastlog .
+The time stamps of date changes, shutdowns and reboots are also logged in
+the
+.Nm wtmp
+file.
+.Pp
+These files can grow rapidly on busy systems, daily or weekly rotation
+is recommended. 
+If any of these files do not exist, it is not created.
+These
+files must be created manually and are normally maintained in either the script
+.Pa /etc/daily
+or the script
+.Pa /etc/weekly .
+(See
+.Xr cron 8 . )
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#define _PATH_UTMP      "/var/run/utmp"
+#define _PATH_WTMP      "/var/log/wtmp"
+#define _PATH_LASTLOG   "/var/log/lastlog"
+
+#define UT_NAMESIZE     8
+#define UT_LINESIZE     8
+#define UT_HOSTSIZE     16
+
+struct lastlog {
+        time_t  ll_time;
+        char    ll_line[UT_LINESIZE];
+        char    ll_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
+};
+
+struct utmp {
+        char    ut_line[UT_LINESIZE];
+        char    ut_name[UT_NAMESIZE];
+        char    ut_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
+        long    ut_time;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Each time a user logs in, the
+.Xr login
+program looks up the user's
+.Tn UID
+in the file
+.Nm lastlog.
+If it is found, the timestamp of the last time the user logged
+in, the terminal line and the hostname
+are written to the standard output. (Providing the login is not
+.Em quiet ,
+see
+.Xr login 1 . )
+The
+.Xr login
+program then records the new login time in the file
+.Nm lastlog .
+.Pp
+After the new
+.Fa lastlog
+record is written ,
+.\" the
+.\" .Xr libutil 3
+.\" routine
+the file
+.Nm utmp
+is opened and the
+.Fa utmp
+record for the user inserted.
+This record remains there until
+the user logs out at which time it is deleted.
+The
+.Nm utmp
+file is used by the programs
+.Xr rwho 1 ,
+.Xr users 1 ,
+.Xr w 1 ,
+and
+.Xr who 1 .
+.Pp
+Next, the
+.Xr login
+program opens the file
+.Nm wtmp ,
+and appends the user's
+.Fa utmp
+record.
+The same
+.Fa utmp
+record, with an updated time stamp is later appended
+to the file when the user logs out. (See
+.Xr init 8 . )
+The
+.Nm wtmp
+file is used by the programs
+.Xr last 1
+and
+.Xr ac 8 .
+.Pp
+In the event of a date change, a shutdown or reboot, the
+following items are logged in the
+.Nm wtmp
+file.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width shutdownxx -compact
+.It Li reboot
+.It Li shutdown
+A system reboot or shutdown has been initiated.
+The character
+.Ql \&~
+is placed in the field
+.Fa ut_line ,
+and
+.Li reboot
+or
+.Li shutdown
+in the field
+.Fa ut_name .
+(See
+.Xr shutdown 8
+and
+.Xr reboot 8 . )
+.Pp
+.It Li date
+The system time has been manually or automatically updated.
+(See
+.Xr date 1 . )
+The command name
+.Xr date
+is recorded in the field
+.Fa ut_name .
+In the field
+.Fa ut_line ,
+the character
+.Ql \\*(Ba
+indicates the time prior to the change, and the character
+.Ql \&{
+indicates the new time.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /var/log/lastlog -compact
+.It Pa /var/run/utmp
+The
+.Nm utmp file.
+.It Pa /var/log/wtmp
+The
+.Nm wtmp file.
+.It Pa /var/log/lastlog
+The
+.Nm lastlog file.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr last 1 ,
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr who 1 ,
+.Xr ac 8 ,
+.Xr init 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm utmp
+and
+.Nm wtmp
+file format appeared in
+.At v6 .
+The
+.Nm lastlog
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 3.0 .
diff --git a/share/man/man7/Makefile b/share/man/man7/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd3fe2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+
+MAN7=	ascii.0 environ.0 eqnchar.0 hier.0 hostname.0 intro.0 mailaddr.0 \
+	man.0 mdoc.0 mdoc.samples.0 ms.0 operator.0 term.0
+MLINKS=	intro.7 miscellaneous.7
+
+all: ${MAN7}
+
+clean depend lint tags:
+
+cleandir:
+	rm -f ${MAN7}
+
+install: maninstall
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/man7/ascii.7 b/share/man/man7/ascii.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b876a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/ascii.7
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)ascii.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt ASCII 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ascii
+.Nd octal, hexadecimal and decimal
+.Tn ASCII
+character sets
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm octal
+set:
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+000 nul  001 soh  002 stx  003 etx  004 eot  005 enq  006 ack  007 bel
+010 bs   011 ht   012 nl   013 vt   014 np   015 cr   016 so   017 si
+020 dle  021 dc1  022 dc2  023 dc3  024 dc4  025 nak  026 syn  027 etb
+030 can  031 em   032 sub  033 esc  034 fs   035 gs   036 rs   037 us 
+040 sp   041  !   042  "   043  #   044  $   045  %   046  &   047  ' 
+050  (   051  )   052  *   053  +   054  ,   055  -   056  .   057  / 
+060  0   061  1   062  2   063  3   064  4   065  5   066  6   067  7 
+070  8   071  9   072  :   073  ;   074  <   075  =   076  >   077  ? 
+100  @   101  A   102  B   103  C   104  D   105  E   106  F   107  G 
+110  H   111  I   112  J   113  K   114  L   115  M   116  N   117  O 
+120  P   121  Q   122  R   123  S   124  T   125  U   126  V   127  W 
+130  X   131  Y   132  Z   133  [   134  \e\   135  ]   136  ^   137  _ 
+140  `   141  a   142  b   143  c   144  d   145  e   146  f   147  g 
+150  h   151  i   152  j   153  k   154  l   155  m   156  n   157  o 
+160  p   161  q   162  r   163  s   164  t   165  u   166  v   167  w 
+170  x   171  y   172  z   173  {   174  |   175  }   176  ~   177 del
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm hexadecimal
+set:
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+00 nul   01 soh   02 stx   03 etx   04 eot   05 enq   06 ack   07 bel
+08 bs    09 ht    0a nl    0b vt    0c np    0d cr    0e so    0f si 
+10 dle   11 dc1   12 dc2   13 dc3   14 dc4   15 nak   16 syn   17 etb
+18 can   19 em    1a sub   1b esc   1c fs    1d gs    1e rs    1f us 
+20 sp    21  !    22  "    23  #    24  $    25  %    26  &    27  ' 
+28  (    29  )    2a  *    2b  +    2c  ,    2d  -    2e  .    2f  / 
+30  0    31  1    32  2    33  3    34  4    35  5    36  6    37  7 
+38  8    39  9    3a  :    3b  ;    3c  <    3d  =    3e  >    3f  ? 
+40  @    41  A    42  B    43  C    44  D    45  E    46  F    47  G 
+48  H    49  I    4a  J    4b  K    4c  L    4d  M    4e  N    4f  O 
+50  P    51  Q    52  R    53  S    54  T    55  U    56  V    57  W 
+58  X    59  Y    5a  Z    5b  [    5c  \e\    5d  ]    5e  ^    5f  _ 
+60  \`    61  a    62  b    63  c    64  d    65  e    66  f    67  g 
+68  h    69  i    6a  j    6b  k    6c  l    6d  m    6e  n    6f  o 
+70  p    71  q    72  r    73  s    74  t    75  u    76  v    77  w 
+78  x    79  y    7a  z    7b  {    7c  |    7d  }    7e  ~    7f del
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm decimal
+set:
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+  0 nul    1 soh    2 stx    3 etx    4 eot    5 enq    6 ack    7 bel
+  8 bs     9 ht    10 nl    11 vt    12 np    13 cr    14 so    15 si 
+ 16 dle   17 dc1   18 dc2   19 dc3   20 dc4   21 nak   22 syn   23 etb
+ 24 can   25 em    26 sub   27 esc   28 fs    29 gs    30 rs    31 us 
+ 32 sp    33  !    34  "    35  #    36  $    37  %    38  &    39  ' 
+ 40  (    41  )    42  *    43  +    44  ,    45  -    46  .    47  / 
+ 48  0    49  1    50  2    51  3    52  4    53  5    54  6    55  7 
+ 56  8    57  9    58  :    59  ;    60  <    61  =    62  >    63  ? 
+ 64  @    65  A    66  B    67  C    68  D    69  E    70  F    71  G 
+ 72  H    73  I    74  J    75  K    76  L    77  M    78  N    79  O 
+ 80  P    81  Q    82  R    83  S    84  T    85  U    86  V    87  W 
+ 88  X    89  Y    90  Z    91  [    92  \e\    93  ]    94  ^    95  _ 
+ 96  `    97  a    98  b    99  c   100  d   101  e   102  f   103  g 
+104  h   105  i   106  j   107  k   108  l   109  m   110  n   111  o 
+112  p   113  q   114  r   115  s   116  t   117  u   118  v   119  w 
+120  x   121  y   122  z   123  {   124  |   125  }   126  ~   127 del
+.Ed
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/misc/ascii -compact
+.It Pa /usr/share/misc/ascii
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm ascii
+manual page appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man7/environ.7 b/share/man/man7/environ.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3888626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/environ.7
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)environ.7	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt ENVIRON 7
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm environ
+.Nd user environment
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ar extern char **environ ;
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+An array of strings called the
+.Ar environment
+is made available by
+.Xr execve  2
+when a process begins.  By convention these strings have the form
+.Dq Ar name=value .
+The following names are used by various commands:
+.Bl -tag -width BLOCKSIZE
+.It Ev BLOCKSIZE
+The size of the block units used by several commands, most notably
+.Xr df 1 ,
+.Xr du 1
+and
+.Xr ls 1 .
+BLOCKSIZE may be specified in units of a byte by specifying a number, 
+in units of a kilobyte by specifying a number followed by ``K'' or
+``k'', in units of a megabyte by specifying a number followed by ``M''
+or ``m'' and in units of a gigabyte by specifying a number followed
+by ``G'' or ``g''.
+Sizes less than 512 bytes or greater than a gigabyte are ignored.
+.It Ev EXINIT
+A startup list of commands read by
+.Xr ex  1  ,
+.Xr edit  1 ,
+and
+.Xr vi  1  .
+.It Ev HOME
+A user's login directory, set by
+.Xr login  1
+from the password file
+.Xr passwd  5  .
+.It Ev PATH
+The sequence of directories, separated by colons, searched by
+.Xr csh  1  ,
+.Xr sh  1 ,
+.Xr system  3  ,
+.Xr execvp  3 ,
+etc, when looking for an executable file.
+PATH is set to ``:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin'' initially by
+.Xr login  1  .
+.It Ev PRINTER
+The name of the default printer to be used by
+.Xr lpr  1  ,
+.Xr lpq  1 ,
+and
+.Xr lprm  1  .
+.It Ev SHELL
+The full pathname of the user's login shell.
+.It Ev TERM
+The kind of terminal for which output is to be prepared.
+This information is used by commands, such as
+.Xr nroff  1
+or
+.Xr plot 1
+which may exploit special terminal capabilities.  See
+.Pa /usr/share/misc/termcap
+.Pq Xr termcap 5
+for a list of terminal types.
+.It Ev TERMCAP
+The string describing the terminal in TERM, or, if
+it begins with a '/', the name of the termcap file.
+See
+.Ev TERMPATH
+below,
+.Xr termcap  5  ,
+and
+.Xr termcap  .
+.It Ev TERMPATH
+A sequence of pathnames of termcap files, separated by colons or spaces,
+which are searched for terminal descriptions in the order listed.  Having
+no
+.Ev TERMPATH
+is equivalent to a
+.Ev TERMPATH
+of
+.Dq Pa $HOME/.termcap:/etc/termcap .
+.Ev TERMPATH
+is ignored if
+.Ev TERMCAP
+contains a full pathname.
+.It Ev TMPDIR
+The directory in which to store temporary files.
+Most applications use either
+.Dq /tmp
+or
+.Dq /var/tmp .
+Setting this variable will make them use another directory.
+.It Ev TZ
+The timezone to use when displaying dates.
+The normal format is a pathname relative to
+.Dq /usr/share/zoneinfo .
+For example, the command
+.Dq env TZ=US/Pacific date
+displays the current time in California.
+See
+.Xr tzset 3
+for more information.
+.It Ev USER
+The login name of the user.
+.El
+.Pp
+Further names may be placed in the environment by the
+.Xr export
+command and
+.Ar name=value
+arguments in
+.Xr sh  1  ,
+or by the
+.Xr setenv
+command if you use
+.Xr csh  1  .
+It is unwise to change certain
+.Xr sh  1
+variables that are frequently exported by
+.Pa .profile
+files, such as
+.Ev MAIL ,
+.Ev PS1 ,
+.Ev PS2 ,
+and
+.Ev IFS ,
+unless you know what you are doing.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr ex 1 ,
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr execle 3 ,
+.Xr system 3 ,
+.Xr termcap 3 ,
+.Xr termcap 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm environ
+manual page appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man7/hier.7 b/share/man/man7/hier.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d9ab10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/hier.7
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)hier.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt HIER 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hier
+.Nd layout of filesystems
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A sketch of the filesystem hierarchy.
+.Bl -tag -width "/stand/"
+.It Li /
+root directory of the filesystem
+.It Li /bin/
+user utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments
+.It Li /dev/
+block and character device files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width MAKEDEV -compact
+.It Li MAKEDEV
+script for creating device files;
+see
+.Xr makedev 8
+.It Li fd/ 
+file descriptor files;
+see
+.Xr \&fd 4
+.El
+.It Li /etc/
+system configuration files and scripts 
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "disklabels/" -compact
+.It Li localtime
+local timezone information;
+see
+.Xr ctime 3
+.It Li disklabels/
+backup disklabels;
+see
+.Xr disklabel 8
+.It Li kerberosIV/ 
+configuration files for the kerberos version IV;
+see
+.Xr kerberos 1
+.It Li mtree/ 
+mtree configuration files;
+see
+.Xr mtree 1
+.It Li namedb/ 
+named configuration files;
+see
+.Xr named 8
+.El
+.It Li /mnt/
+empty directory commonly used by
+system administrators as a temporary mount point
+.It Li /sbin/
+system programs and administration utilities
+fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments
+.It Li /stand/
+programs used in a standalone environment
+.It Li /tmp/ 
+temporary files, usually a
+.Xr mfs 8
+memory-based filesystem (the contents
+of /tmp are usually NOT preserved across a system reboot)
+.It Li /usr/
+contains the majority of user utilities and applications 
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "libdata/" -compact
+.It Li bin/
+common utilities, programming tools, and applications 
+.It Li contrib/
+large packages contributed to Berkeley by outside parties
+.It Li games/
+useful and semi-frivolous programs
+.It Li include/
+standard C include files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "kerberosIV/" -compact
+.It Li X11/
+C include files for X11 window system
+.It Li arpa/
+C include files for Internet service protocols
+.It Li kerberosIV/
+C include files for kerberos authentication package;
+see
+.Xr kerberos 1
+.It Li machine/
+machine specific C include files
+.It Li net/
+misc network C include files
+.It Li netimp/
+C include files for IMP protocols;
+see
+.Xr imp 4
+.It Li netinet/
+C include files for Internet standard protocols;
+see
+.Xr inet 4
+.It Li netiso/
+C include files for ISO standard protocols;
+see
+.Xr iso 4
+.It Li netns/
+C include files for XNS standard protocols;
+see
+.Xr \&ns 4
+.It Li nfs/
+C include files for NFS (Network File System)
+.It Li pascal/
+include files for pc 1
+.It Li protocols/
+C include files for Berkeley service protocols
+.It Li sys/
+system C include files (kernel data structures)
+.It Li ufs/
+C include files for UFS (The U-word File System)
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li lib/
+archive libraries
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li uucp/
+UUCP configuration files (historically placed; to be moved)
+.El
+.It Li libdata/
+misc. utility data files
+.It Li libexec/
+system daemons & system utilities (executed by other programs)
+.It Li local/
+local executables, libraries, etc.
+.It Li obj/
+architecture-specific target tree produced by building the /usr/src tree
+.It Li old/
+programs from past lives of BSD which may disappear in future
+releases
+.It Li sbin/
+system daemons & system utilities (executed by users)
+.It Li share/
+architecture-independent ascii text files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "calendar/" -compact
+.It Li calendar/
+a variety of pre-fab calendar files;
+see
+.Xr calendar 1
+.It Li dict/
+word lists;
+see
+.Xr look 1
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li words
+common words
+.It Li web2
+words from Webster's 2nd International
+.It Li papers/
+reference databases;
+see
+.Xr refer 1
+.It Li special/
+custom word lists;
+see
+.Xr spell 1
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li doc/
+misc documentation;
+src for most of the printed
+.Bx BSD
+manuals (available
+from the
+.Tn USENIX
+association)
+.It Li games/
+ascii text files used by various games
+.It Li man/
+manual pages 
+.It Li me/
+macros for use with the me macro package
+.It Li misc/
+misc system-wide ascii text files
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li termcap
+terminal characteristics database;
+see
+.Xr termcap 5
+.El
+.It Li mk/
+templates for make;
+see
+.Xr make 1
+.It Li ms/
+macros for use with the ms macro package
+.It Li skel/
+example . (dot) files for new accounts
+.It Li tabset/
+tab description files for a variety of terminals; used in 
+the termcap file;
+see
+.Xr termcap 5
+.It Li tmac/
+text processing macros;
+see
+.Xr nroff 1
+and 
+.Xr troff 1
+.It Li zoneinfo/
+timezone configuration information;
+see
+.Xr tzfile 5
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li src/
+BSD and/or local source files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "kerberosIV/" -compact
+.It Li bin/
+src for files in /bin 
+.It Li contrib/
+src for files in /usr/contrib
+.It Li etc/
+src for files in /etc
+.It Li games/
+src for files in /usr/games
+.It Li include/
+src for files in /usr/include
+.It Li kerberosIV/
+src for kerberos version IV
+.It Li lib/
+src for files in /usr/lib
+.It Li libexec/
+src for files in /usr/libexec
+.It Li local/
+src for files in /usr/local
+.It Li old/
+src for files in /usr/old
+.It Li pgrm/
+src for programming tools in /usr/bin
+.It Li sbin/
+src for files in /sbin
+.It Li share/
+src for files in /usr/share
+.It Li sys/
+kernel src files
+.It Li usr.bin/
+src for files in /usr/bin
+.It Li usr.sbin/
+src for files in /usr/sbin
+.El
+.El
+.It Li /var/
+multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "preserve/" -compact
+.It Li account/ 
+system accounting files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li acct
+execution accounting file;
+see
+.Xr acct 5
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li at/
+timed command scheduling files;
+see
+.Xr \&at 1
+.It Li backups/
+misc. backup files
+.It Li db/ 
+misc. automatically generated system-specific database files
+.It Li games/ 
+misc. game status and log files
+.It Li log/ 
+misc. system log files
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li wtmp
+login/logout log;
+see
+.Xr wtmp 5
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li mail/ 
+user mailbox files
+.It Li preserve/
+temporary home of files preserved after an accidental death
+of an editor;
+see
+.Xr \&ex 1 
+.It Li quotas/ 
+filesystem quota information files
+.It Li run/
+system information files describing various info about
+system since it was booted
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li utmp
+database of current users;
+see
+.Xr utmp 5
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li rwho/ 
+rwho data files;
+see
+.Xr rwhod 8 ,
+.Xr rwho 1 ,
+and
+.Xr ruptime 1
+.It Li spool/ 
+misc. printer and mail system spooling directories
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Fl -compact
+.It Li ftp/ 
+commonly ~ftp; the anonymous ftp root directory
+.It Li mqueue/ 
+undelivered mail queue;
+see
+.Xr sendmail 8
+.It Li output/
+line printer spooling directories
+.It Li secretmail/ 
+secretmail spool directory;
+see
+.Xr xget 1
+.It Li uucp/ 
+uucp spool directory
+.It Li uucppublic/
+commonly ~uucp; public uucp temporary directory
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Li tmp/ 
+temporary files that are kept between system reboots
+.El
+.It Li /vmunix
+pure kernel executable (the operating system loaded into memory
+at boot time).  
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr \&ls 1 ,
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+.Xr whereis 1 ,
+.Xr finger 1 ,
+.Xr which 1 ,
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr grep 1  ,
+.Xr fsck 8 
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm hier
+manual page appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/share/man/man7/hostname.7 b/share/man/man7/hostname.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..719ae0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/hostname.7
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)hostname.7	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 30, 1993
+.Dt HOSTNAME 7
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hostname
+.Nd host name resolution description
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Hostnames are domains, where a domain is a hierarchical, dot-separated
+list of subdomains; for example, the machine monet, in the Berkeley
+subdomain of the EDU subdomain of the Internet would be represented as
+.Pp
+.Dl monet.Berkeley.EDU
+.Pp
+(with no trailing dot).
+.Pp
+Hostnames are often used with network client and server programs,
+which must generally translate the name to an address for use.
+(This function is generally performed by the library routine
+.Xr gethostbyname  3  . )
+Hostnames are resolved by the Internet name resolver in the following
+fashion.
+.Pp
+If the name consists of a single component, i.e. contains no dot,
+and if the environment variable
+.Dq Ev HOSTALIASES
+is set to the name of a file,
+that file is searched for any string matching the input hostname.
+The file should consist of lines made up of two white-space separated strings,
+the first of which is the hostname alias,
+and the second of which is the complete hostname
+to be substituted for that alias.
+If a case-insensitive match is found between the hostname to be resolved
+and the first field of a line in the file, the substituted name is looked
+up with no further processing.
+.Pp
+If the input name ends with a trailing dot,
+the trailing dot is removed,
+and the remaining name is looked up with no further processing.
+.Pp
+If the input name does not end with a trailing dot, it is looked up
+by searching through a list of domains until a match is found.
+The default search list includes first the local domain,
+then its parent domains with at least 2 name components (longest first).
+For example,
+in the domain CS.Berkeley.EDU, the name lithium.CChem will be checked first
+as lithium.CChem.CS.Berkeley.EDU and then as lithium.CChem.Berkeley.EDU.
+Lithium.CChem.EDU will not be tried, as the there is only one component
+remaining from the local domain.
+The search path can be changed from the default
+by a system-wide configuration file (see
+.Xr resolver  5  ) .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gethostbyname 3 ,
+.Xr resolver 5 ,
+.Xr mailaddr 7 ,
+.Xr named 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm Hostname
+appeared in 4.2 BSD.
diff --git a/share/man/man7/intro.7 b/share/man/man7/intro.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07ef6a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/intro.7
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)intro.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt INTRO 7
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro
+.Nd miscellaneous information pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This section contains miscellaneous documentation, mostly
+in the area of text processing macro packages for
+.Xr troff  1  .
+.Pp
+.Ds I
+.Cw mailaddr
+.Cl ascii	map of ASCII character set
+.Cl environ	user environment
+.Cl eqnchar	special character definitions for eqn
+.Cl hier	file system hierarchy
+.Cl mailaddr	mail addressing description
+.Cl man	macros to typeset manual pages
+.Cl \&me	macros for formatting papers
+.Cl \&ms	macros for formatting manuscripts
+.Cl term	conventional names for terminals
+.Cw
+.De
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm intro
+appeared in 4.2 BSD.
diff --git a/share/man/man7/mailaddr.7 b/share/man/man7/mailaddr.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96a98f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/mailaddr.7
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mailaddr.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/16/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 16, 1993
+.Dt MAILADDR 7
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mailaddr
+.Nd mail addressing description
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Mail addresses are based on the Internet protocol listed at the end of this
+manual page.  These addresses are in the general format
+.Pp
+.Dl user@domain
+.Pp
+where a domain is a hierarchical dot separated list of subdomains.  For
+example, a valid address is:
+.Pp
+.Dl eric@CS.Berkeley.EDU
+.Pp
+Unlike some other forms of addressing, domains do not imply any routing.
+Thus, although this address is specified as an Internet address, it might
+travel by an alternate route if that were more convenient or efficient.
+For example, at Berkeley, the associated message would probably go directly
+to CS over the Ethernet rather than going via the Berkeley Internet
+gateway.
+.Ss Abbreviation.
+Under certain circumstances it may not be necessary to type the entire
+domain name.  In general, anything following the first dot may be omitted
+if it is the same as the domain from which you are sending the message.
+For example, a user on ``calder.berkeley.edu'' could send to ``eric@CS''
+without adding the ``berkeley.edu'' since it is the same on both sending
+and receiving hosts.
+.Ss Compatibility.
+.Pp
+Certain old address formats are converted to the new format to provide
+compatibility with the previous mail system.  In particular,
+.Pp
+.Dl user@host
+.Pp
+and
+.Dl user@host.domain
+.Pp
+are allowed;
+.Pp
+.Dl host.domain!user
+.Pp
+is converted to
+.Pp
+.Dl user@host.domain
+.Pp
+and
+.Pp
+.Dl host!user
+.Pp
+is converted to
+.Pp
+.Dl user@host.UUCP
+.Pp
+This is normally converted back to the ``host!user'' form before being sent
+on for compatibility with older UUCP hosts.
+.Pp
+.Ss Case Distinctions.
+.Pp
+Domain names (i.e., anything after the ``@'' sign) may be given in any mixture
+of upper and lower case with the exception of UUCP hostnames.  Most hosts
+accept any combination of case in user names, with the notable exception of
+MULTICS sites.
+.Ss Route-addrs.
+.Pp
+Under some circumstances it may be necessary to route a message through
+several hosts to get it to the final destination.  Normally this routing
+is done automatically, but sometimes it is desirable to route the message
+manually.  Addresses which show these relays are termed ``route-addrs.''
+These use the syntax:
+.Pp
+.Dl <@hosta,@hostb:user@hostc>
+.Pp
+This specifies that the message should be sent to hosta, from there to hostb,
+and finally to hostc.  This path is forced even if there is a more efficient
+path to hostc.
+.Pp
+Route-addrs occur frequently on return addresses, since these are generally
+augmented by the software at each host.  It is generally possible to ignore
+all but the ``user@hostc'' part of the address to determine the actual
+sender.
+.Pp
+[Note: the route-addr syntax is officially deprecated
+in RFC 1123 and should not be used.]
+.Pp
+Many sites also support the ``percent hack'' for simplistic routing:
+.Pp
+.Dl user%hostc%hostb@hosta
+.Pp
+is routed as indicated in the previous example.
+.Ss Postmaster.
+.Pp
+Every site is required to have a user or user alias designated ``postmaster''
+to which problems with the mail system may be addressed.
+.Ss Other Networks.
+.Pp
+Some other networks can be reached by giving the name of the network as the
+last component of the domain.
+.Em This is not a standard feature
+and may
+not be supported at all sites.  For example, messages to CSNET or BITNET sites
+can often be sent to ``user@host.CSNET'' or ``user@host.BITNET'' respectively.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mail 1 ,
+.Xr sendmail 8 ;
+.br
+Crocker, D. H.,
+.Em Standard for the Format of Arpa Internet Text Messages,
+RFC822.
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm Mailaddr
+appeared in 4.2 BSD.
+.Sh BUGS
+The RFC822 group syntax (``group:user1,user2,user3;'') is not supported
+except in the special case of ``group:;'' because of a conflict with old
+berknet-style addresses.
+.Pp
+Route-Address syntax is grotty.
+.Pp
+UUCP- and Internet-style addresses do not coexist politely.
diff --git a/share/man/man7/mdoc.7 b/share/man/man7/mdoc.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7d92fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/mdoc.7
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mdoc.7	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 30, 1993
+.Os
+.Dt MDOC 7
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mdoc
+.Nd quick reference guide for the
+.Nm \-mdoc
+macro package
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm groff
+.Fl m Ns Ar doc
+.Ar files ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm \-mdoc
+package is a set of content-based and domain-based macros
+used to format the
+.Bx
+man pages.
+The macro names and their meanings are
+listed below for quick reference; for
+a detailed explanation on using the package,
+see the tutorial sampler
+.Xr mdoc.samples 7 .
+.Pp
+The macros are described in two groups, the first
+includes the structural and physical page layout macros.
+The second contains the manual and general text domain
+macros which differentiate the
+.Nm -\mdoc
+package from other
+.Xr troff
+formatting packages.
+.Sh PAGE STRUCTURE DOMAIN
+.Ss Title Macros
+To create a valid manual page, these three macros, in this order,
+are required:
+.Bl -tag -width "xxxx.Os OPERATINGxSYSTEM [version/release]" -compact
+.It Li "\&.Dd  " Ar "Month day, year"
+Document date.
+.It Li "\&.Dt  " Ar "DOCUMENT_TITLE [section] [volume]"
+Title, in upper case.
+.It Li "\&.Os  " Ar "OPERATING_SYSTEM [version/release]"
+Operating system
+.Pq Tn BSD .
+.El
+.Ss Page Layout Macros
+Section headers, paragraph breaks, lists and displays.
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.It Li \&.Sh
+Section Headers.
+Valid headers, in the order of presentation:
+.Bl -tag -width "RETURN VALUES" -compact
+.It Ar NAME
+Name section, should include the
+.Ql \&.Nm
+or
+.Ql \&.Fn
+and the
+.Ql \&.Nd
+macros.
+.It Ar SYNOPSIS
+Usage.
+.It Ar DESCRIPTION
+General description, should include
+options and parameters.
+.It Ar RETURN VALUES
+Sections two and three function calls.
+.It Ar ENVIRONMENT
+Describe environment variables.
+.It Ar FILES
+Files associated with the subject.
+.It Ar EXAMPLES
+Examples and suggestions.
+.It Ar DIAGNOSTICS
+Normally used for section four device interface diagnostics.
+.It Ar ERRORS
+Sections two and three error and signal
+handling.
+.It Ar SEE ALSO
+Cross references and citations.
+.It Ar STANDARDS
+Conformance to standards if applicable.
+.It Ar HISTORY
+If a standard is not applicable, the history
+of the subject should be given.
+.It Ar BUGS
+Gotchas and caveats.
+.It Ar other
+Customized headers may be added at
+the authors discretion.
+.El
+.It Li \&.Ss
+Subsection Headers.
+.It Li \&.Pp
+Paragraph Break.
+Vertical space (one line).
+.It Li \&.D1
+(D-one) Display-one
+Indent and display one text line.
+.It Li \&.Dl
+(D-ell) Display-one literal.
+Indent and display one line of literal text.
+.It Li \&.Bd
+Begin-display block.
+Display options:
+.Bl -tag -width "xoffset string " -compact
+.It Fl ragged
+Unjustified (ragged edges).
+.It Fl filled
+Justified.
+.It Fl literal
+Literal text or code.
+.It Fl file Ar name
+Read in named
+.Ar file
+and display.
+.It Fl offset Ar string
+Offset display.
+Acceptable
+.Ar string
+values:
+.Bl -tag -width indent-two -compact
+.It Ar left
+Align block on left (default).
+.It Ar center
+Approximate center margin.
+.It Ar indent
+Six constant width spaces (a tab).
+.It Ar indent-two
+Two tabs.
+.It Ar right
+Left aligns block 2 inches from
+right.
+.It Ar xx Ns Cm n
+Where
+.Ar xx
+is a number from
+.No \&4 Ns Cm n
+to
+.No \&9\&9 Ns Cm n .
+.It Ar Aa
+Where
+.Ar Aa
+is a callable macro name.
+.It Ar string
+The width of
+.Ar string
+is used.
+.El
+.El
+.It Li \&.Ed
+End-display (matches \&.Bd).
+.It Li \&.Bl
+Begin-list.
+Create lists or columns. Options:
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.It Ar List-types
+.Bl -column xbullet -compact
+.It Fl bullet Ta "Bullet Item List"
+.It Fl item Ta "Unlabeled List"
+.It Fl enum Ta "Enumerated List"
+.It Fl tag Ta "Tag Labeled List"
+.It Fl diag Ta "Diagnostic List"
+.It Fl hang Ta "Hanging Labeled List"
+.It Fl ohang Ta "Overhanging Labeled List"
+.It Fl inset Ta "Inset or Run-on Labeled List"
+.El
+.It List-parameters
+.Bl -tag -width "xcompact " -compact
+.It Fl offset
+(All lists.) See
+.Ql \&.Bd
+begin-display above.
+.It Fl width
+.Pf ( Fl tag
+and
+.Fl hang
+lists only.)
+See
+.Ql \&.Bd .
+.It Fl compact
+(All lists.)
+Suppresses blank lines.
+.El
+.El
+.It Li \&.El
+End-list.
+.It Li \&.It
+List item.
+.El
+.Sh MANUAL AND GENERAL TEXT DOMAIN MACROS
+The manual and general text domain macros are special in that
+most of them are parsed for callable macros
+for example:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Op Fl s Ar filex" -offset indent
+.It Li "\&.Op Fl s Ar file"
+Produces
+.Op Fl s Ar file
+.El
+.Pp
+In this example, the option enclosure macro
+.Ql \&.Op
+is parsed, and calls the callable content macro
+.Ql \&Fl
+which operates on the argument
+.Ql s
+and then calls the callable content macro
+.Ql \&Ar
+which operates on the argument
+.Ql file .
+Some macros may be callable, but are not parsed and vice versa.
+These macros are indicated in the
+.Em parsed
+and
+.Em callable
+columns below.
+.Pp
+Unless stated, manual domain macros share a common syntax:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.Va argument [\ .\ ,\ ;\ :\ (\ )\ [\ ]\ argument \...\ ]
+.Pp
+.Sy Note :
+Opening and closing
+punctuation characters are only recognized as such if they are presented
+one at a time.
+The string
+.Ql "),"
+is not recognized as punctuation and will be output with a leading white
+space and in what ever font the calling macro uses.
+The
+argument list
+.Ql "] ) ,"
+is recognized as three sequential closing punctuation characters
+and a leading white space is not output between the characters
+and the previous argument (if any).
+The special meaning of a punctuation character may be escaped
+with the string
+.Ql \e& .
+For example the following string,
+.Bl -tag -width "&.Ar file1\ , file2\ , file3\ )\ ." -offset indent
+.It Li "\&.Ar file1\ , file2\ , file3\ )\ ."
+Produces
+.Ar file1 , file2 , file3 ) .
+.El
+.ne 1i
+.Ss Manual Domain Macros
+.Bl -column "Name" "Parsed" Callable" -compact
+.It Em Name	Parsed	Callable	Description
+.It Li \&Ad Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta Address. "(This macro may be deprecated.)"
+.It Li \&Ar Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Command line argument."
+.It Li \&Cd Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Configuration declaration (section four only)."
+.It Li \&Cm Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Command line argument modifier."
+.It Li \&Dv Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Defined variable (source code)."
+.It Li \&Er Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Error number (source code)."
+.It Li \&Ev Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Environment variable."
+.It Li \&Fa Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Function argument."
+.It Li \&Fd Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Function declaration."
+.It Li \&Fn Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Function call (also .Fo and .Fc)."
+.It Li \&Ic Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Interactive command."
+.It Li \&Li Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Literal text."
+.It Li \&Nm Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Command name."
+.It Li \&Op Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Option (also .Oo and .Oc)."
+.It Li \&Ot Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Old style function type (Fortran only)."
+.It Li \&Pa Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Pathname or file name."
+.It Li \&St Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Standards (-p1003.2, -p1003.1 or -ansiC)"
+.It Li \&Va Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Variable name."
+.It Li \&Vt Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Variable type (Fortran only)."
+.It Li \&Xr Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Manual Page Cross Reference."
+.El
+.Ss General Text Domain Macros
+.Bl -column "Name" "Parsed" Callable" -compact
+.It Em "Name	Parsed	Callable	Description"
+.It Li \&%A Ta Yes Ta \&No Ta "Reference author."
+.It Li \&%B Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Reference book title."
+.It Li \&%\&C Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference place of publishing (city)."
+.It Li \&%\&D Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference date."
+.It Li \&%J Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Reference journal title."
+.It Li \&%N Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference issue number."
+.It Li \&%\&O Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference optional information."
+.It Li \&%P Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference page number(s)."
+.It Li \&%R Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference report Name."
+.It Li \&%T Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Reference article title."
+.It Li \&%V Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference volume."
+.It Li \&Ac Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Angle close quote."
+.It Li \&Ao Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Angle open quote."
+.It Li \&Aq Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Angle quote."
+.It Li \&At Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta Tn "AT&T UNIX"
+.It Li \&Bc Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Bracket close quote."
+.It Li \&Bf Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Begin font mode."
+.It Li \&Bo Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Bracket open quote."
+.It Li \&Bq Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Bracket quote."
+.It Li \&Bx Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta Bx .
+.It Li \&Db Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Debug (default is \\*qoff\\*q)"
+.It Li \&Dc Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Double close quote."
+.It Li \&Do Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Double open quote."
+.It Li \&Dq Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Double quote."
+.It Li \&Ec Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Enclose string close quote."
+.It Li \&Ef Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "End font mode."
+.It Li \&Em Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Emphasis (traditional English)."
+.It Li \&Eo Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Enclose string open quote."
+.It Li \&No Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Normal text (no-op)."
+.It Li \&Ns Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "No space."
+.It Li \&Pc Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Parenthesis close quote."
+.It Li \&Pf Ta Yes Ta \&No Ta "Prefix string."
+.It Li \&Po Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Parenthesis open quote."
+.It Li \&Pq Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Parentheses quote."
+.It Li \&Qc Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Strait Double close quote."
+.It Li \&Ql Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Quoted literal."
+.It Li \&Qo Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Strait Double open quote."
+.It Li \&Qq Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Strait Double quote."
+.It Li \&Re Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference start."
+.It Li \&Rs Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Reference start."
+.It Li \&Sc Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Single close quote."
+.It Li \&So Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Single open quote."
+.It Li \&Sq Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Single quote."
+.It Li \&Sm Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Space mode (default is \\*qon\\*q)"
+.It Li \&Sx Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Section Cross Reference."
+.It Li \&Sy Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Symbolic (traditional English)."
+.It Li \&Tn Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Trade or type name (small Caps)."
+.It Li \&Ux Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta Ux
+.It Li \&Xc Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Extend argument list close."
+.It Li \&Xo Ta Yes Ta Yes Ta "Extend argument list close."
+.El
+.\" .It Sy \&Hf Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta "Include file with header"
+.Pp
+Macro names ending in
+.Ql q
+quote remaining items on the argument list.
+Macro names ending in
+.Ql o
+begin a quote which may span more than one line of input and
+are close quoted with the matching macro name ending in
+.Ql c .
+Enclosure macros may be nested and are limited to
+eight arguments.
+.Pp
+Note: the extended argument list macros
+.Pf ( Ql \&.Xo ,
+.Ql \&.Xc )
+and the function enclosure macros
+.Pf ( Ql \&.Fo ,
+.Ql \&.Fc )
+are irregular.
+The extended list macros are used when the number of macro arguments
+would exceed the
+.Xr troff
+limitation of nine arguments.
+.Sh CONFIGURATION
+For site specific configuration of the macro package,
+see the file
+.Pa /usr/src/share/tmac/README .
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "tmac.doc-ditroff" -compact
+.It Pa tmac.doc
+Manual and general text domain macros.
+.It Pa tmac.doc-common
+Common structural macros and definitions.
+.It Pa tmac.doc-nroff
+Site dependent
+.Xr nroff
+style file.
+.It Pa tmac.doc-ditroff
+Site dependent
+.Xr troff
+style file.
+.It Pa tmac.doc-syms
+Special defines (such as the standards macro).
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mdoc.samples 7
diff --git a/share/man/man7/mdoc.samples.7 b/share/man/man7/mdoc.samples.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1cc9c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/mdoc.samples.7
@@ -0,0 +1,2826 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mdoc.samples.7	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\"
+.\" This tutorial sampler invokes every macro in the package several
+.\" times and is guaranteed to give a worst case performance
+.\" for an already extremely slow package.
+.\"
+.Dd December 30, 1993
+.Os
+.Dt MDOC.SAMPLES 7
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mdoc.samples
+.Nd tutorial sampler for writing
+.Bx
+manuals with
+.Nm \-mdoc
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm man mdoc.samples
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A tutorial sampler for writing
+.Bx
+manual pages with the
+.Nm \-mdoc
+macro package, a
+.Em content Ns \-based
+and
+.Em domain Ns \-based
+formatting
+package for
+.Xr troff 1 .
+Its predecessor, the
+.Xr \-man 7
+package,
+addressed page layout leaving the
+manipulation of fonts and other
+typesetting details to the individual author.
+In
+.Nm \-mdoc ,
+page layout macros
+make up the
+.Em "page structure domain"
+which consists of macros for titles, section headers, displays
+and lists. Essentially items which affect the physical position
+of text on a formatted page.
+In addition to the page structure domain, there are two more domains,
+the manual domain and the general text domain.
+The general text domain is defined as macros which
+perform tasks such as quoting or emphasizing pieces of text.
+The manual domain is defined as macros that are a subset of the
+day to day informal language used to describe commands, routines
+and related
+.Bx
+files.
+Macros in the manual domain handle
+command names, command line arguments and options, function names,
+function parameters, pathnames, variables, cross
+references to other manual pages, and so on.
+These domain
+items have value
+for both the author and the future user of the manual page.
+It is hoped the consistency gained
+across the manual set will provide easier
+translation to future documentation tools.
+.Pp
+Throughout the
+.Ux
+manual pages, a manual entry
+is simply referred
+to as a man page, regardless of actual length and without
+sexist intention.
+.Sh GETTING STARTED
+Since a tutorial document is normally read when a person
+desires to use the material immediately, the assumption has
+been made that the user of this document may be impatient.
+The material presented in the remained of this document is
+outlined as follows:
+.Bl -enum -offset indent
+.It
+.Tn "TROFF IDIOSYNCRASIES"
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "Macro Usage" .
+.It "Passing Space Characters in an Argument" .
+.It "Trailing Blank Space Characters (a warning)" .
+.It "Escaping Special Characters" .
+.El
+.It
+.Tn "THE ANATOMY OF A MAN PAGE"
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "A manual page template" .
+.El
+.It
+.Tn "INTRODUCTION OF TITLE MACROS" .
+.It
+.Tn "INTRODUCTION OF MANUAL AND GENERAL TEXT DOMAINS" .
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "What's in a name..." .
+.It "General Syntax" .
+.El
+.It
+.Tn "MANUAL DOMAIN"
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "Addresses" .
+.It "Arguments" .
+.It "Configuration Declarations (section four only)" .
+.It "Command Modifier .
+.It "Defined Variables" .
+.It "Errno's (Section two only)" .
+.It "Environment Variables" .
+.It "Function Argument" .
+.It "Function Declaration" .
+.It "Flags" .
+.It "Functions (library routines)" .
+.It "Function Types" .
+.\" .It "Header File (including source code)" .
+.It "Interactive Commands" .
+.It "Literals" .
+.It "Names" .
+.It "Options" .
+.It "Pathnames" .
+.It "Variables" .
+.It "Cross References" .
+.El
+.It
+.Tn "GENERAL TEXT DOMAIN"
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "AT&T Macro" .
+.It "BSD Macro" .
+.It "UNIX Macro" .
+.It "Emphasis Macro" .
+.It "Enclosure/Quoting Macros"
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "Angle Bracket Quote/Enclosure" .
+.It "Bracket Quotes/Enclosure" .
+.It "Double Quote macro/Enclosure" .
+.It "Parenthesis Quote/Enclosure" .
+.It "Single Quotes/Enclosure" .
+.It "Prefix Macro" .
+.El
+.It "Extended  Arguments" .
+.It "No\-Op or Normal Text Macro" .
+.It "No Space Macro" .
+.It "Section Cross References" .
+.It "Symbolic Macro" .
+.It "References and Citations" .
+.It "Trade Names (Acronyms and Type Names)" .
+.El
+.It
+.Tn "PAGE STRUCTURE DOMAIN"
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It "Section Headers" .
+.It "Paragraphs and Line Spacing" .
+.It "Keeps" .
+.It "Displays" .
+.It "Lists and Columns" .
+.El
+.It
+.Tn "PREDEFINED STRINGS"
+.It
+.Tn "DIAGNOSTICS"
+.It
+.Tn "FORMATTING WITH GROFF, TROFF AND NROFF"
+.It
+.Tn "BUGS"
+.El
+.ne 7
+.Sh TROFF IDIOSYNCRASIES
+The
+.Nm \-mdoc
+package attempts to simplify the process of writing a man page.
+Theoretically, one should not have to learn the dirty details of
+.Xr troff 1
+to use
+.Nm \-mdoc ;
+however, there are a few
+limitations which are unavoidable and best gotten out
+of the way.
+And, too, be forewarned, this package is
+.Em not
+fast.
+.Ss Macro Usage
+As in
+.Xr troff 1 ,
+a macro is called by placing a
+.Ql \&\.
+(dot character)
+at the beginning of
+a line followed by the two character name for the macro.
+Arguments may follow the macro separated by spaces.
+It is the dot character at the beginning of the line which causes
+.Xr troff 1
+to interpret the next two characters as a macro name.
+To place a
+.Ql \&\.
+(dot character)
+at the beginning of a line in some context other than
+a macro invocation, precede the
+.Ql \&\.
+(dot) with the
+.Ql \e&
+escape sequence.
+The
+.Ql \e&
+translates literally to a zero width space, and is never displayed in the
+output.
+.Pp
+In general,
+.Xr troff 1
+macros accept up to nine arguments, any
+extra arguments are ignored.
+Most macros in
+.Nm \-mdoc
+accept nine arguments and,
+in limited cases, arguments may be continued or extended
+on the
+next line (See
+.Sx Extensions ) .
+A few macros handle quoted arguments (see
+.Sx Passing Space Characters in an Argument
+below).
+.Pp
+Most of the
+.Nm \-mdoc
+general text domain and manual domain macros are special
+in that their argument lists are
+.Em parsed
+for callable macro names.
+This means an argument on the argument list which matches
+a general text or manual domain macro name and is determined
+to be callable will be executed
+or called when it is processed.
+In this case
+the argument, although the name of a macro,
+is not preceded by a
+.Ql \&\.
+(dot).
+It is in this manner that many macros are nested; for
+example
+the option macro,
+.Ql \&.Op ,
+may
+.Em call
+the flag and argument macros,
+.Ql \&Fl
+and
+.Ql \&Ar ,
+to specify an optional flag with an argument:
+.Bl -tag -width "\&.Op \&Fl s \&Ar bytes" -offset indent
+.It Op Fl s Ar bytes
+is produced by
+.Li \&.Op \&Fl s \&Ar bytes
+.El
+.Pp
+To prevent a two character
+string from being interpreted as a macro name, precede
+the string with the
+escape sequence
+.Ql \e& :
+.Bl -tag -width "\&.Op \&Fl s \&Ar bytes" -offset indent
+.It Op \&Fl s \&Ar bytes
+is produced by
+.Li \&.Op \e&Fl s \e&Ar bytes
+.El
+.Pp
+Here the strings
+.Ql \&Fl
+and
+.Ql \&Ar
+are not interpreted as macros.
+Macros whose argument lists are parsed for callable arguments
+are referred to
+as parsed and macros which may be called from an argument
+list are referred to as callable
+throughout this document and in the companion quick reference
+manual
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+This is a technical
+.Em faux pas
+as almost all of the macros in 
+.Nm \-mdoc
+are parsed, but as it was cumbersome to constantly refer to macros
+as being callable and being able to call other macros,
+the term parsed has been used.
+.Ss Passing Space Characters in an Argument
+Sometimes it is desirable to give as one argument a string
+containing one or more blank space characters.
+This may be necessary
+to defeat the nine argument limit or to specify arguments to macros
+which expect particular arrangement of items in the argument list.
+For example,
+the function macro
+.Ql \&.Fn
+expects the first argument to be the name of a function and any
+remaining arguments to be function parameters.
+As
+.Tn "ANSI C"
+stipulates the declaration of function parameters in the
+parenthesized parameter list, each parameter is guaranteed
+to be at minimum a two word string.
+For example,
+.Fa int foo .
+.Pp
+There are two possible ways to pass an argument which contains
+an embedded space.
+.Em Implementation note :
+Unfortunately, the most convenient way
+of passing spaces in between quotes by reassigning individual
+arguments before parsing was fairly expensive speed wise
+and space wise to implement in all the macros for
+.Tn AT&T
+.Xr troff .
+It is not expensive for
+.Xr groff
+but for the sake of portability, has been limited
+to the following macros which need
+it the most:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \&Cd
+Configuration declaration (section 4
+.Sx SYNOPSIS )
+.It Li \&Bl
+Begin list (for the width specifier).
+.It Li \&Em
+Emphasized text.
+.It Li \&Fn
+Functions (sections two and four).
+.It Li \&It
+List items.
+.It Li \&Li
+Literal text.
+.It Li \&Sy
+Symbolic text.
+.It Li \&%B
+Book titles.
+.It Li \&%J
+Journal names.
+.It Li \&%O
+Optional notes for a reference.
+.It Li \&%R
+Report title (in a reference).
+.It Li \&%T
+Title of article in a book or journal.
+.El
+.Pp
+One way of passing a string
+containing blank spaces is to use the hard or unpaddable space character
+.Ql \e\  ,
+that is, a blank space preceded by the escape character
+.Ql \e .
+This method may be used with any macro but has the side effect
+of interfering with the adjustment of text
+over the length of a line.
+.Xr Troff
+sees the hard space as if it were any other printable character and
+cannot split the string into blank or newline separated pieces as one
+would expect.
+The method is useful for strings which are not expected
+to overlap a line boundary.
+For example:
+.Bl -tag -width "fetch(char *str)" -offset indent
+.It Fn fetch char\ *str
+is created by
+.Ql \&.Fn fetch char\e *str
+.It Fn fetch "char *str"
+can also be created by
+.Ql \&.Fn fetch "\\*q*char *str\\*q"
+.El
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ql \e
+or quotes
+were omitted,
+.Ql \&.Fn
+would see three arguments and
+the result would be:
+.Pp
+.Dl Fn fetch char *str
+.Pp
+For an example of what happens when the parameter list overlaps
+a newline boundary, see the
+.Sx BUGS
+section.
+.Ss Trailing Blank Space Characters
+.Xr Troff
+can be confused by blank space characters at the end of a line.
+It
+is a wise preventive measure to globally remove all blank spaces
+from <blank-space><end-of-line> character sequences.
+Should the need
+arise to force a blank character at the end of a line,
+it may be forced with an unpaddable space and the
+.Ql \e&
+escape character.
+For example,
+.Ql string\e\ \e& .
+.Ss Escaping Special Characters
+Special characters
+like the newline character
+.Ql \en ,
+are handled by replacing the
+.Ql \e
+with
+.Ql \ee
+(e.g.
+.Ql \een )
+to preserve
+the backslash.
+.Sh THE ANATOMY OF A MAN PAGE
+The body of a man page is easily constructed from a basic
+template found in the file:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.\e" /usr/share/misc/man.template:
+\&.\e" The following six lines are required.
+\&.Dd Month day, year
+\&.Os OPERATING_SYSTEM [version/release]
+\&.Dt DOCUMENT_TITLE [section number] [volume]
+\&.Sh NAME
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Sh DESCRIPTION
+\&.\e" The following requests should be uncommented and
+\&.\e" used where appropriate.  This next request is
+\&.\e" for sections 2 and 3 function return values only.
+\&.\e" .Sh RETURN VALUES
+\&.\e" This next request is for sections 1, 6, 7 & 8 only
+\&.\e" .Sh ENVIRONMENT
+\&.\e" .Sh FILES
+\&.\e" .Sh EXAMPLES
+\&.\e" This next request is for sections 1, 6, 7 & 8 only
+\&.\e"     (command return values (to shell) and
+\&.\e"	  fprintf/stderr type diagnostics)
+\&.\e" .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+\&.\e" The next request is for sections 2 and 3 error
+\&.\e" and signal handling only.
+\&.\e" .Sh ERRORS
+\&.\e" .Sh SEE ALSO
+\&.\e" .Sh STANDARDS
+\&.\e" .Sh HISTORY
+\&.\e" .Sh AUTHORS
+\&.\e" .Sh BUGS
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The first items in the template are the macros
+.Pq Li \&.Dd , \&.Os , \&.Dt ;
+the document date,
+the operating system the man page or subject source is developed
+or modified for,
+and the man page title
+.Pq Em in upper case
+along with the section of the manual the page
+belongs in.
+These macros identify the page,
+and are discussed below in
+.Sx TITLE MACROS .
+.Pp
+The remaining items in the template are section headers
+.Pq Li \&.Sh ;
+of which
+.Sx NAME ,
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+and
+.Sx DESCRIPTION
+are mandatory.
+The
+headers are
+discussed in
+.Sx PAGE STRUCTURE DOMAIN ,
+after
+presentation of
+.Sx MANUAL DOMAIN .
+Several content macros are used to demonstrate page layout macros;
+reading about content macros before page layout macros is
+recommended.
+.Sh TITLE MACROS
+The title macros are the first portion of the page structure
+domain, but are presented first and separate for someone who
+wishes to start writing a man page yesterday.
+Three header macros designate the document title or manual page title,
+the operating system,
+and the date of authorship.
+These macros are one called once at the very beginning of the document
+and are used to construct the headers and footers only.
+.Bl -tag -width 6n
+.It Li \&.Dt DOCUMENT_TITLE section# [volume]
+The document title is the
+subject of the man page and must be in
+.Tn CAPITALS
+due to troff
+limitations.
+The section number may be 1,\ ...,\ 8,
+and if it is specified,
+the volume title may be omitted.
+A volume title may be arbitrary or one of the following:
+.\" .Cl
+.\" USD	UNIX User's Supplementary Documents
+.\" .Cl
+.\" PS1	UNIX Programmer's Supplementary Documents
+.Pp
+.Bl -column SMM -offset indent -compact
+.It Li AMD	UNIX Ancestral Manual Documents
+.It Li SMM	UNIX System Manager's Manual
+.It Li URM	UNIX Reference Manual
+.It Li PRM	UNIX Programmer's Manual
+.El
+.Pp
+The default volume labeling is
+.Li URM
+for sections 1, 6, and 7;
+.Li SMM
+for section 8;
+.Li PRM
+for sections 2, 3, 4, and 5.
+.\" .Cl
+.\" MMI	UNIX Manual Master Index
+.\" .Cl
+.\" CON	UNIX Contributed Software Manual
+.\" .Cl
+.\" LOC	UNIX Local Manual
+.It Li \&.Os operating_system release#
+The name of the operating system
+should be the common acronym, e.g.
+.Tn BSD
+or
+.Tn ATT .
+The release should be the standard release
+nomenclature for the system specified, e.g. 4.3, 4.3+Tahoe, V.3,
+V.4.
+Unrecognized arguments are displayed as given in the page footer.
+For instance, a typical footer might be:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.Os BSD 4.3
+.Pp
+or for a locally produced set
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.Os CS Department
+.Pp
+The Berkeley default,
+.Ql \&.Os
+without an argument, has been defined as
+.Tn BSD
+Experimental in the
+site specific file
+.Pa /usr/src/share/tmac/doc-common .
+It really should default to
+.Tn LOCAL .
+Note, if the
+.Ql \&.Os
+macro is not present, the bottom left corner of the page
+will be ugly.
+.It Li \&.Dd month day, year
+The date should be written formally:
+.Pp
+.ne 5
+.Dl January 25, 1989
+.El
+.Sh MANUAL DOMAIN
+.Ss What's in a name...
+The manual domain macro names are derived from the day to day
+informal language used to describe commands, subroutines and related
+files.
+Slightly
+different variations of this language are used to describe
+the three different aspects of writing a man page.
+First, there is the description of
+.Nm \-mdoc
+macro request usage.
+Second is the description of a
+.Ux
+command
+.Em with
+.Nm \-mdoc
+macros and third,
+the
+description of a command to a user in the verbal sense;
+that is, discussion of a command in the text of a man page.
+.Pp
+In the first case,
+.Xr troff 1
+macros are themselves a type of command;
+the general syntax for a troff command is:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+\&.Va argument1 argument2 ... argument9
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Va
+is a macro command or request, and anything following it is an argument to
+be processed.
+In the second case,
+the description of a
+.Ux
+command using the content macros is a
+bit more involved;
+a typical
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+command line might be displayed as:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Nm filter
+.Op Fl flag
+.Ar infile outfile
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here,
+.Nm filter
+is the command name and the
+bracketed string
+.Fl flag
+is a
+.Em flag
+argument designated as optional by the option brackets.
+In
+.Nm \-mdoc
+terms,
+.Ar infile
+and
+.Ar outfile
+are
+called
+.Em arguments .
+The macros which formatted the above example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm filter
+\&.Op \&Fl flag
+\&.Ar infile outfile
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the third case, discussion of commands and command syntax
+includes both examples above, but may add more detail.
+The
+arguments
+.Ar infile
+and
+.Ar outfile
+from the example above might be referred to as
+.Em operands
+or
+.Em file arguments .
+Some command line argument lists are quite long:
+.Bl -tag -width make -offset indent
+.It Nm make
+.Op Fl eiknqrstv
+.Op Fl D Ar variable
+.Op Fl d Ar flags
+.Op Fl f Ar makefile
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl I Ar directory
+.Ek
+.Op Fl j Ar max_jobs
+.Op Ar variable=value
+.Bk -words
+.Op Ar target ...
+.Ek
+.El
+.Pp
+Here one might talk about the command
+.Nm make
+and qualify the argument
+.Ar makefile ,
+as an argument to the flag,
+.Fl f ,
+or discuss the optional
+file
+operand
+.Ar target .
+In the verbal context, such detail can prevent confusion,
+however the
+.Nm \-mdoc
+package
+does not have a macro for an argument
+.Em to
+a flag.
+Instead the
+.Ql \&Ar
+argument macro is used for an operand or file argument like
+.Ar target
+as well as an argument to a flag like
+.Ar variable .
+The make command line was produced from:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm make
+\&.Op Fl eiknqrstv
+\&.Op Fl D Ar variable
+\&.Op Fl d Ar flags
+\&.Op Fl f Ar makefile
+\&.Op Fl I Ar directory
+\&.Op Fl j Ar max_jobs
+\&.Op Ar variable=value
+\&.Bk -words
+\&.Op Ar target ...
+\&.Ek
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Bk
+and
+.Ql \&.Ek
+macros are explained in
+.Sx Keeps .
+.Ss General Syntax
+The manual domain and general text domain macros share a similar
+syntax with a few minor deviations:
+.Ql \&.Ar ,
+.Ql \&.Fl ,
+.Ql \&.Nm ,
+and
+.Ql \&.Pa
+differ only when called without arguments;
+.Ql \&.Fn
+and
+.Ql \&.Xr
+impose an order on their argument lists
+and the
+.Ql \&.Op
+and
+.Ql \&.Fn
+macros
+have nesting limitations.
+All content macros
+are capable of recognizing and properly handling punctuation,
+provided each punctuation character is separated by a leading space.
+If an request is given:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.Li sptr, ptr),
+.Pp
+The result is:
+.Pp
+.Dl Li sptr, ptr),
+.Pp
+The punctuation is not recognized and all is output in the
+literal font. If the punctuation is separated by a leading
+white space:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.Li "sptr , ptr ) ,"
+.Pp
+The result is:
+.Pp
+.Dl Li sptr , ptr ) ,
+.Pp
+The punctuation is now recognized and is output in the
+default font distinguishing it from the strings in literal font.
+.Pp
+To remove the special meaning from a punctuation character
+escape it with
+.Ql \e& .
+.Xr Troff
+is limited as a macro language, and has difficulty
+when presented with a string containing
+a member of the mathematical, logical or
+quotation set:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent-two
+\&{+,\-,/,*,\&%,<,>,<=,>=,=,==,&,`,',"}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The problem is that
+.Xr troff
+may assume it is supposed to actually perform the operation
+or evaluation suggested by the characters.  To prevent
+the accidental evaluation of these characters,
+escape them with
+.Ql \e& .
+Typical syntax is shown in the first content macro displayed
+below,
+.Ql \&.Ad .
+.Ss Address Macro
+The address macro identifies an address construct
+of the form addr1[,addr2[,addr3]].
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Ad address ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Ad f1 , f2 , f3 :" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Ad addr1
+.Ad addr1
+.It Li \&.Ad addr1\ .
+.Ad addr1 .
+.It Li \&.Ad addr1\ , file2
+.Ad addr1 , file2
+.It Li \&.Ad f1\ , f2\ , f3\ :
+.Ad f1 , f2 , f3 :
+.It Li \&.Ad addr\ )\ )\ ,
+.Ad addr ) ) ,
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Li \&.Ad
+without arguments.
+.Li \&.Ad
+is callable by other macros and is parsed.
+.Ss Argument Macro
+The
+.Li \&.Ar
+argument macro may be used whenever
+a command line argument is referenced.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Ar argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Ar file1 file2" -compact -offset 15n
+.It Li \&.Ar
+.Ar
+.It Li \&.Ar file1
+.Ar file1
+.It Li \&.Ar file1\ .
+.Ar file1 .
+.It Li \&.Ar file1 file2
+.Ar file1 file2
+.It Li \&.Ar f1 f2 f3\ :
+.Ar f1 f2 f3 :
+.It Li \&.Ar file\ )\ )\ ,
+.Ar file ) ) ,
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Li \&.Ar
+is called without arguments
+.Ql Ar
+is assumed.
+The
+.Li \&.Ar
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Configuration Declaration (section four only)
+The
+.Ql \&.Cd
+macro is used to demonstrate a
+.Xr config 8
+declaration for a device interface in a section four manual.
+This macro accepts quoted arguments (double quotes only).
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "device le0 at scode?" -offset indent
+.It Cd "device le0 at scode?"
+produced by:
+.Ql ".Cd device le0 at scode?" .
+.El
+.Ss Command Modifier
+The command modifier is identical to the
+.Ql \&.Fl
+(flag) command with the exception
+the
+.Ql \&.Cm
+macro does not assert a dash
+in front of every argument.
+Traditionally flags are marked by the
+preceding dash, some commands or subsets of commands do not use them.
+Command modifiers may also be specified in conjunction with interactive
+commands such as editor commands.
+See
+.Sx Flags .
+.Ss Defined Variables
+A variable which is defined in an include file is specified
+by the macro
+.Ql \&.Dv .
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Dv defined_variable ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li ".Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN"
+.Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN
+.It Li ".Dv TIOCGPGRP )"
+.Dv TIOCGPGRP )
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Dv
+without arguments.
+.Ql \&.Dv
+is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Errno's (Section two only)
+The
+.Ql \&.Er
+errno macro specifies the error return value
+for section two library routines.
+The second example
+below shows
+.Ql \&.Er
+used with the
+.Ql \&.Bq
+general text domain macro, as it would be used in
+a section two manual page.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Er ERRNOTYPE ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Bq Er ENOTDIR" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Er ENOENT
+.Er ENOENT
+.It Li \&.Er ENOENT\ )\ ;
+.Er ENOENT ) ;
+.It Li \&.Bq \&Er ENOTDIR
+.Bq Er ENOTDIR
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Er
+without arguments.
+The
+.Ql \&.Er
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Environment Variables
+The
+.Ql \&.Ev
+macro specifies an environment variable.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Ev argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Ev PRINTER ) ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Ev DISPLAY
+.Ev  DISPLAY
+.It Li \&.Ev PATH\ .
+.Ev PATH .
+.It Li \&.Ev PRINTER\ )\ )\ ,
+.Ev PRINTER ) ) ,
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Ev
+without arguments.
+The
+.Ql \&.Ev
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Function Argument
+The
+.Ql \&.Fa
+macro is used to refer to function arguments (parameters)
+outside of the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section of the manual or inside
+the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section should a parameter list be too
+long for the
+.Ql \&.Fn
+macro and the enclosure macros
+.Ql \&.Fo
+and
+.Ql \&.Fc
+must be used.
+.Ql \&.Fa
+may also be used to refer to structure members.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Fa function_argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Fa d_namlen\ )\ )\ ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Fa d_namlen\ )\ )\ ,
+.Fa d_namlen ) ) ,
+.It Li \&.Fa iov_len
+.Fa iov_len
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Fa
+without arguments.
+.Ql \&.Fa
+is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Function Declaration
+The
+.Ql \&.Fd
+macro is used in the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section with section two or three
+functions.
+The
+.Ql \&.Fd
+macro does not call other macros and is not callable by other
+macros.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Fd include_file (or defined variable)
+.Pp
+In the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section a
+.Ql \&.Fd
+request causes a line break if a function has already been presented
+and a break has not occurred.
+This leaves a nice vertical space
+in between the previous function call and the declaration for the
+next function.
+.Ss Flags
+The
+.Ql \&.Fl
+macro handles command line flags.
+It prepends
+a dash,
+.Ql \- ,
+to the flag.
+For interactive command flags, which
+are not prepended with a dash, the
+.Ql \&.Cm
+(command modifier)
+macro is identical, but without the dash.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Fl argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Fl \-s \-t \-v" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Fl
+.Fl
+.It Li \&.Fl cfv
+.Fl cfv
+.It Li \&.Fl cfv\ .
+.Fl cfv .
+.It Li \&.Fl s v t
+.Fl s v t
+.It Li \&.Fl -\ ,
+.Fl - ,
+.It Li \&.Fl xyz\ )\ ,
+.Fl xyz ) ,
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Fl
+macro without any arguments results
+in a dash representing stdin/stdout.
+Note that giving
+.Ql \&.Fl
+a single dash, will result in two dashes.
+The
+.Ql \&.Fl
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Functions (library routines)
+The .Fn macro is modeled on ANSI C conventions.
+.Bd -literal
+Usage: .Fn [type] function [[type] parameters ... \*(Pu]
+.Ed
+.Bl -tag -width ".Fn .int align. .const * char *sptrsxx" -compact
+.It Li "\&.Fn getchar"
+.Fn getchar
+.It Li "\&.Fn strlen ) ,"
+.Fn strlen ) ,
+.It Li \&.Fn "\\*qint align\\*q" "\\*qconst * char *sptrs\\*q" ,
+.Fn "int align" "const * char *sptrs" ,
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Fn
+without any arguments.
+The
+.Ql \&.Fn
+macro
+is parsed and is callable,
+note that any call to another macro signals the end of
+the
+.Ql \&.Fn
+call (it will close-parenthesis at that point).
+.Pp
+For functions that have more than eight parameters (and this
+is rare), the
+macros
+.Ql \&.Fo
+(function open)
+and
+.Ql \&.Fc
+(function close)
+may be used with
+.Ql \&.Fa
+(function argument)
+to get around the limitation. For example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Fo "int res_mkquery"
+\&.Fa "int op"
+\&.Fa "char *dname"
+\&.Fa "int class"
+\&.Fa "int type"
+\&.Fa "char *data"
+\&.Fa "int datalen"
+\&.Fa "struct rrec *newrr"
+\&.Fa "char *buf"
+\&.Fa "int buflen"
+\&.Fc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Produces:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Fo "int res_mkquery"
+.Fa "int op"
+.Fa "char *dname"
+.Fa "int class"
+.Fa "int type"
+.Fa "char *data"
+.Fa "int datalen"
+.Fa "struct rrec *newrr"
+.Fa "char *buf"
+.Fa "int buflen"
+.Fc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Fo
+and
+.Ql \&.Fc
+macros are parsed and are callable.
+In the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section, the function will always begin at
+the beginning of line.
+If there is more than one function
+presented in the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section and a function type has not been
+given, a line break will occur, leaving a nice vertical space
+between the current function name and the one prior.
+At the moment,
+.Ql \&.Fn
+does not check its word boundaries
+against troff line lengths and may split across a newline
+ungracefully.
+This will be fixed in the near future.
+.Ss Function Type
+This macro is intended for the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section.
+It may be used
+anywhere else in the man page without problems, but its main purpose
+is to present the function type in kernel normal form for the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+of sections two and three
+(it causes a page break allowing the function name to appear
+on the next line).
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Ft type ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width "\&.Ft struct stat" -offset 14n -compact
+.It Li \&.Ft struct stat
+.Ft struct stat
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Ft
+request is not callable by other macros.
+.Ss Interactive Commands
+The
+.Ql \&.Ic
+macro designates an interactive or internal command.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Li argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Ic setenv , unsetenvxx" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Ic :wq
+.Ic :wq
+.It Li \&.Ic do while {...}
+.Ic do while {...}
+.It Li \&.Ic setenv\ , unsetenv
+.Ic setenv , unsetenv
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Ic
+without arguments.
+The
+.Ql \&.Ic
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Literals
+The
+.Ql \&.Li
+literal macro may be used for special characters,
+variable constants, anything which should be displayed as it
+would be typed.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Li argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Li cntrl-D ) ,"  -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Li \een
+.Li \en
+.It Li \&.Li M1 M2 M3\ ;
+.Li M1 M2 M3 ;
+.It Li \&.Li cntrl-D\ )\ ,
+.Li cntrl-D ) ,
+.It Li \&.Li 1024\ ...
+.Li 1024 ...
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Li
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Name Macro
+The
+.Ql \&.Nm
+macro is used for the document title or subject name.
+It has the peculiarity of remembering the first
+argument it was called with, which should
+always be the subject name of the page.
+When called without
+arguments,
+.Ql \&.Nm
+regurgitates this initial name for the sole purpose
+of making less work for the author.
+Note:
+a section two
+or three document function name is addressed with the
+.Ql \&.Nm
+in the
+.Sx NAME
+section, and with
+.Ql \&.Fn
+in the
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+and remaining sections.
+For interactive commands, such as the
+.Ql while
+command keyword in
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+the
+.Ql \&.Ic
+macro should be used.
+While the
+.Ql \&.Ic
+is nearly identical
+to
+.Ql \&.Nm ,
+it can not recall the first argument it was invoked with.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Nm argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Nm mdoc.sample" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Nm mdoc.sample
+.Nm  mdoc.sample
+.It Li \&.Nm \e-mdoc
+.Nm \-mdoc .
+.It Li \&.Nm foo\ )\ )\ ,
+.Nm foo ) ) ,
+.It Li \&.Nm
+.Nm
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Nm
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Options
+The
+.Ql \&.Op
+macro
+places option brackets around the any remaining arguments on the command
+line, and places any
+trailing punctuation outside the brackets.
+The macros
+.Ql \&.Oc
+and
+.Ql \&.Oo
+may be used across one or more lines.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Op options ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Op Fl c Ar objfil Op Ar corfil ," -compact -offset indent
+.It Li \&.Op
+.Op
+.It Li ".Op Fl k"
+.Op Fl k
+.It Li ".Op Fl k ) ."
+.Op Fl k ) .
+.It Li ".Op Fl k Ar kookfile"
+.Op Fl k Ar kookfile
+.It Li ".Op Fl k Ar kookfile ,"
+.Op Fl k Ar kookfile ,
+.It Li ".Op Ar objfil Op Ar corfil"
+.Op Ar objfil Op Ar corfil
+.It Li ".Op Fl c Ar objfil Op Ar corfil ,"
+.Op Fl c Ar objfil Op Ar corfil ,
+.It Li \&.Op word1 word2
+.Op word1 word2
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Oc
+and
+.Ql \&.Oo
+macros:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Oo
+\&.Op \&Fl k \&Ar kilobytes
+\&.Op \&Fl i \&Ar interval
+\&.Op \&Fl c \&Ar count
+\&.Oc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Produce:
+.Oo
+.Op Fl k Ar kilobytes
+.Op Fl i Ar interval
+.Op Fl c Ar count
+.Oc
+.Pp
+The macros
+.Ql \&.Op ,
+.Ql \&.Oc
+and
+.Ql \&.Oo
+are parsed and are callable.
+.Ss Pathnames
+The
+.Ql \&.Pa
+macro formats path or file names.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Pa pathname \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /tmp/fooXXXXX ) ." -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Pa /usr/share
+.Pa /usr/share
+.It Li \&.Pa /tmp/fooXXXXX\ )\ .
+.Pa /tmp/fooXXXXX ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Pa
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Variables
+Generic variable reference:
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Va variable ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va char s ] ) ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Va count
+.Va count
+.It Li \&.Va settimer ,
+.Va settimer ,
+.It Li \&.Va int\ *prt\ )\ :
+.Va int\ *prt ) :
+.It Li \&.Va char\ s\ ]\ )\ )\ ,
+.Va char\ s ] ) ) ,
+.El
+.Pp
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Va
+without any arguments.
+The
+.Ql \&.Va
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Manual Page Cross References
+The
+.Ql \&.Xr
+macro expects the first argument to be
+a manual page name, and the second argument, if it exists,
+to be either a section page number or punctuation.
+Any
+remaining arguments are assumed to be punctuation.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Xr man_page [1,...,8] \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Xr mdoc 7 ) ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Xr mdoc
+.Xr mdoc
+.It Li \&.Xr mdoc\ ,
+.Xr mdoc ,
+.It Li \&.Xr mdoc 7
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.It Li \&.Xr mdoc 7\ )\ )\ ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ) ) ,
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Xr
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Xr
+without
+any arguments.
+.Sh GENERAL TEXT DOMAIN
+.Ss AT&T Macro
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+Usage: .At [v6 | v7 | 32v | V.1 | V.4] ... \*(Pu
+.Ed
+.Bl -tag -width ".At v6 ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li ".At"
+.At
+.It Li ".At v6 ."
+.At v6 .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.At
+macro is
+.Em not
+parsed and
+.Em not
+callable. It accepts at most two arguments.
+.Ss BSD Macro
+.Dl Usage: .Bx [Version/release] ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Bx 4.3 ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li ".Bx"
+.Bx
+.It Li ".Bx 4.3 ."
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Bx
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss UNIX Macro
+.Dl Usage: .Ux ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Ux 4.3 ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li ".Ux"
+.Ux
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Ux
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Emphasis Macro
+Text may be stressed or emphasized with the
+.Ql \&.Em
+macro.
+The usual font for emphasis is italic.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Em argument ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Em vide infra ) ) ," -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li ".Em does not"
+.Em does not
+.It Li ".Em exceed 1024 ."
+.Em exceed 1024 .
+.It Li ".Em vide infra ) ) ,"
+.Em vide infra ) ) ,
+.El
+.\" .Pp
+.\" The emphasis can be forced across several lines of text by using
+.\" the
+.\" .Ql \&.Bf
+.\" macro discussed in
+.\" .Sx Modes
+.\" under
+.\" .Sx PAGE STRUCTURE DOMAIN .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .Bf -emphasis
+.\" We are certain the reason most people desire a Harvard MBA
+.\" so they can become to be successful philanthropists.  Only
+.\" mathematicians and physicists go to graduate school strictly
+.\" to acquire infinite wealthy and fame. Its that inifinity
+.\" word that does it to them. Ruins them.
+.\" .Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Em
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+It is an error to call
+.Ql \&.Em
+without arguments.
+.Ss Enclosure and Quoting Macros
+The concept of enclosure is similar to quoting.
+The object being to enclose one or more strings between
+a pair of characters like quotes or parentheses.
+The terms quoting and enclosure are used
+interchangeably throughout this document.
+Most of the
+one line enclosure macros end
+in small letter
+.Ql q
+to give a hint of quoting, but there are a few irregularities.
+For each enclosure macro
+there is also a pair of open and close macros which end
+in small letters
+.Ql o
+and
+.Ql c
+respectively.
+These can be used across one or more lines of text
+and while they have nesting limitations, the one line quote macros
+can be used inside
+of them.
+.Pp
+.ne 5
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Bl -column "quote " "close " "open " "Enclose Stringx(in XX) " XXstringXX
+.Em " Quote	 Close	 Open	Function	Result"
+\&.Aq	.Ac	.Ao	Angle Bracket Enclosure	<string>
+\&.Bq	.Bc	.Bo	Bracket Enclosure	[string]
+\&.Dq	.Dc	.Do	Double Quote	``string''
+	.Ec	.Eo	Enclose String (in XX)	XXstringXX
+\&.Pq	.Pc	.Po	Parenthesis Enclosure	(string)
+\&.Ql			Quoted Literal	`st' or string
+\&.Qq	.Qc	.Qo	Straight Double Quote	"string"
+\&.Sq	.Sc	.So	Single Quote	`string'
+.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Except for the irregular macros noted below, all
+of the quoting macros are parsed and callable.
+All handle punctuation properly, as long as it
+is presented one character at a time and separated by spaces.
+The quoting macros examine opening and closing punctuation
+to determine whether it comes before or after the
+enclosing string. This makes some nesting possible.
+.Bl -tag -width xxx,xxxx
+.It Li \&.Ec , \&.Eo
+These macros expect the first argument to be the
+opening and closing strings respectively.
+.It Li \&.Ql
+The quoted literal macro behaves differently for
+.Xr troff
+than
+.Xr nroff .
+If formatted with
+.Xr nroff ,
+a quoted literal is always quoted. If formatted with
+troff, an item is only quoted if the width
+of the item is less than three constant width characters.
+This is to make short strings more visible where the font change
+to literal (constant width) is less noticeable.
+.It Li \&.Pf
+The prefix macro is not callable, but it is parsed:
+.Bl -tag -width "(namexx" -offset indent
+.It Li ".Pf ( Fa name2"
+becomes
+.Pf ( Fa name2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Ns
+(no space) macro performs the analogous suffix function.
+.El
+.Pp
+.ne 4
+Examples of quoting:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Aq Pa ctype.h ) ,xxxxxxxx" -compact -offset indent
+.It Li \&.Aq
+.Aq
+.It Li \&.Aq \&Ar ctype.h\ )\ ,
+.Aq Ar ctype.h ) ,
+.It Li \&.Bq
+.Bq
+.It Li \&.Bq \&Em Greek \&, French \&.
+.Bq Em Greek , French .
+.It Li \&.Dq
+.Dq
+.It Li ".Dq string abc ."
+.Dq string abc .
+.It Li ".Dq \'^[A-Z]\'"
+.Dq \'^[A-Z]\'
+.It Li "\&.Ql man mdoc"
+.Ql man mdoc
+.It Li \&.Qq
+.Qq
+.It Li "\&.Qq string ) ,"
+.Qq string ) ,
+.It Li "\&.Qq string Ns ),"
+.Qq string Ns ),
+.It Li \&.Sq
+.Sq
+.It Li "\&.Sq string
+.Sq string
+.El
+.Pp
+For a good example of nested enclosure macros, see the
+.Ql \&.Op
+option macro.
+It was created from the same
+underlying enclosure macros as those presented in the list
+above.
+The
+.Ql \&.Xo
+and
+.Ql \&.Xc
+extended argument list macros
+were also built from the same underlying routines and are a good
+example of
+.Nm \-mdoc
+macro usage at its worst.
+.Ss No\-Op or Normal Text Macro
+The macro
+.Li \&.No
+is
+a hack for words in a macro command line which should
+.Em not
+be formatted and follows the conventional syntax
+for content macros.
+.Ss No Space Macro
+The
+.Ql \&.Ns
+macro eliminates unwanted spaces in between macro requests.
+It is useful for old style argument lists where there is no space
+between the flag and argument:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Op Fl I Ns Ar directoryxx" -offset indent
+.It Li ".Op Fl I Ns Ar directory"
+produces
+.Op Fl I Ns Ar directory
+.El
+.Pp
+Note: the
+.Ql \&.Ns
+macro always invokes the
+.Ql \&.No
+macro after eliminating the space unless another macro name
+follows it.
+The macro
+.Ql \&.Ns
+is parsed and is callable.
+.Ss Section Cross References
+The
+.Ql \&.Sx
+macro designates a reference to a section header
+within the same document.
+It is parsed and is callable.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "Li \&.Sx FILES" -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Sx FILES
+.Sx FILES
+.El
+.Ss Symbolic
+The symbolic emphasis macro is generally a boldface macro in
+either the symbolic sense or the traditional English usage.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Sy symbol ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Sy Important Noticex" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Sy Important Notice
+.Sy Important Notice
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Sy
+macro is parsed and is callable.
+Arguments to
+.Ql \&.Sy
+may be quoted.
+.Ss References and Citations
+The following macros make a modest attempt to handle references.
+At best, the macros make it convenient to manually drop in a subset of
+refer style references.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 6n -offset indent -compact
+.It Li ".Rs"
+Reference Start.
+Causes a line break and begins collection
+of reference information until the
+reference end macro is read.
+.It Li ".Re"
+Reference End.
+The reference is printed.
+.It Li ".%A"
+Reference author name, one name per invocation.
+.It Li ".%B"
+Book title.
+.It Li ".\&%C"
+City/place.
+.It Li ".\&%D"
+Date.
+.It Li ".%J"
+Journal name.
+.It Li ".%N"
+Issue number.
+.It Li ".%O"
+Optional information.
+.It Li ".%P"
+Page number.
+.It Li ".%R"
+Report name.
+.It Li ".%T"
+Title of article.
+.It Li ".%V"
+Volume(s).
+.El
+.Pp
+The macros beginning with
+.Ql %
+are not callable, and are parsed only for the trade name macro which
+returns to its caller.
+(And not very predictably at the moment either.)
+The purpose is to allow trade names
+to be pretty printed in
+.Xr troff Ns / Ns Xr ditroff
+output.
+.Ss Trade Names (or Acronyms and Type Names)
+The trade name macro is generally a small caps macro for
+all upper case words longer than two characters.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: .Tn symbol ... \*(Pu
+.Bl -tag -width ".Tn ASCII" -compact -offset 14n
+.It Li \&.Tn DEC
+.Tn DEC
+.It Li \&.Tn ASCII
+.Tn ASCII
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql \&.Tn
+macro
+is parsed and is callable by other macros.
+.Ss Extended  Arguments
+The
+.Li \&.Xo
+and
+.Li \&.Xc
+macros allow one to extend an argument list
+on a macro boundary.
+Argument lists cannot
+be extended within a macro
+which expects all of its arguments on one line such
+as
+.Ql \&.Op .
+.Pp
+Here is an example of
+.Ql \&.Xo
+using the space mode macro to turn spacing off:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sm off
+\&.It Xo Sy I Ar operation
+\&.No \een Ar count No \een
+\&.Xc
+\&.Sm on
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Produces
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.Sm off
+.It Xo Sy I Ar operation
+.No \en Ar count No \en
+.Xc
+.Sm on
+.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Another one:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sm off
+\&.It Cm S No \&/ Ar old_pattern Xo
+\&.No \&/ Ar new_pattern
+\&.No \&/ Op Cm g
+\&.Xc
+\&.Sm on
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Produces
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.Sm off
+.It Cm S No \&/ Ar old_pattern Xo
+.No \&/ Ar new_pattern
+.No \&/ Op Cm g
+.Xc
+.Sm on
+.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Another example of
+.Ql \&.Xo
+and using enclosure macros:
+Test the value of an variable.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.It Xo
+\&.Ic .ifndef
+\&.Oo \e&! Oc Ns Ar variable
+\&.Op Ar operator variable ...
+\&.Xc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Produces
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.It Xo
+.Ic .ifndef
+.Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable
+.Op Ar operator variable ...
+.Xc
+.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+All of the above examples have used the
+.Ql \&.Xo
+macro on the argument list of the
+.Ql \&.It
+(list-item)
+macro.
+The extend macros are not used very often, and when they are
+it is usually to extend the list-item argument list.
+Unfortunately, this is also where the extend macros are the
+most finicky.
+In the first two examples, spacing was turned off;
+in the third, spacing was desired in part of the output but
+not all of it.
+To make these macros work in this situation make sure
+the
+.Ql \&.Xo
+and
+.Ql \&.Xc
+macros are placed as shown in the third example.
+If the
+.Ql \&.Xo
+macro is not alone on the
+.Ql \&.It
+argument list, spacing will be unpredictable.
+The
+.Ql \&.Ns
+(no space macro)
+must not occur as the first or last macro on a line
+in this situation.
+Out of 900 manual pages (about 1500 actual pages)
+currently released with
+.Bx
+only fifteen use the
+.Ql \&.Xo
+macro.
+.Sh PAGE STRUCTURE DOMAIN
+.Ss Section Headers
+The first three
+.Ql \&.Sh
+section header macros
+list below are required in every
+man page.
+The remaining section headers
+are recommended at the discretion of the author
+writing the manual page.
+The
+.Ql \&.Sh
+macro can take up to nine arguments.
+It is parsed and but is not callable.
+.Bl -tag -width ".Sh SYNOPSIS"
+.It \&.Sh NAME
+The
+.Ql \&.Sh NAME
+macro is mandatory.
+If not specified,
+the headers, footers and page layout defaults
+will not be set and things will be rather unpleasant.
+The
+.Sx NAME
+section consists of at least three items.
+The first is the
+.Ql \&.Nm
+name macro naming the subject of the man page.
+The second is the Name Description macro,
+.Ql \&.Nd ,
+which separates the subject
+name from the third item, which is the description.
+The
+description should be the most terse and lucid possible,
+as the space available is small.
+.It \&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+The
+.Sx SYNOPSIS
+section describes the typical usage of the
+subject of a man page.
+The  macros required
+are either
+.Ql ".Nm" ,
+.Ql ".Cd" ,
+.Ql ".Fn" ,
+(and possibly
+.Ql ".Fo" ,
+.Ql ".Fc" ,
+.Ql ".Fd" ,
+.Ql ".Ft"
+macros).
+The function name
+macro
+.Ql ".Fn"
+is required
+for manual page sections 2 and 3, the command and general
+name macro
+.Ql \&.Nm
+is required for sections 1, 5, 6, 7, 8.
+Section 4 manuals require a
+.Ql ".Nm" , ".Fd"
+or a
+.Ql ".Cd"
+configuration device usage macro.
+Several other macros may be necessary to produce
+the synopsis line as shown below:
+.Pp
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Nm cat
+.Op Fl benstuv
+.Op Fl
+.Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The following macros were used:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.Nm cat
+.Dl \&.Op \&Fl benstuv
+.Dl \&.Op \&Fl
+.Dl \&.Ar
+.Pp
+.Sy Note :
+The macros
+.Ql \&.Op ,
+.Ql \&.Fl ,
+and
+.Ql \&.Ar
+recognize the pipe bar character
+.Ql \*(Ba ,
+so a command line such as:
+.Pp
+.Dl ".Op Fl a | Fl b"
+.Pp
+will not go orbital.
+.Xr Troff
+normally interprets a \*(Ba as a special operator.
+See
+.Sx PREDEFINED STRINGS
+for a usable \*(Ba
+character in other situations.
+.It \&.Sh DESCRIPTION
+In most cases the first text in the
+.Sx DESCRIPTION
+section
+is a brief paragraph on the command, function or file,
+followed by a lexical list of options and respective
+explanations.
+To create such a list, the
+.Ql \&.Bl
+begin-list,
+.Ql \&.It
+list-item and
+.Ql \&.El
+end-list
+macros are used (see
+.Sx Lists and Columns
+below).
+.El
+.Pp
+The following
+.Ql \&.Sh
+section headers are part of the
+preferred manual page layout and must be used appropriately
+to maintain consistency.
+They are listed in the order
+in which they would be used.
+.Bl -tag -width SYNOPSIS
+.It \&.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The
+.Sx ENVIRONMENT
+section should reveal any related
+environment
+variables and clues to their behavior and/or usage.
+.It \&.Sh EXAMPLES
+There are several ways to create examples.
+See
+the
+.Sx EXAMPLES
+section below
+for details.
+.It \&.Sh FILES
+Files which are used or created by the man page subject
+should be listed via the
+.Ql \&.Pa
+macro in the
+.Sx FILES
+section.
+.It \&.Sh SEE ALSO
+References to other material on the man page topic and
+cross references to other relevant man pages should
+be placed in the
+.Sx SEE ALSO
+section.
+Cross references
+are specified using the
+.Ql \&.Xr
+macro.
+At this time
+.Xr refer 1
+style references are not accommodated.
+.It \&.Sh STANDARDS
+If the command, library function or file adheres to a
+specific implementation such as
+.St -p1003.2
+or
+.St -ansiC
+this should be noted here.
+If the
+command does not adhere to any standard, its history
+should be noted in the
+.Sx HISTORY
+section.
+.It \&.Sh HISTORY
+Any command which does not adhere to any specific standards
+should be outlined historically in this section.
+.It \&.Sh AUTHORS
+Credits, if need be, should be placed here.
+.It \&.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Diagnostics from a command should be placed in this section.
+.It \&.Sh ERRORS
+Specific error handling, especially from library functions
+(man page sections 2 and 3) should go here.
+The
+.Ql \&.Er
+macro is used to specify an errno.
+.It \&.Sh BUGS
+Blatant problems with the topic go here...
+.El
+.Pp
+User specified
+.Ql \&.Sh
+sections may be added,
+for example, this section was set with:
+.Bd -literal -offset 14n
+\&.Sh PAGE LAYOUT MACROS
+.Ed
+.Ss Paragraphs and Line Spacing.
+.Bl -tag -width 6n
+.It \&.Pp
+The \&.Pp paragraph command may
+be used to specify a line space where necessary.
+The macro is not necessary after a
+.Ql \&.Sh
+or
+.Ql \&.Ss
+macro or before
+a
+.Ql \&.Bl
+macro.
+(The
+.Ql \&.Bl
+macro asserts a vertical distance unless the -compact flag is given).
+.El
+.\" This worked with version one, need to redo for version three
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .Ds I
+.\" .Cw (ax+bx+c) \ is\ produced\ by\ \&
+.\" .\".Cw (ax+bx+c) \&.Va_by_) \&_and_\& \&[?/]m_b1_e1_f1[?/]\&
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx\ (
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Va ax
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Sy \+
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \&(\&
+.\" .Va ax
+.\" .Cx +
+.\" .Va by
+.\" .Cx +
+.\" .Va c )
+.\" .Cx \t
+.\" .Em is produced by
+.\" .Cx \t
+.\" .Li \&.Va by
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Sy \+
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Va c )
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cw
+.\" .De
+.\" .Pp
+.\" This example shows the same equation in a different format.
+.\" The spaces
+.\" around the
+.\" .Li \&+
+.\" signs were forced with
+.\" .Li \e :
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .Ds I
+.\" .Cw (ax\ +\ bx\ +\ c) \ is\ produced\ by\ \&
+.\" .\".Cw (ax+bx+c) \&.Va_by_) \&_and_\& \&[?/]m_b1_e1_f1[?/]\&
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx\ (
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Va a
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Sy x
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx \e\ +\e\ \e&
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \&(\&
+.\" .Va a
+.\" .Sy x
+.\" .Cx \ +\ \&
+.\" .Va b
+.\" .Sy y
+.\" .Cx \ +\ \&
+.\" .Va c )
+.\" .Cx \t
+.\" .Em is produced by
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Va b
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Sy y
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx \e\ +\e\ \e&
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Va c )
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cw
+.\" .De
+.\" .Pp
+.\" The incantation below was
+.\" lifted from the
+.\" .Xr adb 1
+.\" manual page:
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .Ds I
+.\" .Cw \&[?/]m_b1_e1_f1[?/]\& is\ produced\ by
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx Op Sy ?/
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Nm m
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx Op Sy ?/
+.\" .Nm m
+.\" .Ad \ b1 e1 f1
+.\" .Op Sy ?/
+.\" .Cx \t
+.\" .Em is produced by
+.\" .Cx \t
+.\" .Li \&.Ar \e\ b1 e1 f1
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Op Sy ?/
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cl Cx \t\t
+.\" .Li \&.Cx
+.\" .Cx
+.\" .Cw
+.\" .De
+.\" .Pp
+.Ss Keeps
+The only keep that is implemented at this time is for words.
+The macros are
+.Ql \&.Bk
+(begin-keep)
+and
+.Ql \&.Ek
+(end-keep).
+The only option that
+.Ql \&.Bl
+accepts is
+.Fl words
+and is useful for preventing line breaks in the middle of options.
+In the example for the make command line arguments (see
+.Sx What's in a name ) ,
+the keep prevented
+.Xr nroff
+from placing up the
+flag and the argument
+on separate lines.
+(Actually, the option macro used to prevent this from occurring,
+but was dropped when the decision (religious) was made to force
+right justified margins in
+.Xr troff
+as options in general look atrocious when spread across a sparse
+line.
+More work needs to be done with the keep macros, a
+.Fl line
+option needs to be added.)
+.Ss Examples and Displays
+There are five types of displays, a quickie one line indented display
+.Ql \&.D1 ,
+a quickie one line literal display
+.Ql \&.Dl ,
+and a block literal, block filled and block ragged which use
+the
+.Ql \&.Bd
+begin-display
+and
+.Ql \&.Ed
+end-display macros.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width \&.Dlxx
+.It Li \&.D1
+(D-one) Display one line of indented text.
+This macro is parsed, but it is not callable.
+.Pp
+.Dl Fl ldghfstru
+.Pp
+The above was produced by:
+.Li \&.Dl Fl ldghfstru .
+.It Li \&.Dl
+(D-ell)
+Display one line of indented
+.Em literal
+text.
+The
+.Ql \&.Dl
+example macro has been used throughout this
+file.
+It allows
+the indent (display) of one line of text.
+Its default font is set to
+constant width (literal) however
+it is parsed and will recognized other macros.
+It is not callable however.
+.Pp
+.Dl % ls -ldg /usr/local/bin
+.Pp
+The above was produced by
+.Li \&.Dl % ls -ldg /usr/local/bin .
+.It Li \&.Bd
+Begin-display.
+The
+.Ql \&.Bd
+display must be ended with the
+.Ql \&.Ed
+macro.
+Displays may be nested within displays and
+lists.
+.Ql \&.Bd
+has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.Dl ".Bd display-type [-offset offset_value] [-compact]"
+.Pp
+The display-type must be one of the following four types and
+may have an offset specifier for indentation:
+.Ql \&.Bd .
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "file file_name  " -compact
+.It Fl ragged
+Display a block of text as typed,
+right (and left) margin edges are left ragged.
+.It Fl filled
+Display a filled (formatted) block.
+The block of text is formatted (the edges are filled \-
+not left unjustified).
+.It Fl literal
+Display a literal block, useful for source code or
+simple tabbed or spaced text.
+.It Fl file Ar file_name
+The file name following the
+.Fl file
+flag is read and displayed.
+Literal mode is
+asserted and tabs are set at 8 constant width character
+intervals, however any
+.Xr troff/ Ns Nm \-mdoc
+commands in file will be processed.
+.It Fl offset Ar string
+If
+.Fl offset
+is specified with one of the following strings, the string
+is interpreted to indicate the level of indentation for the
+forthcoming block of text:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "indent-two" -compact
+.It Ar left
+Align block on the current left margin,
+this is the default mode of
+.Ql \&.Bd .
+.It Ar center
+Supposedly center the block.
+At this time
+unfortunately, the block merely gets
+left aligned about an imaginary center margin.
+.It Ar indent
+Indents by one default indent value or tab.
+The default
+indent value is also used for the
+.Ql \&.D1
+display so one is guaranteed the two types of displays
+will line up.
+This indent is normally set to 6n or about two
+thirds of an inch (six constant width characters).
+.It Ar indent-two
+Indents two times the default indent value.
+.It Ar right
+This
+.Em left
+aligns the block about two inches from
+the right side of the page.
+This macro needs
+work and perhaps may never do the right thing by
+.Xr troff .
+.El
+.El
+.It ".Ed"
+End-display.
+.El
+.Ss Tagged Lists and Columns
+There are several types of lists which may be initiated with the
+.Ql ".Bl"
+begin-list macro.
+Items within the list
+are specified with the
+.Ql ".It"
+item macro and
+each list must end with the
+.Ql ".El"
+macro.
+Lists may be nested within themselves and within displays.
+Columns may be used inside of lists, but lists are unproven
+inside of columns.
+.Pp
+In addition, several list attributes may be specified such as
+the width of a tag, the list offset, and compactness
+(blank lines between items allowed or disallowed).
+Most of this document has been formatted with a tag style list
+.Pq Fl tag .
+For a change of pace, the list-type used to present the list-types
+is an over-hanging list
+.Pq Fl ohang .
+This type of list is quite popular with
+.Tn TeX
+users, but might look a bit funny after having read many pages of
+tagged lists.
+The following list types are accepted by
+.Ql ".Bl" :
+.Pp
+.Bl -ohang -compact
+.It Fl bullet
+.It Fl item
+.It Fl enum
+These three are the simplest types of lists.
+Once the
+.Ql ".Bl"
+macro has been given, items in the list are merely
+indicated by a line consisting solely of the
+.Ql ".It"
+macro.
+For example, the source text for a simple enumerated list
+would look like:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent-two
+\&.Bl -enum -compact
+\&.It
+\&Item one goes here.
+\&.It
+\&And item two here.
+\&.It
+\&Lastly item three goes here.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The results:
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -offset indent-two -compact
+.It
+Item one goes here.
+.It
+And item two here.
+.It
+Lastly item three goes here.
+.El
+.Pp
+A simple bullet list construction:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent-two
+\&.Bl -bullet -compact
+\&.It
+\&Bullet one goes here.
+\&.It
+\&Bullet two here.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Produces:
+.Bl -bullet -offset indent-two -compact
+.It
+Bullet one goes here.
+.It
+Bullet two here.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Fl tag
+.It Fl diag
+.It Fl hang
+.It Fl ohang
+.It Fl inset
+These list-types collect arguments specified with the
+.Ql \&.It
+macro and create a label which may be
+.Em inset
+into the forthcoming text,
+.Em hanged
+from the forthcoming text,
+.Em overhanged
+from above and not indented or
+.Em tagged .
+This
+list was constructed with the
+.Ql Fl ohang
+list-type.
+The
+.Ql \&.It
+macro is parsed only for the inset, hang
+and tag list-types and is not callable.
+Here is an example of inset labels:
+.Bl -inset -offset indent
+.It Em Tag
+The tagged list (also called a tagged paragraph) is the
+most common type of list used in the Berkeley manuals.
+.It Em Diag
+Diag lists create section four diagnostic lists
+and are similar to inset lists except callable
+macros are ignored.
+.It Em Hang
+Hanged labels are a matter of taste.
+.It Em Ohang
+Overhanging labels are nice when space is constrained.
+.It Em Inset
+Inset labels are useful for controlling blocks of
+paragraphs and are valuable for converting
+.Nm \-mdoc
+manuals to other formats.
+.El
+.Pp
+Here is the source text which produced the above example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bl -inset -offset indent
+\&.It Em Tag
+\&The tagged list (also called a tagged paragraph) is the
+\&most common type of list used in the Berkeley manuals.
+\&.It Em Diag
+\&Diag lists create section four diagnostic lists
+\&and are similar to inset lists except callable
+\&macros are ignored.
+\&.It Em Hang
+\&Hanged labels are a matter of taste.
+\&.It Em Ohang
+\&Overhanging labels are nice when space is constrained.
+\&.It Em Inset
+\&Inset labels are useful for controlling blocks of
+\&paragraphs and are valuable for converting
+\&.Nm \-mdoc
+\&manuals to other formats.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here is a hanged list with just one item:
+.Bl -hang -offset indent
+.It Em Hanged
+labels appear similar to tagged lists when the
+label is smaller than the label width.
+.It Em Longer hanged list labels
+blend in to the paragraph unlike
+tagged paragraph labels.
+.El
+.Pp
+And the unformatted text which created it:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bl -hang -offset indent
+\&.It Em Hanged
+\&labels appear similar to tagged lists when the
+\&label is smaller than the label width.
+\&.It Em Longer hanged list labels
+\&blend in to the paragraph unlike
+\&tagged paragraph labels.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The tagged list which follows uses an optional width specifier to control
+the width of the tag.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "PAGEIN" -compact -offset indent
+.It SL
+sleep time of the process (seconds blocked)
+.It PAGEIN
+number of disk
+.Tn I/O Ns 's
+resulting from references
+by the process to pages not loaded in core.
+.It UID
+numerical user-id of process owner
+.It PPID
+numerical id of parent of process process priority
+(non-positive when in non-interruptible wait)
+.El
+.Pp
+The raw text:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bl -tag -width "PAGEIN" -compact -offset indent
+\&.It SL
+\&sleep time of the process (seconds blocked)
+\&.It PAGEIN
+\&number of disk
+\&.Tn I/O Ns 's
+\&resulting from references
+\&by the process to pages not loaded in core.
+\&.It UID
+\&numerical user-id of process owner
+\&.It PPID
+\&numerical id of parent of process process priority
+\&(non-positive when in non-interruptible wait)
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Acceptable width specifiers:
+.Bl -tag -width Ar -offset indent
+.It Fl width Ar "\&Fl"
+sets the width to the default width for a flag.
+All callable
+macros have a default width value.
+The
+.Ql \&.Fl ,
+value is presently
+set to ten constant width characters or about five sixth of
+an inch.
+.It Fl width Ar "24n"
+sets the width to 24 constant width characters or about two
+inches.
+The
+.Ql n
+is absolutely necessary for the scaling to work correctly.
+.It Fl width Ar "ENAMETOOLONG"
+sets width to the constant width length of the
+string given.
+.It Fl width  Ar "\\*qint mkfifo\\*q"
+again, the width is set to the constant width of the string
+given.
+.El
+.Pp
+If a width is not specified for the tag list type, the first
+time
+.Ql \&.It
+is invoked, an attempt is made to determine an appropriate
+width.
+If the first argument to
+.Ql ".It"
+is a callable macro, the default width for that macro will be used
+as if the macro name had been supplied as the width.
+However,
+if another item in the list is given with a different callable
+macro name, a new and nested list is assumed.
+.Sh PREDEFINED STRINGS
+The following strings are predefined as may be used by
+preceding with the troff string interpreting sequence
+.Ql \&\e*(xx
+where
+.Em xx
+is the name of the defined string or as
+.Ql \&\e*x
+where
+.Em x
+is the name of the string.
+The interpreting sequence may be used any where in the text.
+.Pp
+.Bl -column "String " "Nroff " "Troff " -offset indent
+.It Sy "String	Nroff	Troff"
+.It Li "<=" Ta \&<\&= Ta \*(<=
+.It Li ">=" Ta \&>\&= Ta \*(>=
+.It Li "Rq" Ta "''" Ta \*(Rq
+.It Li "Lq" Ta "``" Ta \*(Lq
+.It Li "ua" Ta ^ Ta \*(ua
+.It Li "aa" Ta ' Ta \*(aa
+.It Li "ga" Ta \` Ta \*(ga
+.\" .It Li "sL" Ta ` Ta \*(sL
+.\" .It Li "sR" Ta ' Ta \*(sR
+.It Li "q" Ta \&" Ta \*q
+.It Li "Pi" Ta pi Ta \*(Pi
+.It Li "Ne" Ta != Ta \*(Ne
+.It Li "Le" Ta <= Ta \*(Le
+.It Li "Ge" Ta >= Ta \*(Ge
+.It Li "Lt" Ta < Ta \*(Gt
+.It Li "Gt" Ta > Ta \*(Lt
+.It Li "Pm" Ta +- Ta \*(Pm
+.It Li "If" Ta infinity Ta \*(If
+.It Li "Na" Ta \fINaN\fP Ta \*(Na
+.It Li "Ba" Ta \fR\&|\fP Ta \*(Ba
+.El
+.Pp
+.Sy Note :
+The string named
+.Ql q
+should be written as
+.Ql \e*q
+since it is only one char.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+The debugging facilities for
+.Nm \-mdoc
+are limited, but can help detect subtle errors such
+as the collision of an argument name with an internal
+register or macro name.
+(A what?)
+A register is an arithmetic storage class for
+.Xr troff
+with a one or two character name.
+All registers internal to
+.Nm \-mdoc
+for
+.Xr troff
+and
+.Xr ditroff
+are two characters and
+of the form <upper_case><lower_case> such as
+.Ql \&Ar ,
+<lower_case><upper_case> as
+.Ql \&aR
+or
+<upper or lower letter><digit> as
+.Ql \&C\&1 .
+And adding to the muddle,
+.Xr troff
+has its own internal registers all of which are either
+two lower case characters or a dot plus a letter or meta-character
+character.
+In one of the introduction examples, it was shown how to
+prevent the interpretation of a macro name with the escape sequence
+.Ql \e& .
+This is sufficient for the internal register names also.
+.Pp
+.\" Every callable macro name has a corresponding register
+.\" of the same name (<upper_case><lower_case>).
+.\" There are also specific registers which have
+.\" been used for stacks and arrays and are listed in the
+.\" .Sx Appendix .
+.\" .Bd -ragged -offset 4n
+.\" [A-Z][a-z]	registers corresponding to macro names (example ``Ar'')
+.\" [a-z][A-Z]	registers corresponding to macro names (example ``aR'')
+.\" C[0-9]		argument types (example C1)
+.\" O[0-9]		offset stack (displays)
+.\" h[0-9]		horizontal spacing stack (lists)
+.\" o[0-9]		offset (stack) (lists)
+.\" t[0-9]		tag stack (lists)
+.\" v[0-9]		vertical spacing stack (lists)
+.\" w[0-9]		width tag/label stack
+.\" .Ed
+.\" .Pp
+If a non-escaped register name is given in the argument list of a request
+unpredictable behavior will occur.
+In general, any time huge portions
+of text do not appear where expected in the output, or small strings
+such as list tags disappear, chances are there is a misunderstanding
+about an argument type in the argument list.
+Your mother never intended for you to remember this evil stuff - so here
+is a way to find out whether or not your arguments are valid: The
+.Ql \&.Db
+(debug)
+macro displays the interpretation of the argument list for most
+macros.
+Macros such as the
+.Ql \&.Pp
+(paragraph)
+macro do not contain debugging information.
+All of the callable macros do,
+and it is strongly advised whenever in doubt,
+turn on the
+.Ql \&.Db
+macro.
+.Pp
+.Dl Usage: \&.Db [on | off]
+.Pp
+An example of a portion of text with
+the debug macro placed above and below an
+artificially created problem (a flag argument
+.Ql \&aC
+which should be
+.Ql \e&aC
+in order to work):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Db on
+\&.Op Fl aC Ar file )
+\&.Db off
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The resulting output:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DEBUGGING ON
+DEBUG(argv) MACRO: `.Op'  Line #: 2
+	Argc: 1  Argv: `Fl'  Length: 2
+	Space: `'  Class: Executable
+	Argc: 2  Argv: `aC'  Length: 2
+	Space: `'  Class: Executable
+	Argc: 3  Argv: `Ar'  Length: 2
+	Space: `'  Class: Executable
+	Argc: 4  Argv: `file'  Length: 4
+	Space: ` '  Class: String
+	Argc: 5  Argv: `)'  Length: 1
+	Space: ` '  Class: Closing Punctuation or suffix
+	MACRO REQUEST: .Op Fl aC Ar file )
+DEBUGGING OFF
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The first line of information tells the name of the calling
+macro, here
+.Ql \&.Op ,
+and the line number it appears on.
+If one or more files are involved
+(especially if text from another file is included) the line number
+may be bogus.
+If there is only one file, it should be accurate.
+The second line gives the argument count, the argument
+.Pq Ql \&Fl
+and its length.
+If the length of an argument is two characters, the
+argument is tested to see if it is executable (unfortunately, any
+register which contains a non-zero value appears executable).
+The third line gives the space allotted for a class, and the
+class type.
+The problem here is the argument aC should not be
+executable.
+The four types of classes are string, executable, closing
+punctuation and opening punctuation.
+The last line shows the entire
+argument list as it was read.
+In this next example, the offending
+.Ql \&aC
+is escaped:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Db on
+\&.Em An escaped \e&aC
+\&.Db off
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DEBUGGING ON
+DEBUG(fargv) MACRO: `.Em'  Line #: 2
+	Argc: 1  Argv: `An'  Length: 2
+	Space: ` '  Class: String
+	Argc: 2  Argv: `escaped'  Length: 7
+	Space: ` '  Class: String
+	Argc: 3  Argv: `aC'  Length: 2
+	Space: ` '  Class: String
+	MACRO REQUEST: .Em An escaped &aC
+DEBUGGING OFF
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Ql \e&aC
+shows up with the same length of 2 as the
+.Ql \e&
+sequence produces a zero width, but a register
+named
+.Ql \e&aC
+was not found and the type classified as string.
+.Pp
+Other diagnostics consist of usage statements and are self explanatory.
+.Sh GROFF, TROFF AND NROFF
+The
+.Nm \-mdoc
+package does not need compatibility mode with
+.Xr groff .
+.Pp
+The package inhibits page breaks, and the headers and footers
+which normally occur at those breaks with
+.Xr nroff ,
+to make the manual more efficient for viewing on-line.
+At the moment,
+.Xr groff
+with
+.Fl T Ns Ar ascii
+does eject the imaginary remainder of the page at end of file.
+The inhibiting of the page breaks makes
+.Xr nroff Ns 'd
+files unsuitable for hardcopy.
+There is a register named
+.Ql \&cR
+which can be set to zero in the site dependent style file
+.Pa /usr/src/share/tmac/doc-nroff
+to restore the old style behavior.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/man0/template.doc -compact
+.It Pa /usr/share/tmac/tmac.doc
+manual macro package
+.It Pa /usr/share/man0/template.doc
+template for writing a man page
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr troff 1
+.Sh BUGS
+Undesirable hyphenation on the dash of a flag
+argument is not yet resolved, and causes
+occasional mishaps in the
+.Sx DESCRIPTION
+section.
+(line break on the hyphen).
+.Pp
+Predefined strings are not declared in documentation.
+.Pp
+Section 3f has not been added to the header routines.
+.Pp
+.Ql \&.Nm
+font should be changed in
+.Sx NAME
+section.
+.Pp
+.Ql \&.Fn
+needs to have a check to prevent splitting up
+if the line length is too short.
+Occasionally it
+separates the last parenthesis, and sometimes
+looks ridiculous if a line is in fill mode.
+.Pp
+The method used to prevent header and footer page
+breaks (other than the initial header and footer) when using
+nroff occasionally places an unsightly partially filled line (blank)
+at the would be bottom of the page.
+.Pp
+The list and display macros to not do any keeps
+and certainly should be able to.
+.\" Note what happens if the parameter list overlaps a newline
+.\" boundary.
+.\" to make sure a line boundary is crossed:
+.\" .Bd -literal
+.\" \&.Fn struct\e\ dictionarytable\e\ *dictionarylookup struct\e\ dictionarytable\e\ *tab[]
+.\" .Ed
+.\" .Pp
+.\" produces, nudge nudge,
+.\" .Fn struct\ dictionarytable\ *dictionarylookup char\ *h struct\ dictionarytable\ *tab[] ,
+.\" .Fn struct\ dictionarytable\ *dictionarylookup char\ *h struct\ dictionarytable\ *tab[] ,
+.\" nudge
+.\" .Fn struct\ dictionarytable\ *dictionarylookup char\ *h struct\ dictionarytable\ *tab[] .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" If double quotes are used, for example:
+.\" .Bd -literal
+.\" \&.Fn \*qstruct dictionarytable *dictionarylookup\*q \*qchar *h\*q \*qstruct dictionarytable *tab[]\*q
+.\" .Ed
+.\" .Pp
+.\" produces, nudge nudge,
+.\" .Fn "struct dictionarytable *dictionarylookup" "char *h" "struct dictionarytable *tab[]" ,
+.\" nudge
+.\" .Fn "struct dictionarytable *dictionarylookup" "char *h" "struct dictionarytable *tab[]" ,
+.\" nudge
+.\" .Fn "struct dictionarytable *dictionarylookup" "char *h" "struct dictionarytable *tab[]" .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" Not a pretty sight...
+.\" In a paragraph, a long parameter containing unpaddable spaces as
+.\" in the former example will cause
+.\" .Xr troff
+.\" to break the line and spread
+.\" the remaining words out.
+.\" The latter example will adjust nicely to
+.\" justified margins, but may break in between an argument and its
+.\" declaration.
+.\" In
+.\" .Xr nroff
+.\" the right margin adjustment is normally ragged and the problem is
+.\" not as severe.
diff --git a/share/man/man7/operator.7 b/share/man/man7/operator.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64954f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/operator.7
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)operator.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt OPERATOR 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm operator
+.Nd C operator precedence and order of evaluation
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent -compact
+.Bl -column "Operator    Associativity   "
+.It Operator	Associativity
+.It --------	-------------
+.It \&() [] -> .	left to right
+.It "! ~ ++ -- - (type) * & sizeof"	right to left
+.It \&* / %	left to right
+.It \&+ -	left to right
+.It \&<< >>	left to right
+.It \&< <= > >=	left to right
+.It \&== !=	left to right
+.It \&&	left to right
+.It \&^	left to right
+.It \&|	left to right
+.It \&&&	left to right
+.It \&||	left to right
+.It \&?:	right to left
+.It \&= += -= etc.	right to left
+.It \&,	left to right
+.El
+.Ed
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/misc/operator -compact
+.It Pa /usr/share/misc/operator
+.El
diff --git a/share/man/man8/Makefile b/share/man/man8/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec6e8b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+
+MAN8=	adduser.0 intro.0 rc.0 sticky.0
+SUBDIR=	man8.i386 man8.hp300 man8.tahoe man8.vax
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/man8/adduser.8 b/share/man/man8/adduser.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73e3dcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/adduser.8
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)adduser.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt ADDUSER 8
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm adduser
+.Nd procedure for adding new users
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A new user must choose a login name, which must not already appear in
+.Pa /etc/passwd
+or
+.Pa /etc/aliases .
+It must also not begin with the hyphen
+.Ql Fl
+character.
+It is strongly recommended that it be all lower-case, and not contain
+the dot
+.Ql \&.
+character, as that tends to confuse mailers.
+An account can be added by editing a line into the passwd file; this
+must be done with the password file locked e.g. by using
+.Xr chpass 1
+or
+.Xr vipw 8 .
+.Pp
+A new user is given a group and user id.
+Login and user id's should be unique across the system, and often across
+a group of systems, since they are used to control file access.
+Typically, users working on similar projects will be put in the same groups.
+At the University of California, Berkeley, we have groups for system staff,
+faculty, graduate students, and special groups for large projects.
+.Pp
+A skeletal account for a new user
+\*(lqernie\*(rq
+might look like:
+.Bd -literal
+ernie::25:30::0:0:Ernie Kovacs,508 Evans Hall,x7925,
+	642-8202:/a/users/ernie:/bin/csh
+.Ed
+.Pp
+For a description of each of these fields, see
+.Xr passwd 5 .
+.Pp
+It is useful to give new users some help in getting started, supplying
+them with a few skeletal files such as
+.Pa \&.profile
+if they use
+.Pa /bin/sh ,
+or
+.Pa \&.cshrc
+and
+.Pa \&.login
+if they use
+.Pa /bin/csh .
+The directory
+.Pa /usr/share/skel
+contains skeletal definitions of such files.
+New users should be given copies of these files which, for instance,
+use
+.Xr tset 1
+automatically at each login.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/master.passwdxx -compact
+.It Pa /etc/master.passwd
+user database
+.It Pa /usr/share/skel
+skeletal login directory
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chpass 1 ,
+.Xr finger 1 ,
+.Xr passwd 1 ,
+.Xr aliases 5 ,
+.Xr passwd 5 ,
+.Xr pwd_mkdb 8 ,
+.Xr vipw 8
+.Sh BUGS
+User information should (and eventually will) be stored elsewhere.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 3.0 .
diff --git a/share/man/man8/intro.8 b/share/man/man8/intro.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ec3d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/intro.8
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)intro.8	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt INTRO 8
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro
+.Nd "introduction to system maintenance and operation commands"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This section contains information related to system operation
+and maintenance.
+It describes commands used to create new file systems,
+.Ql Xr newfs ,
+verify the integrity of the file systems,
+.Ql Xr fsck ,
+control disk usage,
+.Ql Xr edquota ,
+maintain system backups,
+.Ql Xr dump ,
+and recover files when disks die an untimely death,
+.Ql Xr restore .
+The
+.Ql Xr format
+manual
+for the specific architecture the system is running on should be
+consulted when formatting disks and tapes.
+Network related services like
+.Ql Xr inetd
+and
+.Ql Xr ftpd
+are also described.
+The section
+.Ql Xr crash
+should be consulted to understand how to interpret system
+crash dumps.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm intro
+section manual page appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man8/makedev.8 b/share/man/man8/makedev.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..270d029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/makedev.8
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)makedev.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt MAKEDEV 8
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm makedev
+.Nd make system special files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm MAKEDEV
+.Ar device ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm MAKEDEV
+is a shell script normally used to install
+special files.  It resides in the 
+.Pa /dev
+directory, as this is the normal location of special files.
+Arguments to 
+.Nm MAKEDEV
+are usually of the form
+.Ar device-name Ns Sy \&?
+where
+.Ar device-name
+is one of the supported devices listed in section 4 of the
+manual and
+.Dq Sy \&?
+is a logical unit number (0-9).  A few
+special arguments create assorted collections of devices and are
+listed below.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Sy std
+Create the
+.Em standard
+devices for the system; for example the standard
+.Tn UNIX
+devices
+.Pa /dev/console and /dev/tty;
+the standard hardware dependent devices,
+for example in the VAX family
+the
+.Tn VAX-11/780
+console floppy device,
+.Pa /dev/floppy ,
+and
+.Tn VAX-11/750
+and
+.Tn VAX-11/730
+console cassette device(s),
+.Pa /dev/tu?
+devices would be made for the appropriate system.
+.It Sy local
+Create those devices specific to the local site.  This
+request causes the shell file 
+.Pa /dev/MAKEDEV.local
+to be executed.  Site specific commands, such as those
+used to setup dialup lines as
+.Pa ttyd?
+should be included
+in this file.
+.El
+.Pp
+Since all devices are created using 
+.Xr mknod 8 ,
+this shell script is useful only to the super-user.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Either self-explanatory, or generated by one of the programs
+called from the script.  Use
+.Ql sh -x MAKEDEV
+in case of
+trouble.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr config 8 ,
+.Xr mknod 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.i386/MAKEDEV.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.i386/MAKEDEV.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40ca3b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/man8.i386/MAKEDEV.8
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)MAKEDEV.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.TH MAKEDEV 8 "June 5, 1993"
+.UC 7
+.SH NAME
+MAKEDEV \- create system and device special files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+MAKEDEV name ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The shell script
+.IR MAKEDEV ,
+found in the ``/dev'' directory, is used to create the common special
+files.
+See
+.IR special (8)
+for a more complete discussion of special files.
+.PP
+.I MAKEDEV
+takes any number of device names as arguments, where the names are
+the common abbreviation for the device.
+There are two special devices, ``std'' and ``local''.
+The former creates the standard devices for the architecture.
+The latter is for devices specific to the local site, and
+executes the shell file ``MAKEDEV.local''.
+.PP
+The i386 supports the following devices.
+Where a device name is followed by a hash sign (``#''), the hash sign
+must be replaced by a unit number.
+.TP 10
+std
+the standard devices (console, drum, fd/*, klog, kmem, mem, null,
+stderr, stdin, stdout, tty)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+local
+configuration specific devices
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+com#
+standard PC COM ports
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+fd#
+``floppy'' disk drives (3 1/2, 5 1/4)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+flog#
+kernel logging device
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+pty#
+set of 16 master and slave pseudo terminals
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+wd#
+``winchester'' disk drives (ST506, IDE, ESDI, RLL etc.)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+wt#
+QIC-interfaced (e.g. not SCSI) 3M cartridge tape
+.SH FILES
+/dev		The special file directory.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR mknod (1), 
+.IR intro (4),
+.IR config (8),
+.IR special (8)
diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.i386/Makefile b/share/man/man8/man8.i386/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06a815c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/man8.i386/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+
+MAN8=	MAKEDEV.0
+MANSUBDIR=/i386
+
+all: ${MAN8}
+
+clean depend lint tags:
+
+cleandir:
+	rm -f ${MAN8}
+
+install: maninstall
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/share/man/man8/rc.8 b/share/man/man8/rc.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e953a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/rc.8
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)rc.8	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt RC 8
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rc
+.Nd command script for auto\-reboot and daemons
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm rc
+.Nm rc.local
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm Rc
+is the command script which controls the automatic reboot and
+.Nm rc.local
+is the script holding commands which are pertinent only
+to a specific site.
+.Pp
+When an automatic reboot is in progress,
+.Nm rc
+is invoked with the argument
+.Em autoboot .
+The first portion of
+.Nm rc
+runs an
+.Xr fsck 8
+with option
+.Fl p
+to ``preen'' all the disks of minor inconsistencies resulting
+from the last system shutdown and to check for serious inconsistencies
+caused by hardware or software failure.
+If this auto-check and repair succeeds, then the second part of
+.Nm rc
+is run.
+.Pp
+The second part of
+.Nm rc ,
+which is run after an auto-reboot succeeds and also if
+.Nm rc
+is invoked when a single user shell terminates (see
+.Xr init 8 ) ,
+starts all the daemons on the system, preserves editor files
+and clears the scratch directory
+.Pa /tmp .
+.Pp
+.Nm Rc.local
+is executed immediately before any other commands after a successful
+.Xr fsck .
+Normally, the first commands placed in the
+.Nm rc.local
+file define the machine's name, using
+.Xr hostname 1 ,
+and save any possible core image that might have been
+generated as a result of a system crash, with
+.Xr savecore 8 .
+The latter command is included in the
+.Nm rc.local
+file because the directory in which core dumps are saved
+is usually site specific.
+.Pp
+Following tradition, the startup files
+.Nm rc
+and
+.Nm rc.local
+reside in
+.Pa /etc .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr init 8 ,
+.Xr reboot 8 ,
+.Xr savecore 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
diff --git a/share/man/man8/sticky.8 b/share/man/man8/sticky.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..546c6c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man8/sticky.8
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sticky.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 1993
+.Dt STICKY 8
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sticky
+.Nd sticky text and append-only directories
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A special file mode, called the
+.Em sticky bit
+(mode S_ISVTX),
+is used to indicate special treatment
+for shareable executable files and directories.
+See
+.Xr chmod 2
+or
+the file
+.Pa /usr/include/sys/stat.h
+for an explanation of file modes.
+.Sh STICKY TEXT EXECUTABLE FILES
+An executable shareable file whose sticky bit is set
+will not be immediately discarded from swap space after execution.
+The kernel will hoard the text segment of the file for future
+reuse and avoid having to reload the program.
+Shareable text segments are normally placed
+in a least-frequently-used cache after use,
+and thus the `sticky bit' has little effect on commonly-used text images.
+.Pp
+Sharable executable files are created with the
+.Fl n
+and
+.Fl z
+options of
+the loader
+.Xr ld 1 .
+.Pp
+Only the super-user can set the sticky bit
+on a sharable executable file.
+.Sh STICKY DIRECTORIES
+A directory whose `sticky bit' is set
+becomes an append-only directory, or, more accurately,
+a directory in which the deletion of files is restricted.
+A file in a sticky directory may only be removed or renamed
+by a user if the user has write permission for the directory and
+the user is the owner of the file, the owner of the directory,
+or the super-user.
+This feature is usefully applied to directories such as
+.Pa /tmp
+which must be publicly writable but
+should deny users the license to arbitrarily
+delete or rename each others' files.
+.Pp
+Any user may create a sticky directory.
+See
+.Xr chmod 1
+for details about modifying file modes.
+.Sh BUGS
+Since the text areas of sticky text executables are stashed in the swap area,
+abuse of the feature can cause a system to run out of swap.
+.Pp
+Neither
+.Xr open 2
+nor
+.Xr mkdir 2
+will create a file with the sticky bit set.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in Version 32V AT&T UNIX.
diff --git a/share/man/tools/.param b/share/man/tools/.param
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..329b82d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/.param
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+export MANDIR TMPDIR
+export DIRLST FILLST
+export LFLAG PFLAG ID
+
+MANDIR=/usr/man
+TMPDIR=/tmp
+DIRLST=
+FILLST=
+LFLAG=
+PFLAG=
+ID=
+
+shift
+
+while [ $# -gt 0 ]
+do
+	case $1 in
+	-m)
+		shift
+		MANDIR=$1
+		shift
+		;;
+
+	-t)
+		shift
+		TMPDIR=$1
+		shift
+		;;
+
+	-d | -l)
+		LFLAG=1
+		shift
+		;;
+
+	-p)
+		PFLAG=1
+		shift
+		;;
+
+	-i | -o)
+		shift
+		ID=$1
+		shift
+		;;
+
+	-s)
+		shift
+		while [ $# -gt 0 ]
+		do
+			case $1 in
+			[1-8])
+				DIRLST="$DIRLST $1"
+				shift
+				;;
+
+			*)
+				break
+				;;
+			esac
+		done
+		;;
+
+	-f)
+		shift
+		while [ $# -gt 0 ]
+		do
+			case $1 in
+			-*)
+				break
+				;;
+
+			*)
+				FILLST="$FILLST $1"
+				shift
+				;;
+			esac
+		done
+		;;
+
+	*)
+		echo $0: unknown option $1
+		exit 2
+		;;
+	esac
+done
+
+if [ -z "$DIRLST" ]
+then
+	DIRLST="1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8"
+fi
+
+if [ -z "$FILLST" ]
+then
+	FILLST=*.*
+fi
diff --git a/share/man/tools/M.folio b/share/man/tools/M.folio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5971c93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/M.folio
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+'\"	mm -12 M.folio
+.br
+.tl '''May 16, 1980'
+.tl '''T.A.D.'
+.rs
+.sp 3
+.ce
+UNIX User's Manual
+.ce
+Release 3.0
+.tr ~
+.sp 3
+.ce
+.ul
+PRINTING INSTRUCTIONS
+.sp 2
+Print entire manual two-sided; mock-ups of front and back
+cover (together with sizing information), as well as cover
+title and tabs copy are attached.
+.sp
+Total page count (including blank pages) is 704.
+.nf
+.sp 2
+.ce
+.I "FOLIO LIST"
+.sp 2
+.I "Front Matter:"
+.sp
+.ta 5 10 25 34
+.ul
+	No tab:
+		Title page			~~~~1*
+		Trademark page			~~~~2*
+.FS *
+Pages 1 and 2 are
+.I not
+numbered.
+.I All
+other pages
+.I "that carry any text"
+are numbered.
+.FE
+		Acknowledgements			~~~~3
+		     Blank page		~~~~4
+.sp
+.ul
+	Tab "INTRO":
+		Introduction			~~~~5-6 incl.
+		How To Get Started			~~~~7-10 incl.
+.sp
+.ul
+	Tab "CONTENTS":
+		Contents			~~~~1-9 incl.
+		     Blank page	~~~10
+.sp
+.ul
+	Tab "INDEX":
+		Permuted Index		~~~~1-32 incl.
+.bp
+.nf
+.ta 18 +12 +18 +12 +18 +12
+.sp 3
+.ul
+Tab "1":
+'\"	Section 1 goes here
+INTRO(1) 
 1	DATE(1) 
 1	JOIN(1) 
 1
+300(1) 
 1-2 incl.	DC(1) 
 1-2 incl.	KAS(1) 
 1
+4014(1) 
 1	DD(1) 
 1-2 incl.	KILL(1) 
 1
+450(1) 
 1	DELTA(1) 
 1-2 incl.	KUN(1) 
 1
+ACCT(1M) 
 1-2 incl.	DEROFF(1) 
 1	LD(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+ACCTCMS(1M) 
 1	DEVNM(1M) 
 1	LEX(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+ACCTCOM(1) 
 1-2 incl.	DF(1) 
 1	LINE(1) 
 1
+ACCTCON(1M) 
 1	DIFF(1) 
 1	LINK(1M) 
 1
+ACCTMERG(1M) 
 1	DIFF3(1) 
 1	LINT(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+ACCTPRC(1M) 
 1	DIFFMK(1) 
 1	LOGIN(1) 
 1
+ACCTSH(1M) 
 1-2 incl.	DIRCMP(1) 
 1	LOGNAME(1) 
 1
+ADB(1) 
 1-6 incl.	DPD(1C) 
 1-2 incl.	LORDER(1) 
 1
+ADMIN(1) 
 1-4 incl.	DPR(1C) 
 1	LPR(1) 
 1
+AR(1) 
 1-2 incl.	DU(1) 
 1	LS(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+ARCV(1) 
 1	DUMP(1M) 
 1	M4(1) 
 1-3 incl.
+AS.PDP(1) 
 1	ECHO(1) 
 1	MAIL(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+AS.VAX(1) 
 1	ED(1) 
 1-8 incl.	MAKE(1) 
 1-5 incl.
+AWK(1) 
 1-3 incl.	EFL(1) 
 1-2 incl.	MAN(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+BANNER(1) 
 1	ENV(1) 
 1	MESG(1) 
 1
+BASENAME(1) 
 1	EQN(1) 
 1-2 incl.	MKDIR(1) 
 1
+BC(1) 
 1-2 incl.	ERRDEAD(1M) 
 1	MKFS(1M) 
 1-2 incl.
+BCOPY(1M) 
 1	ERRDEMON(1M) 
 1	MKNOD(1M) 
 1
+BDIFF(1) 
 1	ERRPT(1M) 
 1	MM(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+BFS(1) 
 1-3 incl.	ERRSTOP(1M) 
 1	MMCHEK(1) 
 1
+BS(1) 
 1-9 incl.	EXPR(1) 
 1-2 incl.	MMT(1) 
 1
+CAL(1) 
 1	F77(1) 
 1-2 incl.	MOUNT(1M) 
 1
+CALENDAR(1) 
 1	FACTOR(1) 
 1	MVDIR(1M) 
 1
+CAT(1) 
 1	FGET(1C) 
 1-2 incl.	NCHECK(1M) 
 1
+CB(1) 
 1	FGET.DEMON(1C) 
 1	NEWGRP(1) 
 1
+CC(1) 
 1-2 incl.	FILE(1) 
 1	NEWS(1) 
 1
+CD(1) 
 1	FIND(1) 
 1-2 incl.	NICE(1) 
 1
+CDC(1) 
 1-2 incl.	FSCK(1M) 
 1-2 incl.	NL(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+CHMOD(1) 
 1	FSCV(1M) 
 1	NM(1) 
 1
+CHOWN(1) 
 1	FSDB(1M) 
 1-3 incl.	NOHUP(1) 
 1
+CHROOT(1M) 
 1	FSEND(1C) 
 1-2 incl.	OD(1) 
 1
+CLRI(1M) 
 1	FWTMP(1M) 
 1	ORJESTAT(1C) 
 1
+CMP(1) 
 1	GCAT(1C) 
 1-2 incl.	PACK(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+COL(1) 
 1	GCOSMAIL(1C) 
 1	PASSWD(1) 
 1
+COMB(1) 
 1	GDEV(1G) 
 1	PASTE(1) 
 1
+COMM(1) 
 1	GED(1G) 
 1-6 incl.	PR(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+CONFIG(1M) 
 1-3 incl.	GET(1) 
 1-5 incl.	PROF(1) 
 1
+CP(1) 
 1	GETOPT(1) 
 1	PROFILER(1M) 
 1
+CPIO(1) 
 1-2 incl.	GRAPH(1G) 
 1	PRS(1) 
 1-3 incl.
+CRASH(1M) 
 1-2 incl.	GRAPHICS(1G) 
 1	PS(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+CREF(1) 
 1-2 incl.	GREEK(1) 
 1	PTX(1) 
 1
+CRON(1M) 
 1	GREP(1) 
 1-2 incl.	PWCK(1M) 
 1
+CRYPT(1) 
 1	GUTIL(1G) 
 1-2 incl.	PWD(1) 
 1
+CSPLIT(1) 
 1-2 incl.	HELP(1) 
 1	RATFOR(1) 
 1
+CT(1C) 
 1	HP(1) 
 1-2 incl.	REFORM(1) 
 1-3 incl.
+CU(1C) 
 1-2 incl.	HYPHEN(1) 
 1	REGCMP(1) 
 1
+CUT(1) 
 1	ID(1) 
 1	RESTOR(1M) 
 1-2 incl.
+CW(1) 
 1-3 incl.	INSTALL(1M) 
 1	RJESTAT(1C) 
 1
+RM(1) 
 1	SU(1) 
 1	UNIQ(1) 
 1
+RMDEL(1) 
 1	SUM(1) 
 1	UNITS(1) 
 1
+RSH(1) 
 1	SYNC(1M) 
 1	UUCLEAN(1M) 
 1
+RUNACCT(1M) 
 1-2 incl.	SYSDEF(1M) 
 1	UUCP(1C) 
 1-2 incl.
+SACT(1) 
 1	TABS(1) 
 1-2 incl.	UUSTAT(1C) 
 1-2 incl.
+SAG(1M) 
 1	TAIL(1) 
 1	UUSUB(1M) 
 1
+SCC(1) 
 1	TAR(1) 
 1-2 incl.	UUTO(1C) 
 1
+SCCSDIFF(1) 
 1	TBL(1) 
 1-2 incl.	UUX(1C) 
 1
+SDB(1) 
 1-4 incl.	TC(1) 
 1	VAL(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+SDIFF(1) 
 1	TEE(1) 
 1	VC(1) 
 1-3 incl.
+SED(1) 
 1-3 incl.	TEST(1) 
 1	VLX(1M) 
 1
+SEND(1C) 
 1-6 incl.	TIME(1) 
 1	VOLCOPY(1M) 
 1
+SETMNT(1M) 
 1	TIMEX(1) 
 1	VPMC(1C) 
 1-10 incl.
+SH(1) 
 1-7 incl.	TOC(1G) 
 1-2 incl.	VPMSTART(1C) 
 1
+SHUTDOWN(1M) 
 1	TOUCH(1) 
 1	VPR(1) 
 1
+SIZE(1) 
 1	TP(1) 
 1-2 incl.	WAIT(1) 
 1
+SLEEP(1) 
 1	TPLOT(1G) 
 1	WALL(1M) 
 1
+SNO(1) 
 1	TR(1) 
 1	WC(1) 
 1
+SORT(1) 
 1-2 incl.	TROFF(1) 
 1-2 incl.	WHAT(1) 
 1
+SPELL(1) 
 1	TRUE(1) 
 1	WHO(1) 
 1
+SPLINE(1G) 
 1	TSORT(1) 
 1	WHODO(1M) 
 1
+SPLIT(1) 
 1	TTY(1) 
 1	WRITE(1) 
 1
+ST(1M) 
 1	TYPO(1) 
 1	XARGS(1) 
 1-2 incl.
+STAT(1G) 
 1-3 incl.	UMASK(1) 
 1	XREF(1) 
 1
+STRIP(1) 
 1	UNAME(1) 
 1	YACC(1) 
 1
+STTY(1) 
 1-3 incl.	UNGET(1) 
 1
+.sp 3
+.ul
+Tab "2":
+'\"	Section 2 goes here
+INTRO(2) 
 1-5 incl.	GETPID(2) 
 1	SETUID(2) 
 1
+ACCESS(2) 
 1	GETUID(2) 
 1	SIGNAL(2) 
 1-3 incl.
+ACCT(2) 
 1	IOCTL(2) 
 1	STAT(2) 
 1-2 incl.
+ALARM(2) 
 1	KILL(2) 
 1	STIME(2) 
 1
+BRK(2) 
 1	LINK(2) 
 1	SYNC(2) 
 1
+CHDIR(2) 
 1	LSEEK(2) 
 1	TIME(2) 
 1
+CHMOD(2) 
 1	MKNOD(2) 
 1-2 incl.	TIMES(2) 
 1
+CHOWN(2) 
 1	MOUNT(2) 
 1	ULIMIT(2) 
 1
+CHROOT(2) 
 1	NICE(2) 
 1	UMASK(2) 
 1
+CLOSE(2) 
 1	OPEN(2) 
 1-2 incl.	UMOUNT(2) 
 1
+CREAT(2) 
 1	PAUSE(2) 
 1	UNAME(2) 
 1
+DUP(2) 
 1	PIPE(2) 
 1	UNLINK(2) 
 1
+EXEC(2) 
 1-2 incl.	PROFIL(2) 
 1	USTAT(2) 
 1
+EXIT(2) 
 1	PTRACE(2) 
 1-2 incl.	UTIME(2) 
 1
+FCNTL(2) 
 1	READ(2) 
 1	WAIT(2) 
 1
+FORK(2) 
 1	SETPGRP(2) 
 1	WRITE(2) 
 1
+				Blank page 
 1
+.sp 3
+.bp
+.ul
+Tab "3":
+'\"	Section 3 goes here
+INTRO(3) 
 1	FREXP(3C) 
 1	PRINTF(3S) 
 1-3 incl.
+A64L(3C) 
 1	FSEEK(3S) 
 1	PUTC(3S) 
 1
+ABORT(3C) 
 1	GAMMA(3M) 
 1	PUTPWENT(3C) 
 1
+ABS(3C) 
 1	GETC(3S) 
 1	PUTS(3S) 
 1
+ASSERT(3X) 
 1	GETENV(3C) 
 1	QSORT(3C) 
 1
+ATOF(3C) 
 1	GETGRENT(3C) 
 1	RAND(3C) 
 1
+BESSEL(3M) 
 1	GETLOGIN(3C) 
 1	REGEX(3X) 
 1-2 incl.
+BSEARCH(3C) 
 1	GETOPT(3C) 
 1-2 incl.	SCANF(3S) 
 1-3 incl.
+CONV(3C) 
 1	GETPASS(3C) 
 1	SETBUF(3S) 
 1
+CRYPT(3C) 
 1	GETPW(3C) 
 1	SETJMP(3C) 
 1
+CTERMID(3S) 
 1	GETPWENT(3C) 
 1	SINH(3M) 
 1
+CTIME(3C) 
 1-2 incl.	GETS(3S) 
 1	SLEEP(3C) 
 1
+CTYPE(3C) 
 1	HYPOT(3M) 
 1	SSIGNAL(3C) 
 1
+CUSERID(3S) 
 1	L3TOL(3C) 
 1	STDIO(3S) 
 1
+ECVT(3C) 
 1	LOGNAME(3X) 
 1	STRING(3C) 
 1-2 incl.
+END(3C) 
 1	LSEARCH(3C) 
 1	SWAB(3C) 
 1
+EXP(3M) 
 1	MALLOC(3C) 
 1	SYSTEM(3S) 
 1
+FCLOSE(3S) 
 1	MKTEMP(3C) 
 1	TMPFILE(3S) 
 1
+FERROR(3S) 
 1	MONITOR(3C) 
 1	TMPNAM(3S) 
 1
+FLOOR(3M) 
 1	NLIST(3C) 
 1	TRIG(3M) 
 1
+FOPEN(3S) 
 1	PERROR(3C) 
 1	TTYNAME(3C) 
 1
+FPTRAP(3X) 
 1	PLOT(3X) 
 1	UNGETC(3S) 
 1
+FREAD(3S) 
 1	POPEN(3S) 
 1
+.sp 3
+.ul
+Tab "4":
+'\"	Section 4 goes here
+INTRO(4) 
 1	HS(4) 
 1	RK(4) 
 1
+CAT(4) 
 1	HT(4) 
 1	RL(4) 
 1
+DJ(4) 
 1	KL(4) 
 1	RP(4) 
 1
+DMC(4) 
 1	KMC(4) 
 1	ST(4) 
 1
+DN(4) 
 1	LP(4) 
 1	TM(4) 
 1
+DQS(4) 
 1-2 incl.	MEM(4) 
 1	TRACE(4) 
 1
+DU(4) 
 1	NULL(4) 
 1	TTY(4) 
 1-8 incl.
+DZ(4) 
 1	PCL(4) 
 1	VP(4) 
 1
+ERR(4) 
 1	PRF(4) 
 1	VPM(4) 
 1-2 incl.
+HP(4) 
 1	RF(4) 
 1
+.sp 3
+.ul
+Tab "5":
+'\"	Section 5 goes here
+INTRO(5) 
 1	ERRFILE(5) 
 1-2 incl.	MNTTAB(5) 
 1
+A.OUT(5) 
 1-4 incl.	FS(5) 
 1-2 incl.	PASSWD(5) 
 1
+ACCT(5) 
 1-2 incl.	FSPEC(5) 
 1	PLOT(5) 
 1
+AR(5) 
 1	GPS(5) 
 1-2 incl.	PNCH(5) 
 1
+CHECKLIST(5) 
 1	GROUP(5) 
 1	PROFILE(5) 
 1
+CORE(5) 
 1	INITTAB(5) 
 1	SCCSFILE(5) 
 1-3 incl.
+CPIO(5) 
 1	INODE(5) 
 1	TP(5) 
 1
+DIR(5) 
 1	MASTER(5) 
 1-2 incl.	UTMP(5) 
 1
+DUMP(5) 
 1-2 incl.
+.sp 3
+.bp
+.ul
+Tab "6":
+'\"	Section 6 goes here
+INTRO(6) 
 1	CRAPS(6) 
 1-2 incl.	REVERSI(6) 
 1
+ARITHMETIC(6) 
 1	HANGMAN(6) 
 1	SKY(6) 
 1
+BACK(6) 
 1	MAZE(6) 
 1	TTT(6) 
 1
+BJ(6) 
 1	MOO(6) 
 1	WUMP(6) 
 1
+CHESS(6) 
 1	QUIZ(6) 
 1	Blank page 
 1
+.sp 3
+.ul
+Tab "7":
+'\"	Section 7 goes here
+INTRO(7) 
 1	GREEK(7) 
 1	REGEXP(7) 
 1-3 incl.
+ASCII(7) 
 1	MAN(7) 
 1-2 incl.	STAT(7) 
 1
+ENVIRON(7) 
 1	MM(7) 
 1	TERM(7) 
 1
+EQNCHAR(7) 
 1	MV(7) 
 1	TYPES(7) 
 1
+FCNTL(7) 
 1
+.sp 3
+.ul
+Tab "8":
+'\"	Section 8 goes here
+INTRO(8) 
 1	HASP(8) 
 1-6 incl.	RP6FMT(8) 
 1
+70BOOT(8) 
 1-4 incl.	INIT(8) 
 1-2 incl.	SAR(8) 
 1
+CRASH(8) 
 1-3 incl.	MAKEKEY(8) 
 1	TAPEBOOT(8) 
 1
+DISKBOOT(8) 
 1	MK(8) 
 1-2 incl.	UNIXBOOT(8) 
 1
+ETP(8) 
 1	RC(8) 
 1	UVAC(8) 
 1
+FILESAVE(8) 
 1	RJE(8) 
 1-4 incl.	VAXOPS(8) 
 1-4 incl.
+GETTY(8) 
 1	ROMBOOT(8) 
 1-2 incl.	Blank page 
 1
diff --git a/share/man/tools/M.tabs b/share/man/tools/M.tabs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abcaeaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/M.tabs
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+'\"	troff -g M.tabs | gcat -ftabs&
+.fp 2 CW
+.de h
+.ps 6
+.vs 6p
+.tl '___''___'
+.vs
+.ps
+..
+.wh 0 h
+.ss 18
+.nf
+.rs
+.ft 3
+.ps 24
+.vs 33p
+.sp 1i
+.ce 4
+U\s-6NIX\s+6
+User's Manual
+.sp 1i
+U\s-6NIX\s+6
+User's Manual
+.bp
+.rs
+.ft 2
+.ps 10
+.vs 11p
+.ta 3i
+.sp 1i
+I	I
+N	N
+T	T
+R	R
+O	O
+.sp 27p
+C	C
+O	O
+N	N
+T	T
+E	E
+N	N
+T	T
+S	S
+.sp 27p
+I	I
+N	N
+D	D
+E	E
+X	X
+.sp 27p
+.ps 12
+.vs 13p
+1	1
+.sp 27p
+2	2
+.sp 27p
+3	3
+.sp 27p
+4	4
+.sp 27p
+5	5
+.sp 27p
+6	6
+.sp 27p
+7	7
+.sp 27p
+8	8
diff --git a/share/man/tools/README b/share/man/tools/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac139a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/README
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+This directory contains 14 shell procedures designed to carry out
+various verification and regeneration tasks on the UNIX User's
+Manual.  The outputs of all procedures are left in files in
+/_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_m_p; `tocrc (see below) also leaves output in
+/_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_m_a_n_0.  By default, these procedures operate on all 8
+sections of the manual.  The options `-s' and `-f' are available
+(except in `mgrep' and `tocrc') to restrict the list of sections
+and/or files to be used.  For example:
+
+          ckspell -s 1 2 3 -f a\*
+
+will check spelling in all files whose names begin with `a' in
+Sections 1-3.  Two additional options, `-m' and `-t', can be used
+to change the shell procedures' idea of where the manual and its
+`tmp' directory reside.  For example:
+
+          list -m /usr/aman -t /usr/aman/tmp
+
+might be meaningful if, for instance, an alternate manual is
+located in /_u_s_r/_a_m_a_n.  These options are also useful when a new
+manual is being built in a secluded place.
+
+Note that some of the shell procedures produce 8 result files,
+one for each section of the manual.  In particular, the 4 shell
+procedures prefaced with `ck', which perform different types of
+verification, produce a unique sorted list for each section, as
+opposed to a file-by-file list.  This means that one must search
+all the files in a section (using `grep', most likely) for
+occurrences of a particular string.
+
+Occasionally, some of these procedures will produce lines of
+spurious output.  This happens when, for instance, some text
+looks like a cross-reference or a file name, e.g., `array(3)' or
+`nroff/troff'.
+
+The following describes these 14 procedures:
+
+1.  ckcrefs
+    Locates all cross-references to other manual entries and
+    checks to see whether the referenced pages exist.  Produces
+    files _b_a_d_c_r_e_f[_1-_8] containing all bad cross-references in
+    each section.  Also produces files _l_o_w_e_r._s_u_f[_1-_8], containing
+    occurrences of lower-case section suffixes, i.e., 1c, 1m, 3c,
+    which should be changed to upper-case (1C, 1M, 3C, etc.).
+
+2.  ckfrefs
+    Locates all references in the FILES portion of manual entries
+    and checks to see whether the referenced files exist in the
+    running system.  Produces files _b_a_d_f_r_e_f[_1-_8] containing
+    references to non-existent files.  Note that file references
+    under headings other than FILES are _n_o_t checked.  Temporary
+    files will, of course, not be found.
+
+3.  cknames
+    Performs various checks on the `.TH' line and the NAME
+    section of entries.  Note that the files produced by this
+    procedure contain the file names of entries that fail the
+    corresponding check:
+
+        Checks to see that the entry contains a `.SH NAME'
+        section, producing files _n_o._N_A_M_E[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks the NAME section of the entry to insure that it is
+        exactly one line long (multi-line NAMEs will severely
+        confuse `tocrc'), producing files _n_o_t._o_n_e._l_i_n_e[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks to see that the entry contains a `.TH' line,
+        producing files _n_o._T_H[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks that the entry name and section given on the TH
+        line match the file name of that entry.  For example, a
+        file containing `.TH GURP 1M' should be called `gurp.1m'.
+        Produces files _f_i_l_e._m_a_t_c_h[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks that the first name appearing on the NAME line is
+        the same as the entry name on the TH line (`ckso' below
+        assumes that this is always true).  Produces files
+        _n_a_m_e._o_r_d_e_r[_1-_8].
+
+4.  ckso
+    This procedure performs two types of verification of _n_r_o_f_f
+    `.so' pointers in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_m_a_n[_1-_8].  It first locates files
+    that contain only a `.so' reference to a real entry, and
+    checks to see whether that file (entry) exists.  Bad
+    references are written to the files _b_a_d_s_o[_1-_8].  Secondly,
+    `ckso' verifies the reverse; it locates each real entry,
+    looks at the NAME portion to see whether more than one name
+    appears there, and checks whether a file with a `.so'
+    reference exists for all such names other than the first.
+    Missing `.so' entries are written to the files _n_e_e_d_s_o[_1-_8].
+
+5.  ckspell
+    Utilizes _s_p_e_l_l to check for spelling errors in manual
+    entries.  Produces file _s_p._e_r_r_s containing a section-by-
+    section list of errors.  Uses file /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_o_o_l_s/_s_p._i_g_n_o_r_e
+    to eliminate strings that appear often in the manual and are
+    normally flagged as errors by `spell'.
+
+6.  list
+    Produces file _l_i_s_t containing a `long' listing with block
+    counts (`ls -ls') for each section of the manual.
+
+7.  mcmp
+    Compares two versions of the manual and reports what files
+    are unique to each and whether or not the common files have
+    changed.  If the `-d' option is given, _d_i_f_f-style listings
+    are generated for each common file instead.  The `-o' option
+    is used to specify the name of the second manual directory;
+    /_u_s_r/_n_m_a_n is the default.  Produces files _c_m_p[_1-_8] or
+    _d_i_f_f[_1-_8].
+
+8.  mgrep
+    Searches entire manual for the patterns specified as
+    arguments (i.e., `mgrep "typewriter"').  Produces file _g_r_e_p_s,
+    containing section-by-section list for each pattern.
+
+9.  mklinks
+    Creates files containing appropriate `.so' links to major
+    entries where necessary.  These links point to their own
+    directory; don't run this procedure anywhere else than in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n.  Should resolve all errors noted in _n_e_e_d_s_o[_1-_8]
+    (see `ckso' above).
+
+10. mroff
+    Utilizes the _m_a_n command to _t_r_o_f_f and typeset manual entries.
+    The `-p' (yes, `-p'!) option is used to produce entries in a
+    6x9 inch format, as opposed to the default 8.5x11.  Produces
+    files _m_l_o_g[_1-_8] containing logs of the files that were
+    processed.  _M_r_o_f_f ignores files that contain only a `.so'
+    line.
+
+11. pgcnt
+    Produces files _p_a_g_e_s[_1-_8] containing page counts for each
+    entry.  Also produces _t_o_t_a_l_p_g_s containing totals for each
+    section and a grand total.  The `-p' option should be used to
+    count pages in the small format (see `mroff' above).  Uses
+    the C program _p_a_g_e_s (compiled from _p_a_g_e_s._c).
+
+12. prnames
+    Produces files _n_a_m_e_s[_1-_8] containing the NAME portion of each
+    entry.
+
+13. prsynops
+    Produces files _s_y_n_o_p_s[_1-_8] containing the SYNOPSIS portion of
+    each entry.  A question mark means that the entry has no
+    SYNOPSIS portion.
+
+14. tocrc
+    Regenerates input for Table of Contents and Permuted Index.
+    Use `tocrc all' to regenerate both from scratch, `tocrc t' to
+    regenerate both from existing input files _t_o_c_x[_1-_8] in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_m_p, or `tocrc [1-8]' to create, in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_m_p,
+    the corresponding input file _t_o_c_x[_1-_8].  The `-p' option
+    should be used when preparing the table of contents and/or
+    index in the small (6x9 inch) format (this option, if
+    present, _m_u_s_t be the first argument to `tocrc').  See
+    description in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_R_E_A_D._M_E of the files in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_m_a_n_0.  Uses files _b_r_e_a_k and _i_g_n_o_r_e in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_o_o_l_s.
+
+The file ._p_a_r_a_m is described in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_R_E_A_D._M_E.  The files
+_M._f_o_l_i_o and _M._t_a_b_s are self-explanatory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/share/man/tools/TOOLKIT b/share/man/tools/TOOLKIT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac139a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/TOOLKIT
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+This directory contains 14 shell procedures designed to carry out
+various verification and regeneration tasks on the UNIX User's
+Manual.  The outputs of all procedures are left in files in
+/_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_m_p; `tocrc (see below) also leaves output in
+/_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_m_a_n_0.  By default, these procedures operate on all 8
+sections of the manual.  The options `-s' and `-f' are available
+(except in `mgrep' and `tocrc') to restrict the list of sections
+and/or files to be used.  For example:
+
+          ckspell -s 1 2 3 -f a\*
+
+will check spelling in all files whose names begin with `a' in
+Sections 1-3.  Two additional options, `-m' and `-t', can be used
+to change the shell procedures' idea of where the manual and its
+`tmp' directory reside.  For example:
+
+          list -m /usr/aman -t /usr/aman/tmp
+
+might be meaningful if, for instance, an alternate manual is
+located in /_u_s_r/_a_m_a_n.  These options are also useful when a new
+manual is being built in a secluded place.
+
+Note that some of the shell procedures produce 8 result files,
+one for each section of the manual.  In particular, the 4 shell
+procedures prefaced with `ck', which perform different types of
+verification, produce a unique sorted list for each section, as
+opposed to a file-by-file list.  This means that one must search
+all the files in a section (using `grep', most likely) for
+occurrences of a particular string.
+
+Occasionally, some of these procedures will produce lines of
+spurious output.  This happens when, for instance, some text
+looks like a cross-reference or a file name, e.g., `array(3)' or
+`nroff/troff'.
+
+The following describes these 14 procedures:
+
+1.  ckcrefs
+    Locates all cross-references to other manual entries and
+    checks to see whether the referenced pages exist.  Produces
+    files _b_a_d_c_r_e_f[_1-_8] containing all bad cross-references in
+    each section.  Also produces files _l_o_w_e_r._s_u_f[_1-_8], containing
+    occurrences of lower-case section suffixes, i.e., 1c, 1m, 3c,
+    which should be changed to upper-case (1C, 1M, 3C, etc.).
+
+2.  ckfrefs
+    Locates all references in the FILES portion of manual entries
+    and checks to see whether the referenced files exist in the
+    running system.  Produces files _b_a_d_f_r_e_f[_1-_8] containing
+    references to non-existent files.  Note that file references
+    under headings other than FILES are _n_o_t checked.  Temporary
+    files will, of course, not be found.
+
+3.  cknames
+    Performs various checks on the `.TH' line and the NAME
+    section of entries.  Note that the files produced by this
+    procedure contain the file names of entries that fail the
+    corresponding check:
+
+        Checks to see that the entry contains a `.SH NAME'
+        section, producing files _n_o._N_A_M_E[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks the NAME section of the entry to insure that it is
+        exactly one line long (multi-line NAMEs will severely
+        confuse `tocrc'), producing files _n_o_t._o_n_e._l_i_n_e[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks to see that the entry contains a `.TH' line,
+        producing files _n_o._T_H[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks that the entry name and section given on the TH
+        line match the file name of that entry.  For example, a
+        file containing `.TH GURP 1M' should be called `gurp.1m'.
+        Produces files _f_i_l_e._m_a_t_c_h[_1-_8].
+
+        Checks that the first name appearing on the NAME line is
+        the same as the entry name on the TH line (`ckso' below
+        assumes that this is always true).  Produces files
+        _n_a_m_e._o_r_d_e_r[_1-_8].
+
+4.  ckso
+    This procedure performs two types of verification of _n_r_o_f_f
+    `.so' pointers in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_m_a_n[_1-_8].  It first locates files
+    that contain only a `.so' reference to a real entry, and
+    checks to see whether that file (entry) exists.  Bad
+    references are written to the files _b_a_d_s_o[_1-_8].  Secondly,
+    `ckso' verifies the reverse; it locates each real entry,
+    looks at the NAME portion to see whether more than one name
+    appears there, and checks whether a file with a `.so'
+    reference exists for all such names other than the first.
+    Missing `.so' entries are written to the files _n_e_e_d_s_o[_1-_8].
+
+5.  ckspell
+    Utilizes _s_p_e_l_l to check for spelling errors in manual
+    entries.  Produces file _s_p._e_r_r_s containing a section-by-
+    section list of errors.  Uses file /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_o_o_l_s/_s_p._i_g_n_o_r_e
+    to eliminate strings that appear often in the manual and are
+    normally flagged as errors by `spell'.
+
+6.  list
+    Produces file _l_i_s_t containing a `long' listing with block
+    counts (`ls -ls') for each section of the manual.
+
+7.  mcmp
+    Compares two versions of the manual and reports what files
+    are unique to each and whether or not the common files have
+    changed.  If the `-d' option is given, _d_i_f_f-style listings
+    are generated for each common file instead.  The `-o' option
+    is used to specify the name of the second manual directory;
+    /_u_s_r/_n_m_a_n is the default.  Produces files _c_m_p[_1-_8] or
+    _d_i_f_f[_1-_8].
+
+8.  mgrep
+    Searches entire manual for the patterns specified as
+    arguments (i.e., `mgrep "typewriter"').  Produces file _g_r_e_p_s,
+    containing section-by-section list for each pattern.
+
+9.  mklinks
+    Creates files containing appropriate `.so' links to major
+    entries where necessary.  These links point to their own
+    directory; don't run this procedure anywhere else than in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n.  Should resolve all errors noted in _n_e_e_d_s_o[_1-_8]
+    (see `ckso' above).
+
+10. mroff
+    Utilizes the _m_a_n command to _t_r_o_f_f and typeset manual entries.
+    The `-p' (yes, `-p'!) option is used to produce entries in a
+    6x9 inch format, as opposed to the default 8.5x11.  Produces
+    files _m_l_o_g[_1-_8] containing logs of the files that were
+    processed.  _M_r_o_f_f ignores files that contain only a `.so'
+    line.
+
+11. pgcnt
+    Produces files _p_a_g_e_s[_1-_8] containing page counts for each
+    entry.  Also produces _t_o_t_a_l_p_g_s containing totals for each
+    section and a grand total.  The `-p' option should be used to
+    count pages in the small format (see `mroff' above).  Uses
+    the C program _p_a_g_e_s (compiled from _p_a_g_e_s._c).
+
+12. prnames
+    Produces files _n_a_m_e_s[_1-_8] containing the NAME portion of each
+    entry.
+
+13. prsynops
+    Produces files _s_y_n_o_p_s[_1-_8] containing the SYNOPSIS portion of
+    each entry.  A question mark means that the entry has no
+    SYNOPSIS portion.
+
+14. tocrc
+    Regenerates input for Table of Contents and Permuted Index.
+    Use `tocrc all' to regenerate both from scratch, `tocrc t' to
+    regenerate both from existing input files _t_o_c_x[_1-_8] in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_m_p, or `tocrc [1-8]' to create, in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_m_p,
+    the corresponding input file _t_o_c_x[_1-_8].  The `-p' option
+    should be used when preparing the table of contents and/or
+    index in the small (6x9 inch) format (this option, if
+    present, _m_u_s_t be the first argument to `tocrc').  See
+    description in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_R_E_A_D._M_E of the files in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_m_a_n_0.  Uses files _b_r_e_a_k and _i_g_n_o_r_e in
+    /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_t_o_o_l_s.
+
+The file ._p_a_r_a_m is described in /_u_s_r/_m_a_n/_R_E_A_D._M_E.  The files
+_M._f_o_l_i_o and _M._t_a_b_s are self-explanatory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/share/man/tools/badcref3 b/share/man/tools/badcref3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b66e285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/badcref3
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+Thu Jul 28 15:27:15 PDT 1983
+
+040(8)
+Execve(2)
+Fopen(3S)
+Fseek(3S)
+fIfcntlfP(2)
+fIfflushfP(3)
+fIsetitimerfP(2)
+fIsetrlimitfP(2)
+access(3F)
+exec(2)
+fclose(3s /usr/man/man3/ferror.3s /usr/man/man3/fread.3s /usr/man/man3/fseek.3S)
+fclose(3)
+fdate(3F)
+fflush(3S)
+filsys(5)
+fopen(3S)
+fork(3F)
+getchar(3)
+getenv(3F)
+gethostent(3N)
+getnetent(3N)
+getprotoent(3N)
+getpw(3)
+getpwuid(3)
+iarray(3)
+idate(3F)
+itime(3F)
+kill(3F)
+library(3M)
+link(3F)
+ltime(3F)
+moncontrol(1)
+perror(3F)
+plot(1)
+popen(3S)
+printf(3)
+rand(3)
+rewind(1)
+sigmask(2)
+signal(2)
+signal(3)
+signal(3F)
+sleep(3F)
+stdio(3)
+stty(3)
+system(3F)
+tarray(2)
+time(2)
+time(3)
+time(3F)
+times(2)
+unlink(3F)
+wait(3F)
diff --git a/share/man/tools/break b/share/man/tools/break
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ae5b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/break
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+
+;
+:
diff --git a/share/man/tools/ckcrefs b/share/man/tools/ckcrefs
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..295c070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/ckcrefs
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	> $TMPDIR/cref$dir
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*$//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		grep ".*([1-8][cmsgxjvCMSGXJV]*)" $file >> $TMPDIR/cref$dir
+	done
+
+	cd $TMPDIR
+	echo "	 ," >> cref$dir
+	date > lower.suf$dir
+	echo >> lower.suf$dir
+	date > badcref$dir
+	echo >> badcref$dir
+	ed - cref$dir >> lower.suf$dir <<!
+		g/ *\(([1-8][CMSGXJVcmsgxjv]*)\)/s//\1/
+		1,\$s/ /\\
+/g
+		1,\$s/	/\\
+/g
+		1,\$s/,/\\
+/g
+		v/(/d
+		g/\\\\\^/s///
+		g/\\\\\|/s///
+		g/([1-8][cgmsxjv])/p
+		g//d
+		g/^(/d
+		g/(/s//./
+		g/^\./d
+		g/C).*/s//c/
+		g/G).*/s//g/
+		g/M).*/s//m/
+		g/S).*/s//s/
+		g/X).*/s//x/
+		g/J).*/s//j/
+		g/V).*/s//v/
+		g/).*/s///
+		w
+		q
+!
+	sort -i cref$dir | uniq > tmp.$$
+	while read cref
+	do
+		sect=`echo $cref | sed "s/.*\.\(.\).*/\1/"`
+		try=`ls $MANDIR/man$sect/$cref 2>&1`
+		if test "$try" = "$MANDIR/man$sect/$cref"
+		then
+			continue
+		else
+			echo $try | sed -e "s;$MANDIR/man..;;" -e "s; not found;;" >> badcref$dir
+		fi
+	done < tmp.$$
+	ed - badcref$dir <<!
+		g/\.\([1-8]\)/s//(\1/
+		g/c$/s//C)/
+		g/m$/s//M)/
+		g/s$/s//S)/
+		g/g$/s//G)/
+		g/x$/s//X)/
+		g/j$/s//J)/
+		g/v$/s//V)/
+		g/[^)]$/s/$/)/
+		1s/.$//
+		w
+		q
+!
+	rm -f tmp.$$ cref$dir
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/ckfrefs b/share/man/tools/ckfrefs
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5542986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/ckfrefs
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	> $TMPDIR/fref$dir
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		ed - $file >> $TMPDIR/fref$dir <<!
+			/FILES/
+			+,/\.SH/-p
+			q
+!
+	done
+
+	cd $TMPDIR
+	date > badfref$dir
+	echo >> badfref$dir
+	grep "/" fref$dir > /dev/null
+	if test $? -eq 1
+	then
+		rm -f fref$dir
+		continue
+	fi
+	echo "\\t ," >> fref$dir
+	ed - fref$dir <<!
+		1,\$s/ /\\
+/g
+		1,\$s/	/\\
+/g
+		1,\$s/,/\\
+/g
+		v/\//d
+		g/:$/s///
+		g/\\\\(\*/s///g
+		g/\\\\s+1/s///g
+		g/\\\\s-1/s///g
+		g/\\\\s0/s///g
+		g/\\\\f./s///g
+		g/\\\\\*S/s///g
+		g/\\\\\&/s///g
+		g/\$\$/s//*/
+		g/^?/d
+		g/^\./d
+		g/tmp/d
+		g/spool/d
+		g/mail/d
+		g/^[^\/]/d
+		g/(/d
+		g/)/d
+		g/\'/d
+		g/\`/d
+		g/\"/d
+		g/\&/d
+		g/\|/d
+		1,\$s/^/ls /
+		w
+		q
+!
+	sort fref$dir | uniq > tmp.$$
+	sh tmp.$$ > fref$dir 2>&1
+	grep "not found" fref$dir | sed "s/ not found//" >> badfref$dir
+	rm -f tmp.$$ fref$dir
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/cknames b/share/man/tools/cknames
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f1d018a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/cknames
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+trap "rm -f $TMPDIR/*$$; exit;" 2
+
+for sec in $DIRLST
+do
+	/bin/ls $MANDIR/man$sec > $TMPDIR/man${sec}$$
+done
+
+for sec in $DIRLST
+do
+	cd $MANDIR/man$sec
+	dt=`date`
+	echo "$dt\n" > $TMPDIR/not.one.line$sec
+	echo "$dt\n" > $TMPDIR/name.order$sec
+	echo "$dt\n" > $TMPDIR/file.match$sec
+	echo "$dt\n" > $TMPDIR/no.TH$sec
+	echo "$dt\n" > $TMPDIR/no.NAME$sec
+	while read file
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*$//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		grep "^.SH NAME" $file > /dev/null
+		if test $? -eq 1
+		then
+			echo $file >> $TMPDIR/no.NAME$sec
+			continue
+		fi
+		grep "^.SH SYNOPSIS" $file > /dev/null
+		if test $? -eq 0
+		then
+			lines=`cat $file | sed -n "/\.SH NAME/,/\.SH SYNOP/p" | wc -l | sed "s/ //g"`
+		else
+			lines=`cat $file | sed -n "/\.SH NAME/,/\.SH DESCR/p" | wc -l | sed "s/ //g"`
+		fi
+		if test $lines -gt 3
+		then
+			echo $file >> $TMPDIR/not.one.line$sec
+			continue
+		fi
+		th=`grep "^.TH" $file | line`
+		if test -z "$th"
+		then
+			echo $file >> $TMPDIR/no.TH$sec
+			continue
+		fi
+		set $th
+		name=`echo $2 | tr [A-Z] [a-z]`
+		suf=`echo $3 | tr [A-Z] [a-z]`
+		fname="${name}.$suf"
+		if test $fname != $file
+		then
+			echo $file >> $TMPDIR/file.match$sec
+		fi
+		ed - $file > $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ <<!
+			/^.SH NAME/+p
+			q
+!
+		nname=`cat $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ | sed -e "s/ .*//" -e "s/,.*//"`
+		rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+		if test $name != $nname
+		then
+			echo $file >> $TMPDIR/name.order$sec
+		fi
+	done < $TMPDIR/man${sec}$$
+done
+
+rm -f $TMPDIR/*$$
diff --git a/share/man/tools/ckso b/share/man/tools/ckso
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dde9d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/ckso
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	> $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+	date > $TMPDIR/badso$dir
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/badso$dir
+	date > $TMPDIR/needso$dir
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/needso$dir
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		ln=`line < $file`
+		so=`echo $ln | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so" 
+		then
+			so=`echo $ln | sed -e "s/.so//" -e "s/^/ls/"`
+			echo $so >> $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+		else
+			ed - $file > $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$ <<!
+				/^\.SH NAME/+s/ .-.*//p
+				q
+!
+			name=`line < $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$`
+			echo $name | grep "," > /dev/null
+			if test $? -eq 0
+			then
+				name=`echo $name | sed "s/,/ /g"`
+				for ent in $name
+				do
+					if test $ent = `echo $file | sed "s/\..*//"`
+					then
+						continue
+					fi
+					ls $MANDIR/man$dir/$ent.* 2>&1 | grep "not found" >> $TMPDIR/needso$dir
+				done
+			fi
+		fi
+	done
+
+	cd $TMPDIR
+	sh tmp.$$ 2>&1 | grep "not found" >> badso$dir
+	rm -f tmp.$$ tmp2.$$
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/ckspell b/share/man/tools/ckspell
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8a96584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/ckspell
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+TOOLS=$MANDIR/tools
+
+date > $TMPDIR/sp.errs
+echo >> $TMPDIR/sp.errs
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	echo "cat <<'EOF' >----------------" >> $TMPDIR/sp.errs
+	echo "Section $dir" >> $TMPDIR/sp.errs
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		spell $file >> $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+	done
+	sort $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ | uniq | comm -23 - $TOOLS/sp.ignore >> $TMPDIR/sp.errs
+	> $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+done
+
+rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
diff --git a/share/man/tools/ignore b/share/man/tools/ignore
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f666d78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/ignore
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
+&
+&.
++
++.
+-
+-.
+0
+0.
+1
+1.
+1.0
+1.0.
+1.1
+1.1.
+10
+10.
+2
+2.
+3
+3.
+4
+4.
+5
+5.
+6
+6.
+7
+7.
+8
+8.
+9
+9.
+;
+A.
+B.
+C.
+D.
+E.
+F.
+G.
+H.
+I.
+J.
+K.
+L.
+M.
+MERT
+MERT.
+N.
+O.
+P.
+Q.
+S.
+T.
+U.
+UNIX
+UNIX.
+UNIX/RT
+UNIX/RT.
+UNIX/TS
+UNIX/TS.
+V.
+W.
+X.
+Y.
+Z.
+\s
+\s-1
+\s-1.
+\s-2
+\s-2.
+\s.
+\s0
+\s0.
+a
+a.
+about
+about.
+above
+above.
+across
+across.
+act
+act.
+action
+action.
+actions
+actions.
+after
+after.
+again
+again.
+against
+against.
+ago
+ago.
+air
+air.
+al.
+all
+all.
+almost
+almost.
+along
+along.
+already
+already.
+also
+also.
+although
+although.
+always
+always.
+american
+american.
+among
+among.
+an
+an.
+and
+and.
+another
+another.
+any
+any.
+anything
+anything.
+are
+are.
+area
+area.
+areas
+areas.
+around
+around.
+asked
+asked.
+at
+at.
+available
+available.
+away
+away.
+be
+be.
+became
+became.
+because
+because.
+become
+become.
+been
+been.
+before
+before.
+began
+began.
+behind
+behind.
+being
+being.
+best
+best.
+better
+better.
+between
+between.
+big
+big.
+board
+board.
+boards
+boards.
+bodies
+bodies.
+body
+body.
+both
+both.
+boy
+boy.
+boys
+boys.
+brought
+brought.
+business
+business.
+businesses
+businesses.
+but
+but.
+by
+by.
+called
+called.
+came
+came.
+can
+can.
+cannot
+cannot.
+car
+car.
+cars
+cars.
+case
+case.
+cases
+cases.
+certain
+certain.
+change
+change.
+changes
+changes.
+come
+come.
+could
+could.
+course
+course.
+courses
+courses.
+day
+day.
+days
+days.
+development
+development.
+did
+did.
+didn't
+didn't.
+different
+different.
+do
+do.
+does
+does.
+don't
+don't.
+done
+done.
+door
+door.
+down
+down.
+during
+during.
+each
+each.
+early
+early.
+economic
+economic.
+either
+either.
+end.
+ends
+ends.
+enough
+enough.
+even
+even.
+ever
+ever.
+every
+every.
+example
+example.
+examples
+examples.
+experience
+experience.
+eyes
+eyes.
+face
+face.
+facilities
+facilities.
+facility
+facility.
+fact
+fact.
+facts
+facts.
+families
+families.
+family
+family.
+far
+far.
+federal
+federal.
+feet
+feet.
+felt
+felt.
+few
+few.
+field
+field.
+fields
+fields.
+first
+first.
+five
+five.
+for
+for.
+force
+force.
+forces
+forces.
+found
+found.
+four
+four.
+free.
+gave
+gave.
+general
+general.
+get.
+give
+give.
+given
+given.
+go
+go.
+going
+going.
+good
+good.
+got
+got.
+government
+government.
+great
+great.
+had
+had.
+half
+half.
+hand
+hand.
+hands
+hands.
+has
+has.
+have
+have.
+having
+having.
+he
+he.
+head
+head.
+heads
+heads.
+heard
+heard.
+held
+held.
+her
+her.
+here
+here.
+high
+high.
+him
+him.
+himself
+himself.
+his
+his.
+history
+history.
+house
+house.
+houses
+houses.
+how
+how.
+however
+however.
+human
+human.
+i
+i'm
+i'm.
+i.
+if
+if.
+important
+important.
+in
+in.
+individual
+individual.
+information
+information.
+interest
+interest.
+into
+into.
+is
+is.
+it
+it's
+it's.
+it.
+its
+its.
+itself
+itself.
+job
+job.
+jobs
+jobs.
+just
+just.
+keep
+keep.
+kind
+kind.
+knew
+knew.
+know
+know.
+known
+known.
+large
+large.
+last
+last.
+later
+later.
+law
+law.
+least
+least.
+left
+left.
+less
+less.
+let
+let.
+life
+life.
+light
+light.
+like
+like.
+little
+little.
+local
+local.
+look
+look.
+looked
+looked.
+made
+made.
+major
+major.
+making
+making.
+many
+many.
+matter
+matter.
+matters
+matters.
+may
+may.
+me
+me.
+means
+means.
+member
+member.
+members
+members.
+men
+men.
+might
+might.
+mind
+mind.
+miscellaneous
+miscellaneous.
+miscellany
+miscellany.
+miss
+miss.
+moment
+moment.
+money
+money.
+more
+more.
+most
+most.
+mr
+mr.
+mrs
+mrs.
+much
+much.
+must
+must.
+my
+my.
+name
+name.
+names
+names.
+national
+national.
+need
+need.
+needs
+needs.
+never
+never.
+new
+new.
+next
+next.
+night
+night.
+no
+no.
+not
+not.
+nothing
+nothing.
+now
+now.
+number
+number.
+numbers
+numbers.
+of
+of.
+off
+off.
+office
+office.
+often
+often.
+old
+old.
+on
+on.
+once
+once.
+one
+one.
+only
+only.
+or
+or.
+order
+order.
+orders
+orders.
+other
+other.
+others
+others.
+our
+our.
+out
+out.
+over
+over.
+own
+own.
+part
+part.
+parts
+parts.
+past
+past.
+people
+people.
+per
+per.
+perhaps
+perhaps.
+period
+period.
+periods
+periods.
+place
+place.
+point
+point.
+points
+points.
+political
+political.
+position
+position.
+positions
+positions.
+possible
+possible.
+power
+power.
+present
+present.
+probably
+probably.
+problem
+problem.
+problems
+problems.
+procedure
+procedure.
+procedures
+procedures.
+program
+program.
+programs
+programs.
+public
+public.
+put
+put.
+question
+question.
+quite
+quite.
+rather
+rather.
+real
+real.
+really
+really.
+reason
+reason.
+result
+result.
+results
+results.
+right
+right.
+room
+room.
+said
+said.
+same
+same.
+saw
+saw.
+say
+say.
+school
+school.
+schools
+schools.
+second
+second.
+see
+see.
+seemed
+seemed.
+seems
+seems.
+seen
+seen.
+sense
+sense.
+service
+service.
+services
+services.
+set
+set.
+several
+several.
+shall
+shall.
+she
+she.
+should
+should.
+show
+show.
+side
+side.
+since
+since.
+small
+small.
+so
+so.
+social
+social.
+society
+society.
+some
+some.
+something
+something.
+special
+special.
+state
+state.
+states
+states.
+still
+still.
+street
+street.
+study
+study.
+such
+such.
+sure
+sure.
+system
+system.
+systems
+systems.
+taken
+taken.
+than
+than.
+that
+that.
+the
+the.
+their
+their.
+them
+them.
+themselves
+themselves.
+then
+then.
+there
+there.
+these
+these.
+they
+they.
+thing
+thing.
+things
+things.
+think
+think.
+this
+this.
+those
+those.
+though
+though.
+thought
+thought.
+three
+three.
+through
+through.
+thus
+thus.
+to
+to.
+today
+today.
+together
+together.
+told
+told.
+too
+too.
+took
+took.
+toward
+toward.
+towards
+towards.
+turn
+turn.
+turned
+turned.
+turns
+turns.
+two
+two.
+under
+under.
+united
+united.
+until
+until.
+up
+up.
+upon
+upon.
+us
+us.
+use
+use.
+used
+used.
+very
+very.
+want
+want.
+war
+war.
+wars
+wars.
+was
+was.
+water
+water.
+waters
+waters.
+way
+way.
+ways
+ways.
+we
+we.
+week
+week.
+weeks
+weeks.
+well
+well.
+went
+went.
+were
+were.
+what.
+when
+when.
+where
+where.
+whether
+whether.
+which
+which.
+while
+while.
+white
+white.
+whole
+whole.
+whose
+whose.
+why
+why.
+will
+will.
+with
+with.
+within
+within.
+without
+without.
+word
+word.
+words
+words.
+work
+work.
+world
+world.
+would
+would.
+year
+year.
+years
+years.
+yet
+yet.
+york
+york.
+you
+you.
+young
+young.
+your
+your.
diff --git a/share/man/tools/line.c b/share/man/tools/line.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b395e1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/line.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*	@(#)line.c	1.1	*/
+/*
+	This program reads a single line from the standard input
+	and writes it on the standard output. It is probably most useful
+	in conjunction with the Bourne shell.
+*/
+#define LSIZE 512
+int EOF;
+char nl = '\n';
+main()
+{
+	register char c;
+	char line[LSIZE];
+	register char *linep, *linend;
+
+EOF = 0;
+linep = line;
+linend = line + LSIZE;
+
+while ((c = readc()) != nl)
+	{
+	if (linep == linend)
+		{
+		write (1, line, LSIZE);
+		linep = line;
+		}
+	*linep++ = c;
+	}
+write (1, line, linep-line);
+write(1,&nl,1);
+if (EOF == 1) exit(1);
+exit (0);
+}
+readc()
+{
+	char c;
+if (read (0, &c, 1) != 1) {
+	EOF = 1;
+	return(nl);
+	}
+else
+	return (c);
+}
diff --git a/share/man/tools/list b/share/man/tools/list
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..937e874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/list
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+date > $TMPDIR/list
+echo >> $TMPDIR/list
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	echo "cat <<'EOF' >----------" >> $TMPDIR/list
+	echo "Section $dir" >> $TMPDIR/list
+	ls -ldas .* $FILLST >> $TMPDIR/list
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/mcmp b/share/man/tools/mcmp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4a4c11d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/mcmp
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+if test -z "$ID"
+then
+	DIR2=/usr/nman
+else
+	DIR2=$ID
+fi
+
+if test ! -d $DIR2 
+then
+	echo "mcmp: $DIR2 - not a directory"
+	exit
+fi
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	date > $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	echo "Comparison of $MANDIR/man$dir and $DIR2/man$dir:">>$TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	ls $FILLST > $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$
+	cd $DIR2/man$dir
+	ls $FILLST > $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	echo "Files found in $MANDIR/man$dir only:" >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	comm -23 $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$ $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$ | sed "s/^/	/" >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	echo "Files found in $DIR2/man$dir only:" >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	comm -13 $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$ $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$ | sed "s/^/	/" >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+	comm -12 $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$ $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$ > $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+	rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$ $TMPDIR/tmp2.$$
+	if [ ! -s $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ ]
+	then
+		echo "No common files for comparison" >> $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$
+		if [ -n "$LFLAG" ]
+		then
+			mv $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$ $TMPDIR/diff$dir
+		else
+			mv $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$ $TMPDIR/cmp$dir
+		fi
+		continue
+	fi
+	if [ -n "$LFLAG" ]
+	then
+		mv $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$ $TMPDIR/diff$dir
+		echo "Diffs of common files ($MANDIR=< $DIR2=>):" >> $TMPDIR/diff$dir
+	else
+		mv $TMPDIR/tmp3.$$ $TMPDIR/cmp$dir
+		echo "Files that differ:" >> $TMPDIR/cmp$dir
+	fi
+	while read file
+	do
+		if [ -z "$LFLAG" ]
+		then
+			cmp -s $file $DIR2/man$dir/$file
+			if [ $? -ne 0 ]
+			then
+				echo "\\t$file" >> $TMPDIR/cmp$dir
+			fi
+		else
+			diff $file $DIR2/man$dir/$file > $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$
+			if [ $? -eq 1 ]
+			then
+				echo "\\n\\t****$file****" >> $TMPDIR/diff$dir
+				cat $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$ >> $TMPDIR/diff$dir
+			fi
+		fi
+	done < $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+	rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp1.$$
+done
+
+rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
diff --git a/share/man/tools/mgrep b/share/man/tools/mgrep
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..57dbc54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/mgrep
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+MANDIR=/usr/man
+TMPDIR=/usr/man/tmp
+
+date > $TMPDIR/greps
+echo "Grep list:  $*" >> $TMPDIR/greps
+echo >> $TMPDIR/greps
+
+for pattern in $*
+do
+	echo "\n================" >> $TMPDIR/greps
+	echo "$pattern:" >> $TMPDIR/greps
+	for dir in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+	do
+		cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+		echo "cat <<'EOF' >---------------" >> $TMPDIR/greps
+		echo "Section $dir" >> $TMPDIR/greps
+		grep $pattern *.* >> $TMPDIR/greps
+	done
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/missing b/share/man/tools/missing
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b94a8e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+vadvise(2)
+vplot(1)
+vsort(1)
diff --git a/share/man/tools/mklinks b/share/man/tools/mklinks
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f7fb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/mklinks
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			continue
+		else
+			ed - $file > $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ <<!
+				/^\.SH NAME/+s/ .-.*//p
+				q
+!
+			name=`line < $TMPDIR/tmp.$$`
+			echo $name | grep "," > /dev/null
+			if test $? -eq 0
+			then
+				name=`echo $name | sed "s/,/ /g"`
+				for ent in $name
+				do
+					if test $ent = `echo $file | sed "s/\..*//"`
+					then
+						continue
+					fi
+					suf=`echo $file | sed "s/.*\.\(.\{1,2\}\)\$/\1/"`
+					if test ! -f $ent.$suf
+					then
+						cat > $ent.$suf <<!
+.so $MANDIR/man$dir/$file
+!
+					fi
+				done
+			fi
+		fi
+	done
+
+	rm -f tmp.$$
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/mroff b/share/man/tools/mroff
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f2f071f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/mroff
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	date > $TMPDIR/mlog$dir
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/mlog$dir
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			echo "$file: .so link -- ignored" >> $TMPDIR/mlog$dir
+			continue
+		fi
+		echo "$file:" >> $TMPDIR/mlog$dir
+		file=`echo $file | sed "s/\..\{1,2\}\$//"`
+		if test -z "$PFLAG"
+		then
+			man -t $dir $file
+		else
+			man -s $dir $file
+		fi
+	done
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/newsp.errs b/share/man/tools/newsp.errs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cde891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/newsp.errs
@@ -0,0 +1,4572 @@
+Fri Jul 29 00:07:08 PDT 1983
+
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 1
+1ic
+4.2bsd
+ACSII
+ADDBIB
+ADDR
+ANOM
+AP
+ARGSUSED
+ARPANET
+ATD
+Aahimnrs
+Addbib
+Afile
+Aho
+Allman
+Arg
+Asa
+BFatuwvx
+BIFF
+BS.ES
+BSS
+Babaoglu
+Backslashes
+Backus
+Bedminster
+Berkman
+Berknet
+Bernardsville
+Bfile
+Biff
+Bizcomp
+Bourne
+Branchburg
+Breedlove
+CFLAGS
+CK
+CONT
+CPU
+CRT's
+CRTERASE
+CRTKILL
+CTRL
+Cbs
+Cfoo
+Changequote
+Colin
+Corfil
+Cory
+Cpu
+DASI
+DB
+DBX
+DEC's
+DECtape
+DVI
+Dbx
+Delimeters
+Diablo
+Dstring
+EBCDIC
+EECS
+EOF
+ESC
+FFLAGS
+FILENAME
+FP
+FPR
+FSPLIT
+FTP
+Ferrin
+File1
+Filename
+Foderaro
+Fortran77
+Fp
+Fpr
+Fsplit
+Ftp
+GCORE
+GID
+GPROF
+GSI
+GT
+Gallager
+Gcore
+HOSTID
+HOSTNAME
+HUP
+Hazeltine
+Hertzfeld
+Hostnames
+Hyterm
+I.E.E.E
+IDs
+IM
+Ignoreeof
+Ind
+Indxbib
+Katseff
+Kernighan
+Keypad
+Kleckner
+Kulp
+L6i
+LCK
+LE
+LFLAGS
+LIM
+LINTLIBRARY
+LOGFILE
+LR
+LT
+Larus
+Laxenburg
+Lesk
+Levinsky
+Llopart
+MACLISP
+MFLAGS
+MOS
+MT
+Mail.help
+Mail.rc
+Makefile
+McKusick
+Mt
+N.B
+NETSTAT
+NEWALIASES
+NNN
+NOSTRICT
+NOTREACHED
+NUL
+Newaliases
+Newline
+Newlines
+Niklaus
+Nohup
+Nowitz
+O1i
+OED
+OFMT
+OFS
+Objfil
+Orderlist
+Ossanna
+Ozalp
+PAGEIN
+PAGESIZE
+PDP
+PDX
+PFLAGS
+PID
+PMERGE
+PPID
+PRI
+Pagesize
+Pathname
+Pdx
+Pelegri
+Plauger
+Pmerge
+Pos1
+Pprinter
+Pre
+Presotto
+Procs
+RCP
+RCS
+RCVD
+RLOGIN
+RMAIL
+ROFFBIB
+RSH
+RSS
+RUBOUT
+RUPTIME
+RWHO
+RWNA
+Racal
+Rankine
+Rcp
+Reiser
+Retargetted
+Rlogin
+Rmail
+Roffbib
+Romberger
+Rowan
+Rsh
+Rubout
+Runtime
+Ruptime
+SANOM
+SBM
+SCCS
+SDETACH
+SDLYU
+SENDBUG
+SEQL
+SIG
+SIGALRM
+SIGCHILD
+SIGCONT
+SIGINT
+SIGKILL
+SIGPLAN
+SIGQUIT
+SIGTERM
+SIGTINT
+SKEEP
+SL
+SLOAD
+SLOCK
+SNOVM
+SORTBIB
+SOUSIG
+SPAGE
+SPAGI
+SPHYSIO
+SSIZ
+SSWAP
+SSYS
+STIMO
+STRC
+SUANOM
+SULOCK
+SVFDONE
+SVFORK
+SWEXIT
+SWTED
+SYMDEF
+SYSLINE
+Schriebman
+Sendbug
+Shenaut
+Shienbrood
+Shoens
+Sklower
+Sname
+Sortbib
+Spellin
+Spellout
+Stangenberger
+Studsworth
+Substitition
+Symbolfile
+TELNET
+TENEX
+TRS
+TSIZ
+TW
+TalkDaemon
+Televideo
+Televideos
+Telnet
+Temp
+TermiNet
+Tuthill
+Twp
+UCB
+UCI
+UID
+UNX
+Uudecode
+VARARGS
+VAX
+VLP
+VMS
+VWIDTH
+Vadic
+Ventel
+Versatec
+Vfontedpr
+Vlp
+Vol
+Vwidth
+WCHAN
+Wasley
+Wirth
+XXXXX
+YFLAGS
+ZZ
+a.out
+aN
+aa
+abchnpuvx
+abcissas
+abe
+abi
+acdefjnstuw
+acdfgilqrstu1ACLFR
+acegklstuvwx
+ack
+acu
+addbib
+addr
+ade
+adm3a
+afile
+allboxed
+alloc
+alt
+analyis
+annoation
+arg
+arg1
+arg1,arg2
+arg2
+argc
+argn
+args
+argv
+arpanet
+arpanet:dm2500
+arpanet:type
+ascii,lcase
+askcc
+atime
+atm
+atrun
+autoindent
+autoprint
+avm
+ba
+backslash
+backslashes
+backtrace
+bar.c
+baudrate
+bcdehDilmpqrsj
+bdf
+beginproc
+belgiumfranc
+betwee
+bfx
+bg
+biblio
+biff
+bio.c
+bl
+blah
+blkdtaNNN.f
+blnpstuwz
+bocklin
+bocklin.14
+bool
+bpi
+br
+breaksw
+brgallon
+britainpound
+bs0
+bs1
+bsf
+bsr
+buf
+bugformat
+bx
+cat.c
+cbreak
+cbs
+cccc
+ccol
+ccom
+cdflsu
+cdpath
+cds
+cef
+cefh
+ceiknrstuvx
+centimeters
+centre
+changequote
+checkeq
+chmach
+cifplot
+cleardot
+cleartext
+cmd
+cnnn
+colour
+comsat
+concept100
+cond
+cont
+coredump
+coredumpsize
+corfil
+cpile
+cpu
+cputime
+cr0
+cr1
+cr2
+cr3
+crmod
+crt
+crt's
+crt0.o
+crtbs
+crterase
+crtkill
+cryptosystem
+csh's
+cshrc
+csw
+ctlecho
+ctm
+cu'd
+cwd
+cypher
+dB
+daemon
+daemon's
+daemons
+dan
+datasize
+dbx
+dead.letter
+dec
+decctlq
+december
+def
+delim
+dequeue
+deriv
+dialog
+dialtimeout
+dialup
+dialup:concept100
+dialup:dw2
+dialup:h19
+dialup:type
+dialups
+dict
+diction,explain
+dir1
+dir2
+ditroff
+divnum
+dj
+dmr
+dnl
+dnnn
+doc
+doc,man
+doc.n
+doit
+dotdot
+dp
+drqtpmx
+ds
+dsa
+dsusp
+dumpdef
+dw2
+e.g
+ebcdic
+echocheck
+edhup
+effectors
+efil
+efile
+efilname
+eign
+ek
+eknptuvx
+elif
+emacs
+endcol
+endif
+endnotes
+endsw
+eof
+eofr
+eofread
+eofw
+eofwrite
+eol
+eq
+errorrc
+errprint
+es
+esac
+etx
+etxack
+eval
+ex3
+ex?.?preserve
+ex?.?recover
+ex?.?strings
+expr2
+exrc
+ext
+exta
+extb
+extern
+exum2.n
+exum?.n
+fFresc
+fasl'ed
+ff0
+ff1
+fg
+fhlpq
+fi
+fi.diff
+file.C
+file.c
+file.i
+file.o
+file.p
+filenames
+filesize
+fillin
+flags&onum
+flusho
+fo
+fontfile
+fontinfo
+fontname
+foo
+foo.c
+foo.l
+foreach
+formatted
+formatter
+formfeed
+formfeeds
+fp
+fpr
+fpr.tbl
+fr
+framesize
+franz
+fre
+from';echo
+fromdir
+fsf
+fsplit
+fsr
+fstab
+ft
+ftp
+func
+ga
+gcore
+gcos
+gcrt0.o
+ge
+gethostid
+gethostname
+getpagesize
+getwd
+gfont
+gmon.out
+gmon.sum
+gname
+gnopru
+goto
+goto's
+gotos
+gprof
+graphy
+grok
+gsize
+gt
+hangup
+hangups
+hardcopy
+hardwired
+hashstat
+hh
+hhhh
+hhmm
+histchars
+hlist
+hlista
+hookey
+host.port
+host.user
+host:user
+hostid
+hostname
+hosts.equiv
+hstop
+huckfinn
+hushlogin
+i.e
+ia
+ib
+ibase
+ibm
+ibs
+ic
+ident
+identifer
+ier
+ifdef
+ifdefs
+ifelse
+iff
+ig
+ignoreeof
+ignorefile
+ignorelevel
+incl
+incr
+indent.pro
+index'th
+indxbib
+inet
+inf
+inline
+inodes
+inr
+inrt
+instvVxX
+intr
+intrup
+intuit
+intuited
+inum
+inv
+ise
+jan
+jkf
+joe
+keypad
+kridle
+l.m
+lastlog
+lasttimedone
+lbc
+lc
+lc.ln
+lcase
+lcd
+lcol
+lcsh
+le
+len
+lex.yy.c
+lexcommands
+lfoo.ln
+lg
+lhost
+lib,bin,ucb,old,new,local
+lib.b
+libF77
+libF77.a
+libI77
+libI77.a
+libU77
+libU77.a
+libc.a
+libm.a
+libpc.a
+lightyear
+lim
+linefeed
+linenumber
+lispfile
+liszt.1
+litout
+llib
+lnext
+localfile
+loginname
+logout
+lpc
+lpile
+ls.c
+lsh
+lstat
+lt
+lwc
+lxref.1,v
+lyx
+m,n
+mac
+machacks.l
+magtapes
+mailaddr
+mailrc
+mainNNN.f
+majorfont
+makefile
+makefiles
+maketemp
+man1
+matchop
+mbox
+mcleanup
+mcount
+mcrt0.o
+mdelete
+mdir
+mdmbuf
+mds
+messagefile
+meta
+metoo
+mget
+mic
+michael
+minorfont
+mkey
+ml
+mls
+mm:ss
+mon.out
+mon.sum
+more.c
+more.help
+morefiles
+motd
+mpqruwxCQST
+mput
+msgsrc
+mt
+mtime
+mtio
+mtu
+mubdf
+mubdfinrt
+mumble.p
+mumble.p:17
+mutliple
+myhlist
+n1,n2
+n3,n4
+na
+name.c
+name.f
+name.i
+name.o
+name.p
+name.pointsize
+name.size
+name1
+name2
+namelist
+nameofhost
+nbc
+nbytes
+ndj
+netrc
+netstat
+network.port
+new.p
+newaliases
+newcrt
+newline
+newlines
+newps
+nexti
+nl
+nl0
+nl1
+nl2
+nl3
+nlambda
+nnn
+nnnnn
+noclobber
+noecho
+noerror
+noerror,sync
+noglob
+nohang
+nohup'ed
+nohup.out
+nologin
+nonie
+nonomatch
+nosave
+nr
+numcols
+nv
+obase
+obj
+objfil
+objfile
+obs
+occom
+ocpp
+offline
+ok
+old.p
+oldcsh
+oldls,ls
+oldls.c
+oldps
+oldwrite.c
+onetrip
+onintr
+onum
+oo
+oops
+op
+orderlist
+otherhost
+otherremotefile
+ozalp
+pagesize
+parens
+pascal
+pathnames
+paul
+paula
+pdx
+pdxinit
+pendin
+perm
+pfile
+pg
+pgm
+photoypesetter
+pid
+pistrings
+pla10
+playpen
+pltndgvcfrmhs
+plugboard
+plugboard:?adm3a
+plugboard:type
+pmerge
+pmon.out
+pointsize
+popd
+port.ln
+pos1
+pos2
+posname
+pr's
+pre
+preceed
+preceeded
+pred1
+pred2
+pred3
+prev
+printcap
+proc.h
+processid
+prog
+prog.f
+promptfile
+proto
+prterase
+ptmp
+pushd
+pushdown
+pwba
+qxscn
+ra
+railmag
+raisechar
+rc.local
+rcol
+rcp
+rd
+readit
+readlink
+readonly
+readtable
+rec
+recipt
+recv
+refcnt
+reformatted
+remotefile
+remotehelp
+repeat...until
+resp
+rewoffl
+rfile
+rhost
+rhost.rname
+rhost:path
+rhosts
+rlogin
+rlogind
+rmail
+rmt
+rmt0
+rmt12
+rmt8
+rname
+roffbib
+roman
+rp0a
+rpile
+rprnt
+ruptime
+rwho
+rwhod
+s1s2
+sA
+savehist
+sbm
+sc
+screenful
+screenfuls
+sd
+se
+secretmail
+securetty
+sendbug
+sendmail
+sendport
+setdot
+setenv
+setgroups
+sethostid
+sethostname
+setitimer
+setpriority
+setrlimit
+sfile
+shutdownlog
+sidebyside
+sig
+signal.h
+sigvec
+sinclude
+sn
+somefile
+sortbib
+sourcefile
+sourceing
+sp
+spb
+spellhist
+spellin
+spellout
+spf
+src
+ss
+stacksize
+standardise
+standout
+startcol
+stepi
+stm
+stopi
+str
+str1
+string1
+string2
+su'd
+substr
+suffixlist
+supresses
+susp
+switch:?vt100
+sym
+symbolfile
+symdef
+symlink
+symref
+sys1
+sys2
+syscall.l
+syscmd
+sysline
+sysline.1
+syslinelock
+tHouseholds
+tNumber
+tSize
+ta
+tab0
+tab1
+tab1,tab2,...,tabn
+tab2
+tab3
+tabexpand
+tabstop
+tabstops
+tapename
+tco
+td0
+tek
+telnet
+tenex
+terminfo
+tex
+th
+thier
+ti700
+tip.record
+tiprc
+title1
+title2
+tmac
+tmac.bib
+tmac.s
+tmac.vcat
+tmac.vgrind
+tn300
+todir
+toplevel.l
+toplines
+tostop
+tracct
+trace.l
+traceback
+tracei
+tranmission
+transfered
+translit
+travelled
+troff'ed
+trpt
+tty0
+tty3
+tty33
+tty37
+ttyd0
+tvfn
+typeahead
+typedefs
+typename
+ua
+ucase
+ucb
+ucbcory
+ucifnc.l
+udc
+ugo
+um
+undef
+unsetenv
+usd
+username
+usg
+uudecode
+uuencode,uudecode
+vE
+vS
+var
+vcat
+vd
+vec
+ver
+versatec's
+vfontedpr
+vgrindefs
+vh
+vide
+vk
+vlp
+vlpmacs
+vmcore
+vmunix
+vol
+vpd
+vpf
+vplot
+vrast
+vs
+vsort
+vt05
+vuaibclo
+vwidth
+weof
+werase
+wfile
+wg
+whod
+wildcard
+wildcards
+windowfuls
+wline
+wordlist
+wrapmargin
+wri
+write.c
+x.c
+x1.x2.x3
+x1.y1.x2.y2
+xit
+xn
+xn.yn
+xs.c
+xs.o
+xx
+xxx
+xy
+y.output
+y.tab.c
+y.tab.h
+yacc.acts
+yacc.tmp
+yaccpar
+yourname
+yoursystem
+yourttyname
+yy
+yy.ddd.hhhh
+yyerror
+yylex
+yymmddhhmm
+yyparse
+yytext
+zzzNNN.f
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 2
+ARG
+ASKNAME
+AUTOBOOT
+Addr
+Arg
+Bpt
+Buf
+CHROOT
+CPU
+Chme
+Chms
+Chmu
+Chroot
+Cmd
+DARPA
+DECOVF
+DFL
+DGRAM
+DONTLINGER
+DONTROUTE
+DOWARN
+DUPFD
+Dirname
+E2BIG
+EACCESS
+EADDRINUSE
+EADDRNOTAVAIL
+EAFNOSUPPORT
+EALREADY
+ECONNABORTED
+ECONNREFUSED
+ECONNRESET
+EDESTADDRREQ
+EINPROGRESS
+EISCONN
+ELOOP
+EMSGSIZE
+ENAMETOOLONG
+ENETDOWN
+ENETRESET
+ENETUNREACH
+ENOBUFS
+ENOPROTOOPT
+ENOTCONN
+ENOTEMPTY
+ENOTSOCK
+EOPNOSUPPORT
+EOPNOTSUPP
+EPFNOSUPPORT
+EPROTONOSUPPORT
+EPROTOTYPE
+ESHUTDOWN
+ESOCKTNOSUPPORT
+ETIMEDOUT
+EUSERS
+EWOULDBLOCK
+EXCL
+Envp
+FASYNC
+FCNTL
+FILENAME
+FLTDIV
+FLTOVF
+FLTUND
+FPE
+FSIZE
+FSYNC
+Fchmod
+Fchown
+Fcntl
+Fd
+Febuary
+Fromlen
+Fstat
+Fsync
+Ftruncate
+GETDLIM
+GETDTABLESIZE
+GETFD
+GETFL
+GETGID
+GETGROUPS
+GETHOSTID
+GETHOSTNAME
+GETITIMER
+GETOWN
+GETPAGESIZE
+GETPEERNAME
+GETPRIORITY
+GETRLIMIT
+GETRUSAGE
+GETSOCKNAME
+GETSOCKOPT
+GETTIMEOFDAY
+Getgid
+Getgroups
+Gethostid
+Gethostname
+Getpagesize
+Getpeername
+Getppid
+Getpriority
+Getrusage
+Getsockname
+Getsockopt
+Gettimeofday
+Howto
+ID's
+IDs
+IEXEC
+IFBLK
+IFCHR
+IFDIR
+IFLNK
+IFMT
+IFREG
+IFSOCK
+IGN
+IMPLINK
+INCR
+INET
+INTDIV
+INTOVF
+IREAD
+ISGID
+ISUID
+ISVTX
+ITIMER
+IWRITE
+Iovcnt
+KEEPALIVE
+Lstat
+MSG
+NDELAY
+NGRPS
+NODEV
+Name1
+Name2
+OOB
+Oldd
+Optname
+PATHNAME
+PGRP
+PKTSTREAM
+PRIO
+PRIVIN
+PROC
+PSL
+Prio
+RDM
+RDONLY
+RDWR
+READLINK
+RECV
+REUSEADDR
+RLIMIT
+RSS
+RUSAGE
+Readlink
+Readv
+Recv
+SEQPACKET
+SETDLIM
+SETDUSE
+SETFD
+SETFL
+SETGROUPS
+SETOWN
+SETQUOTA
+SETREGID
+SETREUID
+SETWARN
+SIG
+SIGALRM
+SIGBLOCK
+SIGBUS
+SIGCHLD
+SIGCONT
+SIGEMT
+SIGFPE
+SIGHUP
+SIGILL
+SIGINT
+SIGIO
+SIGIOT
+SIGKILL
+SIGPAUSE
+SIGPIPE
+SIGPROF
+SIGQUIT
+SIGSEGV
+SIGSETMASK
+SIGSTACK
+SIGSTOP
+SIGTERM
+SIGTRAP
+SIGTSTP
+SIGTTIN
+SIGTTOU
+SIGURG
+SIGVEC
+SIGVTALRM
+SIGXCPU
+SIGXFSZ
+SOCKETPAIR
+SOF
+SUBRNG
+SYMLINK
+SYSCALL
+Sbrk
+Scp
+Setgroups
+Sethostid
+Sethostname
+Setquota
+Setsockopt
+Sig
+Sigblock
+Sigmask
+Sigpause
+Sigsetmask
+Sigstack
+Sigvec
+Syscall
+TCP
+TIOCGPGRP
+TIOCSPGRP
+TRUNC
+Timerclear
+Tvp
+UDP
+UID
+Umount
+Unpriviledged
+VAX
+WNOHANG
+WRONLY
+WUNTRACED
+Writev
+XTND
+a.out
+accrights
+accrightslen
+addr
+addrlen
+af
+arg
+argc
+argp
+argv
+atime
+blksize
+blocksize
+bootstrapped
+buf
+bufsiz
+cacheing
+caddr
+checkquota
+cmd
+cpu
+daemon
+datagram
+datagrams
+dialup
+dqblk
+dqusage
+dqwarn
+ds
+dst
+dsttime
+dup2
+egid
+envp
+errno.h
+euid
+exec'd
+execptfds
+facilitity
+fchmod
+fchown
+fcntl.h
+fd
+file.h
+foo
+fromlen
+fsync
+ftruncate
+getdtablesize
+getgroup
+getgroups
+gethostid
+gethostname
+getitimer
+getpagesize
+getpeername
+getpriority
+getprotoent
+getrlimit
+getrusage
+getsockname
+getsockopt
+gettimeofday
+gidset
+gprof
+hangup
+hostid
+howto
+idrss
+inblock
+incr
+ing
+initgroups
+initilized
+ino
+inode's
+instr
+ioctl.h
+iov
+iovcnt
+iovec
+ioveclen
+iovlen
+ipc
+isrss
+itimerval
+ixrss
+keepalives
+len
+lstat
+majflt
+max
+maxrss
+messags
+minflt
+minuteswest
+msg
+msghdr
+msglen
+msgrcv
+msgsnd
+mtime
+name1
+name2
+namelen
+nbytes
+nds
+newd
+nfds
+ngroups
+nivcsw
+nlink
+ns
+nsignals
+nswap
+numask
+nvcsw
+occurance
+occured
+occurence
+oldd
+onstack
+ops
+optlen
+optname
+optval
+oss
+oublock
+oumask
+ovalue
+ovec
+pagesize
+param.h
+pathnames
+pc's
+pdp
+pgrp
+pid
+pos
+ppid
+prgp
+prio
+priviledged
+psl
+quota.h
+quotacheck
+quotaon
+rdev
+readfds
+readlink
+readv
+reboot.h
+recv
+recvfrom
+recvmsg
+res
+resource.h
+resp
+rgid
+rlim
+rlimit
+rlp
+ru
+ruid
+rusage
+rwflag
+scp
+sendmsg
+sendto
+setgroups
+sethostid
+sethostname
+setitimer
+setpriority
+setquota
+setregid
+setreuid
+setrlimit
+setsockopt
+settimeofday
+sig
+sigblock
+sigcontext
+sigmask
+signal.h
+signalling
+sigpause
+sigsetmask
+sigstack
+sigvec
+sockaddr
+socket.h
+socketpair
+someway
+sp
+spare1
+spare2
+spare3
+spare4
+ss
+st
+stat.h
+sv
+symlink
+th
+time.h
+timercmp
+timerisset
+timeval
+timezone
+tolen
+tvp
+types.h
+tzp
+uio.h
+usec
+vec
+vmunix
+wait.h
+writefds
+writen
+writev
+zero'd
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 3
+Acos
+Alloca
+Alphasort
+Arg
+Argv
+Asctime
+Asin
+Atan
+Atan2
+Atoi
+BSD
+BSTRING
+BUFSIZ
+BYTEORDER
+Bcmp
+Bcopy
+Bp
+Bpt
+Bzero
+CBREAK
+CPU
+CallingHost
+Calloc
+Chme
+Chms
+Chmu
+Closedir
+Closelog
+Closepl
+Clrerr
+Compar
+DARPA
+DASI
+DECOVF
+DFL
+DISKTAB
+DNDEBUG
+Dptr
+Dtime
+EMOD
+EOF
+ETIME
+Endfsent
+Endgrent
+Endhostent
+Endnetent
+Endprotoent
+Endservent
+Envp
+Etext
+FDATE
+FLMIN
+FLTDIV
+FLTOVF
+FLTUND
+FORT01
+FORT12
+FPE
+FSIZE
+Fabs
+Fcvt
+Fdate
+Feof
+Fflush
+Ffs
+Fgetc
+Fgets
+Fileno
+Firstkey
+Fpecnt
+Fprintf
+Fputc
+Fputs
+Fscanf
+Ftell
+Fwrite
+GETCWD
+GETDISKBYNAME
+GETFSENT
+GETHOSTENT
+GETLOG
+GETNETENT
+GETPROTOENT
+GETSERVENT
+GETWD
+GSI
+Gcvt
+Gerror
+Getchar
+Getdiskbyname
+Getfsent
+Getfsspec
+Getfstype
+Gethostbyname
+Gethostent
+Getlog
+Getnetbyname
+Getnetent
+Getprotobyname
+Getprotoent
+Getpwuid
+Getservbyname
+Getservent
+Getw
+Getwd
+Gtty
+HOSTNM
+HPIB
+IDATE
+IGN
+INET
+INFO
+INITGROUPS
+INSQUE
+INTDIV
+INTOVF
+IOINIT
+Iargc
+Idate
+Ierrno
+Initgroups
+Initstate
+Insque
+Ioinit
+Irand
+Isascii
+Isatty
+Itime
+LIB2648
+LIM
+LOC
+Ldexp
+Lib2648
+Lnblnk
+Localtime
+Lowpc
+Lshift
+Ltime
+MAXPATHLEN
+MAXRSS
+MAXUINT
+Modf
+Moncontrol
+Monstartup
+Msg
+NCARGS
+NN
+NORAISE
+NSIG
+Name1
+Name2
+Nbytes
+Noone
+OOPS
+Opendir
+Openlog
+Openpl
+PDP
+PDP11
+PDP11's
+PID
+PRIVIN
+PSIGNAL
+PSL
+Pclose
+Pid
+Psignal
+Putchar
+Putw
+RCMD
+REXEC
+Rcmd
+Readdir
+Realloc
+Rewinddir
+Rexec
+Rresvport
+Rshift
+Rtnval
+Ruserok
+SALERT
+SCANDIR
+SCCS
+SIG
+SIGALRM
+SIGBUS
+SIGCHLD
+SIGCONT
+SIGEMT
+SIGFPE
+SIGHUP
+SIGILL
+SIGINT
+SIGIO
+SIGIOT
+SIGKILL
+SIGPIPE
+SIGPROF
+SIGQUIT
+SIGSEGV
+SIGSTOP
+SIGTERM
+SIGTRAP
+SIGTSTP
+SIGTTIN
+SIGTTOU
+SIGURG
+SIGVTALRM
+SIGXCPU
+SIGXFSZ
+SUBRNG
+Scandir
+Scp
+Seekdir
+Sep
+Setbuffer
+Seteuid
+Setfsent
+Sethostent
+Setlinebuf
+Setnetent
+Setprotoent
+Setruid
+Setservent
+Setstate
+Sig
+Signum
+Sprintf
+Sqrt
+Sscanf
+Strcat
+Strcmp
+Strcpy
+Strlen
+Strncat
+Strncmp
+Strncpy
+Symlnk
+Syslog
+TIOCGETP
+TIOCSETP
+TOPEN
+TRAPER
+TRAPOV
+TRPFPE
+TTYNAM
+Tclose
+Telldir
+Tgetent
+Tgetflag
+Tgetnum
+Tgetstr
+Tgoto
+Timezone
+Tlu
+Topen
+Tputs
+Trewin
+Trpfpe
+Tskipf
+Ttynam
+Ttyslot
+Twrite
+VARARGS
+VAX
+Vax
+Vfree
+Vm
+Wasley
+XTABS
+a.out
+abort.3
+abort.3f
+abs.3
+access.3f
+accessability
+addch
+addr
+addrtype
+addstr
+affcnt
+agoto
+ahost
+alarm.3c
+alarm.3f
+alloca
+alphasort
+aoff
+aon
+apnd
+areaclear
+arg
+arg0
+arg1
+argc
+argn
+argno
+args
+argv
+arithmatic
+arpa
+assert.3x
+assert.h
+atof.3
+basec
+basegid
+bcmp
+bcopy
+besj0
+besj1
+besjn
+bessel.3f
+besy0
+besy1
+besyn
+bit.3f
+bitcopy
+bitmap
+bitmat
+bp
+bsize
+bstring.3
+buf
+bufsize
+byteorder.3n
+bzero
+bzro
+caching
+cbreak
+cctl
+ch
+chdir.3f
+chmod.3f
+cleara
+clearerr
+clearg
+clearok
+closedir
+closelog
+closepl
+clrtobot
+clrtoeol
+cm
+cmax
+cmd
+cmin
+comp
+compar
+compatibilty
+congruential
+cont
+cpu
+crmode
+crypt.3
+cstime
+ctime.3
+ctype.3
+ctype.h
+curoff
+curon
+curses.3x
+cutime
+daemons
+dbesj0
+dbesj1
+dbesjn
+dbesy0
+dbesy1
+dbesyn
+dbm.3x
+dbminit
+dcl
+ddd
+ddd.ddd
+decpt
+delch
+deleteln
+delwin
+dest
+destcol
+destline
+devnam
+dffrac
+dflmax
+dflmin
+dir.h
+directory.3
+dirp
+disect
+disktab
+disktab.h
+dispmsg
+doprnt
+dox
+dptr
+drand
+drawbox
+ds
+dsize
+dst
+dstflag
+dtime
+dumpmat
+ecvt.3
+edflag
+egid
+elem
+emptyrow
+ename
+end.3
+endfsent
+endhostent
+endnetent
+endprotoent
+endservent
+endwin
+envp
+eoff
+eotf
+eptr
+errf
+errlist
+etime
+etime.3f
+euid
+evalue
+exec'ed
+exece
+execl.3
+exect
+exit.3
+exit.3f
+exp.3m
+extern
+fclose.3s
+fd
+fd2p
+fdate
+fdate.3f
+ferror.3s
+ffrac
+ffs
+file.c
+filedes
+firstkey
+flmax
+flmin
+flmin.3f
+floor.3m
+flush.3f
+fmt,arg1,arg2
+fork.3f
+formatted
+formfeed
+fortran
+forw
+fpecnt
+fpeflt
+fperr
+frag
+fread.3s
+freq
+frexp.3
+fseek.3f
+fseek.3s
+fsize
+fstab
+fstab.h
+ftime
+func
+funtions
+gamma.3m
+gcvt
+gdefault
+gerror
+getarg.3f
+getc.3f
+getc.3s
+getcap
+getch
+getcwd
+getcwd.3f
+getdisk.3x
+getdiskbyname
+getenv.3
+getenv.3f
+getfsent
+getfsent.3x
+getfsfile
+getfsspec
+getfstype
+getgrent.3
+gethost
+gethostbyaddr
+gethostbyname
+gethostent
+gethostent.3n
+gethostname
+getlog
+getlog.3f
+getlogin.3
+getnet
+getnetbyaddr
+getnetbyname
+getnetent
+getnetent.3n
+getpass.3
+getpid.3f
+getproto
+getprotobyname
+getprotobynumber
+getprotoent
+getprotoent.3n
+getpw.3
+getpw.3c
+getpwent.3
+getrlimit
+getrusage
+gets.3s
+getserv
+getservbyname
+getservbyport
+getservent
+getservent.3n
+getstr
+gettimeofday
+gettmode
+getuid.3f
+getwd
+getwd.3
+getyx
+goff
+gon
+goto
+gprof
+grp.h
+hangup
+highpc
+host.equiv
+hostent
+hostlong
+hostnm
+hostnm.3f
+hosts.equiv
+hostshort
+htonl
+htons
+hypot.3m
+iargc
+iarray
+ibzr
+ictl
+idate
+idate.3f
+ident
+idrss
+idsrss
+ieof
+ierrno
+iflag
+imediately
+in.h
+inblk
+incr
+index.3f
+inet
+inet.3n
+inet.h
+initgroups
+initgroups.3x
+initscr
+initstate
+inmax
+inport
+insch
+insertln
+insque
+insque.3
+instantiations
+instr
+int2
+int4
+intro.3f
+intro.3s
+ioiflg
+ioinit
+ioinit.3f
+iptr
+irand
+irregardless
+isdst
+isize
+itime
+ixrss
+key.dptr
+keypad
+kill.3f
+koff
+kon
+l300s
+labelled
+lasty,lastx,newy,newx
+lcurses
+ldbm
+leaveok
+len
+lib2648
+lib2648.3x
+lib2648.a
+libF77.a
+libI66.a
+libI77.a
+libU77.a
+libc.a
+libcurses.a
+libdbm.a
+libm.a
+libplot.a
+libtermcap.a
+linemod
+lines,cols,begin
+link.3f
+lna
+lnaof
+lnblnk
+loc
+loc.3f
+log10
+logstat
+long.3f
+longname
+longword
+lowleft
+lowpc
+lplot
+lshift
+lstat
+ltermcap
+ltime
+lunit
+luser
+majflt
+makeaddr
+malloc.3
+math.h
+maxlen
+maxrss
+mday
+millitm
+min
+minflt
+minmax
+mktemp.3
+mnew
+mon
+mon.out
+moncontrol
+monitor.3
+monstartup
+movecurs
+msg
+mvcur
+mydata
+myprogram
+myresults
+name1
+name2
+namelist
+namlen
+nbits
+nbytes
+ncylinders
+ndigit
+ndigits
+nel
+nelem
+nerr
+net.host
+netdb.h
+netent
+netinet
+netlong
+netof
+netrc
+netshort
+newline
+newlines
+newmat
+newwin
+nextkey
+nfiles
+nfunc
+nice.3c
+nitems
+nl
+nlist.3
+nlist.h
+nocrmode
+noecho
+nonl
+noraise
+noraw
+nptr
+nrecs
+nsectors
+nswap
+ntoa
+ntohl
+ntohs
+ntracks
+numesg
+occured
+occurences
+opcodes
+open''ed
+opendir
+openlog
+openpl
+ospeed
+oublk
+outc
+outstr
+pag
+param.h
+passno
+pause.3c
+perror.3
+perror.3f
+pg
+pid
+plot.3x
+popen.3
+preceeded
+pred
+printf.3s
+printg
+printw
+proc
+proto
+protoent
+psignal
+psignal.3
+psl
+ptr
+ptrname
+pushback
+putc.3f
+putc.3s
+puts.3s
+pvar
+pw
+pwd.h
+qelem
+qsort.3
+qsort.3f
+rand.3c
+rand.3f
+random.3
+range.3f
+rawchar
+rboff
+rbon
+rcmd
+rcmd.3x
+rdchar
+readdir
+readline
+recno
+regex.3
+rem
+remque
+rename.3f
+resetty
+rewinddir
+rexec
+rexec.3x
+rexecd
+rgid
+rhost
+rhosts
+rindex
+rlogin
+rlogind
+rmax
+rmin
+rpm
+rresvport
+rshd
+rshift
+rss
+rtnval
+ruid
+ruserok
+savetty
+scandir
+scandir.3
+scanf.3s
+scanw
+scp
+scr
+scr,boolf
+scrollok
+secsize
+seekdir
+servent
+serverftp
+setbuf.3s
+setbuffer
+setclear
+setegid
+setenv
+seteuid
+setfsent
+setgroups
+sethostent
+setitimer
+setjmp.3
+setjmp.h
+setlinebuf
+setmat
+setnetent
+setpriority
+setprotoent
+setregid
+setreuid
+setrgid
+setrlimit
+setruid
+setservent
+setset
+setstate
+setterm
+settimeofday
+setuid.3
+setxor
+sevral
+sgtty.h
+sgttyb
+sig
+sigblock
+sigcontext
+siglist
+sigmask
+signal.3
+signal.3c
+signal.3f
+signal.h
+signgam
+signum
+sigpause
+sigsetmask
+sigstack
+sigvec
+sin.3m
+sinh.3m
+sizeof
+sleep.3
+sleep.3f
+socket.h
+srandom
+src
+standend
+standout
+stat.3f
+statb
+stayopen
+stdio.h
+stdscr
+str
+string.3
+strings.h
+stty.3c
+substr
+swab.3
+symlink
+symlnk
+syslog
+syslog.3
+syslog.h
+system.3
+system.3f
+tarray
+tclose
+tcp
+tcsr
+telldir
+termbuf
+termbuf,name
+termcap.3x
+tgetent
+tgetflag
+tgetnum
+tgetstr
+tgoto
+thompson
+time.3c
+time.3f
+time.h
+timeb
+timeb.h
+timekeeping
+timep
+times.3c
+times.h
+timezone
+tloc
+tlu
+tms
+togvid
+topen
+topen''ed
+topen.3f
+touchwin
+tputs
+traper
+traper.3f
+trapov
+trapov.3f
+trewin
+trpfpe
+trpfpe.3f
+tskipf
+tstate
+ttyinit
+ttynam
+ttynam.3f
+ttyname.3
+ttyslot
+twrite
+typedef
+types.h
+ucb
+unctrl
+unformatted
+ungetc.3s
+unlink.3f
+username
+utime.3c
+val
+valloc.3
+varargs
+varargs.3
+varargs.h
+vidinv
+vidnorm
+vlimit.3c
+vlimit.h
+vm
+vmunix
+vrbose
+vtimes.3c
+vtimes.h
+waddch
+waddstr
+wait.3f
+wclear
+wclrtobot
+wclrtoeol
+wday
+wdelch
+wdeleteln
+werase
+wgetch
+wgetstr
+win,boolf
+win,c
+win,ch
+win,fmt,arg1,arg2
+win,lines,cols,begin
+win,str
+win,vert,hor
+win,y,x
+win1
+win1,win2
+win2
+winsch
+winsertln
+wmove
+word1
+word2
+wprintw
+wrefresh
+wscanw
+wstandend
+wstandout
+xmat
+xor
+yday
+zermat
+zoomn
+zoomoff
+zoomon
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 4
+5Mbytes
+ACC
+ACU
+AF
+ALLDELAY
+ARP
+ASKNAME
+AUTOCONF
+ArpaNet
+BBN
+BSDELAY
+BSP
+BUFSIZ
+Backoff
+Berknet
+CBREAK
+CHAN
+CPU
+CRDELAY
+CRMOD
+CSS
+CT
+CTL
+Crt
+DARPA
+DDCMP
+DECtape
+DGRAM
+DMA
+DMA'ed
+DMC
+DMF
+DMR
+DN
+DOSTOP
+DTABT
+Datagram
+Diablo
+Diskette
+EADDRINUSE
+EADDRNOTAVAIL
+EC
+ECC
+ECONNREFUSED
+ECONNRESET
+EISCONN
+EMSGSIZE
+ENETDOWN
+ENETUNREACH
+ENF
+ENOBUFS
+ENOTCONN
+ETIMEDOUT
+EVENP
+EWOULDBLOCK
+EXTA
+EXTB
+Emulex
+Ethernet
+Ethernets
+FASYNC
+FIONREAD
+FLUSHREAD
+FLUSHWRITE
+GETADDR
+GETDENS
+HK
+HY
+Hardcopy
+Hazeltine
+Hazeltines
+Helge
+ICMP
+IFF
+IK
+IL
+IMPLINK
+INADDR
+INET
+INIT
+IP
+ISHT
+ISMT
+ISTM
+ISTS
+ISUT
+Ik
+Ikonas
+KG
+LCASE
+LCRTBS
+LCRTERA
+LCRTKIL
+LCRTKILL
+LCTLECH
+LDECCTQ
+LDISC
+LETXACK
+LFLUSHO
+LINTRUP
+LLITOUT
+LMDMBUF
+LNOHANG
+LPENDIN
+LPRTERA
+LTILDE
+LTOSTOP
+MASSBUS
+MAXPUPSIZ
+MBEXC
+MINPUPSIZ
+ML11A
+ML11B
+MPSIZE
+MRSP
+MSCP
+MT
+MTBSF
+MTBSR
+MTFSF
+MTFSR
+MTIO
+MTIOCGET
+MTIOCTOP
+MTNOP
+MTOFFL
+MTREW
+MTWEOF
+N.B
+NCC
+NETLDISC
+NEX
+NEXUS
+NLDELAY
+NOCKSUM
+NOOP
+NOSTOP
+NOTRAILERS
+NSC
+NTTYDISC
+NXM
+ODDP
+ODT
+OFFLINE
+OTTYDISC
+PCL
+PDP11's
+PSAUTOMAP
+PSAUTOREFRESH
+PSDOUBLEBUFFER
+PSGETADDR
+PSSINGLEBUFFER
+PSSINGLEMAP
+PSSINGLEREFRESH
+PSSTOPMAP
+PSSTOPREFRESH
+PSTIMEREFRESH
+PSWAITMAP
+PSWAITREFRESH
+PTY
+PUPPROTO
+Proteon
+Quadracall
+RDDMK
+RDM
+RECVD
+RK07's
+RSP
+RTF
+RX
+RX02's
+RXIOC
+SDI
+SIGHUP
+SIGINT
+SIGIO
+SIGQUIT
+SIGTINT
+SIGTSTP
+SIGTTIN
+SIGTTOU
+SIOCADDRT
+SIOCDELRT
+SIOCGIFADDR
+SIOCGIFCONF
+SIOCGIFDSTADDR
+SIOCGIFFLAGS
+SIOCSIFADDR
+SIOCSIFDSTADDR
+SIOCSIFFLAGS
+SMD
+SWABIPS
+Skrivervik
+TAB0
+TAB1
+TAB2
+TBDELAY
+TCP
+TDM
+TIMEREFRESH
+TIOCCBRK
+TIOCCDTR
+TIOCEXCL
+TIOCFLUSH
+TIOCGETC
+TIOCGETD
+TIOCGETP
+TIOCGLTC
+TIOCGPGRP
+TIOCHPCL
+TIOCLBIC
+TIOCLBIS
+TIOCLGET
+TIOCLSET
+TIOCNXCL
+TIOCPKT
+TIOCREMOTE
+TIOCSBRK
+TIOCSDTR
+TIOCSETC
+TIOCSETD
+TIOCSETN
+TIOCSETP
+TIOCSLTC
+TIOCSPGRP
+TIOCSTART
+TIOCSTI
+TIOCSTOP
+TS
+TU
+TU58's
+Tchars
+Terminet
+UDA
+UDP
+UNIBUS
+UT
+UU
+UUDMA
+Ungermann
+VAX
+VAX'en
+VAX's
+VPLOT
+VSETSTATE
+VTDELAY
+VV
+Versatec
+WAITINT
+WDDMK
+WIRECENTER
+Wildcard
+Wirecenter
+XTABS
+acc
+acc0
+accrint
+accxint
+ad0
+adaptors
+addr
+adintr
+af
+arg
+args
+arp
+arpanet
+autocall
+autoconf
+autoconfiguration
+autoconfigure
+autoconfigured
+autodialer
+autoloads
+backoff
+blkno
+bn
+bp
+bpi
+brkc
+buf
+caddr
+calulates
+capricorn
+cbreak
+chan
+cnt
+cpu
+crt
+crt's
+cs
+cs1
+cs2
+csr
+css
+css0
+cssrint
+cssxint
+ct0
+ctintr
+cua
+cua0
+cua1
+cul
+cul0
+cul1
+cyl
+cyls
+daemon
+datagram
+dataphone
+dataset
+datasets
+db
+degaussed
+dh0
+dhost
+dhrint
+dhxint
+dialup
+dialups
+diskette
+diskettes
+diskpart
+dm0
+dma
+dmc
+dmc0
+dmcload
+dmcrint
+dmcxint
+dmf
+dmf0
+dmfdaint
+dmfdbint
+dmflint
+dmfrint
+dmfsrint
+dmfsxint
+dmfxint
+dmintr
+dn0
+dnet
+dnintr
+ds
+dsock
+dsreg
+dst
+dstaddr
+dsuspc
+dz0
+dzrint
+dzxint
+ec
+ec0
+ecc
+eccollide
+ecrint
+ecxint
+effectors
+en0
+enrint
+enxint
+eofc
+er
+erreg
+ethernet
+existant
+filedes
+flakey
+flushc
+formatted
+formatter
+formatters
+fx0
+fxxxxx
+hangup
+hardcopy
+hk0
+hk?a
+hk?b
+hk?c
+hk?g
+hosts's
+hp0
+hp?a
+hp?b
+hp?c
+hp?d
+hp?e
+hp?f
+hp?g
+hp?h
+ht0
+hy
+hy0
+hyint
+icsr
+if.h
+ifc
+ifconf
+ifcu
+ifcu.ifcu
+ifnet
+ifp
+ifr
+ifreq
+ifrequest
+ifru
+ifru.ifru
+ik0
+ikintr
+ikonas
+il
+il0
+ilcint
+ilrint
+imp.h
+impostors
+in.h
+inet
+info
+intr
+intrc
+ioctl.h
+ipl
+ips
+ispeed
+kbytes
+kg
+kg0
+kglock
+kgmon
+kludge
+ldisc
+len
+lnextc
+longword
+longwords
+loopback
+lp0
+lpintr
+ltchars
+mag
+mba
+mba's
+mba0
+mbsr
+mcr
+mcr's
+mod
+mpm
+mscp.h
+mt
+mt0
+mt11
+mt15
+mt16
+mt19
+mt23
+mt3
+mt7
+mt8
+mtget
+mtio
+mtio.h
+mtop
+mu0
+netimp
+netinet
+netpup
+newcrt
+newfs
+newline
+newlines
+npr
+nsectors
+ntracks
+occured
+ocsr
+offline
+olen
+online
+op
+ospeed
+pcl
+pcl0
+pclrint
+pclxint
+pgrp
+pk
+plotmd
+powerfails
+pre
+proNET
+prom
+proms
+prtmd
+ps0
+psec
+pseud
+psintr
+pty
+pup.h
+pupport
+quitc
+ra0
+ra?a
+ra?b
+ra?c
+ra?d
+ra?e
+ra?f
+ra?g
+ra?h
+rcr
+rcv
+recive
+recv
+recvfrom
+refcnt
+req
+resid
+resyncing
+rhk
+rhp
+rk0
+rk07's
+rkintr
+rlogin
+rlogind
+rmt
+rmt0
+rmt23
+route.h
+rprntc
+rra
+rrx
+rrx0a
+rrx0b
+rrx0c
+rrx0d
+rsr
+rt
+rtentry
+rup
+rx
+rx0
+rx1
+rxformat
+rxintr
+rxreg.h
+sc0
+sendto
+sg
+sgtty
+sgtty.h
+sgttyb
+shost
+sigvec
+snet
+sockaddr
+socket.h
+spup
+ssock
+startc
+stopc
+subsituting
+subsytem
+suspc
+ta
+tapemarks
+tchars
+tcontrol
+tcp
+tcr
+te0
+thru
+tj
+tj0
+tm0
+tmintr
+tri
+trk
+ts
+ts0
+tsintr
+tsr
+tty02
+ttyd
+ttyh2
+tu
+tu0
+types.h
+uba
+uba0
+ubinfo
+uda
+uda0
+udasa
+udintr
+udp
+un
+un0
+unibus
+unintr
+unuseable
+up0
+up?a
+up?b
+up?c
+up?d
+up?e
+up?f
+up?g
+up?h
+upintr
+uploading
+useable
+ut
+ut0
+utintr
+uu
+uu0
+uu?a
+uurintr
+uuxintr
+va0
+vaintr
+vax
+vaxuba
+vcmd.h
+vec
+versatec
+vp0
+vpbuf
+vpintr
+vs
+vv
+vv0
+vvicsr
+vvocsr
+vvrint
+vvxint
+vz0
+werasc
+wildcard
+xmit
+zero1
+zero2
+zs0
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 5
+A.OUT
+A.out
+ACOMPAT
+ACORE
+ADDR
+ADM
+AFORK
+ARFMAG
+ARMAG
+ASU
+AXSIG
+BADMAG
+BCOMM
+BIZCOMP
+BSIZE
+BSS
+BUFSIZ
+Chksum
+DARPA
+DECtape
+DEV
+DIRBLKSIZ
+DIRSIZ
+DISKTAB
+DM2500,H2000
+DUMPINFMT
+DUMPOUTFMT
+DVI
+Datamedia's
+Disktab
+ECOML
+ECOMM
+EE:ta
+EK:xn
+ENH
+EOF
+EXT
+Ee:so
+FNAME
+FS
+FSTAB
+GETTYTAB
+GSYM
+Gettytab
+Hardcopy
+Hazeltine
+ID's
+INODE
+INOPB
+Inode
+Keypad
+Kj
+LBRAC
+LCSYM
+LENG
+LSYM
+Linkflag
+MAXBPC
+MAXBPG
+MAXBSIZE
+MAXCPG
+MAXCSBUFS
+MAXIPG
+MAXMNTLEN
+MAXNAMLEN
+MICOM
+MINBSIZE
+MLEN
+MSIZ
+Maxx
+Mime
+Mtime
+N.B
+NAMSIZ
+NBPI
+NIC
+NINDIR
+NMAGIC
+NRPOS
+NSPF
+NTREC
+Newline
+OMAGIC
+Op
+PRINTCAP
+PSYM
+Perkin
+Presotto
+Printcap
+RBRAC
+RSYM
+SARMAG
+SBSIZE
+SENDMAIL
+SLINE
+SSYM
+STROFF
+STSYM
+SYMOFF
+Siegler
+Stab.h
+Standout
+TBLOCK
+TVI
+TXTOFF
+Teleray
+UNDF
+UPAGES
+Uid
+Umount
+Upline
+Uudecode
+VAX
+VGRINDEFS
+Versatec
+Vgrindefs
+XOFF
+XON
+Xl
+ZMAGIC
+Zk
+a.out
+a.out.h
+acct.h
+acctbuf
+acctp
+addr
+adm3
+adm3:am:bs:cl
+aliases.dir
+aliases.pag
+ap
+ar.h
+arpavax
+asm
+basic:4
+blk
+blkno
+blkoff
+blks
+blksize
+bmask
+bool
+br
+bshift
+bsize
+btime
+buf
+caddr
+calc
+cau0:el
+cblkno
+cbreak
+cgmask
+cgoffset
+cgrotor
+cgsize
+chksum
+cifplot
+cl
+cl,ll,sf,sb
+cm
+comp
+compat
+concept100:is
+cont
+cpc
+cpg
+crt
+csaddr
+csmask
+csp
+csshift
+cssize
+cstotal
+csum
+ctrl
+cyl
+daemon
+dblkno
+dbtofsb
+dbuf
+dbx
+def
+desc
+di
+dialup
+dinode
+dir.h
+dirdesc
+diskpart
+disktab
+disktab.h
+ditroff
+dotdashed
+drsize
+dsize
+du:at
+dumpdates
+dumprestor.h
+dv
+e.g
+elt
+endif
+enum
+enviroment
+eol
+etime
+ev
+extern
+extern:1
+fds
+filesys
+fmag
+fmask
+formatted
+formfeed
+fortran
+fpg
+frag
+fragoff
+frags
+fragshift
+freelist
+freq
+fs.h
+fsbtodb
+fshift
+fsize
+fsmnt
+fstab
+fstab.h
+getfsent
+getfsfile
+getfsspec
+getfstype
+gethostent
+getnetent
+getprotoent
+getservent
+gettytab
+goto
+grp
+hangup
+hardcopy
+harris
+hblock
+hd
+hdr
+hn
+hostname
+iblkno
+idates
+ie
+ifdef
+ifndef
+im
+incno
+incore
+inet
+info
+initgroups
+ino
+inode.h
+inodes
+inopb
+inumber
+ipg
+kd
+keyletter
+keypad
+kh
+kludge
+kr
+ku
+lblkno
+lbn
+lcomm
+length:2
+level,address
+linefeed
+linemod
+linkflag
+linkname
+linknames
+lm
+loc
+logout
+longdashed
+lpc
+lsi
+mag
+magtapes
+makedev
+max
+maxbpg
+maxcontig
+maxx
+maxy
+mime
+minfree
+mod
+modtime
+mtab.h
+mtime
+nam
+name,,0
+name,,0,0,address
+name,,0,linenumber,address
+name,,0,subtype,line
+name,,0,type,0
+name,,0,type,address
+name,,0,type,offset
+name,,0,type,register
+name,,0,type,struct
+name,linenumber,address
+name2
+namelist
+namlen
+nbytes
+ncg
+ncyl
+newaliases
+newfs
+newline
+newlines
+nindir
+nsect
+nspf
+ntrak
+numfrags
+nx
+oe
+op
+or'ed
+overriden
+pac
+param.h
+pascal
+passno
+pcrel:1
+physadr
+plugboard
+pn
+postbl
+pre
+printcap
+quotacheck
+quotaon
+reclen
+resp
+rlink
+ronly
+rotbl
+rotdelay
+rpm
+rps
+rw,ro,sw
+sblkno
+sbsize
+sendmail
+setgroups
+setrlimit
+sgtty.h
+shortdashed
+sigvec
+sizeof
+sparecon
+spc
+spcl
+src
+ssize
+stab.h
+stabd
+stabn
+standout
+std
+steamerflies
+str
+strx
+swblk
+sym
+symbolnum
+symbolnum:24
+syms
+tabset
+tapea
+tapeaddr
+tapemark
+tcp
+tex
+tip300
+trampflies
+trsize
+tt
+tty33:co
+typedef
+types.h
+un.n
+undef
+unused1
+unused2
+user.h
+ushort
+utmp.h
+uudecode
+val
+vax
+vcat
+ve
+ventel:ie
+ver
+vgrindefs
+vipw
+vs
+xtnd
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 6
+ATPB
+Allman
+BR
+Backslash
+Bournes
+Bros
+DDL
+ELIZA
+EOF
+Foderaro
+Fourr
+HJKL
+Heuer
+Hoyle
+Lebling
+McKusick
+Mikey
+PD
+RUBOUT
+Rogerian
+Rubout
+SEFC
+VAX
+VMS
+Weizenbaum
+Wichman
+Wumpus
+Yendor
+aliens.log
+amt1
+anual
+appl
+arg
+arp
+atus
+bdh
+canfield
+cards.pck
+category1
+category2
+cfscores
+cithep
+cmd
+commadore
+course1
+crt
+ddl
+ddlrun
+de
+debtee
+decwriter
+dict
+doc
+ds
+e.g
+epie
+erhd
+est
+fortunes.dat
+grainier
+hardcopy
+hasers
+hexagram
+hexagrams
+hjkl
+i.e
+ields
+isual
+logout
+mages
+mortgageable
+mpulse
+ndock
+newline
+newlines
+nfences
+nrobots
+omputer
+orpedo
+ove
+pture
+quiz.k
+req
+rogue.save
+rscan
+scrunched
+sefc
+snake.log
+snakerawscores
+snscore
+solitaire
+spread1
+strfile
+trekkie
+ucb
+utomatic
+wslao
+wumpus
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 7
+ARPANET
+Adm
+Allman
+Arpa
+Berkeley.ARPA
+Berknet
+Bitnet
+CSNET
+DARPA
+DASI
+DIABLO
+DTC
+EXINIT
+Ethernet
+GSI
+L.sys
+LOGFILE
+MAILADDR
+MAKEDEV
+MAKEDEV.local
+MASBUS
+MULTICS
+Nofill
+PP
+RA
+RC
+RFC822
+Reg
+SM
+Seigler
+Tterm
+UCB
+UDel
+UNIBUS
+VAX
+a.out
+a.out.h
+abs.c
+access.s
+acct.h
+ack
+addrs
+adm3a
+africa
+ar.c
+arpavax
+as.1
+atrun
+bitnet
+bp
+brk.s
+calder.Berkeley.ARPA
+cat1
+ccom
+cf
+conf
+crt0.s
+cshrc
+csu
+csvax
+ctm
+daemon
+datebook
+del
+dh.c
+dialup
+dict
+disktab
+dle
+doc
+dumpdates
+ec.c
+eign
+en.c
+enq
+eric
+etb
+etx
+exdented
+exrc
+extern
+fIword
+fgets.c
+fopen.c
+fstab
+ftB
+ftR
+ftR.c
+gen
+gethostbyname.c
+hangups
+host.ARPA
+host.BITNET
+host.CC
+host.UUCP
+host:user
+hosta
+hostb
+hostb:user
+hostc
+hostnames
+hp.c
+ht.c
+imp.c
+imphost.c
+imphost.h
+ingvax
+lc
+libc.a
+libc.m
+lineprinter
+llib
+lm
+locore.s
+lpacct
+machdep.c
+mailaddr
+mailrc
+main.c
+man1
+math.h
+mba.c
+mcrt0.s
+mime
+monet
+monet.Berkeley.ARPA
+motd
+mount.1m
+mqueue
+msgsrc
+n.t.l
+netimp
+netinet
+netrc
+nical
+nofill
+p.i
+pac
+preformatted
+pupose
+quiz.k
+rc.local
+rcp
+rhp
+secretmail
+sendmail
+setenv
+socket.c
+soh
+spellhist
+src
+stat.h
+stdio.h
+stm
+stx
+syn
+syscalls.c
+tab300.c
+tf
+tmac
+tmac.an
+tmac.e
+tmac.s
+tmac.x
+tracct
+uba.c
+ucb
+ucbarpa
+ucbcad
+ucbcory
+ucbernie
+ucbingres
+ucbkim
+ucbvax
+uipc
+umlaut
+undef
+up.c
+user.host
+usr.bin
+uucico
+vaacct
+varian
+vax
+vaxif
+vaxmba
+vaxuba
+versatec
+vmunix
+vpacct
+vv.c
+wd
+xx
+yourname
+cat <<'EOF' >----------------
+Section 8
+0123456789fusdWn
+ADDR
+ALLO
+APPE
+ARPANET
+BAD144
+BADSECT
+BPI
+BUGFILER
+Babaoglu
+Bad144
+Badsect
+Bcc
+BerkNet
+Berknet
+Blksize
+Bugfiler
+CADDR
+CCNT
+CHM
+CLKT
+CNT
+COMSAT
+CONFIG
+CPU
+CPU's
+CRIT
+CRMOD
+CWD
+Catchall
+Cifplot
+Cmds
+Comsat
+Config
+Cory
+Countdown
+Crontab
+DADDR
+DARPA
+DBA0
+DELE
+DEV
+DISKPART
+DMA
+DMA0
+DRA0
+DRTEST
+DSK
+DUMPFS
+DVI
+Dept
+Diskpart
+Drtest
+Dumpfs
+ECC
+EDQUOTA
+EECS
+EMERG
+EMULEX
+ESSAA
+EVRAC
+Edquota
+FASTBOOT
+FLG
+FTPD
+Fastboot
+Formatted
+Fragsize
+Ftpd
+HKM
+HKS
+HPM
+HPS
+HTABLE
+HUP
+Helge
+Hostname
+Htable
+ICMP
+ID's
+IDC
+IMPLOG
+IMPLOGD
+INADDR
+INFO
+INIT
+INO
+IPC
+IPTR
+Implog
+Implogd
+Init's
+Inode
+Intransit
+KGMON
+KSP
+Kgmon
+Kovacs
+Kovacs,508E,7925,6428202
+LOC
+LPC
+LPD
+Leffler
+Lpc
+Lpd
+MAKEDEV
+MAKEDEV.local
+MASSBUS
+MIN
+MKLOST
+MKPROTO
+MTIOCGET
+MTIOCOP
+McKusick
+Minfree
+Mkproto
+N.B
+NCP
+NETLDISC
+NEWFS
+NI
+NIC
+NLK
+NLST
+NOHOST
+NOOP
+NOUSER
+NPR
+NTTYDISC
+Name1
+Name2
+Ncpg
+Newfs
+Nsect
+Ntrack
+OSERR
+OTTYDISC
+Ozalp
+PAC
+PCB
+PGRP
+PID
+POIP
+PPID
+PRI
+PRIO
+Pac
+Pprinter
+Prototocol
+QUOTACHECK
+QUOTAON
+Quotacheck
+Quotaoff
+Quotaon
+RC
+RDC
+RDUMP
+REPQUOTA
+RETR
+REXECD
+RFC
+RFC733
+RFC819
+RFC821
+RFC822
+RK07
+RK07's
+RLOGIND
+RM0X
+RMT
+RNFR
+RNTO
+RP0X
+RRESTORE
+RSHD
+RSS
+RWHOD
+RXFORMAT
+Rc
+Rc.local
+Rdump
+Repquota
+Rexecd
+Rlogind
+Rmt
+Rrestore
+Rshd
+Rwhod
+SALERT
+SAVECORE
+SBI
+SEC:PACKINIT
+SENDMAIL
+SETIFADDR
+SIGHUP
+SIOCADDRT
+SIOCDELRT
+SIOCGIFCONF
+SIOGIFCONF
+SIZ
+SLP
+SMTP
+SRSS
+SSE
+STOR
+STRU
+STST
+SYOPNSIS
+Savecore
+Sendmail
+Setifaddr
+Sklower
+Skrivervik
+Standford
+Syslog
+TCP
+TE16,TU45,TU77
+TELNET
+TELNETD
+TEMPFAIL
+TEXTP
+TFTP
+TFTPD
+TRPT
+TSTP
+TUNEFS
+Telnetd
+Tex
+Tftpd
+Trpt
+Tunefs
+UCB
+UDA50
+UDP
+UID
+UNIBUS
+UPM
+UUSNAP
+Umount
+Uusnap
+VAX
+VIPW
+Vipw
+WCHAN
+WRC
+XCUP
+XCWD
+XMKD
+XPWD
+XRMD
+XSIS
+XTABS
+Xqts
+abcdDfijkKlnrstuv
+abreviated
+abreviation
+ack
+adapter,unit
+adaptor
+addr
+adduser.8
+aixptufT
+aliases.dir
+aliases.pag
+analyze.8
+arcv.8
+arff.8v
+arg
+args
+arpa
+ast
+autoboot
+avio
+axl
+ba
+backslash
+bad144
+bad144.8
+badsect
+badsect.8
+bbdir
+bd
+bi
+biff
+blksize
+bm
+bootstrapped
+boottime
+bp
+bpt
+bse
+bt
+bugfiler
+bugfiler.8
+bv
+bz
+catman.8
+cf
+chown.8
+cifplot
+clri.8
+cmd
+comsat
+comsat.8c
+conf
+conf.c
+config.8
+corefile
+coremap
+cpu
+cpu's
+crash.8v
+cron.8
+crontab
+cshrc
+csn
+csvax
+cyl
+daemon
+daemons
+dameons
+datagram
+dcheck.8
+dead.letter
+deamons
+dec
+degaussed
+devices.vax
+dialup
+dieing
+diskette
+diskmap
+diskpart
+diskpart.8
+disktab
+disktype
+dissappears
+dkbad
+dmesg.8
+dmf
+drtest
+drtest.8
+dump.8
+dumpdates
+dumpfs
+dumpfs.8
+ec6d
+ecc
+ecc's
+edquota
+edquota.8
+eric
+ernie
+ernie's
+ernie::235:20
+fastboot
+fastboot.8
+fasthalt
+files.ERNIE
+files.vax
+filesys
+flakey
+format.8v
+formatted
+formatter
+formatting...make
+found.8
+frag
+fragsize
+freeblock
+fsck.8
+fstab
+fsync
+ftp
+ftpd
+ftpd.8c
+ftplog
+ftpusers
+fullname
+gethostent
+gethostname
+getnetent
+getpriority
+getservbyname
+gettable.8c
+getty.8
+gettytab
+gmon.out
+googol
+gprof
+halt.8
+hangup
+hostname
+hosts.equiv
+hosts.txt
+htable
+htable.8
+icheck.8
+implog
+implog.8c
+implogd
+implogd.8c
+incore
+inet
+info
+ing
+init's
+init.8
+innocuous
+inodes
+inscruitable
+instantiate
+intransit
+intstack
+inumber
+ioconf.c
+jobnum
+john
+kalash
+kgmon
+kgmon.8
+kilo
+kridle
+len
+loadav
+localgateways
+localhosts
+localnetworks
+logfile
+loopback
+lpc
+lpc.8
+lpd.8
+machine:device
+mailaddr
+maildir
+mailq
+makedev
+makedev.8
+makefile
+makefile.vax
+makekey.8
+makewhatis
+maxbpg
+maxcontig
+mba
+mba0
+mba1
+mbz
+mdec
+min
+minfree
+mkfs.8
+mklost
+mknod.8
+mkproto
+mkproto.8
+mnt
+mount.8
+mqueue
+msgbuf
+mt
+mtio
+name1
+name2
+namelist
+ncheck.8
+ncpg
+netstat
+newaliases
+newfs
+newfs.8
+newlines
+nicname
+nnnnn
+nologin
+nsect
+ntrack
+online
+op
+outmp
+p0br
+pac
+pac.8
+pathnames
+pgrp
+pid
+ploter
+pprice
+pre
+preformatted
+printcap
+proto
+pseduo
+pstat.8
+ptmp
+pty
+putput
+queuedir
+queueing
+quot.8
+quotacheck
+quotacheck.8
+quotaoff
+quotaon
+quotaon.8
+radix50
+rc.local
+rcmd
+rdump
+rdump.8c
+reboot.8
+recvtime
+renice.8
+repquota
+repquota.8
+restore.8
+restoresymtab
+rexec
+rexecd
+rexecd.8c
+rhosts
+rlogin
+rlogind
+rlogind.8c
+rmail
+rmt
+rmt.8c
+rmt8
+roms
+rotdelay
+route.8c
+routed.8c
+rp0g
+rps
+rrestore
+rrestore.8c
+rrp0g
+rrp1g
+rrx
+rrx0
+rrx1
+rshd
+rshd.8c
+rstdir
+rstmode
+ruptime
+rwho
+rwhod
+rwhod.8c
+rxformat
+rxformat.8v
+sandbagged
+savacct
+savecore
+savecore.8
+selfexplanatory
+sendberkmail
+sendmail
+sendmail.8
+sendmail.cf
+sendmail.fc
+sendmail.hf
+sendmail.st
+sendtime
+setifaddr
+setifaddr.8c
+setitimer
+setpriority
+setquota
+setsockopt
+shutdown.8
+shutdownlog
+sizeof
+skel
+sno
+sockstamp
+standalone
+std
+sticky.8
+stz,dtz
+swapfile
+swapon.8
+sync.8
+sysexits.h
+syslog
+syslog.8
+syslog.conf
+syslog.h
+syslog.pid
+sysname
+ta
+telnet
+telnetd
+telnetd.8c
+tftp
+tftpd
+tftpd.8c
+threshhold
+tio
+topq
+trksec
+trpt
+trpt.8c
+ttyd
+tunefs
+tunefs.8
+tuneup
+typeX
+uba
+uba0
+ubglue.s
+udp
+unixtomh
+update.8
+username
+usracct
+uuclean.8c
+uusnap
+uusnap.8c
+vers
+vipw
+vipw.8
+vmcore
+vmcore.n
+vmunix
+vmunix.n
+whod
+whoent
+xfc
+zz
diff --git a/share/man/tools/noso.c b/share/man/tools/noso.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5fd201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/noso.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+
+main(argc, argv)
+	char *argv[];
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	register char *cp;
+	int i, fd, count = 0;
+	char buf[10];
+
+	for (cp = "", i = 1; i < argc; cp = " ", i++) {
+		if (lstat(argv[i], &sb) < 0)
+			continue;
+		if ((sb.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFREG)
+			continue;
+		fd = open(argv[i], O_RDONLY);
+		if (fd < 0) {
+			perror(argv[i]);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (read(fd, buf, 3) != 3) {
+			close(fd);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp(buf, ".so", 3))
+			count++, printf("%s%s", cp, argv[i]);
+		close(fd);
+	}
+	if (count > 0)
+		putchar('\n');
+}
diff --git a/share/man/tools/pages.c b/share/man/tools/pages.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e2e6d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/pages.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define T_INIT	0100
+#define T_STOP	0111
+
+long	charin;			/* number of input character */
+
+main(argc, argv)
+char	**argv;
+{
+
+	int	 npages = 0;
+	register int	c;
+
+	while((c=getchar()) != EOF) {
+		charin++;
+		c &= 0377;
+		if(c != T_INIT)
+			continue;
+		else {
+			c=getchar();
+			c &= 0377;
+			if(c == T_STOP) {
+				npages++;
+				charin++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(charin<5) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: no input\n", argv[0]);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	printf("%d\n", npages);
+}
diff --git a/share/man/tools/pgcnt b/share/man/tools/pgcnt
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6a7d4f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/pgcnt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+PATH=$PATH:$MANDIR/tools
+
+sm=
+if test "$PFLAG" -eq 1
+then
+	sm="-rs1"
+fi
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	date > $TMPDIR/pages$dir
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/pages$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		prep="cat $file |"
+
+		first=`line < $file`
+		case "$first" in
+			.so*)	continue
+				;;
+			\'\\\"*)
+				option=`expr "$first" : '.* \(.*\)'`
+				case "$option" in
+					c)
+						prep="${prep} cw |"
+						;;
+					e)
+						prep="${prep} eqn |"
+						;;
+					t)
+						prep="${prep} tbl |"
+						;;
+					ce | ec)
+						prep="${prep} cw | eqn"
+						;;
+					ct | tc)
+						prep="${prep} cw | tbl |"
+						;;
+					et | te)
+						prep="${prep} tbl | eqn |"
+						;;
+					cet | cte | ect | etc | tce | tec)
+						prep="${prep} cw | tbl | eqn |"
+						;;
+				esac
+				;;
+			*)
+				;;
+		esac
+
+		numb=`eval ${prep} troff -man $sm -s -f -t | pages`
+		echo "$file	$numb" >> $TMPDIR/pages$dir
+	done
+done
+
+tsum=0
+cd $TMPDIR
+date > totalpgs
+echo >> totalpgs
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	ed - pages$dir <<!
+		1,2d
+		w tmp1.$$
+		q
+!
+	sum=0
+	while read val
+	do
+		val=`echo $val | sed "s/.* / /"`
+		sum=`expr $sum + $val`
+		if test $? -eq 2
+		then
+			echo "pgcnt: error in summing - sum is $sum, val is $val"
+			exit
+		fi
+		echo $sum > tmp.$$
+	done < tmp1.$$
+	sumt=`line < tmp.$$`
+	echo "total pages Section $dir -- $sumt" >> totalpgs
+	tsum=`expr $tsum + $sumt`
+done
+
+echo >> totalpgs
+echo >> totalpgs
+echo "total pages -- $tsum" >> totalpgs
+rm tmp.$$ tmp1.$$
diff --git a/share/man/tools/prnames b/share/man/tools/prnames
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fe5f0df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/prnames
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	date > $TMPDIR/names$dir
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/names$dir
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so" 
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		ed - $file >> $TMPDIR/names$dir <<!
+			/^.SH NAME/+
+			q
+!
+	done
+done
diff --git a/share/man/tools/prsynops b/share/man/tools/prsynops
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a0cfffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/prsynops
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set x $*
+. ./.param
+
+for dir in $DIRLST
+do
+	date > $TMPDIR/synops$dir
+	echo >> $TMPDIR/synops$dir
+	cd $MANDIR/man$dir
+	for file in $FILLST
+	do
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		nroff -man $file > $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+		echo "$file:" >> $TMPDIR/synops$dir
+		ed - $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ >> $TMPDIR/synops$dir <<!
+			/SYNOPSIS/;+,/^     [A-Z][A-Z][A-Z][A-Z]/-p
+			q
+!
+	done
+done
+
+rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
diff --git a/share/man/tools/sp.ignore b/share/man/tools/sp.ignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..057be89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/sp.ignore
@@ -0,0 +1,1894 @@
+300
+300S
+300s
+4014
+450
+70boot
+ACCT
+Acctdisk
+Accton
+Acctsh
+Acctwtmp
+BPT
+CONV
+CR
+Datamedia
+EACCES
+EAGAIN
+EBADF
+EBUSY
+ECHILD
+EDOM
+EDTEST
+EEXIST
+EFAULT
+EFBIG
+EINTR
+EINVAL
+EIO
+EISDIR
+EMFILE
+EMLINK
+EMT
+ENFILE
+ENODEV
+ENOENT
+ENOEXEC
+ENOMEM
+ENOSPC
+ENOTBLK
+ENOTDIR
+ENOTTY
+ENXIO
+EOT
+EPERM
+EPIPE
+ERANGE
+EROFS
+ESPIPE
+ESRCH
+ETXTBSY
+EXDEV
+Errno
+FILESAVE
+FOPEN
+FSCK
+Fdopen
+Fildes
+Filesave
+Fopen
+Freopen
+Fsck
+Fsize
+GCOS
+HS
+HyType
+ID
+INTRO
+IOT
+Init
+LF
+Longjmp
+Ltol3
+MKDIR
+Mkdir
+Ninode
+PASSWD
+PC
+PS1
+PS2
+Passwd
+Pathnames
+Pcc
+Prtacct
+RH11
+RJS03
+RJS04
+RP
+RP03
+RP04
+RP05
+RP06
+Rmdir
+SETJMP
+STDIO
+SYSLOG
+Setjmp
+Toascii
+Toupper
+ULIMIT
+USERFILE
+UTMP
+UUCP
+Uucp
+_tolower
+_toupper
+a64l
+abs
+acct
+acctcms
+acctcom
+acctcon
+acctdisk
+acctmerg
+accton
+acctprc
+acctsh
+acctwtmp
+acos
+adb
+adm
+ar
+ascii
+asctime
+asin
+atan
+atan2
+atof
+atoi
+atol
+awk
+backgammon
+backrules
+basename
+bc
+bessel
+bj
+blkdev
+brk
+bs
+bss
+cal
+calloc
+cb
+cc
+cd
+ceil
+chdir
+chessrules
+chgrp
+chmod
+chown
+chroot
+clrerr
+clri
+cmp
+col
+comm
+config
+conv
+cos
+cosh
+cp
+cpio
+cpp
+creat
+cref
+cron
+crt0
+ctermid
+ctime
+ctype
+cu
+cubic
+cuserid
+cx
+daddr
+dc
+dc1
+dc2
+dc3
+dc4
+dcheck
+dd
+deroff
+dev
+devnm
+devtab
+df
+dh
+dialcodes
+diff
+diff3
+diffmk
+dir
+dircmp
+dirname
+diskboot
+dn
+dpd
+dpr
+du
+dup
+ecvt
+ed
+edata
+egrep
+encrypt
+endgrent
+endpwent
+env
+environ
+eot
+eqn
+eqnchar
+err
+errdead
+errdemon
+errfile
+errno
+errpt
+errstop
+esc
+etext
+exec
+execl
+execle
+execlp
+execv
+execve
+execvp
+exp
+expr
+f77
+fabs
+fcheck
+fclose
+fcntl
+fcrt0
+fcvt
+fdopen
+feof
+ferror
+fflush
+fget
+fgetc
+fgets
+fgrep
+fildes
+file1
+file2
+file3
+filename
+fileno
+filesave
+filesystem
+filesystems
+filsys
+fmod
+fname
+fopen
+fprintf
+fptrap
+fputc
+fputs
+fread
+freopen
+frexp
+fs
+fscanf
+fsck
+fsdb
+fseek
+fsend
+fstat
+ftell
+fwrite
+gamma
+gcat
+gecos
+getblk
+getc
+getchar
+getegid
+getenv
+geteuid
+getgid
+getgrent
+getgrgid
+getgrnam
+getlogin
+getpass
+getpid
+getppid
+getpw
+getpwent
+getpwnam
+getpwuid
+gets
+getty
+getuid
+getw
+gid
+globl
+gmtime
+grep
+gsignal
+gtty
+hangman
+hp
+hs
+ht
+hypot
+icheck
+id
+iinit
+indir
+init
+inittab
+inode
+intro
+ioctl
+isalnum
+isalpha
+isascii
+isatty
+iscntrl
+isdigit
+islower
+isprint
+ispunct
+isspace
+isupper
+j0
+j1
+jmp
+jn
+ka6
+kas
+kl
+kmc
+kmem
+kun
+l3tol
+l64a
+labelit
+ld
+ldexp
+lex
+lib
+libc
+libm
+lint
+ln
+localtime
+log
+login
+logoff
+logouts
+longjmp
+lorder
+lp
+lpd
+lpr
+ls
+lseek
+ltol3
+m4
+magtape
+makekey
+malloc
+man0
+maze
+mcrt0
+mem
+mesg
+mk
+mkdir
+mkfs
+mknod
+mktemp
+mm
+mmt
+mnttab
+modf
+monitor
+moo
+mv
+mvdir
+mvt
+nak
+ncheck
+neqn
+newgrp
+nlist
+nm
+nohup
+nroff
+nsh
+nts
+nul
+od
+odpd
+pacct
+param
+passwd
+pathname
+pcat
+pcc
+pclose
+perror
+popen
+pow
+pr
+printf
+prof
+profil
+ps
+ptrace
+ptx
+putc
+putchar
+putpwent
+puts
+putw
+pwd
+qsort
+rand
+ratfor
+rc
+realloc
+reg
+regexp
+restor
+reversi
+rf
+rk
+rm
+rmdir
+romboot
+rp
+rsh
+rubout
+runtime
+sbrk
+scanf
+sdiff
+sed
+setbuf
+setgid
+setgrent
+setjmp
+setkey
+setmnt
+setpgrp
+setpwent
+setuid
+sh
+shcvt
+shutdown
+sin
+sinh
+spline
+sprintf
+sqrt
+srand
+sscanf
+ssh
+ssignal
+startoff
+stat
+stderr
+stdin
+stdio
+stdout
+stime
+strcat
+strchr
+strcmp
+strcpy
+strlen
+strncat
+strncmp
+strncpy
+strrchr
+struct
+stty
+su
+swab
+sync
+sys
+sys_errlist
+sys_nerr
+syscall
+tacct
+tan
+tanh
+tapeboot
+tapesave
+tbl
+tc
+temp
+tm
+tmp
+tmpnam
+toascii
+tolower
+toupper
+tp
+tr
+trig
+troff
+tsort
+tss
+ttt
+tty
+ttyname
+typo
+tzset
+ufs
+uid
+ulimit
+umask
+umount
+uname
+ungetc
+uniq
+unixboot
+unlink
+unpack
+userid
+usr
+ustat
+utime
+utmp
+uuclean
+uucp
+uulog
+uux
+volcopy
+wc
+whodo
+wtmp
+wump
+xargs
+xref
+y0
+y1
+yacc
+yn
+1ic
+4.1bsd
+ACU
+ACU's
+ADDR
+ANOM
+ARGSUSED
+ARPANET
+Aahimnrs
+Afile
+Aho
+Allman
+Arg
+BFatuwvx
+BIFF
+BIZCOMP
+BS.ES
+BSS
+Babaoglu
+Backslashes
+Backus
+Bedminster
+Berknet
+Bernardsville
+Bfile
+Biff
+Bizcomp's
+Bourne
+Branchburg
+Breedlove
+CAI
+CFLAGS
+CK
+CONT
+CPU
+CRT's
+CRTERASE
+CRTKILL
+Cbs
+Cfoo
+Changequote
+Colin
+Corfil
+Cory
+Cpu
+DASI
+DB
+DBX
+DEC's
+DECtape
+DSG
+Dbx
+Delimeters
+Diablo
+Dstring
+EBCDIC
+EOF
+ESC
+FFLAGS
+FILENAME
+FP
+FTP
+Ferrin
+File1
+Filename
+Foderaro
+Fortran77
+Fp
+Ftp
+GCORE
+GID
+GPROF
+GSI
+GT
+Gallager
+Gcore
+HOSTID
+HOSTNAME
+HUP
+Hazeltine
+Hertzfeld
+Horton,508E,7686,5240633
+Hostnames
+Hyterm
+I.E.E.E
+IDs
+IM
+ISP
+Ignoreeof
+Katseff
+Kernighan
+Keypad
+Kleckner
+Kulp
+LCK
+LE
+LFLAGS
+LIM
+LINTLIBRARY
+LOGFILE
+LR
+LT
+Larus
+Laxenburg
+Lesk
+Levinsky
+Llopart
+MACLISP
+MFLAGS
+MOS
+MT
+Mail.help
+Mail.rc
+Makefile
+McKusick
+Mt
+N.B
+NETSTAT
+NEWALIASES
+NOSTRICT
+NOTREACHED
+NUL
+Newaliases
+Newline
+Newlines
+Niklaus
+Nohup
+Nowitz
+OED
+OFMT
+OFS
+Objfil
+Orderlist
+Ossanna
+Ozalp
+PAGEIN
+PDP
+PDX
+PFLAGS
+PID
+PMERGE
+PPID
+PRI
+Pathname
+Pdx
+Pelegri
+Plauger
+Pmerge
+Pos1
+Pprinter
+Pre
+Presotto
+Procs
+RCP
+RCVD
+RLOGIN
+RSH
+RSS
+RUBOUT
+RUPTIME
+RWHO
+RWNA
+Rankine
+Rcp
+Reiser
+Retargetted
+Rlogin
+Rowan
+Rsh
+Rubout
+Runtime
+Ruptime
+SANOM
+SBM
+SCAPS
+SCCS
+SDETACH
+SDLYU
+SEQL
+SIG
+SIGALRM
+SIGCHILD
+SIGCONT
+SIGINT
+SIGKILL
+SIGPLAN
+SIGQUIT
+SIGTERM
+SIGTINT
+SKEEP
+SL
+SLOAD
+SLOCK
+SNOVM
+SNUSIG
+SPAGE
+SPAGI
+SPHYSIO
+SSIZ
+SSWAP
+SSYS
+STIMO
+STRC
+SUANOM
+SULOCK
+SVFDONE
+SVFORK
+SWEXIT
+SWTED
+SYMDEF
+SYSLINE
+Schriebman
+Shienbrood
+Shoens
+Sklower
+Sname
+Spellin
+Spellout
+Substitition
+Symbolfile
+TELNET
+TENEX
+TRS
+TSIZ
+TW
+Televideo
+Televideos
+Telnet
+Temp
+TermiNet
+Twp
+UCB
+UCI
+UID
+Uudecode
+VARARGS
+VAX
+VLP
+VMS
+VWIDTH
+Vadic
+Ventel's
+Versatec
+Vfontedpr
+Vol
+Vwidth
+WCHAN
+Wasley
+Wirth
+XXXXX
+YFLAGS
+ZZ
+a.out
+aN
+aa
+abcdeglmn
+abcdoxDOXw
+abchnpuvx
+abcissas
+abe
+abi
+acdfgilqrstu1ACLFR
+acegklstuvwx
+ARG
+ASKNAME
+AUTOBOOT
+Addr
+Arg
+BADSIG
+Bpt
+Buf
+CHROOT
+CPU
+Chme
+Chms
+Chmu
+Chroot
+DARPA
+DECOVF
+DEFERSIG
+DFL
+DGRAM
+DOFLAG
+DONTBLOCK
+DOPT
+Dirname
+Dopt
+E2BIG
+EACCESS
+EADDRINUSE
+EADDRNOTAVAIL
+EAFNOSUPPORT
+EALREADY
+ECHLID
+ECONNABORTED
+ECONNREFUSED
+ECONNRESET
+EDESTADDRREQ
+EINPROGRESS
+EINTRY
+EISCONN
+ELOOP
+EMSGSIZE
+EMSGSIZZE
+ENAMETOOLONG
+ENETDOWN
+ENETRESET
+ENETUNREACH
+ENOBUFS
+ENOPROTOOPT
+ENOTCONN
+ENOTEMPTY
+ENOTSOCK
+EOPNOSUPPORT
+EOPNOTSUPP
+EPFNOSUPPORT
+EPROTONOSUPPORT
+EPROTOTYPE
+ESHUTDOWN
+ESOCKTNOSUPPORT
+ETIMEDOUT
+EWOULDBLOCK
+Envp
+FAPPEND
+FCREATE
+FEXLOCK
+FILENAME
+FIOCLEX
+FIONBIO
+FIONCLEX
+FIONREAD
+FLTDIV
+FLTOVF
+FLTUND
+FNBLOCK
+FPE
+FRDONLY
+FRDWR
+FSHLOCK
+FSIZE
+FSYNC
+FTRUNCATE
+FUNLOCK
+FWRONLY
+Fchmod
+Fchown
+Fd
+Febuary
+Fromlen
+Fstat
+Fsync
+Ftruncate
+Func
+GETDOPT
+GETDTABLESIZE
+GETGID
+GETGROUPS
+GETHOSTID
+GETHOSTNAME
+GETITIMER
+GETPAGESIZE
+GETPRIORITY
+GETRLIMIT
+GETRUSAGE
+GETSOCKNAME
+GETSOCKOPT
+GETTIMEOFDAY
+Getgid
+Getgroups
+Gethostid
+Gethostname
+Getpagesize
+Getppid
+Getpriority
+Getrusage
+Getsockname
+Gettimeofday
+Howto
+ID's
+IEXEC
+IFBLK
+IFCHR
+IFDIR
+IFLNK
+IFMT
+IFREG
+IFSOCK
+IGN
+IMPLINK
+INCR
+INET
+INTDIV
+INTOVF
+IREAD
+ISGID
+ISUID
+ISVTX
+ITIMER
+IWRITE
+Iovcnt
+Lstat
+MADV
+MADVISE
+MINCORE
+MMAP
+MPROTECT
+MREMAP
+MSG
+MUNMAP
+Madvise
+Mincore
+Mmap
+Mprotect
+Mremap
+Munmap
+NGRPS
+NODEV
+Name1
+Name2
+OOB
+Oldd
+Othewise
+PATHNAME
+PGRP
+PKTSTREAM
+PRIO
+PRIVIN
+PROC
+PROT
+PSL
+Param
+Prio
+Proc0
+Proc1
+Proc2
+READLINK
+RECV
+RLIMIT
+RSS
+RUSAGE
+Readlink
+Readv
+Recv
+Recvmsg
+SETGROUPS
+SETREGID
+SETREUID
+SIG
+SIGALRM
+SIGBUS
+SIGCHLD
+SIGCONT
+SIGDOPAUSE
+SIGDORTI
+SIGEMT
+SIGFPE
+SIGHUP
+SIGILL
+SIGINT
+SIGIO
+SIGIOT
+SIGKILL
+SIGNALPGRP
+SIGNALPROC
+SIGPIPE
+SIGPROF
+SIGQUIT
+SIGSEGV
+SIGSTOP
+SIGTERM
+SIGTRAP
+SIGTSTP
+SIGTTIN
+SIGTTOU
+SIGURG
+SIGVTALRM
+SIGXCPU
+SIGXFSZ
+SIOCGPGRP
+SIOCSPGRP
+SOCKETPAIR
+SOF
+STK
+SUBRNG
+SYMLINK
+SYSCALL
+Sbrk
+Sendmsg
+Setgroups
+Sethostid
+Sethostname
+Sig
+Sstk
+Stk
+Swapoff
+Syscall
+THe
+TIOCGPGRP
+TIOCSPGRP
+Tvp
+UDP
+UID
+Unpriviledged
+VAX
+WILLNEED
+WNOHANG
+WONTNEED
+WUNTRACED
+Writev
+XTND
+Acos
+Alphasort
+Arg
+Argv
+Asctime
+Asin
+Atan
+Atan2
+Atoi
+BSD
+BSTRING
+BUFSIZ
+BYTEORDER
+Bcmp
+Bcopy
+Bis
+Bp
+Bzero
+CBREAK
+CallingHost
+Calloc
+Closedir
+Closelog
+Closepl
+Clrerr
+Compar
+DARPA
+DASI
+DFL
+DISKTAB
+DNDEBUG
+DST
+Dptr
+Dtime
+EOF
+ETIME
+Endfsent
+Endgrent
+Endhostent
+Endnetent
+Endprotoent
+Endservent
+Envp
+Etext
+FDATE
+FSNMLG
+Fabs
+Fcvt
+Fdate
+Feof
+Fflush
+Fgetc
+Fgets
+Fileno
+Firstkey
+Fprintf
+Fputc
+Fputs
+Fscanf
+Ftell
+Func
+Fwrite
+GETDISKBYNAME
+GETFSENT
+GETHOSTENT
+GETLOG
+GETNETENT
+GETPROTOENT
+GETSERVENT
+GETWD
+GSI
+Gcvt
+Gerror
+Getchar
+Getdiskbyname
+Getfsent
+Getfsspec
+Gethostbyname
+Gethostent
+Getlog
+Getnetbyname
+Getnetent
+Getprotobyname
+Getprotoent
+Getpwuid
+Getservbyname
+Getservent
+Getw
+Getwd
+Gtty
+HPIB
+IDATE
+IGN
+INET
+INFO
+INITGROUPS
+ITIMER
+Idate
+Ierrno
+Initgroups
+Initstate
+Irand
+Isascii
+Isatty
+Itime
+LIB2648
+LOC
+LTOSTOP
+Ldexp
+Lib2648
+Lnblnk
+Localtime
+Lowpc
+Lshift
+Ltime
+MAXPATHLEN
+MAXUINT
+Modf
+Moncontrol
+Monstartup
+Msg
+NSIG
+Name1
+Name2
+Nbytes
+OOPS
+Opendir
+Openlog
+Openpl
+PDP
+PDP11
+PDP11's
+PID
+PSIGNAL
+Pclose
+Pid
+Psignal
+Putchar
+Putw
+RCMD
+REXEC
+Rcmd
+Readdir
+Realloc
+Rewinddir
+Rexec
+Rresvport
+Rshift
+Ruserok
+SALERT
+SCANDIR
+SIG
+SIGALRM
+SIGCHLD
+SIGCONT
+SIGFPE
+SIGTSTP
+SIGTTIN
+SIGTTOU
+Scandir
+Seekdir
+Sep
+Setbit
+Setbuffer
+Setfsent
+Sethostent
+Setlinebuf
+Setnetent
+Setprotoent
+Setservent
+Setstate
+Sighold
+Sigignore
+Signum
+Sigpause
+Sprintf
+Sqrt
+Sscanf
+Strcat
+Strcmp
+Strcpy
+Strlen
+Strncat
+Strncmp
+Strncpy
+Syslog
+TIOCGETP
+TIOCGPGRP
+TIOCSETP
+TIOCSPGRP
+TRAPER
+TRAPOV
+TTYNAM
+TW
+Telldir
+Tgetent
+Tgetflag
+Tgetnum
+Tgetstr
+Tgoto
+Timezone
+Tputs
+Ttynam
+Ttyslot
+VARARGS
+VAX
+VAX'en
+Vax
+Vfree
+XTABS
+ACC
+ACU
+AF
+ALLDELAY
+ASKNAME
+AUTOCONF
+BBN
+BSDELAY
+BSP
+BUFSIZ
+Backoff
+Berknet
+CBREAK
+CHAN
+CPU
+CRDELAY
+CRMOD
+CSS
+CT
+CTL
+Crt
+DARPA
+DDCMP
+DGRAM
+DKIOCFORMAT
+DMA
+DMA'ed
+DMC
+DMF
+DMR
+DN
+DOSTOP
+DTABT
+Datagram
+Diablo
+Diskette
+EADDRINUSE
+EADDRNOTAVAIL
+EC
+ECC
+ECONNREFUSED
+ECONNRESET
+EISCONN
+ENETDOWN
+ENOBUFS
+ENOTCONN
+ETIMEDOUT
+EVENP
+EXTA
+EXTB
+Emulex
+Ethernet
+Existant
+FIONREAD
+FLUSHREAD
+FLUSHWRITE
+GETADDR
+Glaser
+HK
+HY
+Hardcopy
+Hazeltine
+Hazeltines
+ICMP
+IK
+IL
+IMPLINK
+INADDR
+INET
+IP
+IPPROTO
+ISHT
+ISMT
+ISTM
+ISTS
+ISUT
+Ik
+Ikonas
+Krull
+LCASE
+LCRTBS
+LCRTERA
+LCRTKIL
+LCRTKILL
+LCTLECH
+LDECCTQ
+LDISC
+LETXACK
+LFLUSHO
+LINTRUP
+LLITOUT
+LMDMBUF
+LNOHANG
+LPENDIN
+LPRTERA
+LTILDE
+LTOSTOP
+MASSBUS
+MBEXC
+ML11A
+ML11B
+MPSIZE
+MSCP
+MT
+MTBSF
+MTBSR
+MTFSF
+MTFSR
+MTIOCGET
+MTIOCTOP
+MTNOP
+MTOFFL
+MTREW
+MTWEOF
+N.B
+NCC
+NDMAXDATA
+NDMAXIO
+NDMAXPACKS
+NDOPCODE
+NDOPDONE
+NDOPERROR
+NDOPREAD
+NDOPWAIT
+NDOPWRITE
+NDXTIMER
+NETLDISC
+NEX
+NEXUS
+NLDELAY
+NOOP
+NOSTOP
+NSC
+NTTYDISC
+NXM
+ODDP
+ODT
+OFFLINE
+OTTYDISC
+PDP11's
+PRIBIO
+PROM
+PSAUTOMAP
+PSAUTOREFRESH
+PSDOUBLEBUFFER
+PSGETADDR
+PSSINGLEBUFFER
+PSSINGLEMAP
+PSSINGLEREFRESH
+PSSTOPMAP
+PSSTOPREFRESH
+PSTIMEREFRESH
+PSWAITMAP
+PSWAITREFRESH
+PTY
+PUPPROTO
+Proteon
+Quadracall
+RDM
+RECVD
+RK07's
+RTF
+RX
+RX02's
+SDI
+SIGHUP
+SIGINT
+SIGQUIT
+SIGTINT
+SIGTSTP
+SIGTTIN
+SIGTTOU
+SIOCADDRT
+SIOCDELRT
+SMD
+TAB0
+TAB1
+TAB2
+TBDELAY
+TCP
+TIMEREFRESH
+TIOCCBRK
+TIOCCDTR
+TIOCEXCL
+TIOCFLUSH
+TIOCGETC
+TIOCGETD
+TIOCGETP
+TIOCGLTC
+TIOCGPGRP
+TIOCHPCL
+TIOCLBIC
+TIOCLBIS
+TIOCLGET
+TIOCLSET
+TIOCNXCL
+TIOCPKT
+TIOCREMOTE
+TIOCSBRK
+TIOCSDTR
+TIOCSETC
+TIOCSETD
+TIOCSETN
+TIOCSETP
+TIOCSLTC
+TIOCSPGRP
+TIOCSTART
+TIOCSTI
+TIOCSTOP
+TS
+TU
+Tchars
+Terminet
+UCB
+UDA
+UDP
+UNIBUS
+UT
+Ungermann
+VAX
+VAX'en
+VAX's
+VPLOT
+VSETSTATE
+VTDELAY
+VV
+Versatec
+WAITINT
+WIRECENTER
+Wirecenter
+XTABS
+ACCTHI
+ACCTLO
+ACOMPAT
+ACORE
+ADDR
+ADM
+AFORK
+ARFMAG
+ARMAG
+ASU
+AXSIG
+BCOMM
+BIZCOMP
+BSIZE
+BSS
+BUFSIZ
+Chksum
+DARPA
+DECtape
+DEV
+DIRBLKSIZ
+DISKTAB
+DM2500,H2000
+DUMPINFMT
+DUMPOUTFMT
+Datamedia's
+Disktab
+ECOML
+ECOMM
+EE:ta
+EK:xn
+ENH
+EXT
+Ee:so
+FNAME
+FS
+FSNMLG
+FSTAB
+FSTABARG
+FSTABFMT
+FSTABNARGS
+Fs
+GSYM
+Hardcopy
+Hazeltine
+ID's
+INODE
+INOPB
+Inode
+Keypad
+Kj
+LBRAC
+LCSYM
+LENG
+LSYM
+Linkflag
+MAXBPC
+MAXBPG
+MAXBSIZE
+MAXCPG
+MAXCSBUFS
+MAXIPG
+MAXMNTLEN
+MAXNAMLEN
+MINBSIZE
+MLEN
+MSIZ
+Maxx
+Mime
+Mtime
+N.B
+NAMSIZ
+NBPI
+NIC
+NINDIR
+NRPOS
+NSPF
+NTREC
+Newline
+PRINTCAP
+PSYM
+Perkin
+Presotto
+RBRAC
+RSYM
+SARMAG
+SBSIZE
+SENDMAIL
+SLINE
+SSYM
+STSYM
+Siegler
+Stab.h
+Standout
+TBLOCK
+TVI
+Teleray
+UNDF
+UPAGES
+Uid
+Umount
+Upline
+Uudecode
+VGRINDEFS
+Versatec
+Vgrindefs
+Xl
+Zk
+ATPB
+Allman
+BR
+Backslash
+Bournes
+Bros
+ELIZA
+EOF
+Foderaro
+Fourr
+HJKL
+Heuer
+Hoyle
+Lebling
+McKusick
+Mikey
+PD
+RUBOUT
+Rogerian
+Rubout
+SEFC
+VAX
+VMS
+Weizenbaum
+Wumpus
+Yendor
+ARPANET
+Adm
+Allman
+Berkeley.ARPA
+Berknet
+Bitnet
+CSNET
+DARPA
+DASI
+DIABLO
+DTC
+EXINIT
+Ethernet
+GSI
+L.sys
+LOGFILE
+MAILADDR
+MAKEDEV
+MAKEDEV.local
+MASBUS
+MULTICS
+Nofill
+PP
+RA
+RC
+Reg
+SM
+Seigler
+ADDR
+ALLO
+APPE
+ARPANET
+BAD144
+BADSECT
+BPI
+Babaoglu
+Bad144
+Badsect
+Bcc
+BerkNet
+Berknet
+Blksize
+CADDR
+CCNT
+CHM
+CLKT
+CNT
+COMSAT
+CONFIG
+CPU
+CPU's
+CRIT
+CRMOD
+CWD
+Catchall
+Cifplot
+Comsat
+Config
+Cory
+Countdown
+Crontab
+DADDR
+DARPA
+DBA0
+DELE
+DEV
+DFUNNY
+DHAHA
+DISKPART
+DMA
+DMA0
+DRA0
+DSK
+DUMPFS
+Dept
+Dev
+Diskpart
+Dumpfs
+ECC
+EECS
+EMERG
+EMULEX
+ESSAA
+EVRAC
+FASTBOOT
+FLG
+FTPD
+FUNNY,HAHA
+Fastboot
+Formatted
+Fragsize
+Ftpd
+HKM
+HKS
+HPM
+HPS
+HTABLE
+HUP
+Hostname
+Htable
+ICMP
+ID's
+IDC
+ILES
+IMPLOGD
+INADDR
+INFO
+INIT
+INO
+IPC
+IPL
+IPTR
+Implogd
+Init's
+Inode
+Intransit
+KGMON
+KSP
+Kgmon
+Kovacs
+Kovacs,508E,7925,6428202
+LOC
+LPD
+Leffler
+Lpd
+MAKEDEV
+MAKEDEV.local
+MAPEN
+MASSBUS
+MIN
+MKLOST
+MKPROTO
+MTIOCGET
+MTIOCOP
+McKusick
+Minfree
+Mkproto
+N.B
+NCP
+NETLDISC
+NEWFS
+NI
+NIC
+NLK
+NLST
+NOHOST
+NOOP
+NOUSER
+NPR
+NTTYDISC
+Ncpg
+Newfs
+Nsect
+Ntrack
+OSERR
+OTTYDISC
+Ozalp
+PAC
+PCB
+PGRP
+PID
+POIP
+PPID
+PRI
+PRIO
+PST
+Pac
+Pprinter
+Prototocol
+RC
+RDC
+RDUMP
+RETR
+REXECD
+RFC
+RFC733
+RFC819
+RFC821
+RFC822
+RK07
+RK07's
+RLOGIND
+RM0X
+RMT
+RNFR
+RNTO
+RP0X
+RRESTOR
+RSHD
+RSS
+RWHOD
+Rc
+Rc.local
+Rdump
+Rexecd
+Rlogind
+Rmt
+Rrestor
+Rshd
+Rwhod
+SALERT
+SAVECORE
+SBI
+SEC:PACKINIT
+SENDMAIL
+SIGHUP
+SIOCADDRT
+SIOCDELRT
+SIZ
+SLP
+SMTP
+SRSS
+SSE
+STOR
+STRU
+Savecore
+Sendmail
+Sklower
+Syslog
+TCP
+TE16,TU45,TU77
+TELNET
+TELNETD
+TEMPFAIL
+TEXTP
+TFTP
+TFTPD
+TRPT
+TSTP
+TUNEFS
+Telnetd
+Tftpd
+Trpt
+Tunefs
+UCB
+UDA50
+UDP
+UID
+UNIBUS
+UPM
+Umount
+VAX
+VAX730
+VAX750
+VAX780
+VAXWELL
+VIPW
+Vax
+Vaxwell
+Vipw
+Vplot
+WCHAN
+WRC
+XCUP
+XCWD
+XMKD
+XPWD
+XRMD
+XSIS
+XTABS
diff --git a/share/man/tools/tocrc b/share/man/tools/tocrc
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1d50a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/tools/tocrc
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+MANDIR=/usr/man
+TMPDIR=/usr/man/tmp
+TOOLS=$MANDIR/tools
+
+trap "rm $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ ; exit" 2 3 15
+
+P=108
+p=""
+if test "$1" = "-p"
+then
+	P=65
+	p=-p
+	shift
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0
+then
+	echo "tocrc: no argument"
+	exit
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 2
+then
+	: create toc input file for one section only
+
+	> $TMPDIR/tocx$1
+	for file in $MANDIR/man$1/*.$1*
+	do
+		if test ! -s $file
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		so=`line < $file | sed "s/ .*//"`
+		if test "$so" = ".so"
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		ed - $file > $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ <<!
+			H
+			/^\.TH/p
+			q
+!
+		loc=`cat $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ | sed "s/.*local.*/local/"`
+		if test "$loc" = "local"
+		then
+			continue
+		fi
+		name=`basename $file`
+		name=`echo $name | sed "s/\.\(.\{1,2\}\)\$/(\1)/"`
+		ed - $file > $TMPDIR/tmp.$$ <<!
+			/^.SH NAME/+p
+			q
+!
+		desc=`line < $TMPDIR/tmp.$$`
+		desc=`echo $desc | sed -e "s/.s-1//g" -e "s/.s0//g"  -e "s/.s+1//g"   -e "s/ .- /: /"  -e "s/^/$name /"  -e "s/$/./"`
+		if test -n "$desc"
+		then
+			echo $desc >> $TMPDIR/tocx$1
+		fi
+		rm -f $TMPDIR/tmp.$$
+	done
+else case $1 in
+	all )
+		:   tocx files for all sections and everything else
+
+		for x in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+		do
+			$0 $p $x $x
+		done
+		$0 $p t
+		;;
+	t )
+		:   permuted index and toc files
+
+		if test ! -f $TMPDIR/tocx1
+		then
+			echo "tocrc: some tocx? files missing"
+			exit
+		fi
+		cat $TMPDIR/tocx? > $TMPDIR/cattoc
+		ed - $TMPDIR/cattoc <<!
+			H
+			g/(1c)/s//(1C)/
+			g/(1m)/s//(1M)/
+			g/(1g)/s//(1G)/
+			g/(3c)/s//(3C)/
+			g/(3m)/s//(3M)/
+			g/(3s)/s//(3S)/
+			g/(3x)/s//(3X)/
+			g/"\."/d
+			w
+			q
+!
+		ptx -r -t -b $TOOLS/break -f -w $P -i $TOOLS/ignore $TMPDIR/cattoc $MANDIR/man0/ptxx
+		for x in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+		do
+			ed - $TMPDIR/tocx$x << !
+			H
+				/^intro/m0
+				1,\$s/ .*://
+				1,\$s/.$//
+				1,\$s/([1-8][a-z]\{0,1\}) /" "/
+				1,\$s/.*/.xx "&"/
+				g/""/d
+				w $MANDIR/man0/toc$x
+				q
+!
+		done
+		;;
+	* )
+		$0 $p $1 $1
+		;;
+	esac
+fi